SEC Info  
    Home      Search      My Interests      Help      Sign In      Please Sign In

Planet Image International Ltd. – IPO: ‘F-1’ on 3/16/22

On:  Wednesday, 3/16/22, at 3:42pm ET   ·   Accession #:  1213900-22-12931   ·   File #:  333-263602

Previous ‘F-1’:  None   ·   Next:  ‘F-1/A’ on 4/17/23   ·   Latest:  ‘F-1/A’ on 1/5/24   ·   10 References:   

Find Words in Filings emoji
 
  in    Show  and   Hints

  As Of               Filer                 Filing    For·On·As Docs:Size             Issuer                      Filing Agent

 3/16/22  Planet Image International Ltd.   F-1                   26:45M                                    EdgarAgents LLC/FA

Initial Public Offering (IPO):  Registration Statement by a Foreign Issuer   —   Form F-1

Filing Table of Contents

Document/Exhibit                   Description                      Pages   Size 

 1: F-1         Registration Statement by a Foreign Issuer          HTML   7.05M 
 2: EX-1.1      Form of Underwriting Agreement                      HTML    192K 
 3: EX-3.1      Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of     HTML    273K 
                Association of the Registrant, as Currently in                   
                Effect                                                           
 4: EX-4.1      Registrant's Specimen Certificate for Ordinary      HTML     12K 
                Shares                                                           
 5: EX-4.2      Form of Underwriter's Warrant                       HTML     68K 
 6: EX-5.1      Opinion of Conyers Dill & Pearman Regarding the     HTML     22K 
                Validity of the Ordinary Shares Being Registered                 
 7: EX-8.2      Form of Opinion of Conyers Dill & Pearman           HTML     21K 
                Regarding Certain Cayman Islands Tax Matters                     
 8: EX-10.1     Form of Indemnification Agreement Between the       HTML     43K 
                Registrant and Each of Its Directors and Executive               
                Officers                                                         
17: EX-10.10    Executed Copy and English Translation of Loan       HTML     75K 
                Agreement Between Jiangxi Yibo and Jiangxi Rural                 
                Commercial Bank, Dated December 21, 2018                         
18: EX-10.11    Executed Copy and English Translation of            HTML     32K 
                Procurement Agreement With Hubei Dinglong Holdings               
                Co., Ltd., Dated January 1, 2021                                 
 9: EX-10.2     Form of Employment Agreement Between the            HTML     41K 
                Registrant and Each of Its Executive Officers                    
10: EX-10.3     English Translation of Form of Procurement          HTML     32K 
                Agreement Between Jiangxi Yibo and Its Suppliers                 
11: EX-10.4     English Translation of Form of Sales Order Between  HTML     18K 
                the Registrant's Offshore Subsidiaries and Its                   
                Customers                                                        
12: EX-10.5     Form of Rebate Agreement Between Aster Us and Its   HTML     16K 
                Customers                                                        
13: EX-10.6     Executed Copy and English Translation of Loan       HTML     93K 
                Agreement Between Jiangxi Yibo and the                           
                Agricultural Bank of China Dated May 12, 2021                    
14: EX-10.7     Executed Copy and English Translation of Loan       HTML    146K 
                Agreement Between Jiangxi Yibo and the Export                    
                Import Bank of China, Dated September 10, 2020                   
15: EX-10.8     Executed Copy and English Translation of Line of    HTML     45K 
                Credit Agreement Between Jiangxi Yibo and Bank of                
                China, Dated June 7, 2020                                        
16: EX-10.9     Executed Copy and English Translation of Loan       HTML     87K 
                Agreement Between Jiangxi Yibo and Jiangxi Rural                 
                Commercial Bank, Dated December 6, 2018                          
19: EX-21.1     Principal Subsidiaries of the Registrant            HTML     16K 
20: EX-23.1     Consent of Friedman LLP, An Independent Registered  HTML     11K 
                Public Accounting Firm                                           
26: EX-FILING FEES  Filing Fee Table                                HTML     22K 
21: EX-99.1     Code of Business Conduct and Ethics of the          HTML     59K 
                Registrant                                                       
22: EX-99.2     Opinion of Junhe LLP Regarding Certain Prc Law      HTML     42K 
                Matters                                                          
23: EX-99.3     Consent of China Insights Consultancy               HTML     14K 
24: EX-99.4     Consent of Yu Xiang                                 HTML     11K 
25: EX-99.5     Request for Waiver and Representation Under Item    HTML     17K 
                8.A.4 of Form 20-F                                               


‘F-1’   —   Registration Statement by a Foreign Issuer

Document Table of Contents

Page (sequential)   (alphabetic) Top
 
11st Page  –  Filing Submission
"Table of Contents
"Prospectus Summary
"Risk Factors
"Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements
"Use of Proceeds
"Dividend Policy
"Capitalization
"Dilution
"Enforceability of Civil Liabilities
"Corporate History and Structure
"Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
"Industry Overview
"Business
"Regulation
"Management
"Principal Shareholders
"Related Party Transactions
"Description of Share Capital
"Shares Eligible for Future Sale
"Taxation
"Underwriting
"Expenses Relating to This Offering
"Legal Matters
"Experts
"Where You Can Find Additional Information
"Index to Consolidated Financial Statements
"Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
"Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2019 and 2020
"Consolidated Statements of Income and Comprehensive Income for the Years Ended December 31, 2019 and 2020
"Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders' Equity for the Years Ended December 31, 2019 and 2020
"Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2019 and 2020
"Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
"Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2020 and June 30, 2021 (unaudited)
"Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income and Comprehensive Income for the Six Months Ended June 30, 2020 and 2021(unaudited)
"Condensed Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders' Equity for the Six Months Ended June 30, 2020 and 2021(unaudited)
"Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Six Months Ended June 30, 2020 and 2021(unaudited)
"Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements
"Powers of Attorney (included on signature page)

This is an HTML Document rendered as filed.  [ Alternative Formats ]



As filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission on March 16, 2022.

Registration No. 333-            

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549

____________________________________

FORM F-1
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
Under
The Securities Act of 1933

____________________________________

Planet Image International Limited

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

____________________________________

Not Applicable

(Translation of Registrant’s name into English)

____________________________________

Cayman Islands

 

3555

 

Not Applicable

(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)

 

(Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)

 

(I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number)

No. 756 Guangfu Road
Hi
-tech Development Zone
Xinyu City, Jiangxi Province
People’s Republic of China
+86 0790
-7138216

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of Registrant’s principal executive offices)

____________________________________

Yan Tang
12000 Magnolia Ave, Suite 101
Riverside, CA 92503
+1
-562-404-9315

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

____________________________________

Copies to:

Ying Li, Esq.
Guillaume de Sampigny, Esq.
Hunter Taubman Fischer & Li LLC
48 Wall Street, Suite 1100
New York, NY 10005
212
-530-2206

     

Fang Liu, Esq.

VCL Law LLP

1945 Old Gallows Road, Suite 630

Vienna, VA 22182

703-919-7285

____________________________________

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public:
As soon as practicable after the effective date of this registration statement.

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, or the Securities Act, check the following box.

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is an emerging growth company as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act of 1933. Emerging growth company

If an emerging growth company that prepares its financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards† provided pursuant to Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act.

The Registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act, as amended, or until the registration statement shall become effective on such date as the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a) may determine.

____________

†         The term “new or revised financial accounting standard” refers to any update issued by the Financial Accounting Standards Board to its Accounting Standards Codification after April 5, 2012.

 

Table of Contents

The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. These securities may not be sold until the registration statement filed with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell nor does it seek an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

Subject to Completion, dated March 16, 2022

PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS

______________________________________________

6,000,000 Class A Ordinary Shares

Planet Image International Limited

This is an initial public offering of our Class A ordinary shares. We are offering on a firm commitment basis our Class A ordinary shares, par value HK$0.0001 per share. Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our Class A ordinary shares. We expect the initial public offering price to be in the range of $4.0 to $5.0 per Class A ordinary share. We have reserved the symbol “          ” for purposes of listing our ordinary shares on the Nasdaq Stock Market under the symbol “            ”.

Investing in our Class A ordinary shares involves a high degree of risk, including the risk of losing your entire investment. See “Risk Factors” beginning on page 15 to read about factors you should consider before buying our Class A ordinary shares.

Our issued and outstanding share capital consists of Class A ordinary shares and Class B ordinary shares. Mr. Weidong Gu, our founder and chairman of the board of directors will beneficially own 18.44% of our total issued and outstanding Class A ordinary shares and 100% of our total issued and outstanding Class B ordinary shares, representing 90.86% of our total voting power, assuming the option to purchase additional Class A ordinary shares is exercised by the underwriter in full. As a result, we will be a “controlled company” as defined under the Nasdaq Stock Market Rules. As a “controlled company,” we are permitted to elect not to comply with certain corporate governance requirements. Holders of Class A ordinary shares and Class B ordinary shares have the same rights except for voting, transfer and conversion rights. Each Class A ordinary share is entitled to one vote, and each Class B ordinary share is entitled to ten votes and is convertible into one Class A ordinary share. Class A ordinary shares are not convertible into Class B ordinary shares under any circumstances.

We are an “emerging growth company” as defined under applicable U.S. securities laws and are eligible for reduced public company reporting requirements. Please read the disclosures beginning on page 154 of this prospectus for more information.

We face legal and operational risks associated with having the majority of our operations in China. The government of People’s Republic of China (“PRC”) has significant authority to exert influence on the ability of a China-based company, such as us, to conduct its business. Therefore, investors of our company and our business face potential uncertainty from the PRC government. Changes in China’s economic, political or social conditions or government policies could materially adversely affect our business and results of operations. These risks could result in a material change in our operations and/or the value of our Class A ordinary shares or could significantly limit or completely hinder our ability to offer or continue to offer securities to investors and cause the value of such securities to significantly decline or be worthless. In particular, recent statements and regulatory actions by China’s government, such as those related to the use of variable interest entities and data security or anti-monopoly concerns, as well as the ability of Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (the “PCAOB”) to inspect our auditors, may impact our Company’s ability to conduct our business, accept foreign investments, or be listed on a U.S. or other foreign stock exchange. See “Risk Factors — Risks Relating to Doing Business in the PRC.”

We directly hold 100% equity interests in our subsidiaries, and we do not currently use a variable interest entity (“VIE”) structure.

Cash flows have occurred between our Cayman Islands holding company and our subsidiaries. Our Cayman Islands holding company received cash in the amount of US$26,667, US$735,708, and US$500,000 for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020, and the six months ended June 30, 2021, respectively, from our subsidiaries as intercompany loans. Our subsidiaries received cash in the amount of $13.8 million, $0, and $771,998 for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020, and the six months ended June 30, 2021, respectively, from our Cayman Islands holding company as intercompany loans. During the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020, and the six months ended June 30, 2021, no cash flows have occurred between our Cayman Islands holding company and our PRC subsidiaries.

Our Cayman Islands holding company has not declared or paid dividends in the past, nor any dividends or distributions were made by a subsidiary to the Cayman Islands holding company. Our board of directors has complete discretion on whether to distribute dividends, subject to applicable laws. We do not have any current plan to declare or pay any cash dividends on our Class A ordinary shares in the foreseeable future after this offering. See “Risk Factors — Risks Relating to Our Class A Ordinary Shares and This Offering — We currently do not expect to pay dividends in the foreseeable future after this offering and you must rely on price appreciation of our Class A ordinary shares for return on your investment.” Subject to certain contractual, legal and regulatory restrictions, cash and capital contributions may be transferred among our Cayman Islands holding company and our subsidiaries. If needed, our Cayman Islands holding company can transfer cash to our PRC subsidiaries through loans and/or capital contributions, and our PRC subsidiaries can transfer cash to our Cayman Islands holding company through issuing dividends or other distributions. Cash transfers from our Cayman Islands holding company are subject to applicable PRC laws and regulations on loans and direct investment. For details, see “Risk Factors — Risks Relating to Doing Business in the PRC — PRC regulations of loans and direct investment by offshore holding companies to PRC entities may delay or prevent us from using the proceeds of our offshore financing to make loans or additional capital contributions to our PRC subsidiaries, which could materially and adversely affect our liquidity and our ability to fund and expand our business” and “Use of Proceeds.” In addition, current PRC regulations permit our PRC subsidiaries to pay dividends to their respective shareholders only out of their accumulated profits, if any, determined in accordance with PRC accounting standards and regulations. For details, see “Risk Factors — Risks Relating to Doing Business in the PRC — We may rely on dividends and other distributions on equity paid by our PRC subsidiaries to fund any cash and financing requirements we may have, and any limitation on the ability of our PRC subsidiary to make payments to us and any tax we are required to pay could have a material and adverse effect on our ability to conduct our business.”

In addition, our Class A ordinary shares may be delisted from a national exchange or prohibited from being traded over-the-counter under the Holding Foreign Companies Accountable Act if the PCAOB is unable to inspect our auditor for three consecutive years. Our auditor has been inspected by the PCAOB on a regular basis, with the last inspection conducted in June 2018, and it is not subject to the determinations announced by the PCAOB on December 16, 2021. If trading in our ordinary shares is prohibited under the Holding Foreign Companies Accountable Act in the future because the PCAOB determines that it cannot inspect or fully investigate our auditor at such future time, the Nasdaq Stock Market may determine to delist our Class A ordinary shares. On June 22, 2021, the U.S. Senate passed the Accelerating Holding Foreign Companies Accountable Act, which, if passed by the U.S. House of Representatives and signed into law, would reduce the period of time for foreign companies to comply with PCAOB audits to two consecutive years, instead of three, thus reducing the time period before our securities may be prohibited from trading or delisted. See Risk Factors — Risks Relating to Our Business and Industry — Recent joint statement by the SEC and the PCAOB proposed rule changes submitted by Nasdaq, and the Holding Foreign Companies Accountable Act passed by the US Senate, all call for additional and more stringent criteria to be applied to emerging market companies upon assessing the qualification of their auditors, especially the non-U.S. auditors who are not inspected by the PCAOB. These developments could add uncertainties to our offering.”

 

Per Share

 

Total

Initial public offering price

 

US$

 

US$

Underwriting discounts(1)

 

US$

 

US$

Proceeds, before expenses, to us(2)

 

US$

 

US$

____________

(1)         See “Underwriting” in this prospectus for more information regarding our arrangements with the underwriter.

(2)         We expect our total cash expenses for this offering (including cash expenses payable to our underwriter for its out-of-pocket expenses) to be approximately $1,516,173, exclusive of the above discounts. In addition, we will pay additional items of value in connection with this offering that are viewed by the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, or FINRA, as underwriting compensation. These payments will further reduce proceeds available to us before expenses. See “Underwriting.”

This offering is being conducted on a firm commitment basis. The underwriter is obligated to take and pay for all of the Class A ordinary shares if any such shares are taken. We have granted the underwriter an option for a period of 45 days after the closing of this offering to purchase up to 15% of the total number of the Class A ordinary shares to be offered by us pursuant to this offering (excluding Class A ordinary shares subject to this option), solely for the purpose of covering over-allotments, at the public offering price less the underwriting discounts. If the underwriter exercises the option in full and assuming that all investors are introduced by the underwriter, the total underwriting discounts payable will be $2,173,500 based on an assumed offering price of $4.50 per Class A ordinary share, and the total gross proceeds to us, before underwriting discounts, non-accountable expense allowance, and expenses, will be $31,050,000.

The underwriter expects to deliver the Class A ordinary shares against payment as set forth under “Underwriting,” on or about             , 2022.

Neither the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission nor any other regulatory body has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

NETWORK 1 FINANCIAL SECURITIES, Inc.

Prospectus dated             , 2022.

 

Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

Page

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

 

1

RISK FACTORS

 

15

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

 

45

USE OF PROCEEDS

 

47

DIVIDEND POLICY

 

48

CAPITALIZATION

 

49

DILUTION

 

50

ENFORCEABILITY OF CIVIL LIABILITIES

 

51

CORPORATE HISTORY AND STRUCTURE

 

53

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

55

INDUSTRY OVERVIEW

 

76

BUSINESS

 

86

REGULATION

 

111

MANAGEMENT

 

127

PRINCIPAL SHAREHOLDERS

 

133

RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

 

135

DESCRIPTION OF SHARE CAPITAL

 

136

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

 

144

TAXATION

 

146

UNDERWRITING

 

154

EXPENSES RELATING TO THIS OFFERING

 

158

LEGAL MATTERS

 

159

EXPERTS

 

159

WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

 

159

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

F-1

You should rely on the information contained in this prospectus or in any related free writing prospectus. We have not authorized anyone to provide you with information different from that contained in this prospectus or in any related free writing prospectus. We are offering to sell, and seeking offers to buy the Class A ordinary shares, only in jurisdictions where offers and sales are permitted. The information contained in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date of this prospectus, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or of any sale of the Class A ordinary shares.

Neither we nor the underwriter has taken any action to permit a public offering of the Class A ordinary shares outside the United States or to permit the possession or distribution of this prospectus or any filed free-writing prospectus outside the United States. Persons outside the United States who come into possession of this prospectus or any filed free writing prospectus must inform themselves about and observe any restrictions relating to the offering of the Class A ordinary shares and the distribution of this prospectus or any filed free-writing prospectus outside the United States.

Until             , 2022 (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers that buy, sell or trade Class A ordinary shares, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers’ obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.

i

Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

The following summary is qualified in its entirety by, and should be read in conjunction with, the more detailed information and financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. In addition to this summary, we urge you to read the entire prospectus carefully, especially the risks of investing in our Class A ordinary shares discussed under “Risk Factors,” before deciding whether to invest our Class A ordinary shares. This prospectus contains information from an industry report which we commissioned China Insights Consultancy, a third-party independent research firm, to prepare. We refer to this report as the CIC Report.

Overview

Our Mission

Our mission is to deliver high-quality and cost-effective printing solutions to consumers around the world with our proprietary technology, research and development capabilities and our integrated and localized sales, logistics and service platform.

Who we are

We are a leading export-oriented manufacturer and seller of compatible toner cartridges based in China, the U.S. and Europe. According to the CIC Report, we were the second largest compatible cartridge manufacturer in the world with a market share of approximately 12.2% in terms of manufacturers’ retail value in the markets worldwide, or global markets, for the year ended December 31, 2020. We ranked first in the U.S. and second in Europe in terms of market share for the year ended December 31, 2020.

We primarily develop and manufacture toner cartridges that are compatible with, and can be used in, a wide range of commonly available models of laser printers from different manufacturers, or compatible toner cartridges, on a white-label or third-party brand basis or under our self-owned brands. We also sell our branded products through online sales channels under three brands, TrueImage, CoolToner, and AZtech. Our customers range from wholesalers, dealers to retail customers. We have a wide international footprint through our established sales channels, with our products sold to customers in over 45 countries, and sales in the U.S. and Europe representing the majority of our revenue. In recent years, we have also been developing other markets and achieved substantial growth in Mexico and Poland.

We sell our products: (i) to offline overseas customers who own their brands on an Original Design Manufacturer (“ODM”) basis; (ii) to offline overseas dealers who primarily resell our white-label products to end consumers; and (iii) directly to customers on a retail basis under our self-owned brands through online retail platforms. There is no major difference in terms of product capability between our ODM products and white-label products, and the main difference lies in product packaging and pricing.

We have established localized sales operations in our overseas markets to manage and maintain relationships with local customers and provide support to offline customer purchasing our products on an ODM basis. So far, we have established sales operations in the U.S., Italy, Germany, France and the United Kingdom. In addition, we maintain warehouses in California and Pennsylvania in the U.S., and in the Netherlands, the United Kingdom, France and Italy to ensure timely delivery to customers. In North America, most of our customers send purchase orders through our electronic data interchange system, or EDI system. We also have a self-developed cloud-based warehouse management system which was integrated with our EDI system and third party platform to manage the purchase orders, inventory and accounting matters. Our offline customers in Europe and other markets generally place purchase orders with our sales team through emails.

We believe our strong design, research and development capabilities represent a key strength that allows us to provide patent-compliant products with advanced technologies to our customers. After a new printer model is introduced to the market by a printer manufacturer, our experienced research and development team will aim to design patent compliant compatible toner cartridges that can be used with this new printer model in a short period of time. According to the CIC Report, compatible toner cartridges for a new printer model are generally available for sale within six to 18 months. With our efficient production team and sales team, our compatible toner cartridges are generally available for sale within three to six months after the launch of a new printer model. We believe that the short time-to-market for our products is a key competitive advantage.

1

Table of Contents

We believe that our integrated business model encompassing a value chain from our research and development, patented technology, manufacturing, and operating localized sales branches and online sales channels allows us to capture industry opportunities in a timely manner and provides us with significant growth potential.

What have we accomplished

We have experienced significant growth since our inception. Our growth is partially attributable to our comprehensive sales strategy and our highly efficient and complementary online and offline sales channels. During the fiscal years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020 and the six months ended June 30, 2021, our revenue was primarily generated from the U.S. and Europe. Our revenue grew from US$58.9 million for the six months ended June 30, 2020 to US$71.7 million for the six months ended June 30, 2021, representing a compound annual growth rate, or CAGR of 21.6%. Our net profit increased by 246.6% from US$1.9 million for the six months ended June 30, 2020 to US$6.6 for the six months ended June 30, 2021. Our revenue grew from US$115.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 to US$132.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2020, representing a CAGR of 15.0%. Our net profit decreased from US$9.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 to US$4.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2020, mainly due to the combined effects of negative impact of COVID-19, U.S.-China trade war, and increased costs in connection with our proposed initial public offering.

Our Competitive Strengths

•        Our strong design, research and development capabilities and extensive patent portfolio provide significant competitive advantages over our industry peers;

•        Our localized sales model integrating multiple channels, including strategically located sales offices and logistic centers in the U.S. and Europe, enable us to build a broad end user customer base and achieve fast product delivery;

•        Our online sales and advanced IT systems enable us to capture opportunities in the online compatible toner cartridge market and operate our sales efficiently;

•        We are dedicated to ensuring quality of our products and delivering excellent customer service; and

•        We have a strong, stable and experienced senior management team.

Our Growth Strategies

•        Construct a comprehensive, multi-layer production center housing our production facilities;

•        Increase our research and development efforts;

•        Upgrade and integrate our information systems to optimize our operational efficiency;

•        Further strengthen our sales and logistics and expand our market coverage; and

•        Continue to expand our presence on online selling channels and grow our business-to-customer (“B2C”) business.

Summary of Risk Factors

An investment in our Class A ordinary shares is subject to a number of risks, including risks relating to our business and industry, risks relating to doing business in China and risk relating to our Class A ordinary shares in this offering. You should carefully consider all the information in this prospectus before making an investment in the Class A ordinary shares. The following list summarizes some, but not all, of these risks. Please read the information in the section entitled “Risk Factors” for a more thorough description of these and other risks.

2

Table of Contents

Risks Relating to Our Business and Industry

•        If our products fail to meet the demands of our customers or to reflect the latest developments in the printer industry, we may be unable to retain existing customers or attract new customers, and our business, financial condition and results of operations may be materially and adversely affected.

•        We may be exposed to risks of obsolete inventories because technological upgrades by the original-brand printer manufacturers render our toner cartridge products obsolete or due to our failure to manage inventories efficiently. If this occurs, we may incur losses for our research and development expenses, production costs and marketing expenses relating to such obsolete inventories.

•        We may not be able to maintain or increase the selling prices of our products.

•        Our raw material purchase prices are subject to fluctuation and we could face shortage in supply of our raw materials.

•        Our business rely significantly on export sales which may be adversely affected by present or future export regulations or enforcement.

•        We may fail to maintain an effective quality control system and may be subject to claims by our customers in respect of product quality and compliance with relevant health and safety standards.

Risks Relating to Doing Business in the PRC

•        Adverse changes in economic, political and social conditions of the PRC government could have a material adverse effect on the overall economic growth of China, which could adversely affect our business.

•        Changes to the PRC legal system could have an adverse effect on us.

•        The Chinese government exerts substantial influence over the manner in which we must conduct our business activities and may intervene or influence our operations at any time, which could result in a material change in our operations and the value of our ordinary shares.

•        We may rely on dividends and other distributions on equity paid by our PRC subsidiaries to fund any cash and financing requirements we may have, and any limitation on the ability of our PRC subsidiary to make payments to us and any tax we are required to pay could have a material and adverse effect on our ability to conduct our business.

•        PRC regulations of loans and direct investment by offshore holding companies to PRC entities may delay or prevent us from using the proceeds of our offshore financing to make loans or additional capital contributions to our PRC subsidiaries, which could materially and adversely affect our liquidity and our ability to fund and expand our business.

•        If we are classified as a PRC resident enterprise for PRC income tax purposes, such classification could result in unfavorable tax consequences to us and our non-PRC shareholders.

Risks Relating to Our Class A Ordinary Shares and This Offering

•        There is been no public market for our Class A ordinary shares prior to this offering, and you may not be able to resell our Class A ordinary shares at or above the price you paid, or at all.

•        The trading price of our Class A ordinary shares is likely to be volatile, which could result in substantial losses to investors.

•        Substantial future sales or perceived potential sales of our Class A ordinary shares in the public market could cause the price of our Class A ordinary shares to decline.

•        If we fail to establish and maintain proper internal financial reporting controls, our ability to produce accurate financial statements or comply with applicable regulations could be impaired.

•        As a company incorporated in the Cayman Islands, we are permitted to adopt certain home country practices in relation to corporate governance matters that differ significantly from the Nasdaq listing standards. These practices may afford less protection to shareholders than they would enjoy if we complied fully with corporate governance listing standards.

3

Table of Contents

We also face other challenges, risks and uncertainties that may materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. You should consider the risks discussed in “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus before investing in our Class A ordinary shares.

We face risks arising from the legal system in China, including risks and uncertainties regarding the enforcement of laws and that rules and regulations in China can change quickly with little advance notice. In addition, the Chinese government may intervene or influence our operations at any time, or may exert more control over offerings conducted overseas and/or foreign investment in China based issuers, which could result in a material change in our operations and/or the value of our Class A ordinary shares. any actions by the Chinese government to exert more oversight and control over offerings that are conducted overseas and/or foreign investment in China-based issuers could significantly limit or complete hinder our ability to offer or continue to offer our securities to investors and cause the value of such securities to significantly decline or be worthless. “Risk Factors — Risks Relating to Doing Business in the PRC — The Chinese government exerts substantial influence over the manner in which we must conduct our business activities and may intervene or influence our operations at any time, which could result in a material change in our operations and the value of our ordinary shares.”

We are and our subsidiaries are required to obtain the following material licenses and approvals for our operations in China:

Company Name

 

Scope of Business Operation

 

Governmental Permission Required

 

Status

   

(i)     production, processing and sales of laser printers and laser toner cartridges, toner, inkjet printers and ink cartridges, inks, computer peripherals and other printer consumables and accessories for the above products;

(ii)    electronic product research and development;

(iii)   electronic product technology development; and

(iv)   printer and consumable software design and development

 

Not required

 

N/A

Jiangxi Yibo

 

Filling, processing and sales of recycled laser printer toner cartridges and inkjet cartridges

 

Pollution Discharge
Permission

 

Obtained

   

Import and export of goods and technology

 

(i)     registration certificate of the customs declaration unit of the PRC

(ii)    record registration form for foreign trade operators

 

Obtained/Completed

Zhongshan Yantuo

 

(i)     Sales service of printer consumables and related accessories;

(ii)    technical consultation;

(iii)   commodity circulation information consultation; and

(iv)   marketing planning

 

Not required

 

N/A

Import and export of goods and technology

 

(i)     registration certificate of the customs declaration unit of the PRC; and

(ii)    record registration form for foreign trade operators

 

Obtained/Completed

4

Table of Contents

Company Name

 

Scope of Business Operation

 

Governmental Permission Required

 

Status

Leibotai

 

Procurement and sales of printer toner cartridges and their materials and accessories

 

Not required

 

N/A

Import and export of goods and technology

 

(i)     registration certificate of the customs declaration unit of the PRC; and

(ii)    record registration form for foreign trade operators

 

Obtained/Completed

Shenzhen Dinghong

 

This subsidiary has no business operations.

 

Not required

 

N/A

We believe that we and our subsidiaries have obtained all material licenses and approvals necessary to operate in China and are not currently required to obtain approval from any PRC government authorities, including the China Securities Regulatory Commission, or the CSRC, Cyberspace Administration of China, or the CAC, or any other government entity, to issue of Class A ordinary shares to foreign investors. If we do not receive or maintain the approvals, or we inadvertently conclude that such approvals are not required, or applicable laws, regulations, or interpretations change such that we are required to obtain approval in the future, we may be subject to an investigation by competent regulators, fines or penalties, ordered to suspend our relevant business and rectify, prohibited from engaging in relevant business, or subject to an order prohibiting us from conducting an offering, and these risks could result in a material adverse change in our operations, significantly limit or completely hinder our ability to offer or continue to offer securities to investors, or cause such securities to significantly decline in value or become worthless. For details, see “Risk Factors — Risks Relating to Doing Business in the PRC — The Chinese government exerts substantial influence over the manner in which we must conduct our business activities and may intervene or influence our operations at any time, which could result in a material change in our operations and the value of our ordinary shares.”

In addition, trading in our securities may be prohibited under the Holding Foreign Companies Accountable Act, or the HFCAA, if the U.S. Public Company Accounting Oversight Board, or the PCAOB, determines that it cannot inspect the workpapers prepared by our auditor, and that as a result an exchange may determine to delist our securities. On June 22, 2021, the U.S. Senate passed the Accelerating Holding Foreign Companies Accountable Act, which, if passed by the U.S. House of Representatives and signed into law, would reduce the number of consecutive non-inspection years required for triggering the prohibitions under the Holding Foreign Companies Accountable Act from three years to two. On December 16, 2021, the PCAOB issued a report on its determination that it is unable to inspect or investigate completely PCAOB-registered public accounting firms headquartered in China and in Hong Kong because of positions taken by PRC and Hong Kong authorities in those jurisdictions.

Our auditor, the independent registered public accounting firm that issues the audit report included elsewhere in this prospectus, as an auditor of companies that are traded publicly in the U.S. and a firm registered with the PCAOB, is subject to laws in the U.S., pursuant to which the PCAOB conducts regular inspections to assess its compliance with the applicable professional standards. Our auditor is headquartered in Manhattan, New York, and has been inspected by the PCAOB on a regular basis with the last inspection in June 2018. As such, our auditor is not subject to the determination announced by the PCAOB on December 16, 2021. See Risk Factors — Risks Relating to Our Business and Industry — Recent joint statement by the SEC and the PCAOB proposed rule changes submitted by Nasdaq, and the Holding Foreign Companies Accountable Act passed by the US Senate, all call for additional and more stringent criteria to be applied to emerging market companies upon assessing the qualification of their auditors, especially the non-U.S. auditors who are not inspected by the PCAOB. These developments could add uncertainties to our offering.”

Recent Development

In 2020, we made a strategic decision to expand our business operations and enter to the market of compatible ink cartridges. In April 2020, we established a development team with 15 members, and from April 2020 to October 2020, our team researched and designed compatible ink cartridges for two popular series of inkjet printers. In October 2020, we started manufacturing our compatible ink cartridge products and introduced them to the market in 2021. For the six months ended June 30, 2021, we generated approximately US$0.2 million in revenue from sales of our compatible ink cartridge products.

5

Table of Contents

Corporate History and Structure

We commenced our operations in January 2011 as a toner cartridge manufacturer through Jiangxi Yibo E-tech Co., Ltd., or Jiangxi Yibo, a limited liability company established under the laws of the PRC. In March 2011, we incorporated Aster Graphics, Inc., or Aster US, a company incorporated in the State of California. In July 2011, we incorporated Aster Technology Holland B.V., a company incorporated in the Netherlands as a limited liability company. On August 5, 2019, Plant Image International Limited was incorporated under the laws of the Cayman Islands as an exempted company with limited liability. As a result of reorganization, Planet Image International Limited became the ultimate holding company of our Company.

The following diagram illustrates our corporate structure, including our significant subsidiaries, as of the date of this prospectus. For more detail on our corporate history, please refer to “Corporate History and Structure.”

Note:

Through Aster Online Company Limited, we also directly own 100% of equity interests of 11 limited liability companies incorporated in Hong Kong in March 2020, namely Peony Trade Co., Limited, White Poplar Co., Limited, Joyful Product Trade Co., Limited, Grand Future Trade Co., Limited, Oriental Poetry Co., Limited, Prosperity Product Trade Co., Limited, Atlantic Marketing Co., Limited, Pigeon King Co., Limited, Dragon Product Trade Co., Limited, Plum Blossom Co., Limited and Blue Ocean Product Trade Co., Limited.

These above-mentioned 11 limited liability companies have no operations but instead purely serve as holding companies for the online shops we set up in various jurisdictions, including seven online shops we set up in Hong Kong, one in the Netherlands and three in California, United States, including Your Office Supplies Company Limited, Iprint Enterprise Limited, Amstech Limited and Aztech Enterprise Limited, formed in Hong Kong in 2016; Supplies4u Limited and Access Supplies Limited, formed in Hong Kong in 2017; and Dellon Technology Company Limited (formerly known as C’anon H-Pixel Building B’rother Enterprise Limited), formed in Hong Kong in 2018; Proimage B.V formed in the Netherlands in 2014; Eco Imaging Inc., Revol Trading Inc. and Intercon International Corp., incorporated in the State of California in 2012. All these 11 online shops are directly wholly-owned by the above-mentioned holding companies and all their accounts and transactions have been consolidated into Aster Online Company Limited and ultimately into the accounts of our Company.

6

Table of Contents

Currently, we directly hold 100% equity interests in our subsidiaries, and we do not currently use a VIE structure.

Corporate Information

Our principal executive offices are located at No. 756 Guangfu Road, Hi-tech Development Zone, Xinyu City, Jiangxi Province, People’s Republic of China. Our telephone number at this address is +86 0790-7138216. Our registered office in the Cayman Islands is located at Conyers Trust Company (Cayman) Limited, Cricket Square, Hutchins Drive, P.O. Box 2681, Grand Cayman KY1-1111, Cayman Islands, and the phone number of our registered office is +1-345-949-1040.

Investors should submit any inquiries to the address and telephone number of our principal executive offices. Our corporate website is www.goaster.com. The information contained on our websites is not a part of this prospectus. Our agent for service of process in the United States is located at 12000 Magnolia Ave Suite 101, Riverside, CA 92503.

Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company

As a company with less than US$1.07 billion in revenue during our last fiscal year, we qualify as an “emerging growth company” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, as amended, or the JOBS Act. As long as we remain an emerging growth company, we may rely on exemptions from some of the reporting requirements applicable to public companies that are not emerging growth companies. In particular, as an emerging growth company, we:

•        may present only two years of audited financial statements and only two years of related Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, or “MD&A;”

•        are not required to provide a detailed narrative disclosure discussing our compensation principles, objectives and elements and analyzing how those elements fit with our principles and objectives, which is commonly referred to as “compensation discussion and analysis”;

•        are not required to obtain an attestation and report from our auditors on our management’s assessment of our internal control over financial reporting pursuant to the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002;

•        are not required to obtain a non-binding advisory vote from our shareholders on executive compensation or golden parachute arrangements (commonly referred to as the “say-on-pay,” “say-on frequency” and “say-on-golden-parachute” votes);

•        are exempt from certain executive compensation disclosure provisions requiring a pay-for-performance graph and chief executive officer pay ratio disclosure;

•        are eligible to claim longer phase-in periods for the adoption of new or revised financial accounting standards under §107 of the JOBS Act; and

•        will not be required to conduct an evaluation of our internal control over financial reporting until our second annual report on Form 20-F following the effectiveness of our initial public offering.

We intend to take advantage of all of these reduced reporting requirements and exemptions, including the longer phase-in periods for the adoption of new or revised financial accounting standards under §107 of the JOBS Act. Our election to use the phase-in periods may make it difficult to compare our financial statements to those of non-emerging growth companies and other emerging growth companies that have opted out of the phase-in periods under §107 of the JOBS Act.

Under the JOBS Act, we may take advantage of the above-described reduced reporting requirements and exemptions until we no longer meet the definition of an emerging growth company. We will remain an emerging growth company until the earliest of (a) the last day of the fiscal year during which we have total annual gross revenues of at least US$1.07 billion; (b) the last day of our fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of the completion of this offering; (c) the date on which we have, during the preceding three-year period, issued more than US$1.0 billion in non-convertible debt; or (d) the date on which we are deemed to be a “large accelerated filer” under the United States Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, which would occur if the market value of our

7

Table of Contents

Class A ordinary shares that are held by non-affiliates exceeds US$700 million as of the last business day of our most recently completed second fiscal quarter. Once we cease to be an emerging growth company, we will not be entitled to the exemptions provided in the JOBS Act discussed above.

Foreign Private Issuer Status

We are a foreign private issuer within the meaning of the rules under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”). As such, we are exempt from certain provisions applicable to United States domestic public companies. For example:

•        we are not required to provide as many Exchange Act reports, or as frequently, as a domestic public company;

•        for interim reporting, we are permitted to comply solely with our home country requirements, which are less rigorous than the rules that apply to domestic public companies;

•        we are not required to provide the same level of disclosure on certain issues, such as executive compensation;

•        we are exempt from provisions of Regulation FD aimed at preventing issuers from making selective disclosures of material information;

•        we are not required to comply with the sections of the Exchange Act regulating the solicitation of proxies, consents, or authorizations in respect of a security registered under the Exchange Act; and

•        we are not required to comply with Section 16 of the Exchange Act requiring insiders to file public reports of their share ownership and trading activities and establishing insider liability for profits realized from any “short-swing” trading transaction.

Implications of Being a Controlled Company

Upon the completion of this offering, Mr. Weidong Gu, our founder and chairman of the board of directors will continue to beneficially own 18.44% of our total issued and outstanding Class A ordinary shares and 100% of our total issued and outstanding Class B ordinary shares, representing 90.86% of our total voting power, assuming the option to purchase additional Class A ordinary shares is exercised by the underwriter in full. As a result, we will be a “controlled company” as defined under the Nasdaq Stock Market Rules because Mr. Weidong Gu will hold more than 50% of the voting power for the election of directors. As a “controlled company,” we are permitted to elect not to comply with certain corporate governance requirements. If we rely on these exemptions, you will not have the same protection afforded to shareholders of companies that are subject to these corporate governance requirements.

Conventions that Apply to this Prospectus

Unless we indicate otherwise, references in this prospectus to:

•        “AMC” are to Atlantic Marketing Co., Limited, a company incorporated in Hong Kong as a limited liability company on March 5, 2020 and an indirectly wholly-owned subsidiary of our Company;

•        “AML” are to Amstech Limited, a company incorporated in Hong Kong as a limited liability company on May 25, 2016 and an indirectly wholly-owned subsidiary of our Company;

•        “ASL” are to Access Supplies Limited, a company incorporated in Hong Kong as a limited liability company on March 31, 2017 and an indirectly wholly-owned subsidiary of our Company;

•        “Aster BVI” are to Aster Graphics Company Limited, a company incorporated in the BVI as a limited liability company on February 25, 2011 and a directly wholly-owned subsidiary of our Company;

•        “Aster Excellent” are to Aster Excellent Limited, a company incorporated in the BVI as a limited liability company on August 2, 2019;

•        “Aster France” are to Aster Technology France, a company incorporated in France as a simplified joint-stock company on April 3, 2019 and an indirectly wholly-owned subsidiary of our Company;

8

Table of Contents

•        “Aster Germany” are to Aster Supplies GmbH, a company incorporated in Germany as a limited liability company on September 25, 2018 and an indirectly wholly-owned subsidiary of our Company;

•        “Aster HK” are to Aster Graphics Company Limited, formerly known as Aster Industry Company Limited, a company incorporated in Hong Kong as limited liability company on August 16, 2019 and an indirectly wholly-owned subsidiary of our Company;

•        “Aster Industrial” are to Aster Industrial Limited, a company incorporated in the BVI as a limited liability company on August 8, 2019 and a directly wholly-owned subsidiary of our Company;

•        “Aster Italy” are to Aster Technology Italia S.R.L., a company incorporated in Italy as a limited liability company on May 7, 2018 and an indirectly wholly-owned subsidiary of our Company;

•        “Aster NL” are to Aster Technology Holland B.V., a company incorporated in the Netherlands as a limited liability company on July 8, 2011 and an indirectly wholly-owned subsidiary of our Company;

•        “Aster Online” are to Aster Online Company Limited, a company incorporated in Hong Kong as a limited liability company on August 15, 2019 and an indirectly wholly-owned subsidiary of our Company;

•        “Aster UK” are to Aster Technology UK Ltd, a company incorporated in the United Kingdom as a limited liability company on January 21, 2019 and an indirectly wholly-owned subsidiary of our Company;

•        “Aster US” are to Aster Graphics, Inc., a company incorporated in the State of California, the United States as a limited liability company on March 1, 2011 and an indirectly wholly-owned subsidiary of our Company;

•        “AZEL” are to Aztech Enterprise Limited, a company incorporated in Hong Kong as a limited liability company on May 25, 2016 and an indirectly wholly owned subsidiary of our Company;

•        “BOPTC” are to Blue Ocean Product Trade Co., Limited, a company incorporated in Hong Kong as a limited liability company on March 9, 2020 and an indirectly wholly-owned subsidiary of our Company;

•        “BVI” are to the British Virgin Islands;

•        “B2B” are to a form of commercial transaction between one business entity to another business entity;

•        “B2C” are to a form of commercial transaction between one business entity to end-consumers;

•        “cartridge chips” are to PCBA with firmware installed, the principal functions of which include facilitating communications between a cartridge and the printer on which it is installed and monitoring cartridge usage;

•        China” and the “PRC” are to the People’s Republic of China, excluding, for the purposes of this prospectus only, Taiwan, the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region and the Macao Special Administrative Region;

•        “Class A ordinary shares” are to our Class A ordinary shares, par value HK$0.0001 per share;

•        “Class B ordinary shares” are to our Class B ordinary shares, par value HK$0.0001 per share;

•        “Companies Act” are to the Companies Act (2022 Revision) of the Cayman Islands, as amended and revised;

•        “compatible toner cartridges” are to toner cartridges designed and manufactured by third-party toner cartridge manufacturers, instead of printer companies, which are compatible for a single or multiple original-brand printer models;

•        “DDP” are to “delivered duty paid,” meaning that the seller assumes all of the responsibility, risks and costs associated with transporting goods until the buyer received and transfers them at the destination port;

•        “doctor blade” are to a mechanical device used to remove excess toner from a printer cylinder;

•        “DPTC” are to Dragon Product Trade Co., Ltd., a company incorporated in Hong Kong as a limited liability company on March 9, 2020 and an indirectly wholly-owned subsidiary of our Company;

9

Table of Contents

•        DTCL” are to Dellon Technology Company Limited, a company incorporated in Hon g Kong as a limited liability company on February 7, 2018 and an indirectly subsidiary of our Company;

•        “drop ship” are to a supply chain management method in which the dealer does not keep goods in stock but instead transfers its customer’s orders and shipment details to either the manufacturer, another dealer, or a wholesaler, who then ships the goods directly to the customer;

•        “EDI” are to electronic data interchange, which is the electronic interchange of business information using a standardized format. It allows one company to send information to another company electronically;

•        “EII” are to Eco Imaging Inc., a company incorporated in the state of California, the United states as a limited liability company on February 23, 2012 and an indirectly wholly-owned subsidiary of our Company;

•        “ERP” are to enterprise resource planning, which is the integrated management of main business processes, often in real time and mediated by software and technology;

•        “FOB” are to free on board, or delivery of goods on board the vessel at the named port of origin (loading) at the seller’s expense. The buyer is responsible for main carriage/freight, cargo insurance and other costs and risks;

•        “HK$” and “Hong Kong dollars” are to the legal currency of Hong Kong;

•        “Hong Kong” or “HK” are to the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region of the PRC;

•        “IEL” are to Iprint Enterprise Limited, a company incorporated in Hong Kong as a limited liability company on June 14, 2016 and an indirectly wholly-owned subsidiary of our Company;

•        “IIC” are to Intercon International Corp., a company incorporate in the state of California, the United States as a limited liability company on Novemebr 14, 2012 and an indirectly wholly-owned subsidiary of our Company;

•        “ISO” are to a series of quality management and quality assurance standards published by International Organization for standardization, a non-government organization based in Geneva, Switzerland, for assessing the quality systems of business organizations;

•        “IT” are to information technology;

•        “Jiangxi Leibotai” are to “Jiangxi Leibotai E-Tech Co., Ltd., a limited liability company established in the PRC on June 26, 2012 and an indirectly wholly-owned subsidiary of our Company;

•        “Jiangxi Yibo” are to Jiangxi Yibo E-Tech Co., Ltd., a limited liability company established in the PRC on January 12, 2011 and an indirectly wholly-owned subsidiary of our Company;

•        “JPTC” are to Joyful Product Trade Co., Limited, a company incorporated in Hong Kong as a limited liability company on March 9, 2020 and an indirectly wholly-owned subsidiary of our Company;

•        “ODM” are to original design manufacturing, where a manufacturer designs and manufactures a product with its own technologies and specifications, but such manufacturer is still required to obtain brand authorization and brand name label for such products;

•        “OPC drums” are to aluminum cylinders coated with a layer of non-toxic, organic-photo conductive material, a key component in toner cartridge;

•        “OPCL” are to Oriental Poetry Co., Limited, a company incorporated in Hong Kong as a limited liability company on March 5, 2020 and an indirectly wholly-owned subsidiary of our Company;

•        “original-brand printer companies” are to original-brand printer companies design and sell printers and corresponding ink/toner cartridges;

•        “original-brand toner cartridges” are to toner cartridge designed and sold by original-brand printer companies for specific printer model;

10

Table of Contents

•        “page yield” are to a quantitative indicator that measures the product life of toner cartridge, which usually refers to a maximum page count assuming 5% toner coverage rat on A4 sized page;

•        “PBC” are to Plum Blossom Co., Limited, a company incorporated in Hong Kong as a limited liability company on March 9, 2020 and an indirectly wholly-owned subsidiary of our Company;

•        “PCBA” are to printed circuit board assembly, a chip set with integrated circuit, printed circuit board and other components assembled with no firmware installed;

•        “primary charge roller” are to a device that applies a uniform, high-voltage negative charge on the OPC drum to level out any remaining charge after one printing image and set the OPC drum ready for new printer image;

•        “private labeling services” are to special requested services that the manufacturers will design labels that contain logo, name, order number and contact information of customers purchasing our white-label products and stick to the packaging boxes;

•        “Peony Trade Co., Ltd., a company incorporated in Hong Kong as a limited liability company on March 9, 2020 and an indirectly wholly-owned subsidiary of our Company;

•        “remanufactured toner cartridges” are to toner cartridges produced through refurbishing empty cartridges, refilling the toner and replacing any broken parts;

•        “RMB” and “Renminbi” are to the legal currency of China;

•        “search engine optimization” are to the process of increasing the quality and quantity of website traffic by increasing the visibility of a website or web page to users of a web search engine;

•        “shares,” “Shares,” or “ordinary shares” are to the ordinary shares of the Company, par value HK$0.0001 per share, which include our Class A ordinary shares and Class B ordinary shares, par value HK$0.0001 per share;

•        “sponsored advertisements” are to a cost-per-click advertising solution to reach customers who are interested in certain products with keyword, product and interest targeting in order to help sellers on online selling platforms to grow customers and boost sales;

•        “toner cartridges” are to consumables for use by laser printers, which are composed of chips, toner, rollers and drums;

•        “toner powder/toner supply” are to imaging material used by laser printers; usually categorized into black toner powder and color toner powder;

•        “UK” are to the United Kingdom, made up of England, Scotland, Wales and Northern Ireland;

•        “U.S.”, “US” or “United States” are to United States of America, its territories, its possessions and all areas subject to its jurisdiction;

•        “US$,” “$” and “U.S. dollars” are to the legal currency of the United States;

•        “we,” “us,” our company,” “our” or “Planet Image” are to Planet Image International Limited, our Cayman Islands holding company, and its predecessor entity and its subsidiaries, consolidated affiliated entities as the context requires;

•        “wipe blade” are to a mechanical device used to scrape any exceed toner off the surface of the toner cartridge, the printer paper and transfer belt;

•        “World Intellectual Property Organization” are to one of the 15 specialized agencies of the United Nations created in 1967 to encourage creative activity, to promote the protection of intellectual property throughout the world;

•        “WPC” are to White Poplar Co., Limited, a company incorporated in Hong Kong as a limited liability company on March 9, 2020 and an indirectly wholly-owned subsidiary of our Company;

11

Table of Contents

•        “YOSC” are to Your Office Supplies Company Limited, a company incorporated in Hong Kong as a limited liability company on June 23, 2016 and an indirectly wholly-owned subsidiary of our Company; and

•        “Zhongshan Yantuo” are to Zhongshan Yantuo Printing Device Co., Ltd., a limited liability company established in the PRC on April 8, 2013 and an indirectly wholly-owned subsidiary of our Company.

Unless the context indicates otherwise, all information in this prospectus assumes no exercise by the underwriter of its options to purchase additional Class A ordinary shares.

We have made rounding adjustments to reach some of the figures included in this prospectus. Consequently, numerical figures shown as totals in some tables may not be arithmetic aggregations of the figures that precede them.

Unless otherwise noted, all translations from Renminbi to U.S. dollars and from U.S. dollars to Renminbi in this prospectus are made as follows:

 

December 31, 2019

 

December 31, 2020

   

Year-end spot rate

 

Average rate

 

Year-end spot rate

 

Average rate

US$ against RMB

 

US$1=RMB6.9589

 

US$1=RMB6.8774

 

US$1=RMB6.5402

 

US$1=RMB6.9061

US$ against EUR

 

US$1=EUR0.8929

 

US$1=EUR0.8929

 

US$1=EUR0.8197

 

US$1=EUR0.8759

 

June 30, 2020

 

June 30, 2021

   

Period-end spot rate

 

Average rate

 

Period-end spot rate

 

Average rate

US$ against RMB

 

US$1=RMB7.0721

 

US$1=RMB7.0323

 

US$1=RMB6.4683

 

US$1=RMB6.4767

US$ against EUR

 

US$1=EUR0.8929

 

US$1=EUR0.9050

 

US$1=EUR0.8403

 

US$1=EUR0.8316

We make no representation that any Renminbi or U.S. dollar amounts could have been, or could be, converted into U.S. dollars or Renminbi, as the case may be, at any particular rate, or at all. On March 4, 2022, the noon buying rate for Renminbi was RMB6.3188 to US$1.00.

This prospectus contains information derived from various public sources and certain information from an industry report commissioned by us and prepared by China Insights Consultancy Limited, or CIC, a third-party industry research firm, to provide information regarding our industry and market position. Such information involves a number of assumptions and limitations, and you are cautioned not to give undue weight to these estimates. We have not independently verified the accuracy or completeness of the data contained in these industry publications and reports. The industry in which we operate is subject to a high degree of uncertainty and risk due to variety of factors, including those described in the “Risk Factors” section. These and other factors could cause results to differ materially from those expressed in these publications and reports.

12

Table of Contents

THE OFFERING

Offering Price

 

We currently estimate that the initial public offering price will be between US$4.0 and US$5.0 per Class A ordinary share.

Class A Ordinary Shares offered by us

 

6,000,000 Class A ordinary shares (or 6,900,000 Class A ordinary shares if the underwriter exercises in full the over-allotment option).

Ordinary Shares outstanding prior to the completion of this offering

 

52,631,600 ordinary shares (including 26,315,800 Class A ordinary shares and 26,315,800 Class B ordinary shares)

Class A Ordinary Shares outstanding immediately after this offering

 

32,315,800 Class A ordinary shares excluding 600,000 Class A ordinary shares underlying the underwriter warrants (or 33,215,800 Class A ordinary shares if the underwriter exercises in full the over-allotment option) and 26,315,800 Class B ordinary shares.

Over-Allotment Option

 

We have granted to the underwriter an option, exercisable within 45 days from the date of this prospectus, to purchase up to an aggregate of 15% additional Class A ordinary shares at the initial public offering price, less underwriting discounts.

Use of Proceeds  

 

We estimate that we will receive net proceeds of approximately US$23.59 million (or US$27.32 million if the underwriter exercises its options to purchase additional Class A ordinary shares in full) from this offering, assuming an initial public offering price of US$4.50 per Class A ordinary share, which is the mid-point of the estimated range of the initial public offering price, and assuming that all investors are introduced by the underwriter, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts, non-accountable expense allowance and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

We anticipate using the net proceeds of this offering primarily for (i) constructing a comprehensive, multi-layer production center, (ii) research and development, (iii) updating the software systems of our own websites, (iv) setting up additional warehouses in overseas locations, and (v) general corporate purposes.

See “Use of Proceeds” for more information.

Lock-up

 

We, our directors and executive officers, and our existing beneficial owners of 5% or more of our outstanding Class A ordinary shares have agreed with the underwriter, subject to certain exceptions, not to sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of any Class A ordinary shares or similar securities or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for our Class A ordinary shares, for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus. See “Shares Eligible for Future Sale” and “Underwriting.”

Listing

 

We have applied to have our Class A ordinary shares listed on the Nasdaq Stock Market under the symbol “            .”

Payment and settlement

 

The underwriter expects to deliver the Class A ordinary shares against payment on             , 2022, through the facilities of The Depository Trust Company, or DTC.

Risk Factors

 

See “Risk Factors” and other information included in this prospectus for a discussion of risks you should carefully consider before investing in our Class A ordinary shares.

13

Table of Contents

Capital Structure and Voting Rights

 

Our authorized share capital is HK$380,000 divided into 3,800,000,000 shares of a nominal or par value of HK$0.0001 each, comprising of (i) 2,000,000,000 Class A ordinary shares of a nominal or par value of HK$0.0001 each, (ii) 1,000,000,000 Class B ordinary shares of a nominal or par value of HK$0.0001 each, and (iii) 800,000,000 preferred shares of a nominal or par value of HK$0.0001 each.

Holders of Class A ordinary shares are entitled to one vote per one Class A Ordinary Share. Holders of Class B ordinary shares are entitled to 10 votes per one Class B Ordinary Share. Holders of our Class A ordinary shares and Class B ordinary shares will generally vote together as a single class, unless otherwise required by law. See “Description of Share Capital.”

Mr. Weidong Gu, our founder and chairman of the board of directors will beneficially own 18.44% of our total issued and outstanding Class A ordinary shares and 100% of our total issued and outstanding Class B ordinary shares upon the completion of this offering, representing 90.86% of our total voting power, assuming the option to purchase additional Class A ordinary shares is exercised by the underwriter in full.

14

Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

Investment in our securities involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the risks described below together with all of the other information included in this prospectus before making an investment decision. The risks and uncertainties described below represent our known material risks to our business. If any of the following risks actually occurs, our business, financial condition or results of operations could suffer. In that case, you may lose all or part of your investment. You should not invest in this offering unless you can afford to lose your entire investment.

Risks Relating to Our Business and Industry

If our products fail to meet the demands of our customers or to reflect the latest developments in the compatible toner cartridge market, we may be unable to retain existing customers or attract new customers, and our business, financial condition and results of operations may be materially and adversely affected.

The compatible toner cartridge market is characterized by rapid technological development and continual introduction of new models. As a specialized manufacturer of toner cartridges, our future success depends largely on (i) our ability to continually update and launch new products that can be used in updated or new printer models that come to the market from time to time, (ii) the number of customers using our products and (iii) the price that they are willing to pay for our products. If our products fail to meet customer demands in terms of product quality and functionality or to respond to the latest developments in the compatible toner cartridge market, we may not be able to maintain our existing customer base or attract new customers. In addition, we may not be able to maintain the current selling prices of our products. Some factors that may affect our ability to meet customer demands and to attract customers include: our ability to (i) develop or acquire the necessary technical know-how to design and manufacture new products and enhance or adapt existing products to respond to changes in printer technologies, market trends and customer demands; (ii) manage our growth while maintaining the consistency of our product quality, promote our products to a broader base of prospective customers; and (iii) provide satisfactory customer support and after-sale services in a timely manner. If we are unable to retain existing customers and continue to attract new customers to use our products and to increase their spending with us, our business, financial condition and results of operations may be materially and adversely affected.

Our ability to compete effectively may be hampered if our intellectual property rights are infringed on by third-parties or, on the other hand, if we are alleged or found to have infringed on the intellectual property rights of others.

In our business operations, we have developed trademarks, patents, copyrights, industry know-how, product formulas, production processes, technologies and other intellectual property rights that we believe are of significant value to us. As of June 30, 2021, we owned 366 registered patents in the U.S., Europe, and China, and a total of 24 trademarks registered in the U.S., Europe, the PRC and Hong Kong. In addition, we are in the process of applying for 66 patents worldwide. See “Business — Intellectual Property” for details.

It may be possible for third parties to obtain and use products, know-how and technologies under intellectual property rights owned by us without authorization, or for third parties to copy or imitate products, know-how and technologies under our intellectual property rights, thereby causing confusion and mislead end-users to believe the counterfeit products, which are usually of poor quality, are our products. This may adversely affect our sales, damage our reputation, tarnish our brand and increase our administrative costs in respect of detection, investigation and initiation of the legal proceedings of the infringement. We cannot assure you that our intellectual property rights will not be misappropriated by third parties and, if such misappropriations do occur, that we will be able to detect and address them timely and effectively.

On the other hand, we cannot assure you that our intellectual property rights will not be challenged by third parties, whether with or without merit. Certain unrelated third parties may own intellectual property rights which may be considered to be similar to ours. We could face difficulty and incur material expenses during our future expansion because of the existence of any similar patents owned by unrelated third parties.

We may from time to time be required to institute or be involved in litigation, arbitration or other forms of proceedings, including settlements, to enforce or defend our intellectual property rights, which would likely be time-consuming and expensive and may divert our management’s time and attention regardless of their outcome. If we fail the defend against such litigations, we may be ordered to pay a material amount as penalty, refrain from using

15

Table of Contents

such patents, know-hows or licenses, require pre-approvals of future designed products and stop selling our products that are related to them in particular regions or countries. For the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020 and the six months ended June 30, 2021, the total patent registration and patent litigation cost we incurred amounted to US$0.4 million, US$0.4 million and US$0.2 million, respectively.

If any third party infringes on our intellectual property rights or if we are alleged or found to have infringed on the intellectual property rights of others, it may materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We may be exposed to risks of obsolete inventories because technological upgrades by the original-brand printer manufacturers render our toner cartridge products obsolete or due to our failure to manage inventories efficiently. If this occurs, we may incur losses for our research and development expenses, production costs and marketing expenses relating to such obsolete inventories.

Generally, we begin to research, design and develop a compatible toner cartridge after a new printer model is introduced to the market. As each printer typically has a unique hardware and software system, a compatible toner cartridge usually only works with specific printer models for which they are designed. As such, there exists a risk that during the period while our compatible toner cartridge is under development or sometime after we began selling the compatible toner cartridge, the original-brand printer manufacturer may conduct an upgrade of its printer which renders our toner cartridge not compatible with it anymore. If this occurs, we may not be able to recover the research and development expenses, production costs and marketing expenses we incurred in connection with the toner cartridge product. In addition, we may receive requests from customers for product return or exchange due to upgrades by original-brand printer manufacturers which rendered our products not compatible anymore. Upgrades by original-brand printer manufacturers are beyond our control. If such upgrades are frequent and substantial, it may result in more product returns and exchanges for us, as well as losses for research and development expenses, production costs and marketing expenses, and our business, financial condition and results of operations may be materially and adversely affected.

Our inventories consist of raw materials, work-in-progress and finished goods. For branded products and white-label products, our sales and marketing department, based on their understanding of historical sales and perceived market trends, formulates annual sales targets at our Company’s level and at the regional level. We manufacture our ODM products on a made-to-order basis. See “Business — Logistics and Warehousing — Inventory control.” We believe that maintaining an appropriate level of inventories helps us deliver our products to meet the market demands in a timely manner. For the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020 and the six months ended June 30, 2021, our balance of inventories amounted to approximately US$19.9 million, US$29.2 million and US$27.0 million, respectively, and our inventory turnover days were 116.0 days, 106.2 days and 115.6 days, respectively. We cannot assure you that we will not experience any slow movement of inventories or that our inventories will not become obsolete, which may be caused by our reduced sales due to change in consumer demand or preferences, change of marketing strategy by our customers or incorrect estimation of the market demand for our products. If we fail to manage our inventories effectively or are unable to sell our excess inventories, we may face a risk of inventory obsolescence and/or significant inventory write-downs, which may impose pressure on our operating cash flow, and materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We may not be able to maintain or increase the selling prices of our products.

Our results of operations are affected by the pricing of our products. For ODM products and white-label products, we generally price our products on the basis of a cost-plus calculation of the costs involved in manufacturing, and with reference to the prevailing market prices. For new ODM products, we generally review and adjust our price list every month. Our ability to offer competitive prices and launch new patented products quickly after the original-brand products are being released are critical factors, among other factors, in securing orders from our customers. We are generally able to maintain current pricing strategies for our products as a result of our localized operation and ancillary services provided to offline customers including drop ship service, private labeling and customized packing services. For our branded products sold on an online e-commerce selling platform, we generally set our retail price based on our base selling prices, marketing expenses, fees paid to the online selling platform, different brand positioning and prices of competing products. If for any reason market perception of us should change for the worse, we may not be able to maintain or increase the selling prices of our products, which would have a material and adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. With more competitors are able to catch up industry leaders by providing products of latest printer models, overall export price has shown a decreasing trend to reflect the intense

16

Table of Contents

competition. In addition, during the COVID-19 pandemic, the demand for office supplies including compatible toner cartridges decreased due to decreasing business activities. We may face more pressure on pricing levels to seize market share from competitors as a result of the COVID-19 outbreak. In addition, if our suppliers raise their prices and we are unable to pass it on to our customers, our profit margins will be reduced and our financial condition and results of operations would be negatively affected.

Our raw material purchase prices are subject to fluctuation and we could face shortage in supply of our raw materials.

Our cost of inventory sold mainly consist of the raw materials used in our production of toner cartridges, such as OPC drum, toner and chips. Our cost of inventory sold accounted for 80.3%, 75.6% and 78.7%, respectively, of our total cost of sales for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020 and for the six months ended June 30, 2021. Depending on the market supply and demand conditions, prices of our raw materials fluctuate and are influenced by the economic growth in the PRC, the prevailing prices of the global market and the availability of such raw materials, all of which are beyond our control. A significant volatility in the price levels of our raw materials could increase our cost of sales and adversely affect our profit margin. We have not hedged against changes in commodity prices, and we do not intend to enter into such hedges in the future. According to the CIC Report, the average price for compatible toner cartridge chips in China is expected to increase from RMB6.7 per piece in 2020 to RMB7.9 per piece in 2025 at a CAGR of 3.5% which are expected to grow due to more new printers with expected more complicated controls and design will be launched. We expect that our raw materials prices will continue to fluctuate and be affected by the factors stated above in the future. As such, an increase in the prices of our raw materials, inability to pass on or delay in passing on any increase in our costs of raw materials to our consumers or inability to identify and source from alternative suppliers may have a significant impact on our profit margin and our profitability. We do not have long-term contractual arrangements with our suppliers. If all or a significant number of our suppliers for any particular raw material and/or packaging material are unable or unwilling to meet our production requirements, or if we are unable to obtain raw materials in quantities and of the quality we require at commercially reasonable prices, our production volume, product quality or profitability may deteriorate and we could suffer shortages or significant cost increases which in turn may have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Any interruption in the normal operations of our warehouses may have an adverse impact on our ability to fulfill orders from our customers and business operations.

Our ability to fulfill customer orders on a timely basis is critical to our business operations and depends on the smooth operation of our warehouses. If we do not operate our warehouses well, it could result in delay in fulfilling customer orders, excess or insufficient fulfillment capacity, an increase in costs, decrease in gross profit margin, or harm our reputation and relationships with our customers.

In addition, our warehouses may be vulnerable to damage caused by fire, floods, power outages, telecommunication failures, break-ins, earthquakes, human error and other events. Our cloud-based warehouse management system could also be subject to errors or flaws, which could adversely impact the normal operation of our warehouses and our ability to record inventory or fulfill orders on an accurate and efficient manner. Any occurrence of the foregoing risks could have a material adverse impact on our business, financial conditions and results of operations.

We rely significantly on the North American and European market. Any changes in the economic and regulatory conditions or global trade policy of the U.S. or Europe or changes in the business strategies of U.S. customers or Europe customers may have an adverse effect on our business.

For each of years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020 and the six months ended June 30, 2021, our revenue mainly derived from U.S. and Europe. Our financial performance depends significantly on general economic conditions in U.S. and Europe and their impact on consumer confidence and discretionary consumer spending. Further, economic factors in U.S. or Europe such as a reduction in the availability of credit, increased unemployment levels, rising interest rates, financial market volatility, recession, reduced consumer confidence, and other factors affecting consumer spending behavior such as acts of terrorism or major epidemics could reduce demand for our products. On the other hand, any change in U.S. or the European global trade policy, including tightening regulatory restrictions, industry-specific quotas, tariffs, non-tariff barriers and taxes, may have the effect of limiting our products exported from the PRC and, hence, an adverse effect on our business.

17

Table of Contents

If there is any change in the management or control of our U.S. or European customers, then such U.S. or European customers may in turn change their business strategy, which may cause their demand for compatible toner cartridges to decrease. This in turn may have a material and adverse effect on our business performance, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

A potential serious downturn in the overall economy of U.S. or Europe or in U.S. or European compatible toner cartridge industry, or policies unfavorable to the import of goods into U.S. or Europe may cause the financial conditions and purchasing powers of our customers in U.S. or Europe to deteriorate. Our customers are not under contractual obligations to place orders with us, so order quantities may fluctuate depending on the profitability of customers’ businesses and the spending power of the consumers. An economic downturn in U.S. or Europe or continued uncertainties regarding future prospects that affect consumer spending habits in the U.S. or Europe may have an adverse effect on the placing of orders by our customers. We can offer no assurance that we will be able to respond quickly to any economic, market or regulatory changes in the U.S. or European market, and any failure to do so may result in an adverse effect on our business performance, financial condition and results of operations.

We may be unable to maintain our relationship with our customers and we may fail to engage new customers.

We do not enter into any long-term sales agreements with our customers, and only engage in purchases of goods with them on a one-off basis by purchase orders based on their demand. These purchase orders typically include key terms about the products to be sold such as product specifications, pricing, credit terms, rebate arrangement, and delivery and warranties. We may not be able to obtain new purchase orders with our customers as they may choose to enter into arrangements with our competitors, who may offer them access to a stronger product portfolio or more favorable economic terms. The loss of our customers, could adversely affect our sales. There is no assurance that our current or future purchase orders with customers could be negotiated or obtained on terms equivalent to or better than current terms. Any disruption in our relationships with our customers, could affect our ability to maintain and grow our sales, which could materially and adversely affect our business, financial position and results of operations. In addition, there can be no assurance that we would be able to develop new relationships with additional customers, in order to expand our sales network.

Our business relies significantly on export sales which may be adversely affected by present or future export regulations or enforcement.

We derive a significant portion of our revenue from export sales which accounted for substantially all of our revenue for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020 and for the six months ended June 30, 2021. Export sales are generally subject to export regulations including tariffs, quotas, customs and other import or export restrictions and impose trade barriers, market access regulations, trade sanctions or anti-dumping measures. Any violation of applicable regulations could subject us to a substantial fine, damage our reputation and result in sanctions on exporting. We cannot assure you that the national or local authorities in the overseas markets will not enact additional laws or regulations or amend or enforce new regulations in a more rigorous manner. Changes in export regulations may restrictions on us in selling our products in the overseas markets, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We face intense competition in the compatible toner cartridge industry with our competitors and original brand toner cartridge manufacturers in the U.S. and Europe.

According to the CIC Report, the compatible toner cartridge industry is relatively concentrated, with the top five companies accounting for approximately 55.9% and 85.6% of the total market in terms of revenue in the U.S. and Europe in 2020, respectively. The increasing competition on pricing puts further constraints on the growth of existing companies in the market. Some of our competitors may have substantially greater financial resources, product development capabilities or better products quality than we have. They may leverage on their financial strength to improve their production and marketing capabilities, diversify their product portfolio, develop effective substitutes for our products, locate their production facilities in strategic locations and recruit experienced management personnel. According to the CIC Report, original-brand toner cartridge manufacturers also launched discount contractual toner cartridges to exclusive end customer group under a special program with the aim to retake the toner cartridge market share from compatible toner cartridge manufacturers. We cannot assure you that we will be able to react to and match the business development of our competitors in a timely manner or at all. We also cannot assure you that our competitors will not actively engage in activities designed to undermine our brands and product quality or to influence

18

Table of Contents

consumer confidence in our products. In addition, new competitors may seek to enter or expand into our industry. If we are unable to compete effectively with our competitors or if we fail to remain competitive, it could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We may not be able to recover all of our deferred income tax assets.

We had deferred income tax assets of US$0.7 million, US$0.5 million and US$1.2 million as of December 31, 2019 and 2020 and June 30, 2021, respectively. While the deferred income tax assets may enable our Company to reduce future tax payment, there are risks as their recoverability is dependent on our Company’s ability to generate future taxable profit. There is no assurance that the deferred income tax assets can be recovered. In the case that the value of the deferred income tax assets has changed, we may have to write-down the deferred income tax assets, which may have a material and adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

Our business is subject to the risks of international operations.

We operate six overseas subsidiaries as our sales branch offices in the U.S., the Netherlands, Italy, Germany, the United Kingdom and France. As of June 30, 2021, we had 64 foreign employees working in our overseas subsidiaries. For the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020 and the six months ended June 30, 2021, we derived substantially all of our revenue from overseas sales. We plan to expand our global reach by increasing our sales and marketing efforts and further expanding our geographical markets. As a result, we are subject to a variety of risks and uncertainties associated with such expansion, including:

•        compliance with foreign laws, regulatory requirements and local industry standards, in particular, those related to compatible toner cartridges;

•        exposure to increased litigation risks in overseas markets;

•        political and economic instabilities;

•        Future development of the COVID-19 pandemic or other epidemics which may continue to result in a lock-down or adoption of work from home policy;

•        unfamiliarity with local operating and market conditions; and

•        cultural and language difficulties in managing our foreign employees.

Any of the foregoing and other risks and uncertainties could adversely affect our international sales, which in turn could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

We may experience delays or interruptions in the shipments of our products due to factors outside of our control, and such delays or interruptions could lead to lost revenue and customer satisfaction.

We rely on third-party shipping companies and their services to transport our products to our warehouses and customers around the world. Such international shipping services could become disrupted by adverse weather conditions, natural disasters, ground logistics issues, customs delays, and other interruptions. Any delays in shipping services could result in untimely delivery of our products to our customers. If we are unable to deliver our products in a timely manner, our revenues could be negatively impacted and our reputation with our customers could suffer, resulting in materially adverse impact to our business operations, financial position, and results of operations.

We face foreign exchange risks and translation risks.

We derive a substantial portion of our revenue in US$ and Euro. Foreign exchange rate fluctuations may adversely affect our business and performance. Our sales are predominantly denominated in US$ and Euro while our costs are mostly denominated in RMB. The exchange rates between US$, Euro and RMB are subject to continuous movements affected by international political and economic conditions and changes in the PRC government’s economic and monetary policies. As we derive a substantial portion of our revenue in US$ and Euros while a substantial portion of our costs are denominated in RMB, appreciation of RMB against US$, which is our reporting currency will therefore directly decrease our profit margin if we are unable to increase the selling prices of our products accordingly. If we increase the selling prices of our products as a result of the appreciation of the RMB against the relevant foreign

19

Table of Contents

currencies, there would have an adverse effect on the purchasing power of the RMB amount that we would receive from the conversion. On the other hand, any depreciation of RMB would adversely affect our ability to pay for foreign currency obligations.

In addition, we are subject to translation risks as our consolidated financial statements are reported in US$ while the financial statements of our operating subsidiary are prepared in RMB, the currency of the primary economic environment in which our operations are based, which the financial statements of some of our subsidiaries are prepared in Euros. We recorded currency translation gain of US$1.2 million, US$0.8 million and currency translation loss of US$1.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020 and the six months ended June 30, 2021, respectively. Accordingly, we may incur currency translation losses or gains due to translation of functional currency into the presentation currency which may adversely affect our financial position.

Our performance depends on favorable labor relations with our employees. Any deterioration in these relations or a shortage of labor or a rise in labor costs may have an adverse effect on our operating results.

Our manufacturing process is labor intensive and relies heavily on know-how and experience of our employees. As result, we rely on a significant number of skilled workers and other personnel to support our product development and manufacturing processes. As of December 31, 2020, we had a total of 818 employees for manufacturing. Our success is dependent on our ability to hire, train, retain and motivate our employees. If our employees are not satisfied with what we offer, such as remuneration package or working environment, we may not be able to retain them, or to replace them with personnel of appropriate skill set at comparable costs. In such event or in the event that the regions near our production facilities do not have a sufficiently sizable labor force, we may need to expend additional resources to attract and recruit suitable employees. Favorable labor relations are essential to our performance, and any material increase in our labor costs may have an adverse effect on our results of operations.

We maintain warehouses and/or offices in the Netherlands, the United Kingdom, France and Italy and hire local employees for the operations of these facilities. As a result, we are subject to labor laws of these European countries, which are relatively stringent.

As of June 30, 2021, we had 1,317 full-time employees, among whom 35 are located in European countries. Labor laws in Europe are generally more protective of employees. For instance, many countries in Europe have laws protecting employees from being terminated without proper cause with statutory advance notice or without paying employees severance compensation in statutorily determined amounts. In addition, in some European countries, we may be required to consult employee representatives or unions with respect to certain decisions we make that may impact our employees. As a result, these labor laws may be more costly to comply with, and could interfere with our ability to quickly adjust operations in response to market changes or business strategies.

We enjoy certain preferential tax treatments and government grants from the government of the PRC. Expiration of, or changes to, these preferential tax treatments and government grants could have an adverse effect on our operating results.

Our profit is affected by the level of income tax that we pay and the preferential tax treatment to which we are entitled. In recognition of our strong technology and production development capability, our key operating subsidiary, Jiangxi Yibo, has been accredited as a high-tech enterprise since 2013, which entitles us to a preferential EIT rate of 15%, subject to the review and approval by the tax authorities every three years. The current accreditation was awarded to Jiangxi Yibo on September 16, 2019 with a validity period of three years and would expire on September 15, 2022, and prior to its expiration, Jiangxi Yibo will submit an application for the renewal of the high and new technology enterprise certificate. To renew this, Jiangxi Yibo is required to meet certain criteria, including among others, a certain level of research and development expenses and a certain number of employees dedicated to research and development, which are subject to the review and approval of the relevant authorities.

There is no assurance the PRC policies on preferential tax treatments will not change or that the current preferential tax treatments we enjoy will not be canceled. If such change or cancelation occurs, we may be subject to an EIT rate of 25%, and the resulting increase in our tax liability would have an adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

20

Table of Contents

We received government grants of US$1.4 million, US$1.3 million and US$0.2 million, respectively, during the fiscal years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020 and the six months ended June 30, 2021. Most of our government grants are of a non-recurring nature and there is no assurance that we would continue to enjoy the government grants at the historical levels, or at all. Any change, suspension or termination of these government grants we have received could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We are subject to customer credit risk in collecting trade receivables.

Our ODM products and white-label products are generally sold on credit terms ranging from 90 to 120 days and from 30 to 60 days respectively. The credit terms of our sales of branded products through online sales are 14 days. Our trade receivables were settled by either bank transfer or check. For the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020 and the six months ended June 30, 2021, average turnover days of our trade receivables were 57.9 days, 58.9 days and 56.8 days respectively, which were within our credit period. As of December 31, 2019 and 2020 and June 30, 2021, our trade receivables were approximately US$18.5 million, US$24.4 million and US$20.9 million, respectively. For the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020 and the six months ended June 30, 2021, provision for impairment were approximately US$0.02 million, US$0.08 million, and US$0.16 million, respectively. For the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020 and the six months ended June 30, 2021, write-off of our trade receivables were US$0.1 million, US$0.3 million, and US$0.13 million, respectively. We maintain export credit insurance which covers material commercial risks and political risks in relation to our export transactions. For the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020 and the six months ended June 30, 2021, our receivables from insurance related to compensation for uncollectible trade receivables were approximately US$1.0 million, US$0.6 million, and US$0.4 million, respectively. There is no assurance that all such amounts due to us will be settled on time or at all. Accordingly, we face credit risk in collecting the trade receivable due from customers. Our liquidity and profitability will be adversely affected if significant amounts due to us are not settled on time or at all. The bankruptcy or deterioration of the credit condition of any of our major customers could also materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We may fail to maintain an effective quality control system and may be subject to claims by our customers in respect of product quality and compliance with relevant health and safety standards.

The quality of our products is vital to the success of our business in the industry. Our quality control depends significantly on the effectiveness of our quality control system, which, in turn, depends on a number of factors, including the design of the system, the machines and equipment used, quality of our staff and related training programs and our ability to ensure that our employees adhere to our quality control policies and guidelines. See “Business — Manufacturing and Quality Assurance — Quality Assurance.”

We may at times be involved in litigation or other legal proceedings during our ordinary course of business related to, among other things, product or other types of liability, labor disputes or contractual disputes that could have a material and adverse effect on our financial condition. If we become involved in any litigation or other legal proceedings in the future, the outcome of such proceedings could be uncertain and could result in settlements or outcomes which negatively impact our reputation and our financial condition. In addition, any litigation or legal proceedings could incur substantial legal expenses as well as significant time and attention of our management, diverting their attention from our business and operations.

During the fiscal years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020 and the six months ended June 30, 2021, there were no material product recalls, product returns, product liability claims or customer complaints that adversely affected our business. There can be no assurance that our quality control system will continue to be effective. Any significant failure in or deterioration of the efficacy of our quality control system could damage our product quality and have an adverse effect on our reputation in the market among our existing or prospective customers. It will, in turn, lead to reduced orders or loss of customers in the future, thus severely harming our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. The end-users of our products may have the right to bring an action under the law of the PRC and relevant jurisdictions.

There is no assurance that we would not be named as a defendant in a lawsuit or proceedings brought by end consumers in the future in respect of our products in the event that our products are found to be harmful for or detrimental to human health, resulting in illnesses or deaths of any persons. A successful claim against us in respect of our products or a material recall of our products may result in (i) significant financial costs to be incurred and

21

Table of Contents

management efforts to be spent in defending against such claim or other adverse allegations or rectifying such defects or making payment for damages; (ii) deterioration of our brand and corporate image; and (iii) material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We have grown rapidly and expect to continue to expand our business in the future. If we fail to manage our growth or execute our growth strategies, our business and results of operations may be materially and adversely affected.

In the past few years, we experienced steady growth and expanded our presence in the U.S. and Europe. Our revenue amounted to approximately US$115.4 million, US$132.8 million, and US$71.7 million, respectively, while our gross profit amounted to approximately US$47.1 million, US$48.4 million, and US$27.9 million, respectively, with gross profit margin of approximately 40.8%, 36.5% and 39%, respectively, for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020 and the six months ended June 30, 2021. Going forward, we expect to continue to expand our business and geographic coverage. We may not succeed in executing our growth strategies due to a number of factors, such as:

•        We may fail to develop our products which respond to market changes and meet customers’ demands and other factors

•        We may not be successful to effectively market our products in new markets or promote new products in existing markets; and

•        We may fail to achieve the benefits we expect from our expansion.

If we fail to successfully execute our growth strategies, our business, financial performance and prospects may be materially and adversely affected. In addition, our historical financial information is a mere analysis of our past performance and is not necessarily indicative of our financial condition, results of operations and changes in liquidity and capital resources in the future.

Our insurance coverage may not be sufficient to cover all risks in relation to our business operations.

We maintain various insurance policies to safeguard against risks and unexpected events. We have purchased property insurance which covers all risks of physical loss, destruction or damage to our production facilities, the inventory of our products and our fixed assets. We also maintain trade insurance for our overseas transactions in certain other markets. However, there are certain types of losses, such as losses from war, acts of terrorism, outbreak of diseases, earthquakes, typhoons, flooding and other natural disasters for which we cannot obtain insurance at a reasonable cost or at all. See “Business — Insurance.” If we experience events for which we are not insured, we would incur the resulting financial losses, and such losses may be substantial, particularly if our products are found to cause widespread injury, illness or death. Moreover, our insurance policies may include financial limits with respect to the losses from events for which we are insured. If we experience uninsured losses or losses in excess of our insurance coverage, it could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our business is dependent on the continuous operation of our production facilities.

Our major production facilities are located in Xinyu City of Jiangxi Province in the PRC. Our facilities are subject to operational risks, such as the breakdown or failure of our major equipment, power supply or maintenance, performance below expected levels of output or efficiency, obsolescence, labor disputes, natural disasters, industrial accidents and the need to comply with the directives of relevant government authorities. Where events that limit our ability to operate our facilities occur, we may need to incur substantial additional expenses to repair or replace the damaged equipment or facilities. The temporary closing down of our production facilities would severely affect our daily production and business operation. If our production facilities were to be temporarily closed down, our ability to manufacture and supply products and ability to meet delivery obligations to our customers would be significantly disrupted, and our relationships with our customers could be damaged, which could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. In order to conduct maintenance, statutory inspections and testing, we may carry out planned shutdowns from time to time. We may also shut down production lines from time to time to allow for capacity expansion and equipment upgrades. Although we take precautions to minimize the risk of any significant operational problems at our facilities, our business, financial condition and results of operations may be adversely affected by any disruption of operations at our facilities, whether caused by any of the factors mentioned above or otherwise.

22

Table of Contents

Our facilities and operations may require continuous and substantial investment and upgrading.

We have continued to invest and upgrade our production facilities to improve our production capabilities, increase our production lines, enhance the quality of our products, and increase the automation and cost-effectiveness of our products. Our research and development team develops new products and optimizes our existing products, and we require substantial investment and upgrading to apply these research results and to expand our production capacity and enhance our automation processes. If our investment and upgrading costs are higher than anticipated, or our business does not develop as anticipated to appropriately utilize new or upgraded facilities, our costs and financial performance could be negatively affected.

Our production facilities may be unable to maintain efficiency, encounter problems in ramping up production or otherwise have difficulty meeting our production requirements.

Our future growth will depend upon our ability to maintain efficient operations at our existing production facilities and our ability to expand our production facility as needed. The current utilization of our existing production facilities at the Yibo industrial park has been steadily increasing and is already close to full capacity. During the fiscal years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020 and the six months ended June 30, 2021, we had increased our production capacity by installing additional production lines in our existing factory and implementing automation to our existing production lines. In addition, we plan to construct a comprehensive, multi-layer production center housing our production facilities. See “Business — Our Growth Strategies.” However, our construction schedule may be delayed due to various factors, and even if our production center is constructed according to our planned schedule, we may not be able to put into use additional production lines until 2023. In addition, the utilization rate of our production facilities depends primarily on the demand for our products and the availability and maintenance of our equipment, but may also be affected by other factors, such as the availability of employees, a stable supply of electricity, and seasonal factors. In order to meet our customers’ demands and advancements in technology, we maintain our production facilities on a regular basis. If we are unable to maintain our production facilities’ efficiency, we may be unable to fulfill our purchase orders in a timely manner, or at all. This could have a negative impact on our business and results of operations.

We operate our branches and warehouses on leased properties and may not be able to control rental cost, quality, maintenance and management of these offices and warehouses, nor can we ensure we will be able to renew or find suitable premises to replace our existing offices and warehouses in the event our landlords refuse to renew the relevant lease agreements upon the expiry of their terms.

We lease the premises used as offices in the PRC, California, the Netherlands, the United Kingdom and France from independent third parties. We also lease premises used as warehouses in California, Pennsylvania, the Netherlands, the United Kingdom, France and Italy. See “Business — Properties and Facilities.” Such premises and facilities were developed and/or maintained by our landlords. Accordingly, we are not in a position to effectively control the quality, maintenance and management of such premises and facilities. In the event the quality of the premises and facilities deteriorates, or if any or all of our landlords fail to properly maintain and renovate such premises or facilities in a timely manner, or if we are unable to successfully extend or renew our leases upon expiration of the current term on commercially reasonable terms or at all, we may be forced to relocate our branches, or the rental costs may increase significantly. We compete with many other businesses for sites in certain prime locations, and some landlords may have entered into long-term leases with our competitors for these locations. As a result, we may not be able to find desirable alternative locations without incurring significant time and financial costs. If this occurs, our operations may be disrupted and our results of operations could be materially and adversely affected.

In addition, we did not register our lease agreements in the PRC with the relevant government authorities. See “Business — Properties and Facilities.” Under the relevant PRC laws and regulations, we may be required to register and file with the relevant government authority executed leases. While the lack of registration will not affect the validity and enforceability of the lease agreements, a fine ranging from RMB1,000 to RMB10,000 may be imposed on the parties for each non-registered lease in case we do not observe an order issued by relevant government authority which require us to file the registration in a specific period of time. We may be subject to an aggregate maximum penalty of RMB30,000 for all our three unregistered lease agreements in the PRC. We may incur additional expenses if any fines were imposed upon us, which may adversely affect our business and results of operations.

23

Table of Contents

Our production and sales are affected by seasonality.

Our operating results are affected by the seasonality of the orders we receive. We typically experience slightly lower revenue in the fourth quarter every year due to the decrease in demand for our toner cartridges in offices before and during the Christmas holidays. As the majority of our customers are located in North America and Europe, the demand for printers used in offices and schools tends to decrease when our customers are on vacation during those periods. We expect such pattern to continue in the future. Due to these seasonal consumption patterns which are outside of our control, our operating results and financial condition may fluctuate from period to period.

Our success depends on the continuing efforts of our senior management team and other key employees.

We depend on the continued contributions of our senior management and other key employees, including, in particular, Mr. Weidong Gu, our founder and chairman of our board of directors. Mr. Gu has extensive experience as an engineer of which approximately 18 years of experience in the compatible toner cartridge industry. Our future success also depends on our other key personnel, including financial, sales and marketing and research and development staff. If any of our senior executives or key personnel leaves us and we fail to effectively manage a transition to new personnel in the future, or if we fail to attract and retain qualified and experienced professionals on acceptable terms, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected. Moreover, if any member of our senior management team or any of our other key personnel joins a competitor or forms a competing company, we may lose customers, key professionals and sales staff members. All our executive officers and many key personnel are subject to the duty of confidentiality and non-competition restrictions. However, if any disputes arise between any of our senior executives or key personnel and us, there are uncertainties regarding whether we will be able to successfully pursue legal actions against these individuals because of the uncertainties of China’s legal systems and complexities of legal systems of foreign jurisdictions. Moreover, even if we succeed before a court of law, the compensation we would receive is unlikely to be sufficient to mitigate the negative impact on our business and future operations.

Failure or security breach of our information technology system may disrupt our operations.

We increasingly rely on information technology systems to process, transmit and store information in relation to our operations. For example, all of our production facilities, production processes and inventory management system utilize information technology to maximize efficiencies and minimize costs. Our information technology systems may be vulnerable to interruption due to a variety of events beyond our control, including but not limited to, natural disasters, telecommunications failures, computer viruses, hacking and other security issues. Any such interruption to our information technology system could disrupt our operations and negatively impact our production capacity and ability to fulfill sales orders, which could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We are subject to the policies of the online selling platform on which we operate our online retail stores. Failure to comply with the policies or any changes to which could lead to imposition of penalties by the platform or increased cost for compliance.

As of June 30, 2021, we mainly operated 11 online retail stores on Amazon and other online selling platforms. Our revenue generated from the online retail stores was approximately US$30.1 million, US$35.6 million and US$15.8 million, accounting for approximately 26.1%, 26.8% and 22% of our total revenue generated for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020 and the six months ended June 30, 2021, respectively. The products we offer for sale on the online selling platform must comply with the requirements and restrictions of the platform, including all applicable platform policies, and all applicable laws and regulations. The platform has adopted comprehensive policies including general policies, intellectual property policies, product and requirements, shipping and tax policies. We cannot assure you that we will be in compliance with the policies or any other new policies, or that we would be able to efficiently change our business practice in line with the new policies. Any changes to the platform policies or to the interpretation or enforcement thereof may increase our operating costs. Any such failure in compliance or increased operating costs could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

24

Table of Contents

Non-compliance with existing and future health, safety and environmental policies, laws, rules and regulations may lead to imposition of fines penalties and other liabilities and our compliance costs may increase if environmental protection laws become more onerous.

Our operations are subject to the health, safety and environmental policies, laws, rules and regulations of each local jurisdiction where we operate. For instance, applicable PRC laws and regulations, among other things, require manufacturers to ensure that the production plants and facilities meet the requirements of the relevant production safety laws, regulations and standards, conduct an environmental impact assessment before engaging in new construction projects, receive approval and pass environmental acceptance check before the commencement of production, pay fees in connection with activities that discharge waste materials, properly manage and dispose of hazardous substances, and impose fines and other penalties on activities that threaten or contaminate the environment. Currently, all of our production facilities are located in the PRC, but we may still be required to comply with environmental laws in relation to waste discharge of countries where we operate our warehouses. For instance, in European Union countries we may be subject to stricter environmental laws and regulation, including specific requirements of methods and location for waste discharge and disposal of hazardous substances.

Any violation of the applicable health, safety and environmental policies, laws, rules or regulations may result in orders of corrections, fines, shutdown of production and obligation to take corrective measures. In addition, any violation which is criminal in nature may result in criminal sanction. Moreover, violations of health, safety and environmental policies, laws, rules and regulations or other related incidents may result in our liabilities to third parties. Consequently, any non-compliance incidents could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Further, there can be no assurance that any local government will not change existing laws or adopt more stringent practice as to the enforcement of health, safety and environmental regulations. Due to the uncertainty of regulatory developments and interpretation of laws and regulations, and the amount of related expenditures we may need to incur beyond those currently anticipated, we also cannot assure you that we will be in full compliance with the health, safety and environmental regulations at all times. If such costs become prohibitively expensive, we may be forced to adjust, limit or cease certain aspects of our business operations.

Recent joint statement by the SEC and the PCAOB proposed rule changes submitted by Nasdaq, and the Holding Foreign Companies Accountable Act passed by the US Senate all call for additional and more stringent criteria to be applied to emerging market companies upon assessing the qualification of their auditors, especially the non-U.S. auditors who are not inspected by the PCAOB. These developments could add uncertainties to our offering.

On April 21, 2020, SEC Chairman Jay Clayton and PCAOB Chairman William D. Duhnke III, along with other senior SEC staff, released a joint statement highlighting the risks associated with investing in companies based in or have substantial operations in emerging markets including China. The joint statement emphasized the risks associated with lack of access for the PCAOB to inspect auditors and audit work papers in China and higher risks of fraud in emerging markets.

On May 18, 2020, Nasdaq filed three proposals with the SEC to (i) apply minimum offering size requirement for companies primarily operating in “Restrictive Market”, (ii) adopt a new requirement relating to the qualification of management or board of director for Restrictive Market companies, and (iii) apply additional and more stringent criteria to an applicant or listed company based on the qualifications of the company’s auditors.

On May 20, 2020, the Senate passed the Holding Foreign Companies Accountable Act requiring a foreign company to certify it is not owned or manipulated by a foreign government if the PCAOB is unable to audit specified reports because the company uses a foreign auditor not subject to PCAOB inspection. If the PCAOB is unable to inspect the company’s auditors for three consecutive years, the issuer’s securities are prohibited to trade on a national exchange.

On March 24, 2021, the SEC adopted interim final rules relating to the implementation of certain disclosure and documentation requirements of the Holding Foreign Companies Accountable Act. We will be required to comply with these rules if the SEC identifies us as having a “non-inspection” year under a process to be subsequently established by the SEC. The SEC is assessing how to implement other requirements of the Holding Foreign Companies Accountable Act, including the listing and trading prohibition requirements described above. In May 2021, the PCAOB issued for public comment a proposed rule related to the PCAOB’s responsibilities under the Holding Foreign Companies Accountable Act, which, according to the PCAOB, would establish a framework for the PCAOB to use when determining, as contemplated under the Holding Foreign Companies Accountable Act, whether the PCAOB is unable

25

Table of Contents

to inspect or investigate completely registered public accounting firms located in a foreign jurisdiction because of a position taken by one or more authorities in that jurisdiction. The proposed rule was adopted by the PCAOB in September 2021, pending the final approval of the SEC to become effective.

On June 22, 2021, the U.S. Senate passed the Accelerating Holding Foreign Companies Accountable Act, which, if passed by the U.S. House of Representatives and signed into law, would reduce the number of consecutive non-inspection years required for triggering the prohibitions under the Holding Foreign Companies Accountable Act from three years to two. The decrease in non-inspection years would reduce the time period before our securities may be prohibited from trading or delisted.

On December 2, 2021, the SEC issued amendments to finalize rules implementing the submission and disclosure requirements in the Holding Foreign Companies Accountable Act. The rules apply to registrants that the SEC identifies as having filed an annual report with an audit report issued by a registered public accounting firm that is located in a foreign jurisdiction and that PCAOB is unable to inspect or investigate completely because of a position taken by an authority in foreign jurisdictions.

On December 16, 2021, the PCAOB issued a report on its determination that it is unable to inspect or investigate completely PCAOB-registered public accounting firms headquartered in China and in Hong Kong because of positions taken by PRC and Hong Kong authorities in those jurisdictions. The PCAOB has made such determination, as mandated under the Holding Foreign Companies Accountable Act. Pursuant to each annual determination by the PCAOB, the SEC will, on an annual basis, identify issuers that have used non-inspected audit firms and thus are at risk of such suspensions in the future.

The SEC may propose additional rules or guidance that could impact us if our auditor is not subject to PCAOB inspection. For example, on August 6, 2020, the President’s Working Group on Financial Markets, or the PWG, issued the Report on Protecting United States Investors from Significant Risks from Chinese Companies to the then President of the United States. This report recommended that the SEC implement five recommendations to address companies from jurisdictions that do not provide the PCAOB with sufficient access to fulfil its statutory mandate. Some of the concepts of these recommendations were implemented with the enactment of the Holding Foreign Companies Accountable Act. However, some of the recommendations were more stringent than the Holding Foreign Companies Accountable Act. For example, if a company was not subject to PCAOB inspection, the report recommended that the transition period before a company would be delisted would end on January 1, 2022.

The SEC has announced that the SEC staff is preparing a consolidated proposal for the rules regarding the implementation of the Holding Foreign Companies Accountable Act and to address the recommendations in the PWG report. It is unclear when the SEC will complete its rulemaking and when such rules will become effective and what, if any, of the PWG recommendations will be adopted. The SEC has also announced amendments to various annual report forms to accommodate the certification and disclosure requirements of the Holding Foreign Companies Accountable Act. There could be additional regulatory or legislative requirements or guidance that could impact us if our auditor is not subject to PCAOB inspection. The implications of this possible regulation or guidance in addition to the requirements of the Holding Foreign Companies Accountable Act are uncertain.

If for whatever reason the PCAOB is unable to conduct full inspections of our auditor, such uncertainty could cause the market price of our Class A ordinary shares to be materially and adversely affected, and our securities could be delisted or prohibited from being traded “over-the-counter”. If our securities were unable to be listed on another securities exchange by then, such a delisting or prohibition from trading would substantially impair your ability to sell or purchase our Class A ordinary shares when you wish to do so, and the risk and uncertainty associated with a potential delisting would have a negative impact on the price of our Class A ordinary shares.

Our auditor, the independent registered public accounting firm that issues the audit report included elsewhere in this prospectus, as an auditor of companies that are traded publicly in the United States and a firm registered with the PCAOB, is subject to laws in the United States pursuant to which the PCAOB conducts regular inspections to assess its compliance with the applicable professional standards. Our auditor is headquartered in Manhattan, New York, and has been inspected by the PCAOB on a regular basis with the last inspection in June 2018. As such, it is not subject to the determination issued by the PCAOB on December 16, 2021.

However, because we have substantial operations within the PRC, the audit workpapers prepared by our independent registered public accounting firm for auditing our Company might not be inspected by the PCAOB without the approval of the Chinese authorities. The lack of access to the PCAOB inspection in China prevents the

26

Table of Contents

PCAOB from fully evaluating audits and quality control procedures of the auditors based in China. As a result, the investors may be deprived of the benefits of such PCAOB inspections. The inability of the PCAOB to conduct inspections of auditors in China makes it more difficult to evaluate the effectiveness of these accounting firms’ audit procedures or quality control procedures as compared to auditors outside of China that are subject to the PCAOB inspections, which could cause existing and potential investors in our stock to lose confidence in our audit procedures and reported financial information and the quality of our financial statements. Furthermore, the Holding Foreign Companies Accountable Act, which requires that the PCAOB be permitted to inspect the issuer’s public accounting firm within three years, may result in the delisting of our Company in the future if the PCAOB is unable to inspect our accounting firm at such future time.

The recent developments would add uncertainties to our offering and may result in prohibitions on the trading of our ordinary shares on the Nasdaq Stock Market, if our auditors fail to meet the PCAOB inspection requirement in time.

We face risks related to natural disasters, health epidemics, and other outbreaks, which could significantly disrupt our operations.

Our business could be adversely affected by the effects of epidemics. The outbreak of the COVID-19 pandemic has endangered the health of many people and significantly disrupted travel and economic activities both in China and across the world. Many areas in China, the United States and Europe entered into a “lock-down” and restricted people’s movements at various points in time. Our production facilities experienced temporary closures or work suspension from January 31, 2020 to February 10, 2020. The COVID-19 pandemic also negatively affected our supply chain. In 2020, many of our suppliers and customers also closed down their factories or offices temporarily due to the COVID-19. Delivery of our products was affected from time to time due to restrictions on transportation. As a result, our business, financial condition and results of operations have been adversely affected. For example, as affected by the COVID-19, our revenue was $132.8 million for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2020, representing an increase of 15.0% from $115.4 million in 2019. Our net income was $4.2 million, representing a decrease of 54.5% from $9.3 million in 2019.

Additionally, as COVID-19 continues to evolve into a worldwide health crisis, it has adversely affected the global economy. The future development of the COVID-19 pandemic around the globe is still uncertain and cannot be predicted. Since we derive our revenue from U.S. and Europe, we may continue to experience materially negative impact due to COVID-19 on our operations and financial performance to the extent that the COVID-19 pandemic harms China or the global economy generally.

In response to the future uncertainties of the COVID-19 pandemic and its future impact on our business operations and financial results, we have adopted and plan to continue implementing the following business strategies: (i) further expand our presence and increase our sales through online channels to retail customers, and (ii) increase our efforts in developing new offline dealer customers in Europe and the U.S., who primarily resell compatible toner cartridges to end customers through online channels. In addition, we have a series of preventive protocols in place to protect the safety of our employees, including office disinfection, face mask distributions, and daily temperature monitoring. We have also elected to take advantage of certain beneficial governmental policies in response to COVID-19 pandemic, including temporarily reduced social insurance contribution requirements. At this time, under the negative economic impact of COVDI-19 pandemic, we estimate that companies will choose budget-friendly office products. Compatible toner cartridges, as the cost-effective alternative for original-brand toner cartridges, may experience higher demand in such period. We expect that the general demand from companies for corporate printing and toner cartridges, comprising of both compatible and original-brand toner cartridges, will increase if the COVID-19 pandemic becomes even more under control in the future.

In recent years, there have been other breakouts of epidemics in China and globally. Our operations could be disrupted if one of our employees is suspected of having H1N1 flu, avian flu, or another epidemic, since it could require our employees to be quarantined and/or our offices to be disinfected. In addition, our results of operations could be adversely affected to the extent that the outbreak harms the PRC economy in general.

We are also vulnerable to natural disasters and other calamities. Any future outbreak of contagious diseases, extreme unexpected bad weather or natural disasters would adversely affect our business operations. If there is a recurrence of an outbreak of certain contagious diseases or natural disasters, our production facilities may be temporarily closed and our operations may be suspended. Government advices regarding, or restrictions on, holding offline events, in the event of an outbreak of any contagious disease or occurrence of natural disasters may have a material adverse effect on our business and operating results.

27

Table of Contents

Failure to make adequate contributions to various employee benefit plans as required by PRC regulations may subject us to penalties.

Under the PRC Social Insurance Law and the Administrative Measures on Housing Fund, companies operating in China are required to participate in various government sponsored employee benefit plans, including certain social insurance, housing funds and other welfare-oriented payment obligations, and contribute to the plans in amounts equal to certain percentages of salaries, including bonuses and allowances, of their employees up to a maximum amount specified by the local government from time to time at locations where the businesses are operated. During the fiscal years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020 and the six months ended June 30, 2021, we did not make adequate contributions to social insurance plans for certain employees. We cannot assure you that our employees will not complain to the relevant authorities regarding the basis of how we had made the contribution for them, which may in turn result in the relevant authorities ordering us to make supplemental contribution and/or imposing late fees or fines on us, among other things. If we are subject to late fees or fines in relation to the underpaid employee benefits, our financial condition and results of operations may be adversely affected.

Risks Relating to Doing Business in the PRC

Adverse changes in economic, political and social conditions of the PRC government could have a material adverse effect on the overall economic growth of China, which could adversely affect our business.

Our production facilities are located in Xinyu City, Jiangxi Province, the PRC. Besides, we have one distribution center in Zhongshan City, Guangdong Province, the PRC. Accordingly, our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may be influenced to a significant degree by political, economic and social conditions in China generally. The Chinese economy differs from the economies of most of the developed countries in any respects, including the level of government involvement, level of development, growth rate, control of foreign exchange and allocation of resources. Although the Chinese government has implemented measures emphasizing the utilization of market forces for economic reform, the reduction of state ownership of productive assets, and the establishment of improved corporate governance in business enterprises, a substantial portion of productive assets in China is still owned by the government. In addition, the Chinese government continues to lay a significant role in regulating industry development by imposing industrial policies. The Chinese government also exercises significant control over China’s economic growth through allocating resources, controlling payment of foreign currency-denominated obligations, setting monetary policy, and providing preferential treatment to particular industries or companies.

While the Chinese economy has experienced significant growth over the past decades, growth has been uneven, both geographically and among various sectors of the economy, and the rate of growth has been slowing since 2012. Any adverse changes in economic conditions in China, in the policies of the Chinese government or in the laws and regulations in China could have a material adverse effect on the overall economic growth of China. Such developments could adversely affect our business and operating results, lead to reduction in demand for our services and adversely affect our competitive position. The Chinese government has implemented various measures to encourage economic growth and guide the allocation of resources. Some of these measures may benefit the overall Chinese economy, but may have a negative effect on us. For example, our financial condition and results of operations may be adversely affected by government control over capital investments or changes in tax regulations. In addition, in the past the Chinese government has implemented certain measures, including interest rate adjustment, to control the pace of economic growth. These measures may cause decreased economic activity in China, which may adversely affect our business and operating results.

Changes to the PRC legal system could have an adverse effect on us.

The PRC legal system is a civil law system based on written statutes. Unlike the common law system, prior court decisions under the civil law system may be cited for reference but have limited precedential value. Since these laws and regulations are relatively new and the PRC legal system continues to rapidly evolve, the interpretations of many laws, regulations and rules are not always uniform and the enforcement of these laws, regulations and rules involves uncertainties.

In 1979, the PRC government began to promulgate a comprehensive system of laws and regulations governing economic matters in general. The overall effect of legislation over the past decades has significantly enhanced the protections afforded to various forms of foreign investments in China. However, recently enacted laws and regulations may not sufficiently cover all aspects of economic activities in China. In particular, the interpretation

28

Table of Contents

and enforcement of these laws and regulations involve uncertainties. Since PRC administrative and court authorities have significant discretion in interpreting and implementing statutory provisions and contractual terms, it may be difficult to evaluate the outcome of administrative and court proceedings and the level of legal protection we enjoy. These uncertainties may affect our judgment on the relevance of legal requirements and our ability to enforce our contractual rights or tort claims.

Furthermore, the PRC legal system is based in part on government policies and internal rules, some of which are not published on a timely basis or at all and may have retroactive effect. As a result, we may not be aware of our violation of any of these policies and rules until sometime after the violation. In addition, any administrative and court proceedings in China may be protracted, resulting in substantial costs and diversion of resources and management attention.

The Chinese government exerts substantial influence over the manner in which we must conduct our business activities and may intervene or influence our operations at any time, which could result in a material change in our operations and the value of our ordinary shares.

The Chinese government has exercised and continues to exercise substantial control over virtually every sector of the Chinese economy through regulation and state ownership. Our ability to operate in China may be harmed by changes in its laws and regulations, including those relating to securities regulation, data protection, cybersecurity and mergers and acquisitions and other matters. The PRC central or local governments may impose new, stricter regulations or interpretations of existing regulations that would require additional expenditures and efforts on our part to ensure our compliance with such regulations or interpretations.

Government actions in the future could significantly affect economic conditions in China or particular regions thereof, and could require us to materially change our operating activities or divest ourselves of any interests we hold in Chinese assets. Our business may be subject to various government and regulatory interference. We may incur increased costs necessary to comply with existing and newly adopted laws and regulations or penalties for any failure to comply. Our operations could be adversely affected, directly or indirectly, by existing or future laws and regulations relating to our business or industry.

Given recent statements by the Chinese government indicating an intent to exert more oversight and control over offerings that are conducted overseas and/or foreign investment in China-based issuers, any such action could significantly limit or completely hinder our ability to offer or continue to offer securities to investors and cause the value of such securities to significantly decline or be worthless.

Recently, the General Office of the Central Committee of the Communist Party of China and the General Office of the State Council of the PRC (the “State Council”) jointly issued the Opinions on Severely Cracking Down on Illegal Securities Activities According to Law, or the Opinions, which were made available to the public on July 6, 2021. The Opinions emphasized the need to strengthen the administration over illegal securities activities, and the need to strengthen the supervision over overseas listings by Chinese companies. Effective measures, such as promoting the construction of relevant regulatory systems, will be taken to deal with the risks and incidents of China-concept overseas listed companies. As of the date of this prospectus, we have not received any inquiry, notice, warning, or sanctions from PRC government authorities in connection with the Opinions.

On June 10, 2021, the Standing Committee of the National People’s Congress of China, or the SCNPC, promulgated the PRC Data Security Law, which took effect in September 2021. The PRC Data Security Law imposes data security and privacy obligations on entities and individuals carrying out data activities, and introduces a data classification and hierarchical protection system based on the importance of data in economic and social development, and the degree of harm it will cause to national security, public interests, or legitimate rights and interests of individuals or organizations when such data is tampered with, destroyed, leaked, illegally acquired or used. The PRC Data Security Law also provides for a national security review procedure for data activities that may affect national security and imposes export restrictions on certain data an information.

In early July 2021, regulatory authorities in China launched cybersecurity investigations with regard to several China-based companies that are listed in the United States. The Chinese cybersecurity regulator announced on July 2 that it had begun an investigation of Didi Global Inc. (NYSE: DIDI) and two days later ordered that the company’s app be removed from smartphone app stores. On July 5, 2021, the Chinese cybersecurity regulator launched the same investigation on two other Internet platforms, China’s Full Truck Alliance of Full Truck Alliance Co. Ltd. (NYSE: YMM) and Boss of KANZHUN LIMITED (Nasdaq: BZ).

29

Table of Contents

On August 17, 2021, the State Council promulgated the Regulations on the Protection of the Security of Critical Information Infrastructure, or the Regulations, which took effect on September 1, 2021. The Regulations supplement and specify the provisions on the security of critical information infrastructure as stated in the Cybersecurity Review Measures. The Regulations provide, among others, that protection department of certain industry or sector shall notify the operator of the critical information infrastructure in time after the identification of certain critical information infrastructure.

On August 20, 2021, the SCNPC promulgated the Personal Information Protection Law of the PRC, or the Personal Information Protection Law, which took effect on November 1, 2021. As the first systematic and comprehensive law specifically for the protection of personal information in the PRC, the Personal Information Protection Law provides, among others, that (i) an individual’s consent shall be obtained to use sensitive personal information, such as biometric characteristics and individual location tracking, (ii) personal information operators using sensitive personal information shall notify individuals of the necessity of such use and impact on the individual’s rights, and (iii) where personal information operators reject an individual’s request to exercise his or her rights, the individual may file a lawsuit with a People’s Court.

On December 24, 2021, the CSRC released Provisions of the State Council on the Administration of Overseas Securities Offering and Listing by Domestic Companies (Draft for Comments, hereinafter referred to as the “Administration  Provisions”), as well as Administrative Measures for the Filing of Overseas Securities Offering and Listing by Domestic Companies  (Draft for Comments, hereinafter referred to as the “Measures”). According to the Administration  Provisions and the Measures, overseas offering and listing refers to overseas offerings by domestic companies of equity shares, depository receipts, convertible corporate bonds, or other equity-like securities, and overseas listing of the securities for trading. Overseas offering and listing, which is specifically divided into direct overseas offerings and listing and indirect overseas offerings and listing, shall be filed in accordance with the Measures. Our submission of a listing application will fall into the scope of overseas offering and listing provisions in the Administration  Provisions and the Measures. If the Administration  Provisions and the Measures take effect, we will be required to file with the CSRC in accordance with the Administration  Provisions and the Measures. Since the Administration  Provisions and the Measures have not come into force yet, we are not currently required to file with CSRC before listing our securities on Nasdaq.

Furthermore, according to the Administration  Provisions, an overseas offering and listing is prohibited under any of the following circumstances:(1) if the intended securities offering and listing falls under specific clauses in national laws and regulations and relevant provisions prohibiting such financing activities; (2) if the intended securities offering and listing in an overseas market may constitute a threat to or endanger national security, as reviewed and determined by competent authorities under the State Council in accordance with law; (3) if there are material ownership disputes over equity, major assets, and core technology, etc.; (4) if, in the past three years, the domestic company or its controlling shareholders and actual controllers have committed corruption, bribery, embezzlement, misappropriation of property, or other criminal offenses disruptive to the order of the socialist market economy; or are currently under judicial investigation for suspicion of criminal offenses or under investigation for suspicion of major violations; (5) if, in the past three years, the board directors, or any supervisors or senior executives have been subject to administrative punishment for severe violations, or are currently under judicial investigation for suspicion of criminal offenses or under investigation for suspicion of major violations of law; or (6) other circumstances prescribed by the State Council. As of the date of this prospectus, we do not fall under any of the abovementioned circumstances that might prohibit us from overseas offering and listing.

On December 28, 2021, the CAC and other relevant PRC governmental authorities jointly promulgated the Cybersecurity Review Measures which will take effect on February 15, 2022, and will replace the original Cybersecurity Review Measures promulgated on April 13, 2020. Pursuant to the Cybersecurity Review Measures, if critical information infrastructure operators purchase network products and services, or network platform operators conduct data processing activities that affect or may affect national security, they will be subject to cybersecurity review. A network platform operator holding more than one million users/users’ individual information also shall be subject to cybersecurity review before listing abroad. The cybersecurity review will evaluate, among others, the risk of critical information infrastructure, core data, important data, or a large amount of personal information being influenced, controlled or maliciously used by foreign governments and risk of network data security after going public overseas. In the opinion of JunHe LLP, our PRC legal counsel, our business operations do not currently involve the procurement of network products and services as critical information infrastructure operators, or data processing as

30

Table of Contents

network platform operators. JunHe LLP has advised us that the Cybersecurity Review Measures do not currently apply to our Company, and we are not required to conduct cybersecurity review. As of the date of this prospectus, we have not been informed by any PRC governmental authority of any requirement that we file for approval for this offering.

Given that the above-mentioned newly promulgated laws, regulations and policies were recently promulgated or issued, with a few not having taken effect yet, their interpretation, application and enforcement are subject to substantial uncertainties. See “— The approval of relevant PRC regulatory authorities and compliance procedures may be required in connection with this offering, and, if required, we cannot predict whether we will be able to obtain such approval.”

We may rely on dividends and other distributions on equity paid by our PRC subsidiaries to fund any cash and financing requirements we may have, and any limitation on the ability of our PRC subsidiary to make payments to us and any tax we are required to pay could have a material and adverse effect on our ability to conduct our business.

We are a holding company incorporated in the Cayman Islands and we operate our business principally through our subsidiaries in the PRC. Therefore, the availability of funds to us to pay dividends to our shareholders and to service our indebtedness depends upon dividends received from these subsidiaries. Our subsidiaries’ ability to distribute dividends is based upon their distributable earnings. Current PRC regulations permit our PRC subsidiaries to pay dividends to their respective shareholders only out of their accumulated profits, if any, determined in accordance with PRC accounting standards and regulations. In addition, each of our PRC subsidiaries is required to set aside at least 10% of its after-tax profits each year, if any, to fund a statutory reserve until such reserve reaches 50% of its registered capital. Each of such entities in China is also required to further set aside a portion of its after-tax profits to fund the employee welfare fund, although the amount to be set aside, if any, is determined at the discretion of its board of directors. These reserves are not distributable as cash dividends. If our PRC subsidiary incurs debt on its own behalf in the future, the instruments governing the debt may restrict their ability to pay dividends or make other payments to us. Any limitation on the ability of our PRC subsidiaries to distribute dividends or other payments to us could materially and adversely limit our ability to grow, make investments or acquisitions that could be beneficial to our businesses, pay dividends or otherwise fund and conduct our business. Under the Law of the PRC on Enterprise Income Tax and Regulations for the Implementation of the Law on Enterprise Income Tax, dividends, interests, rent or royalties payable by a foreign-invested enterprise, such as our PRC subsidiary Jiangxi Yibo, to any of its foreign non-resident enterprise investors, and proceeds from any such foreign enterprise investor’s disposition of assets (after deducting the net value of such assets) are subject to a 10% withholding tax, unless the foreign enterprise investor’s jurisdiction of incorporation has a tax treaty with China that provides for a reduced rate of withholding tax. The Cayman Islands, where our Company, the ultimate parent company of our PRC subsidiary Jiangxi Yibo, was incorporated, does not have such a tax treaty with China. Hong Kong has a tax arrangement with China that provides for a 5% withholding tax on dividends subject to certain conditions and requirements, such as the requirement that the Hong Kong resident enterprise own at least 25% of the PRC enterprise distributing the dividend at all times within the 12-month period immediately preceding the distribution of dividends and be a “beneficial owner” of the dividends. Aster HK, which directly owns our PRC subsidiary Jiangxi Yibo, is incorporated in Hong Kong. However, if Aster HK is not considered to be the beneficial owner of dividends paid to it by Jiangxi Yibo under the tax circulars promulgated in February and October 2009, such dividends would be subject to withholding tax at a rate of 10%. If our PRC subsidiary declares and distributes profits to us, such payments will be subject to withholding tax, which will increase our tax liability and reduce the amount of cash available to our Company.

Our products exported from our PRC production base to the United States may be subject to high tariff rates under the trade war between the United States and the PRC, which could adversely affect our sales volumes, profitability and results of operations.

For the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020 and the six months ended June 30, 2021, we derived revenue from offline sales in the U.S. amounting to approximately US$41.1 million, US$38.2 million and US$25.5 million, respectively, representing 48.1%, 39.3% and 45.6%, respectively, of our total revenue from offline sales for the respective years. In the event of any adverse actions taken by the U.S. with respect to continued trade or enactment of legislation that restricts trade with China, we are subject to possible sales interruptions, cancellations of orders or increase in costs, and our revenue generated from the U.S. may decline as a result. In September 2018, the Office of the United States Trade Representative (USTR) released a list of approximately US$200 billion worth of Chinese imports that would be subject to additional tariffs.

On August 1, 2019, the USTR released a list of approximately US$300 billion worth of Chinese imports that would be subject to additional tariffs, including empty cartridges for typewriter, of plastics, expecting to take effect from December 1, 2019. The U.S. government has also announced on August 23, 2019, a 15% tariff will be imposed on

31

Table of Contents

approximately US$300 billion worth of Chinese goods, which will become effective in two batches, on September 1, 2019 and December 15, 2019 respectively. According to the CIC Report, such tariffs are shared between upstream toner cartridge manufacturers and downstream end customers, which may cause decrease in gross profit margin. Under such tariff treatment, the cost for our customers in procuring toner cartridge products from our Group will inevitably increase, making our products less price competitive than our competitors who are not subject to such tariff. To minimize the effect of the tax levied, our customers may want to impose new terms and pass, in part or in whole, the additional costs onto our Group. If the trade restrictions intensify, the relevant customer may even shift to source their products outside the PRC instead from us. After the U.S. and the PRC governments reached the Phase One trade agreement on December 13, 2019 and subsequently signed on January 15, 2020, the U.S. government announced that the imposition of 15% tariff on the second batch of goods would be suspended indefinitely. In addition, the 15% tariff on the first batch of goods was reduced from 15% to 7.5% since February 14, 2020. There is no guarantee that the trade relations between the U.S. and the PRC will remain stable in the future and we cannot predict whether and how any potential change in their relationship will impact our ability to export our products from the PRC to the U.S. in the future. Any deterioration in their relationship could further increase the costs of our exported products to the U.S., or limit our ability to export our products to the U.S., which could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

PRC regulations of loans and direct investment by offshore holding companies to PRC entities may delay or prevent us from using the proceeds of our offshore financing to make loans or additional capital contributions to our PRC subsidiaries, which could materially and adversely affect our liquidity and our ability to fund and expand our business.

We may transfer funds to our PRC subsidiaries or finance our PRC subsidiaries by means of shareholders’ loans or capital contributions after completion of this offering. Any loans to our PRC subsidiaries, which are foreign-invested enterprises, cannot exceed a statutory limit, and shall be filed with the State Administration of Foreign Exchange, or SAFE, or its local counterparts. Furthermore, any capital contributions we make to our PRC subsidiaries shall be registered with the PRC State Administration for Market Regulation or its local counterparts, and filed with the Ministry of Commerce (“MOFCOM”) or its local counterparts.

On March 30, 2015, SAFE promulgated the Circular on Reforming the Administration Measures on Conversion of Foreign Exchange Registered Capital of Foreign-invested Enterprises, or SAFE Circular 19. SAFE Circular 19, however, allows foreign invested enterprises in China to use their registered capital settled in RMB converted from foreign currencies to make equity investments, but the registered capital of a foreign invested company settled in RMB converted from foreign currencies remains not allowed to be used, among other things, for investment in the security markets, or offering entrustment loans, unless otherwise regulated by other laws and regulations. On June 9, 2016, SAFE further issued the Circular of the State Administration of Foreign Exchange on Reforming and Regulating Policies on the Control over Foreign Exchange Settlement of Capital Accounts, or SAFE Circular 16, which, among other things, amended certain provisions of Circular 19. According to SAFE Circular 19 and SAFE Circular 16, the flow and use of the RMB capital converted from foreign currency-denominated registered capital of a foreign invested company is regulated such that Renminbi capital may not be used for purposes beyond its business scope or to provide loans to non-affiliates unless otherwise permitted under its business scope. On October 23, 2019, SAFE promulgated the Circular of the State Administration of Foreign Exchange on Further Promoting the Facilitation of Cross-Border Trade and Investment, or SAFE Circular 28, which removes the restrictions on domestic equity investments by non-investment foreign-invested enterprises with their capital funds, provided that certain conditions are met. The applicable foreign exchange circulars and rules may limit our ability to transfer the net proceeds from this offering and the concurrent private placements to our PRC subsidiaries and convert the net proceeds into RMB, which may adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Restrictions on the remittance of Renminbi into and out of China and governmental control of currency conversion may limit our ability to pay dividends and other obligations, and affect the value of your investment.

The PRC government imposes controls on the convertibility of Renminbi into foreign currencies and the remittance of currency out of China. We receive substantially all of our revenue in Renminbi. Under our current corporate structure, our income is primarily derived from dividend payments from our PRC subsidiaries. Shortages in the availability of foreign currency may restrict the ability of our PRC subsidiaries to remit sufficient foreign currency to pay dividends or other payments to us, or otherwise satisfy their foreign currency denominated obligations.

32

Table of Contents

Under existing PRC foreign exchange regulations, payments of current account items, including profit distributions, interest payments, and trade and service-related foreign exchange transactions, can be made in foreign currencies without prior SAFE approval by complying with certain procedural requirements. However, approval from or registration or filings with competent government authorities is required where Renminbi is to be converted into foreign currency and remitted out of China to pay capital expenses such as the repayment of loans denominated in foreign currencies. Pursuant to SAFE Circular 19, a foreign-invested enterprise may convert up to 100% of the foreign currency in its capital account into Renminbi on a discretionary basis according to the actual needs. The SAFE Circular 16 provides for an integrated standard for conversion of foreign exchange under capital account items on a discretionary basis, which applies to all enterprises registered in China. In addition, SAFE Circular 16 has narrowed the scope of purposes for which an enterprise must not use the Renminbi funds so converted, which include, among others, (i) payment for expenditure beyond its business scope or otherwise as prohibited by the applicable laws and regulations, (ii) investment in securities or other financial products other than banks’ principal-secured products, (iii) provision of loans to non-affiliated enterprises, except where it is expressly permitted in the business scope of the enterprise, and (iv) construction or purchase of non-self-used real properties, except for real estate developers. The PRC government may at its discretion further restrict access to foreign currencies for current account transactions or capital account transactions in the future. If the foreign exchange control system prevents us from obtaining sufficient foreign currencies to satisfy our foreign currency needs, we may not be able to pay dividends in foreign currencies to our shareholders. Further, there is no assurance that new regulations will not be promulgated in the future that would have the effect of further restricting the remittance of Renminbi into or out of China.

Fluctuations in exchange rates could result in foreign currency exchange losses.

The value of Renminbi against the U.S. dollar and other currencies fluctuates, is subject to changes resulting from the PRC government’s policies and depends to a large extent on domestic and international economic and political developments as well as supply and demand in the local market. In July 2005, the PRC government changed its decades-old policy of pegging the value of Renminbi to the U.S. dollar, and Renminbi appreciated more than 20% against the U.S. dollar over the following three years. Between July 2008 and June 2010, this appreciation halted and the exchange rate between Renminbi and the U.S. dollar remained within a narrow band. Since June 2010, Renminbi has fluctuated against the U.S. dollar, at times significantly and unpredictably. With the development of the foreign exchange market and progress towards interest rate liberalization and Renminbi internationalization, the PRC government may in the future announce further changes to the exchange rate system and we cannot assure you that Renminbi will not appreciate or depreciate significantly in value against the U.S. dollar in the future. It is difficult to predict how market forces or PRC or U.S. government policy may impact the exchange rate between Renminbi and the U.S. dollar in the future.

The proceeds from this offering will be received in U.S. dollars. As a result, any appreciation of the Renminbi against the U.S. dollar may result in the decrease in the value of our proceeds from this offering. Conversely, any depreciation of the Renminbi may adversely affect the value of, and any dividends payable on, our Class A ordinary shares in foreign currency. In addition, there are limited instruments available for us to reduce our foreign currency risk exposure at reasonable costs. All of these factors could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects, and could reduce the value of, and dividends payable on, our Class A ordinary shares in foreign currency terms.

The enforcement of the PRC Labor Contract Law and other labor-related regulations in the PRC may adversely affect our business and results of operations.

The Standing Committee of the National People’s Congress enacted the Labor Contract Law in 2008, and amended it on December 28, 2012. The Labor Contract Law introduced specific provisions related to fixed-term employment contracts, part-time employment, probationary periods, consultation with labor unions and employee assemblies, employment without a written contract, dismissal of employees, severance, and collective bargaining to enhance previous PRC labor laws. Under the Labor Contract Law, an employer is obligated to sign an unlimited-term labor contract with any employee who has worked for the employer for ten consecutive years. Further, if an employee requests or agrees to renew a fixed exchange rates that has already been entered into twice consecutively, the resulting contract, with certain exceptions, must have an unlimited term, subject to certain exceptions. With certain exceptions, an employer must pay severance to an employee where a labor contract is terminated or expires. In addition, the PRC governmental authorities have continued to introduce various new labor-related regulations since the effectiveness of the Labor Contract Law.

33

Table of Contents

Under the PRC Social Insurance Law and the Administrative Measures on Housing Fund, employees are required to participate in pension insurance, work-related injury insurance, medical insurance, unemployment insurance, maternity insurance, and housing funds and employers are required, together with their employees or separately, to pay the social insurance premiums and housing funds for their employees. If we fail to make adequate social insurance and housing fund contributions, we may be subject to fines and legal sanctions, and our business, financial conditions and results of operations may be adversely affected. During the fiscal years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020 and the six months ended June 30, 2021, we did not make adequate contributions to the social insurance and/or housing fund for certain employees as they voluntarily waived our contributions. See “Business — Legal Proceedings.” We received confirmations from relevant local authorities that we were not subject to any penalty for failing to make full contributions to the social insurance fund and housing fund during the fiscal years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020 and the six months ended June 30, 2021.

These laws designed to enhance labor protection tend to increase our labor costs. In addition, as the interpretation and implementation of these regulations are still evolving, our employment practices may not be at all times be deemed in compliance with the regulations. As a result, we could be subject to penalties or incur significant liabilities in connection with labor disputes or investigations.

PRC laws and regulations establish more complex procedures for some acquisitions of PRC companies by foreign investors, which could make it more difficult for us to pursue growth through acquisitions in China.

A number of PRC laws and regulations, including the M&A Rules, the Anti-monopoly Law promulgated by the Standing Committee of the National People’s Congress in August 2007, the Rules of Ministry of Commerce on Implementation of Security Review System of Mergers and Acquisitions of Domestic Enterprises by Foreign Investors promulgated by the Ministry of Commerce in August 2011, and the Measures for the Security Review of Foreign Investment promulgated by the National Development and Reform Commission of the PRC, or NDRC and the Ministry of Commerce in December 2020 have established procedures and requirements that are expected to make merger and acquisition activities in China by foreign investors more time-consuming and complex. These include requirements in some instances that the approval from the Ministry of Commerce be obtained in circumstances where overseas companies established or controlled by PRC enterprises or residents acquire affiliated domestic companies. PRC laws and regulations also require certain merger and acquisition transactions involving an industry that implicates national security to be subject to merger control review or security review.

In the future, we may further grow our business by acquiring complementary businesses. Complying with the requirements of the above-mentioned regulations and other relevant rules to complete such transactions could be time-consuming, and any required approval processes, including obtaining approval from the Ministry of Commerce or its local counterparts may delay or inhibit our ability to complete such transactions. It is unclear whether our business would be deemed to be in an industry that raises “national defense and security” or “national security” concerns. However, the Ministry of Commerce or other government agencies may publish explanations in the future determining that our business is in an industry subject to the security review, in which case our future acquisitions in China, including those by way of entering into contractual control arrangements with target entities, may be closely scrutinized or prohibited. Our ability to expand our business or maintain or expand our market share through future acquisitions would as such be materially and adversely affected.

It may be difficult for overseas regulators to conduct investigation or collect evidence within China.

Shareholder claims or regulatory investigation that are common in the United States generally are difficult to pursue as a matter of law or practicality in China. For example, in China, there are significant legal and other obstacles to providing information needed for regulatory investigations or litigation initiated outside China. Although the authorities in China may establish a regulatory cooperation mechanism with the securities regulatory authorities of another country or region to implement cross-border supervision and administration, such cooperation with the securities regulatory authorities in the Unities States may not be efficient in the absence of mutual and practical cooperation mechanism. Furthermore, according to Article 177 of the PRC Securities Law, or Article 177, which became effective in March 2020, no overseas securities regulator is allowed to directly conduct investigation or evidence collection activities within the territory of the PRC. While detailed interpretation of or implementation rules under Article 177 have yet to be promulgated, the inability for an overseas securities regulator to directly conduct investigation or evidence collection activities within China may further increase difficulties faced by you in protecting your interests. See also “— Risks Relating to the Class A ordinary shares and This Offering — You may face difficulties in protecting your interests, and your ability to protect your rights through U.S. courts may be limited, because we are incorporated under Cayman Islands law” for risks associated with investing in us as a Cayman Islands company.

34

Table of Contents

PRC regulations relating to the establishment of offshore special purpose companies by PRC residents may subject our PRC resident beneficial owners or our PRC subsidiary to liability or penalties, limit our ability to inject capital into our PRC subsidiary, limit our PRC subsidiary’s ability to increase their registered capital or distribute profits to us, or may otherwise adversely affect us.

The Circular on Relevant Issues Relating to Domestic Resident’s Investment and Financing and Roundtrip Investment through Special Purpose Vehicles, or SAFE Circular 37, was promulgated by the SAFE in July 2014 that requires PRC residents or entities to register with SAFE or its local branch, currently with local bank according to Notice of the State Administration of Foreign Exchange on Further Simplifying and Improving Policies for the Foreign Exchange Administration of Direct Investment issued by SAFE on February 13, 2015, in connection with their establishment or control of an offshore entity established for the purpose of overseas investment or financing. In addition, any PRC resident who is a direct or indirect shareholder of an offshore company is required to update the previously filed registration with the local branch of the SAFE, with respect to that offshore company, to reflect any material change involving its round-trip investment, capital variation, such as an increase or decrease in capital, transfer or swap of shares, merger or division. These regulations apply to our shareholders who are PRC residents and may apply to any offshore acquisitions that we make in the future.

We have requested PRC residents holding direct or indirect interest in our Company to our knowledge to make the necessary applications, filings and amendments as required by applicable foreign exchange regulations. We are committed to complying with and to ensuring that our shareholders who are subject to the regulations will comply with the relevant SAFE rules and regulations. However, due to the inherent uncertainty in the implementation of the regulatory requirements by PRC authorities, such registration might not be always practically available in all circumstances as prescribed in those regulations. In addition, we may not always be able to compel them to comply with SAFE Circular 37 or other related regulations. We cannot assure you that the SAFE or its local branches will release explicit requirements or interpret the relevant PRC Laws otherwise. Failure by any such shareholders to comply with SAFE Circular 37 may result in restrictions on the foreign exchange activities of the relevant PRC enterprise and may also subject the relevant PRC resident to penalties under the PRC foreign exchange administration regulations. To the best of our knowledge, our shareholders who are being subject to SAFE regulations have completed all necessary registrations required by the SAFE Circular 37.

Any failure to comply with PRC regulations regarding the registration requirements for employee stock incentive plans may subject the PRC plan participants or us to fines and other legal or administrative sanctions.

In February 2012, SAFE promulgated the Notices on Issues Concerning the Foreign Exchange Administration for Domestic Individuals Participating in Stock Incentive Plan of Overseas Publicly-Listed Company, replacing earlier rules promulgated in 2007. Pursuant to these rules, PRC citizens and non-PRC citizens who reside in China for a continuous period of not less than one year who participate in any stock incentive plan of an overseas publicly listed company, subject to a few exceptions, are required to register with SAFE through a domestic qualified agent, which could be the PRC subsidiaries of such overseas-listed company, and complete certain other procedures. In addition, an overseas-entrusted institution must be retained to handle matters in connection with the exercise or sale of stock options and the purchase or sale of shares and interests. We and our executive officers and other employees who are PRC citizens or who reside in China for a continuous period of not less than one year and who have been granted options will be subject to these regulations when our company becomes an overseas-listed company upon the completion of this offering. Failure to complete SAFE registrations may subject them to fines of up to RMB300,000 for entities and up to RMB50,000 for individuals, and legal sanctions and may also limit our ability to contribute additional capital into our PRC subsidiary and limit our PRC subsidiary’s ability to distribute dividends to us. We also face regulatory uncertainties that could restrict our ability to adopt additional incentive plans for our directors, executive officers and employees under PRC law.

In addition, the State Administration of Taxation of the PRC, or the SAT, has issued certain circulars concerning employee share options and restricted shares. Under these circulars, our employees working in China who exercise share options or are granted restricted shares will be subject to PRC individual income tax. Our PRC subsidiaries have obligations to file documents related to employee share options or restricted shares with relevant tax authorities and to withhold individual income taxes of those employees who exercise their share options. If our employees fail to pay or we fail to withhold their income taxes according to relevant laws and regulations, we may face sanctions imposed by the tax authorities or other PRC government authorities.

35

Table of Contents

The approval of relevant PRC regulatory authorities and compliance procedures may be required in connection with this offering, and, if required, we cannot predict whether we will be able to obtain such approval.

Recently, the General Office of the Central Committee of the Communist Party of China and the General Office of the State Council jointly issued the Opinions on Severe and Lawful Crackdown on Illegal Securities Activities, which was available to the public on July 6, 2021. These opinions emphasized the need to strengthen the administration over illegal securities activities and the supervision on overseas listings by China-based companies. These opinions proposed to take effective measures, such as promoting the construction of relevant regulatory systems, to deal with the risks and incidents facing China-based overseas-listed companies and the demand for cybersecurity and data privacy protection. Moreover, on December 28, 2021, the CAC and other relevant PRC governmental authorities jointly promulgated the Cybersecurity Review Measures which will take effect on February 15, 2022, and will replace the original Cybersecurity Review Measures promulgated on April 13, 2020. In accordance with the Cybersecurity Review Measures, network platform operators holding more than one million users/users’ individual information shall be subject to cybersecurity review before listing abroad.

On November 14, 2021, the National Internet Information Office issued the “Regulations on Network Data Security Management (Draft for Solicitation of Comments),” or the Draft for Comment. The Draft for Comment requests data processors, Internet platform operators and large-scale network operators to comply with the obligation of cybersecurity protection when carrying out data processing activities. A data processor identified in the Draft for Comment refers to an individual and an organization that independently decides the processing purpose and method in data processing activities. In accordance with the Draft for Comment, an Internet platform operator refers to a data processor that provides users with Internet platform services such as information release, social interaction, transaction, payment, audio-visual and so on, while large-scale Internet platform operators refer to those who have more than 50 million users, handle a large amount of personal information and important data, and have strong social mobilization ability and market dominance. Meanwhile, the Draft for Comment also provides that if data processors handling personal information of more than one million people intend to become listed overseas, they shall abide by the relevant regulations and apply for cybersecurity review. In the opinion of JunHe LLP, our business operations do not currently involve data processing and therefore do not fall under the definition of “data processors.” We also do not fall under the definition of Internet platform operator and large-scale network operator. JunHe LLP has advised us that we are not required to conduct cybersecurity review even after the Draft for Comment coming into effectiveness.

However, there remains uncertainties as to when the final measures will be issued and take effect, how they will be enacted, interpreted or implemented, and whether they will affect us. If we inadvertently conclude that the Cybersecurity Review Measures do not apply to us, or applicable laws, regulations, or interpretations change and it is determined in the future that Cybersecurity Review Measures become applicable to us, we may be subject to review when conducting data processing activities, and may face challenges in addressing its requirements and make necessary changes to our internal policies and practices. We may incur substantial costs in complying with the Cybersecurity Review Measures, which could result in material adverse changes in our business operations and financial position. If we are not able to fully comply with the Cybersecurity Review Measures, our ability to offer or continue to offer securities to investors may be significantly limited or completely hindered, and our securities may significantly decline in value or become worthless.

As the aforementioned policies evolve and any related implementation rules are enacted, we may be subject to additional compliance requirement in the future. As these opinions were recently issued, official guidance and interpretation of the opinions remain unclear in several respects at this time. Therefore, we cannot assure you that we will remain fully compliant with all new regulatory requirements of these opinions or any future implementation rules on a timely basis, or at all.

If we are classified as a PRC resident enterprise for PRC income tax purposes, such classification could result in unfavorable tax consequences to us and our non-PRC shareholders.

Under the PRC Enterprise Income Tax Law and its implementation rules, an enterprise established outside of the PRC with its “de facto management body” within the PRC is considered a “resident enterprise” and will be subject to PRC enterprise income tax on its global income at the rate of 25%. The implementation rules define the term “de facto management body” as the body that exercises full and substantial control and overall management over the business, productions, personnel, accounts and properties of an enterprise. In 2009, the SAT issued a circular (“SAT Circular 82”),

36

Table of Contents

which provides certain specific criteria for determining whether the “de facto management body” of a PRC-controlled enterprise that is incorporated offshore is located in China. One of the criteria is that a company’s major assets, accounting books and minutes and files of its board and shareholders’ meetings are located or kept in the PRC. In addition, the SAT issued Administrative Measures for Income Tax on Chinese-controlled Resident Enterprises Incorporated Overseas (Trial Implementation) on July 27, 2011, effective from September 1, 2011, providing more guidance on the implementation of the SAT Circular 82. This bulletin clarifies matters including residence status determination, post-determination administration and competent tax authorities. Although both the SAT Circular 82 and the bulletin only apply to offshore enterprises controlled by PRC enterprises or PRC enterprise groups, not those controlled by PRC individuals or foreigners, the criteria set forth in the circular may reflect the SAT’s general position on how the “de facto management body” text should be applied in determining the tax resident status of all offshore enterprises.

We believe none of our entities outside of China is a PRC resident enterprise for PRC tax purposes. However, the tax resident status of an enterprise is subject to determination by the PRC tax authorities and uncertainties remain with respect to the interpretation of the term “de facto management body.” As substantially all of our management members are based in China, it remains unclear how the tax residency rule will apply to our case. If the PRC tax authorities determine that our Company or any of our subsidiaries outside of China is a PRC resident enterprise for PRC enterprise income tax purposes, then our Company or such subsidiary could be subject to PRC tax at a rate of 25% on its world-wide income, which could materially reduce our net income. In addition, we will also be subject to PRC enterprise income tax reporting obligations. Furthermore, if the PRC tax authorities determine that we are a PRC resident enterprise for enterprise income tax purposes, gains realized on the sale or other disposition of our Class A ordinary shares may be subject to PRC tax, at a rate of 10% in the case of non-PRC enterprises or 20% in the case of non-PRC individuals (in each case, subject to the provisions of any applicable tax treaty), if such gains are deemed to be from PRC sources. It is unclear whether non-PRC shareholders of our Company would be able to claim the benefits of any tax treaties between their country of tax residence and the PRC in the event that we are treated as a PRC resident enterprise. Any such tax may reduce the returns on your investment in our Class A ordinary shares.

You may experience difficulties in effecting service of legal process, enforcing foreign judgments or bringing actions in China against us or our management named in the prospectus based on foreign laws.

We are an exempted company incorporated under the laws of the Cayman Islands. In addition, substantial amount of our assets is located in China and most of our senior executive officers and directors reside within China for a significant portion of the time. As a result, it may be difficult for you to effect service of process upon us or those persons inside mainland China. It may also be difficult for you to enforce in U.S. courts judgments obtained in U.S. courts based on the civil liability provisions of the U.S. federal securities laws against us and our officers and directors as none of them currently resides in the United States or has substantial assets located in the United States. In addition, there is uncertainty as to whether the courts of the PRC would recognize or enforce judgments of U.S. courts against us or such persons predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the securities laws of the United States or any state.

The recognition and enforcement of foreign judgments are provided for under the PRC Civil Procedures Law. PRC courts may recognize and enforce foreign judgments in accordance with the requirements of the PRC Civil Procedures Law based either on treaties between China and the country where the judgment is made or on principles of reciprocity between jurisdictions. China does not have any treaties or other forms of written arrangement with the United States that provide for the reciprocal recognition and enforcement of foreign judgments. In addition, according to the PRC Civil Procedures Law, the PRC courts will not enforce a foreign judgment against us or our directors and officers if they decide that the judgment violates the basic principles of PRC laws or national sovereignty, security or public interest. As a result, it is uncertain whether and on what basis a PRC court would enforce a judgment rendered by a court in the United States.

Risks Relating to our Class A ordinary shares and This Offering

There is been no public market for our Class A ordinary shares prior to this offering, and you may not be able to resell our Class A ordinary shares at or above the price you paid, or at all.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our Class A ordinary shares. The initial offering price of our Class A ordinary shares is the result of negotiations between us and the underwriter, and the initial offering price may differ significantly from the market price for our Class A ordinary shares following the offering. We cannot assure you that an active trading market for our Class A ordinary shares will develop or that the market price for our Class A ordinary shares will not decline below the initial public offering price.

37

Table of Contents

The trading price of our Class A ordinary shares is likely to be volatile, which could result in substantial losses to investors.

The trading price of our Class A ordinary shares is likely to be volatile and could fluctuate widely due to factors beyond our control. This may happen because of broad market and industry factors, including the performance and fluctuation of the market prices of other companies with business operations located mainly in China that have listed their securities in the United States. In addition to market and industry factors, the price and trading volume for our Class A ordinary shares may be highly volatile for factors specific to our own operations, including the following:

•        Actual or anticipated variations in our revenues, earnings, cash flow, and changes or revisions of our expected results;

•        fluctuations in operating metrics;

•        announcements of new investments, acquisitions, strategic partnerships, or joint ventures by us or our competitors;

•        announcements of new products and services and expansions by us or our competitors;

•        changes in financial estimates by securities analysts;

•        announcements of studies and reports relating to the quality of our product and service offerings or those of our competitors;

•        changes in the economic performance or market valuations of other companies in our industry;

•        detrimental negative publicity about us, our competitors, or our industry;

•        additions or departures of key personnel;

•        regulatory developments affect us or our industry;

•        general economic or political conditions in China or elsewhere in the world;

•        fluctuations of exchange rates between the RMB and the U.S. dollar; and

•        potential litigation or regulatory investigations.

Any of these factors may result in large and sudden changes in the volume and price at which Class A ordinary shares will trade. Furthermore, the stock market in general experiences price and volume fluctuations that are often unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of companies like us. These broad market and industry fluctuations may adversely affect the market price of our Class A ordinary shares. Volatility or a lack of positive performance in the price of our Class A ordinary shares may also adversely affect our ability to retain key employees, most of whom have been granted equity incentives.

In the past, shareholders of public companies have often brought securities class action suits against companies following periods of instability in the market price of their securities. If we were involved in a class action suit, it could divert a significant amount of our management’s attention and other resources from our business and operations and require us to incur significant expenses to defend the suit, which could harm our results of operations. Any such class action suit, whether or not successful, could harm our reputation and restrict our ability to raise capital in the future. In addition, if a claim is successfully made against us, we may be required to pay significant damages, which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

Our dual-class voting structure will limit your ability to influence corporate matters and could discourage others from pursuing any change of control transactions that holders of our Class A ordinary shares may view as beneficial.

Our authorized share capital is divided into Class A ordinary shares and Class B ordinary shares. Holders of Class A ordinary shares are entitled to one vote per share, while holders of Class B ordinary shares are entitled to 10 votes per share. We will issue Class A ordinary shares in this offering. Each Class B ordinary share is convertible into one Class A ordinary share at any time by the holder thereof, while Class A ordinary shares are not convertible into Class B ordinary shares under any circumstances. The holder of Class B ordinary shares have the ability to control matters requiring shareholders’ approval, including any amendment of our memorandum and articles of association. Any future issuances of Class B ordinary shares may be dilutive to the voting power of holders of Class A

38

Table of Contents

ordinary shares. Any conversions of Class B ordinary shares into Class A ordinary shares may dilute the percentage ownership of the existing holders of Class A ordinary shares within their class of ordinary shares. Such conversions may increase the aggregate voting power of the existing holders of Class A ordinary shares. In the event that we have multiple holders of Class B ordinary shares in the future and certain of them convert their Class B ordinary shares into Class A ordinary shares, the remaining holders who retain their Class B ordinary shares may experience increases in their relative voting power.

Upon the completion of this offering, Mr. Weidong Gu, our founder and chairman of the board of directors, will beneficially own 100% of our issued Class B ordinary shares. These Class B ordinary shares will constitute 44.88% of our total issued and outstanding share capital immediately after the completion of this offering and 89.06% of the aggregate voting power of our total issued and outstanding share capital immediately after the completion of this offering due to the disparate voting powers associated with our dual-class share structure, assuming the underwriter does not exercise its option to purchase additional Class A ordinary shares. As a result of the dual-class share structure and the concentration of ownership, holders of Class B ordinary shares have considerable influence over matters such as decisions regarding mergers and consolidations, election of directors and other significant corporate actions. Such holders may take actions that are not in the best interest of us or our other shareholders. This concentration of ownership may discourage, delay or prevent a change in control of our company, which could have the effect of depriving our other shareholders of the opportunity to receive a premium for their shares as part of a sale of our company and may reduce the price of our Class A ordinary shares. This concentrated control will limit your ability to influence corporate matters and could discourage others from pursuing any potential merger, takeover or other change of control transactions that holders of Class A ordinary shares may view as beneficial.

The dual-class structure of our ordinary shares may adversely affect the trading market for our Class A ordinary shares.

Certain shareholder advisory firms have announced changes to their eligibility criteria for inclusion of shares of public companies on certain indices, including the S&P 500, to exclude companies with multiple classes of shares and companies whose public shareholders hold no more than 5% of total voting power from being added to such indices. In addition, several shareholder advisory firms have announced their opposition to the use of multiple class structures. As a result, the dual-class structure of our ordinary shares may prevent the inclusion of our Class A ordinary shares in such indices and may cause shareholder advisory firms to publish negative commentary about our corporate governance practices or otherwise seek to cause us to change our capital structure. Any such exclusion from indices could result in a less active trading market for our Class A ordinary shares. Any actions or publications by shareholder advisory firms critical of our corporate governance practices or capital structure could also adversely affect the value of our Class A ordinary shares.

If securities or industry analysts cease to publish research or reports about our business, or if they adversely change their recommendations regarding the Class A ordinary shares, the market price for the Class A ordinary shares and trading volume could decline.

The trading market for the Class A ordinary shares will be influenced by research or reports that industry or securities analysts publish about our business. If one or more analysts who cover us downgrade the Class A ordinary shares, the market price for the Class A ordinary shares would likely decline. If one or more of these analysts cease to cover us or fail to regularly publish reports on us, we could lose visibility in the financial markets, which, in turn, could cause the market price or trading volume for the Class A ordinary shares to decline.

We currently do not expect to pay dividends in the foreseeable future after this offering and you must rely on price appreciation of our Class A ordinary shares for return on your investment.

We currently intend to retain most, if not all, of our available funds and any future earnings after this offering to fund the development and growth of our business. As a result, we do not expect to pay any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Therefore, you should not rely on an investment in our Class A ordinary shares as a source for any future dividend income.

Our board of directors has complete discretion as to whether to distribute dividends, subject to certain requirements of Cayman Islands law. In addition, our shareholders may by ordinary resolution declare a dividend, but no dividend may exceed the amount recommended by our directors. Under Cayman Islands law, a Cayman Islands

39

Table of Contents

company may pay a dividend out of either profit or share premium account, provided that in no circumstances may a dividend be paid if this would result in the company being unable to pay its debts as they fall due in the ordinary course of business. Even if our board of directors decides to declare and pay dividends, the timing, amount and form of future dividends, if any, will depend on our future results of operations and cash flow, our capital requirements and surplus, the amount of distributions, if any, received by us from our subsidiaries, our financial condition, contractual restrictions and other factors deemed relevant by our board of directors. Accordingly, the return on your investment in our Class A ordinary shares will likely depend entirely upon any future price appreciation of our Class A ordinary shares. There is no guarantee that our Class A ordinary shares will appreciate in value after this offering or even maintain the price at which you purchased the Class A ordinary shares. You may not realize a return on your investment in our Class A ordinary shares and you may even lose your entire investment in our Class A ordinary shares.

Because our initial public offering price is substantially higher than our net tangible book value per share, you will experience immediate and substantial dilution.

If you purchase the Class A ordinary shares in this offering, you will pay more for your Class A ordinary shares than the amount paid by our existing shareholders for their ordinary shares on a per share basis. As a result, you will experience immediate and substantial dilution, representing the difference between the initial public offering price of per Class A ordinary share, and our adjusted net tangible book value per ordinary share as of June 30, 2021, after giving effect to our sale of the Class A ordinary shares offered in this offering. In addition, you may experience further dilution to the extent that our Class A ordinary shares are issued upon the exercise of share options. See “Dilution” for a more complete description of how the value of your investment in the Class A ordinary shares will be diluted upon completion of this offering.

Substantial future sales or perceived potential sales of our Class A ordinary shares in the public market could cause the price of our Class A ordinary shares to decline.

Sales of our Class A ordinary shares in the public market after this offering, or the perception that these sales could occur, could cause the market price of our Class A ordinary shares to decline. All Class A ordinary shares sold in this offering will be freely transferable without restriction or additional registration under the Securities Act. The remaining Class A ordinary shares issued and outstanding after this offering and the concurrent private placements will be available for sale, upon the expiration of the 180-day lock-up period beginning from the date of this prospectus, subject to volume and other restrictions as applicable provided in Rules 144 and 701 under the Securities Act. Any or all of these shares may be released prior to the expiration of the lock-up period at the discretion of the underwriter of this offering. To the extent shares are released before the expiration of the lock-up period and sold into the market, the market price of our Class A ordinary shares could decline.

After completion of this offering, certain holders of our Class A ordinary shares may cause us to register under the Securities Act the sale of their shares. Registration of these shares under the Securities Act would result in these ordinary shares becoming freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act immediately upon the effectiveness of such registration. Sales of these registered shares in the public market could cause the price of our Class A ordinary shares to decline.

You may face difficulties in protecting your interests, and your ability to protect your rights through U.S. courts may be limited, because we are incorporated under Cayman Islands law.

We are an exempted company incorporated under the laws of the Cayman Islands. Our corporate affairs are governed by our memorandum and articles of association, the Companies Act of the Cayman Islands, and the common law of the Cayman Islands. The rights of shareholders to take action against our directors, actions by our minority shareholders and the fiduciary duties of our directors to us under Cayman Islands law are to a large extent governed by the common law of the Cayman Islands. The common law of the Cayman Islands is derived in part from comparatively limited judicial precedent in the Cayman Islands as well as from the common law of England, the decisions of whose courts are of persuasive authority, but are not binding, on a court in the Cayman Islands. The rights of our shareholders and the fiduciary duties of our directors under Cayman Islands law are not as clearly established as they would be under statutes or judicial precedents in some jurisdictions in the United States. In particular, the Cayman Islands has a less developed body of securities laws than the United States. Some U.S. states, such as Delaware, have more fully developed and judicially interpreted bodies of corporate law than the Cayman Islands. In addition, Cayman Islands companies may not have the standing to initiate a shareholder derivative action in a federal court of the United States.

40

Table of Contents

Shareholders of Cayman Islands exempted companies like us have no general rights under Cayman Islands law to inspect corporate records (other than the memorandum and articles of association and any special resolutions passed by such companies, and the register of mortgages and charges of such companies) or to obtain copies of lists of shareholders of these companies. Our directors have discretion under our post-offering memorandum and articles of association that will become effective immediately prior to completion of this offering to determine whether or not, and under what conditions, our corporate records may be inspected by our shareholders, but are not obliged to make them available to our shareholders. This may make it more difficult for you to obtain the information needed to establish any facts necessary for a shareholder motion or to solicit proxies from other shareholders in connection with a proxy contest.

As a result of all of the above, our public shareholders may have more difficulty in protecting their interests in the face of actions taken by management, members of our board of directors or controlling shareholders than they would as public shareholders of a company incorporated in the United States. For a discussion of significant differences between the provisions of the Companies Act of the Cayman Islands and the laws applicable to companies incorporated in the United States and their shareholders, see “Description of Share Capital — Differences in Corporate Law.”

Certain judgments obtained against us by our shareholders may not be enforceable.

We are a Cayman Islands company and substantially all of our assets are located outside of the United States. In addition, most of our current directors and officers are nationals and residents of countries other than the United States. As a result, it may be difficult or impossible for you to bring an action against us or against these individuals in the United States in the event that you believe that your rights have been infringed under the U.S. federal securities laws or otherwise. Even if you are successful in bringing an action of this kind, the laws of the Cayman Islands and of China may render you unable to enforce a judgment against our assets or the assets of our directors and officers. For more information regarding the relevant laws of the Cayman Islands and China, see “Enforceability of Civil Liabilities.”

There can be no assurance that we will not be a passive foreign investment company (“PFIC”) for United States federal income tax purposes for any taxable year, which could subject United States holders of our Class A ordinary shares to significant adverse United States federal income tax consequences.

A non-United States corporation will be a passive foreign investment company, or PFIC, for United States federal income tax purposes for any taxable year if either (i) at least 75% of its gross income for such taxable year is passive income or (ii) at least 50% of the value of its assets (based on average of the quarterly values of the assets) during such year is attributable to assets that that produce or are held for the production of passive income. Based on the current and anticipated value of our assets and the composition of our income assets, we do not expect to be a PFIC for United States federal income tax purposes for our current taxable year ended December 31, 2020 or in the foreseeable future. However, the determination of whether or not we are a PFIC according to the PFIC rules is made on an annual basis and depend on the composition of our income and assets and the value of our assets from time to time. Therefore, changes in the composition of our income or assets or value of our assets may cause us to become a PFIC. The determination of the value of our assets (including goodwill not reflected on our balance sheet) may be based, in part, on the quarterly market value of Class A ordinary shares, which is subject to change and may be volatile.

The classification of certain of our income as active or passive, and certain of our assets as producing active or passive income, and hence whether we are or will become a PFIC, depends on the interpretation of certain United States Treasury Regulations as well as certain IRS guidance relating to the classification of assets as producing active or passive income. Such regulations guidance is potentially subject to different interpretations. If due to different interpretations of such regulations and guidance the percentage of our passive income or the percentage of our assets treated as producing passive income increases, we may be a PFIC in one of more taxable years.

If we are a PFIC for any taxable year during which a United States person holds Class A ordinary shares, certain adverse United States federal income tax consequences could apply to such United States person. For more information see “Taxation — Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences — Passive Foreign Investment Company.

41

Table of Contents

For as long as we are an emerging growth company, we will not be required to comply with certain reporting requirements, including those relating to accounting standards and disclosure about our executive compensation, that apply to other public companies.

We are classified as an “emerging growth company” under the JOBS Act because we generated less than US$1.07 billion in revenues for our last fiscal year. For as long as we are an emerging growth company, which may be up to five full fiscal years, unlike other public companies, we will not be required to, among other things, (i) provide an auditor’s attestation report on management’s assessment of the effectiveness of our system of internal control over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, (ii) comply with any new requirements adopted by the PCAOB requiring mandatory audit firm rotation or a supplement to the auditor’s report in which the auditor would be required to provide additional information about the audit and the financial statements of the issuer, (iii) provide certain disclosure regarding executive compensation required of larger public companies, or (iv) hold nonbinding advisory votes on executive compensation. We will remain an emerging growth company for up to five years, although we will lose that status sooner if we have more than $1.07 billion of revenues in a fiscal year, have more than $700 million in market value of our Class A ordinary shares held by non-affiliates, or issue more than $1.0 billion of non-convertible debt over a three-year period.

To the extent that we rely on any of the exemptions available to emerging growth companies, you will receive less information about our executive compensation and internal control over financial reporting than issuers that are not emerging growth companies. If some investors find our Class A ordinary shares to be less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our Class A ordinary shares and our share price may be more volatile.

If we fail to establish and maintain proper internal financial reporting controls, our ability to produce accurate financial statements or comply with applicable regulations could be impaired.

Pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, we will be required to file a report by our management on our internal control over financial reporting, including an attention report on internal control over financial reporting issued by our independent registered public accounting firm. However, while we remain an emerging growth company, we will not be required to include an attestation report on internal control over financial reporting issued by our independent registered public accounting firm. The presence of material weakness in internal control over financial reporting could result in financial statement errors, which, in turn, could lead to error our financial reports and/or delays in our financial reporting, which could require us to restate our operating results. We might not identify one or more material weaknesses in our internal controls in connection with evaluating our compliance with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. In order to maintain and improve the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures and internal controls over financial reporting. We will need to expend significant resources and provide significant management oversight. Implementing any appropriate changes to our internal controls may require specific compliance training of our directors and employees, entail substantial costs in order to modify our existing accounting systems, take a significant period of time to complete and divert management’s attention from other business concerns. These changes may not, however, be effective in maintaining the adequacy of our internal control.

If we are unable to conclude that we have effective internal controls over financial reporting, investors may lose confidence in our operating results, the price of the Class A ordinary shares could decline and we may be subject to litigation or regulatory enforcement actions. In addition, if we are unable to meet the requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, the Class A ordinary shares may not be able to remain listed on the exchange.

Certain data and information in this prospectus were obtained from third-party sources and were not independently verified by us.

We have engaged CIC, an independent third-party industry consultant to prepare a commissioned industry report that analyzes the global compatible toner cartridge industry, or the CIC report. Information and data relating to the global compatible toner cartridge industry have been derived from CIC’s industry report. Statistical data included in the CIC report also include projections based on a number of assumptions. The global compatible toner cartridge industry may not grow at the rate projected by market data, or at all. If any one or more of the assumptions underlying the market data is later found to be incorrect, actual results may differ from the projections based on these assumptions.

42

Table of Contents

We have not independently verified the data and information contained in the CIC report, or any third-party publications and reports CIC has relied on in preparing its report. Data and information contained in such third-party publications and reports may be collected using third-party methodologies, which may differ from the data collection methods used by us. In addition, these industry publications and reports generally indicate that the information contained therein is believed to be reliable, but do not guarantee the accuracy and completeness of such information.

As a company incorporated in the Cayman Islands, we are permitted to adopt certain home country practices in relation to corporate governance matters that differ significantly from the Nasdaq listing standards. These practices may afford less protection to shareholders than they would enjoy if we complied fully with corporate governance listing standards.

As a foreign private issuer, we are permitted to take advantage of certain provisions in the Nasdaq listing standards that allow us to follow Cayman Islands law for certain governance matters. Certain corporate governance practices in the Cayman Islands may differ significantly from corporate governance listing standards as, except for general fiduciary duties and duties of care, Cayman Islands law has no corporate governance regime which prescribes specific corporate governance standards. Currently, we do not intend to rely on home country practice with respect to our corporate governance after we complete with this offering. However, if we choose to follow home country practice in the future, our shareholders may be afforded less protection than they otherwise would have under corporate governance listing standards applicable to U.S. domestic issuers.

We are a foreign private issuer within the meaning of the rules under the Exchange Act, and as such we are exempt from certain provisions applicable to U.S. domestic public companies.

Because we qualify as a foreign private issuer under the Exchange Act, we are exempt from certain provisions of the securities rules and regulations in the United States that are applicable to U.S. domestic issuers, including:

•        the rules under the Exchange Act requiring the filing with the SEC of quarterly reports on Form 10-Q or current reports on Form 8-K;

•        the sections of the Exchange Act regulating the solicitation of proxies, consents, or authorizations in respect of a security registered under the Exchange Act;

•        the sections of the Exchange Act requiring insiders to file public reports of their stock ownership and trading activities and liability for insiders who profit from trades made in a short period of time; and

•        the selective disclosure rules by issuers of material nonpublic information under Regulation FD.

We will be required to file an annual report on Form 20-F within four months of the end of each fiscal year. Press releases relating to financial results and material events will also be furnished to the SEC on Form 6-K. However, the information we are required to file with or furnish to the SEC will be less extensive and less timely compared to that required to be filed with the SEC by U.S. domestic issuers. As a result, you may not be afforded the same protections or information that would be made available to you were you investing in a U.S. domestic issuer.

We will incur increased costs as a result of being a public company, particularly after we cease to qualify as an “emerging growth company.”

Upon completion of this offering, we will become a public company and expect to incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company. The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as well as rules subsequently implemented by the SEC and Nasdaq Stock Market, impose various requirements on the corporate governance practices of public companies. We expect these rules and regulations to increase our legal and financial compliance costs and to make some corporate activities more time-consuming and costly.

As a result of becoming a public company, we will need to increase the number of independent directors and adopt policies regarding internal controls and disclosure controls and procedures. We also expect that operating as a public company will make it more difficult and more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance, and we may be required to accept reduced policy limits and coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain the same or similar coverage. In addition, we will incur additional costs associated with our public company reporting requirements. It may also be more difficult for us to find qualified persons to serve on our board of directors

43

Table of Contents

or as executive officers. We are currently evaluating and monitoring developments with respect to these rules and regulations, and we cannot predict or estimate with any degree of certainty the amount of additional costs we may incur or the timing of such costs.

In addition, after we are no longer an “emerging growth company,” we expect to incur significant expenses and devote substantial management effort toward ensuring compliance with the requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the other rules and regulations of the SEC.

We may lose our foreign private issuer status in the future, which could result in significant additional costs and expenses.

As discussed above, we are a foreign private issuer, and therefore, we are not required to comply with all of the periodic disclosure and current reporting requirements of the Exchange Act. The determination of foreign private issuer status is made annually on the last business day of an issuer’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter. We would lose our foreign private issuer status if, for example, more than 50% of our Class A ordinary shares are directly or indirectly held by residents of the U.S. and we fail to meet additional requirements necessary to maintain our foreign private issuer status. If we lose our foreign private issuer status on this date, we will be required to file with the SEC periodic reports and registration statements on U.S. domestic issuer forms, which are more detailed and extensive than the forms available to a foreign private issuer. We will also have to mandatorily comply with U.S. federal proxy requirements, and our officers, directors and principal shareholders will become subject to the short-swing profit disclosure and recovery provisions of Section 16 of the Exchange Act. In addition, we will lose our ability to rely upon exemptions from certain corporate governance requirements under the Nasdaq listing rules. As a U.S. listed public company that is not a foreign private issuer, we will incur significant additional legal, accounting and other expenses that we will not incur as a foreign private issuer, and accounting, reporting and other expenses in order to maintain a listing on a U.S. securities exchange.

We have broad discretion in the use of the net proceeds from our initial public offering and may not use them effectively.

To the extent (i) we raise more money than required for the purposes explained in the section titled “Use of Proceeds” or (ii) we determine that the proposed uses set forth in that section are no longer in the best interests of our Company, we cannot specify with any certainty the particular uses of such net proceeds that we will receive from our initial public offering. Our management will have broad discretion in the application of such net proceeds, including working capital and other general corporate purposes, and we may spend or invest these proceeds in a way with which our shareholders disagree. The failure by our management to apply these funds effectively could harm our business and financial condition. Pending their use, we may invest the net proceeds from our initial public offering in a manner that does not produce income or that loses value.

The obligation to disclose information publicly may put us at a disadvantage to competitors that are private companies.

Upon completion of this offering, we will be a public company in the United States. As a public company, we will be required to file periodic reports with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission upon the occurrence of matters that are material to our Company and shareholders. Although we may be able to attain confidential treatment of some of our developments, in some cases, we will need to disclose material agreements or results of financial operations that we would not be required to disclose if we were a private company. Our competitors may have access to this information, which would otherwise be confidential. This may give them advantages in competing with our Company. Similarly, as a U.S. public company, we will be governed by U.S. laws that our competitors, which are mostly private Chinese companies, are not required to follow. To the extent compliance with U.S. laws increases our expenses or decreases our competitiveness against such companies, our public company status could affect our results of operations.

44

Table of Contents

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This prospectus contains forward-looking statements about our current expectations and views of future events, which are contained principally in the sections entitled “Prospectus Summary,” “Risk Factors,” “Use of Proceeds,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” “Industry Overview” and “Business.” These forward-looking statements relate to events that involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors which may cause our actual results, performance or achievements to be materially different from those expressed or implied by these statements.

You can identify some of these forward-looking statements by words or phrases such as “may,” “will,” “could,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “aim,” “estimate,” “intend,” “plan,” “believe,” “is/are likely to,” “propose,” “potential,” “continue” or other similar expressions. We have based these forward-looking statements largely on our current expectations and projections about future events and financial trends that we believe may affect our financial condition, results of operations, business strategy and financial needs. The forward-looking statements included in this prospectus relate to, among other things:

•        our goals and strategies;

•        our business and operating strategies and plans for the development of existing and new businesses, ability to implement such strategies and plans and expected time;

•        our future business development, financial condition and results of operations;

•        expected changes in our revenues, costs or expenditures;

•        our dividend policy;

•        our expectations regarding demand for and market acceptance of our products and services;

•        our expectations regarding our relationships with our clients, business partners and third-parties;

•        the trends in, expected growth in and market size of the compatible toner cartridge industry in China and globally;

•        our ability to maintain and enhance our market position;

•        our ability to continue to develop new technologies and/or upgrade our existing technologies;

•        developments in, or changes to, laws, regulations, governmental policies, incentives and taxation affecting our operations;

•        relevant governmental policies and regulations relating to our businesses and industry;

•        competitive environment, competitive landscape and potential competitor behavior in our industry; overall industry outlook in our industry;

•        our ability to attract, train and retain executives and other employees;

•        our proposed use of proceeds from this offering;

•        the development of the global financial and capital markets;

•        fluctuations in inflation, interest rates and exchange rates;

•        general business, political, social and economic conditions in China and the overseas markets we have business;

•        the future development of the COVID-19 pandemic and its impact on our business and industry; and

•        assumptions underlying or related to any of the foregoing.

45

Table of Contents

These forward-looking statements involve various risks and uncertainties. Although we believe that our expectations expressed in these forward-looking statements are reasonable, our expectations and our actual results could be materially different from our expectations. Important risks and factors that could cause our actual results to be materially different from our expectations are generally set forth in “Prospectus Summary — Summary of Risk Factors,” “Risk Factors,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” “Business,” “Regulation” and other sections in this prospectus. Moreover, we operate in an evolving environment. New risk factors and uncertainties emerge from time to time and it is not possible for our management to predict all risk factors and uncertainties, nor can we assess the impact of all factors on our business or the extent to which any factor, or combination of factors, may cause actual results to differ materially from those contained in any forward-looking statements. You should read thoroughly this prospectus and the documents that we refer to with the understanding that our actual future results may be materially different from and worse than what we expect. We qualify all of our forward-looking statements by these cautionary statements.

This prospectus contains information derived from government and private publications. These publications include forward-looking statements, which are subject to risks, uncertainties and assumptions. Although we believe the data and information to be reliable, we have not independently verified the accuracy or completeness of the data and information contained in these publications. Statistical data in these publications also include projections based on a number of assumptions. The compatible toner cartridge industry may not grow at the rate projected by market data, or at all. Failure of these markets to grow at the projected rate may have a material and adverse effect on our business and the market price of the Class A ordinary shares. In addition, the rapidly evolving nature of the compatible toner cartridge industry results in significant uncertainties for any projections or estimates relating to the growth prospects or future condition of our market. Furthermore, if any one or more of the assumptions underlying the market data are later found to be incorrect, actual results may differ from the projections based on these assumptions. See “Risk Factors — Risks Relating to Our Business — Certain data and information in this prospectus were obtained from third-party sources and were not independently verified by us.” Therefore, you should not place undue reliance on these statements.

You should not rely upon forward-looking statements as predictions of future events. The forward-looking statements in this prospectus are made based on events and information as of the date of this prospectus. Except as required by law, we undertake no obligation to update or revise publicly any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, after the date on which the statements are made or to reflect the occurrence of unanticipated events. You should read this prospectus and the documents that we refer to in this prospectus and have filed as exhibits to the registration statement, of which this prospectus is a part, completely and with the understanding that our actual future results or performance may materially differ from what we expect.

46

Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

We estimate that we will receive net proceeds from this offering of approximately US$23.59 million, or approximately US$27.32 million if the underwriter exercises its over-allotment option in full, based on the midpoint of the estimated initial public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting underwriting discounts, non-accountable expense allowance and estimated offering expenses payable by us. A US$1.0 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of US$4.50 per Ordinary Share would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us from this offering by US$5.58 million, or by US$6.46 million if the underwriter exercises its over-allotment option in full, assuming the number of Class A ordinary shares offered by us, as set forth on the front cover of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts, non-accountable expense allowance, and estimated expenses payable by us.

We plan to use the net proceeds of this offering as follows:

•        approximately 85.0%, or US$20.06 million for constructing a comprehensive, multi-layer production center;

•        approximately 2.0%, or US$0.47 million for research and development;

•        approximately 1.5%, or US$0.35 million for upgrading the software systems of our own websites;

•        Approximately 1.5%, or US$0.35 million for setting up additional warehouses in overseas locations;

•        approximately 10.0%, or US$2.36 million for general corporate purposes, which may include working capital needs and other corporate uses.

The amounts and timing of any expenditures will vary depending on the amount of cash generated by our operations, and the rate of growth, if any, of our business, and our plans and business conditions. The foregoing represents our intentions as of the date of this prospectus based upon our current plans and business conditions to use and allocate the net proceeds of this offering. However, our management will have significant flexibility and discretion in applying the net proceeds of this offering. Unforeseen events or changed business conditions may result in application of the proceeds of this offering in a manner other than as described in this prospectus.

As an offshore holding company, under PRC laws and regulations, we are only permitted to use the net proceeds of this offering to provide loans or make capital contributions to our PRC subsidiaries. Provided that we make the necessary registrations with government authorities and obtain the required governmental approvals, we may extend inter-company loans or make additional capital contributions to our PRC subsidiaries to fund their capital expenditures or working capital requirements.

Any capital contributions we make to our PRC subsidiaries shall be registered with the PRC State Administration for Market Regulation or its local counterparts, and filed with the MOFCOM or its local counterparts. We are then required to complete a foreign exchange registration change at qualified banks. There is no upper limit as to the registered capital of our PRC subsidiaries under PRC laws and regulations, and we may contribute to our PRC subsidiaries through capital contributions as long as the amount contributed stays within the capital registered.

Any loans to our PRC subsidiaries, which are foreign-invested enterprises, cannot exceed a statutory limit, and shall be filed with the SAFE or its local counterparts. Such statutory limit for our Company is 2.5 times of the net assets of our PRC subsidiaries, or approximately $3 million.

We plan to contribute proceeds from this offering and any future financings to our PRC subsidiaries through capital contributions.

We may not be able to make such registrations or obtain such approvals in a timely manner, or at all. See “Risk Factors — Risks Relating to Doing Business in the PRC — PRC regulations of loans and direct investment by offshore holding companies to PRC entities may delay or prevent us from using the proceeds of our offshore financing to make loans or additional capital contributions to our PRC subsidiaries, which could materially and adversely affect our liquidity and our ability to fund and expand our business.”

47

Table of Contents

DIVIDEND POLICY

Our board of directors has complete discretion as to whether to distribute dividends. In addition, our shareholders may by ordinary resolution declare a dividend, but no dividend may exceed the amount recommended by our board of directors. In either case, all dividends are subject to certain restrictions under Cayman Islands law, namely that we may only pay dividends out of profits or share premium, and provided that in no circumstances may a dividend be paid if it would result in us being unable to pay our debts as they fall due in the ordinary course of business. Even if our board of directors decides to pay dividends, the form, frequency and amount will depend upon our future operations and earnings, capital requirements and surplus, general financial condition, contractual restrictions and other factors that our board of directors may deem relevant.

We do not have any plan to declare or pay any cash dividends on our Class A ordinary shares in the foreseeable future after this offering. We intend to retain most, if not all, of our available funds and future earnings to operate and expand our business.

We are an exempted company with limited liability incorporated in the Cayman Islands. We rely principally on dividends distributed by our PRC subsidiaries and payments from our operating entities for our cash requirements, including distribution of dividends to our shareholders. Dividends distributed by our PRC subsidiaries are subject to PRC taxes.

In addition, PRC regulations may restrict the ability of our PRC subsidiaries to pay dividends to us and only allow a PRC company to pay dividends out of its accumulated distributable after-tax profits as determined in accordance with its articles of association and the PRC accounting standards and regulations. See “Risk Factors — Risks Relating to Doing Business in the PRC — We may rely on dividends and other distributions on equity paid by our PRC subsidiaries to fund any cash and financing requirements we may have, and any limitation on the ability of our PRC subsidiary to make payments to us and any tax we are required to pay could have a material and adverse effect on our ability to conduct our business.”

48

Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth our capitalization as of June 30, 2021 presented on:

•        on an actual basis; and

•        on an as adjusted basis to reflect the issuance and sale of the Class A ordinary shares by us in this offering at the assumed initial public offering price of $4.50 per ordinary share, which is the midpoint of the estimated initial public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting the estimated discounts to the underwriter, non-accountable expense allowance and the estimated offering expenses payable by us and assuming no exercise of the underwriter’s over-allotment option.

You should read this table in conjunction with the information under “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus:

 

As of June 30, 2021

Actual

 

Pro Forma

 

Pro Forma As
Adjusted
(1)

(US$ in thousands, except for share and per share data)

Mezzanine equity

 

 

   

 

   

 

 

Redeemable ordinary
shares

 

$

14,104

 

$

 

$

Shareholder’s equity

 

 

   

 

   

 

 

Ordinary shares

 

 

1

 

 

1

 

 

1

Additional paid-in capital(2)

 

 

833

 

 

14,937

 

 

38,531

Retained earnings

 

 

15,838

 

 

15,838

 

 

15,838

Accumulated other comprehensive income

 

 

825

 

 

825

 

 

825

Total shareholder’s equity(2)

 

 

17,497

 

 

31,601

 

 

55,195

Total capitalization(2)

 

$

31,601

 

$

31,601

 

$

55,195

____________

Source: Federal Reserve Statistical Release

(1)      The pro forma information discussed above is illustrative only, reflecting the automatic conversion of all of our redeemable ordinary shares into 14,104,236 Class A ordinary shares immediately prior to the completion of this offering.

(2)      Reflects the sale of Class A ordinary shares in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $4.50 per share, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts, non-accountable expense allowance and estimated offering expenses payable by us. The pro forma as adjusted information is illustrative only, and we will adjust this information based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing. Additional paid-in capital reflects the net proceeds we expect to receive, after deducting the underwriting discounts, non-accountable expense allowance and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We estimate that such net proceeds will be approximately $23,593,827.

A $1.0 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $4.50 per Ordinary Share would increase (decrease) each of additional paid-in capital, total shareholders’            equity and total capitalization by $5,580,000, assuming the number of Class A ordinary shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts, non-accountable expense allowance and estimated expenses payable by us.

49

Table of Contents

DILUTION

If you invest in our Class A ordinary shares, your interest will be diluted for each ordinary share you purchase to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per ordinary share and our net tangible book value per ordinary share after this offering. Dilution results from the fact that the initial public offering price per ordinary share is substantially in excess of the net tangible book value per ordinary share attributable to the existing shareholders for our presently outstanding ordinary shares.

Our net tangible book value as of June 30, 2021, was $14,589,206, or $0.28 per ordinary share. Net tangible book value represents the amount of our total consolidated tangible assets, less the amount of our total consolidated liabilities. Dilution is determined by subtracting the net tangible book value per ordinary share (as adjusted for the offering) from the initial public offering price per ordinary share and after deducting the estimated discounts to the underwriter, non-accountable expense allowance and the estimated offering expenses payable by us.

After giving effect to our sale of 6,000,000 Class A ordinary shares offered in this offering based on the initial public offering price of $4.50 per Class A ordinary share, after deduction of the estimated discounts to the underwriter and the estimated offering expenses payable by us, our as adjusted net tangible book value as of June 30, 2021, would have been $52,287,269, or $0.89 per outstanding ordinary share. This represents an immediate increase in net tangible book value of $0.61 per Class A ordinary share to the existing shareholders, and an immediate dilution in net tangible book value of $3.61 per Class A ordinary share to investors purchasing Class A ordinary shares in this offering. The as adjusted information discussed above is illustrative only.

The following table illustrates such dilution:

 

Post-
Offering(1)

 

Full
Exercise of
Over-
Allotment
Option

Assumed Initial public offering price per Class A ordinary share

 

$

4.50

 

$

4.50

Net tangible book value per ordinary share as of June 30, 2021

 

$

0.28

 

$

0.28

As adjusted net tangible book value per ordinary share attributable to payments by
new investors

 

$

0.61

 

$

0.66

Pro forma net tangible book value per ordinary share immediately after this offering

 

$

0.89 

 

$

0.94

Amount of dilution in net tangible book value per Class A ordinary share to new investors in the offering

 

$

3.61

 

$

3.56

If the underwriter exercises its over-allotment option in full, the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per Class A ordinary share after the offering would be $0.94, the increase in net tangible book value per Class A ordinary share to existing shareholders would be $0.66, and the immediate dilution in net tangible book value per Class A ordinary share to new investors in this offering would be $3.56.

The following table summarizes, on a pro forma as adjusted basis as of June 30, 2021, the differences between existing shareholders and the new investors with respect to the number of ordinary shares purchased from us, the total consideration paid and the average price per ordinary share and per Class A ordinary share paid before deducting underwriting discounts, non-accountable expense allowance and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

Ordinary Shares
Purchased

 

Total Consideration

 

Average Price per Class A
Ordinary Share

Number

 

Percent

 

Amount

 

Percent

 

(US$ in thousands, except number of shares and percentages)

Existing shareholders

 

52,631,600

 

90

%

 

$

14,938

 

36

%

 

US$0.28

New investors

 

6,000,000

 

10

%

 

$

27,000

 

64

 

US$4.50

Total

 

58,631,600

 

100

%

 

$

41,938

 

100

%

   

The pro forma as adjusted information discussed above is illustrative only. Our net tangible book value following the completion of this offering is subject to adjustment based on the actual initial public offering price of the Class A ordinary shares and other terms of this offering determined at pricing.

50

Table of Contents

ENFORCEABILITY OF CIVIL LIABILITIES

We are incorporated under the laws of the Cayman Islands as an exempted company with limited liability. We are incorporated in the Cayman Islands in order to enjoy the following benefits:

•        political and economic stability;

•        an effective judicial system;

•        a favorable tax system;

•        the absence of exchange control or currency restrictions; and

•        the availability of professional and support services.

However, certain disadvantages accompany incorporation in the Cayman Islands. These disadvantages include:

•        the Cayman Islands has a less exhaustive body of securities laws than the United States and these securities laws provide significantly less protection to investors; and

•        Cayman Islands companies may not have standing to sue before the federal courts of the United States.

Our constitutional documents do not contain provisions requiring that disputes, including those arising under the securities laws of the United States, among us, our officers, directors and shareholders, be arbitrated.

We conduct a substantial amount of our operations in China, and a substantial amount of our assets are located in China. A majority our officers are nationals or residents of jurisdictions other than the United States and a substantial portion of their assets are located outside the United States. As a result, it may be difficult or impossible for a shareholder to effect service of process within the United States upon us or these persons, or to enforce against us or them judgments obtained in United States courts, including judgments predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the securities laws of the United States or any state in the United States. It may also be difficult for shareholder to enforce judgments obtained in U.S. courts based on the civil liability provisions of the U.S. federal securities laws against us and our executive officers and directors.

We have appointed Yan Tang located at 12000 Magnolia Ave, Suite 101, Riverside, CA 92503 as our agent upon whom process may be served in any action brought against us under the securities laws of the United States.

Conyers Dill & Pearman, our counsel as to Cayman Islands law, has advised us that there is uncertainty as to whether the courts in the Cayman Islands would (i) recognize or enforce judgments of United States courts obtained against us or our directors or officers predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the securities laws of the United States or any state in the United States or (ii) entertain original actions brought in the Cayman Islands against us or our directors or officers predicated upon the securities laws of the United States or any state in the United States.

Conyers Dill & Pearman has informed us that although there is no statutory enforcement in the Cayman Islands of judgments obtained in the federal or state courts of the United States (and the Cayman Islands are not a party to any treaties for the reciprocal enforcement or recognition of such judgments with the United States), the courts of the Cayman Islands would recognise as a valid judgment, a final and conclusive judgment in personam obtained in the federal or state courts of the United States against the Company under which a sum of money is payable (other than a sum of money payable in respect of multiple damages, taxes or other charges of a like nature or in respect of a fine or other penalty) or, in certain circumstances, an in personam judgment for non-monetary relief, and would give a judgment based thereon provided that (a) such courts had proper jurisdiction over the parties subject to such judgment; (b) such courts did not contravene the rules of natural justice of the Cayman Islands; (c) such judgment was not obtained by fraud; (d) the enforcement of the judgment would not be contrary to the public policy of the Cayman Islands; (e) no new admissible evidence relevant to the action is submitted prior to the rendering of the judgment by the courts of the Cayman Islands; and (f) there is due compliance with the correct procedures under the laws of the Cayman Islands. However, there is uncertainty with regard to Cayman Islands law on whether judgments of courts of the United States predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the securities laws of the United States or any State will be determined by the courts of the Cayman Islands penal or punitive in nature. If such a determination is made, the courts of the Cayman Islands will not recognize or enforce the judgment against a Cayman Islands company, such as our company. Because such a determination in relation to judgments obtained from U.S. courts under civil liability

51

Table of Contents

provisions of U.S. securities laws has not yet been made by a court of the Cayman Islands, it is uncertain whether such judgments would be enforceable in the Cayman Islands. A Cayman Islands court may stay enforcement proceedings if concurrent proceedings are being brought elsewhere.

JunHe LLP, our counsel as to PRC law, has advised us that there is uncertainty as to whether PRC courts would (i) recognize or enforce judgments of United States courts obtained against us or our directors or officers predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the securities laws of the United States or any state in the United States, or (ii) entertain original actions brought in each respective jurisdiction against us or our directors or officers predicated upon the securities laws of the United States or any state in the United States.

JunHe LLP has further advised us that the PRC Civil Procedures Law governs the recognition and enforcement of foreign judgments. PRC courts may recognize and enforce foreign judgments in accordance with the PRC Civil Procedures Law based either on treaties between China and the country where the judgment is made or on principles of reciprocity between jurisdictions.

The PRC does not have any treaties or other agreements with the United States or the Cayman Islands that provide for the reciprocal recognition and enforcement of foreign judgments. In addition, according to the PRC Civil Procedures Law, courts in the PRC will not enforce a foreign judgment against us or our directors and officers if they determine that the judgment violates the basic principles of PRC law or national sovereignty, security or public interest. As a result, it is uncertain whether a PRC court would enforce a judgment rendered by a court in the United States or the Cayman Islands. Under the PRC Civil Procedures Law, foreign shareholders may originate actions based on PRC law against us in the PRC, if they can establish sufficient nexus to the PRC for a PRC court to have jurisdiction, and meet other procedural requirements, including, among others, the plaintiff must have a direct interest in the case, and there must be a concrete claim, a factual basis and a cause for the suit.

In addition, it will be difficult for U.S. shareholders to originate actions against us in China in accordance with PRC laws because we are incorporated under the laws of the Cayman Islands and it will be difficult for U.S. shareholders, by virtue only of holding our Class A ordinary shares, to establish a connection to China for a PRC court to have jurisdiction as required under the PRC Civil Procedures Law.

52

Table of Contents

CORPORATE HISTORY AND STRUCTURE

Our founders, Mr. Weidong Gu, Mr. Shaofang Weng, Mr. Zhisheng Cheng and Mr. Qilong Yang and other shareholders established our operating subsidiaries, Jiangxi Yibo in January 2011 and Aster BVI in February 2011, respectively. In March 2011, we incorporated Aster US in the State of California as a limited liability company, which later served as our sales headquarter for the North American market. In July 2011, we incorporated Aster NL in the Netherlands as a limited liability company, which later became our headquarter serving mainly the European market. In February 2012, we commenced our operations of our first online retail store on Amazon. Since 2012, Mr. Weidong Gu assumed leadership of our operations. Mr. Gu had a strong vision to seize the potential business opportunity in the compatible toner cartridge industry and led our Company with a focus on research and development, patent protection, manufacturing operations as well as overseas sales operations. Through Mr. Weidong Gu and the management team’s continuous leadership and contributions over the years, we have expanded our footprint to the U.S. and European markets. We currently own over 300 registered patents in the U.S., Europe, Japan and the PRC for the production process, equipment and proprietary technologies we developed relating to the manufacture of our compatible toner cartridges. Currently we also operate 11 online retail stores on online selling platforms, which help us expand our reach to end consumers.

In August 2019, we incorporated Aster Group International, which later changed its name to Planet Image International Limited, under the laws of the Cayman Islands as our offshore holding company to facilitate offshore financing.

From July 2019 to March 2020, in anticipation of the proposed initial public offering, we completed a series of reorganizational steps.

The following diagram illustrates our corporate structure as of the date of this prospectus, including our principal subsidiaries and other entities that are material to our business:

Note:

Through Aster Online Company Limited, we also directly own 100% of equity interests of 11 limited liability companies incorporated in Hong Kong in March 2020, namely Peony Trade Co., Limited, White Poplar Co., Limited,

53

Table of Contents

Joyful Product Trade Co., Limited, Grand Future Trade Co., Limited, Oriental Poetry Co., Limited, Prosperity Product Trade Co., Limited, Atlantic Marketing Co., Limited, Pigeon King Co., Limited, Dragon Product Trade Co., Limited, Plum Blossom Co., Limited and Blue Ocean Product Trade Co., Limited.

These above-mentioned 11 limited liability companies have no operations but instead purely serve as holding companies for the online shops we set up in various jurisdictions, including seven online shops we set up in Hong Kong, one in the Netherlands and three in California, United States, including Your Office Supplies Company Limited, Iprint Enterprise Limited, Amstech Limited and Aztech Enterprise Limited, formed in Hong Kong in 2016; Supplies4u Limited and Access Supplies Limited, formed in Hong Kong in 2017; and Dellon Technology Company Limited (formerly known as C’anon H-Pixel Building B’rother Enterprise Limited), formed in Hong Kong in 2018; Proimage B.V., formed in the Netherlands in 2014; Eco Imaging Inc., Revol Trading Inc. and Intercon International Corp., incorporated in the State of California in 2012. All these 11 online shops are directly wholly-owned by the above-mentioned holding companies and all their accounts and transactions have been consolidated into Aster Online Company Limited and ultimately into the accounts of the Company.

Currently, we directly hold 100% equity interests in our subsidiaries, and we do not currently use a VIE structure.

54

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with our financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. This discussion contains forward-looking statements reflecting our current expectations that involve risks and uncertainties. See “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” for a discussion of the uncertainties, risks, and assumptions associated with these statements. Actual results and the timing of events could differ materially from those discussed in our forward-looking statements as a result of many factors, including those set forth under “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus.

Overview

We are a leading export-oriented manufacturer and seller of compatible toner cartridges based in China, the U.S. and Europe with the mission to deliver high-quality and cost-effective printing solutions to consumers around the world with our proprietary technology, research and development capabilities and our integrated and localized sales, logistics and service platform. According to the CIC Report, we were the second largest compatible cartridge manufacturer in the world with a market share of approximately 12.2% in terms of manufacturers’ retail value in global markets for the year ended December 31, 2020. We ranked first in the U.S. and second in Europe in terms of market share for the year ended December 31, 2020.

We primarily develop and manufacture compatible toner cartridges that can be used for a wide range of commonly available models of laser printers from different manufacturers, on a white-label or third-party brand basis or under our self-owned brands. We have a wide international footprint through our offline sales channels, and our products are mainly sold to customers in the U.S. and Germany. We also have online sales channels that allow our self-owned brands have a global reach. Our customers range from wholesalers, dealers to retail customers. We believe that our integrated business model encompassing a value chain from our research and development, patented technology, manufacturing, and operating our own localized sales branches and online sales channels, allows us to capture industry opportunities in a timely manner and provides us with significant growth potential. During the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020 and the six months ended June 30, 2021, our revenue was primarily generated from our customers in the U.S. and Europe.

We sell our products: (i) to offline overseas customers who own their brands on an ODM basis; (ii) to offline overseas dealers who primarily resell our white-label products to end consumers; and (iii) directly to customers on a retail basis under our self-owned brands through online retail platforms. There is no major difference in terms of product capability between our ODM products and white-label products, and the main difference lies in product packaging and pricing.

Our revenue increased by US$12.8 million, or 21.6%, from US$58.9 million for the six months ended June 30, 2020 to US$71.7 million for the six months ended June 30, 2021. Our net income increased by US$4.7 million, or 246.6%, from US$1.9 million for the six months ended June 30, 2020 to US$6.6 million for the six months ended June 30, 2021, which was mainly due to (i) the recovery of our business operations from the impact of COVID-19 which led to an increase of sales volume by 22.5% and an increase of gross profit in the amount of US$5.2 million accordingly, (ii) decreased tariff expenditures in the amount of US$0.6 million resulted from U.S-China trade war as the tax rate decreased from 15.0% to 7.5% starting from February 2020, and (iii) decreased consulting fees in the amount of US$1.4 million.

Our revenue increased from US$115.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 to US$132.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2020, representing a growth of 15.0%. Our net income decreased from US$9.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 to US$4.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2020, which was mainly due to (i) the impact of COVID-19 which led to increased ocean freight costs and declined wholesales business of higher profit margin products in North America and Europe; (ii) the impact of U.S-China trade war resulting in additional tariff expenditure; and (iii) the professional service fees relating to our planned public listing efforts.

Major Factors Affecting Our Results of Operations

Our business and results of operations are affected by a number of general factors that impact compatible toner cartridge industry including, among others, economic, political and social conditions in the PRC, export regulations or enforcement, economic and regulatory conditions or global trade policy of the U.S. or Europe, changes in the business strategies of U.S. customers or Europe customers, any increase in customer demand for our products, raw material costs, and the competitive environment. Unfavorable changes in any of these general factors could adversely affect demand for our products and materially and adversely affect our results of operations.

55

Table of Contents

While our business is influenced by these general factors, our results of operations are more directly affected by the following company-specific factors.

Our ability to retain existing customers or attract new customers

The compatible toner cartridge market is characterized by rapid technological development and continual introduction of new models. As a specialized manufacturer of toner cartridges, our future success depends largely on the number of customers using our products. To successfully maintain customer basis relies heavily upon excellent product quality and functionality, and prompt responses to the latest developments in the compatible toner cartridge market. Some factors that may affect our ability to meet customer demands and to attract customers include: our ability to (i) develop or acquire the necessary technical know-hows to design and manufacture new products and to enhance or adapt existing products to respond to changes in printer technologies, market trends and customer demands; (ii) manage our growth while maintaining the consistency of our product quality, promote our products to a broader base of prospective customers; and (iii) provide satisfactory customer support and after-sale services in a timely manner. We believe our strong design, research and development capabilities represent a key strength that allows us to provide patent-compliant products with advanced technologies to our customers.

Our ability to manage inventories efficiently

Our inventories consist of raw materials, work-in-progress and finished goods. For self-brand products and white-label products, our sales and marketing department, based on their understanding of historical sales and perceived market trends, formulates annual sales targets at our Company’s level and at the regional level. We manufacture our ODM products on a made-to-order basis. We believe that maintaining an appropriate level of inventories helps us deliver our products to meet the market demands in a timely manner. Meanwhile, it is critical to keep close observation on changing sales condition due to change in consumer demand or preferences, change of marketing strategy by our customers or incorrect estimation of the market demand for our products, as well as technological upgrades of printer which renders our toner cartridge which makes our toner cartridge not compatible with it anymore and exposes us to risks of obsolete inventories. Our research and development capabilities have been instrumental to the quality and time-to-market of our products, which are our key strengths.

Our ability to establish higher price of our products

Our results of operations are affected by the pricing of our products. For ODM products and white-label products, we generally price our products on the basis of a cost-plus calculation of the costs involved in manufacturing, and with reference to the prevailing market prices. For our self-brand products sold on an online e-commerce selling platform, we generally set our retail price based on our base selling prices, marketing expenses, fees paid to Amazon and eBay (collectively as the “Online Selling Platforms”), different brand positioning and prices of competing products. We are generally able to charge higher price of our products as a result of our localized operation and ancillary services provided to offline customers including drop ship service, private labeling and customized packing services. We believe that the quality and reliability of our products coupled with our localized customer services are vital in maintaining customer loyalty and upholding our reputation and higher price of our products.

Our ability to control production and material costs

Our cost of inventory sold mainly consists of the raw materials used in our production of toner cartridges such as OPC drums, toner and chips which form a major part of our cost of sales. We source our raw materials predominantly from PRC suppliers. The prices of our raw materials are largely dependent on market forces, such as fluctuations of commodity prices, market supply and demand, and logistics and transport costs. As our business further grows in scale and we establish ourselves as a major player in the China compatible toner cartridges industry, we expect to have higher bargaining power and hence more favorable terms from suppliers, including pricing and payment terms.

Impact of the U.S.-China trade war

Currently, U.S. and China trade policy has given rise to the imposition of significant additional tariffs on products imported into the United States from China, and vice versa, under Sections 201 and 301 of the Trade Act. To date, four lists of products imported from China, identified by Harmonised Tariff Schedules of the United States (“HTSUS”), have been issued with various tariff impositions. Products classified under HTSUS 8443.99.2550, which includes toner cartridges, i.e., as parts and accessories of printers, are subject to additional tariffs. Specifically, under

56

Table of Contents

the List 4A $300 Billion Tariff Action, a 15% tariff was imposed on approximately US$300 billion worth of Chinese goods, which became effective in two batches, on September 1, 2019 and December 15, 2019 respectively. After the U.S. and the PRC governments reached the Phase One trade agreement on December 13, 2019, which was subsequently signed on January 15, 2020, the U.S. government announced that the imposition of 15% tariff on the second batch of goods was suspended indefinitely. In addition, the 15% tariff on the first batch of goods was reduced from 15% to 7.5% since February 14, 2020. Due to the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic and recent changes in global political environment, as of the date of this prospectus, there is no concrete expected time when a complete trade deal could be reached between the two countries or if the commitments made under phase one would be honored.

For the six months ended June 30, 2020 and 2021, our tariff expenditures were US$1.4 million and US$0.8 million, respectively. For the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020, our tariff expenditures were US$1.0 million and US$2.7 million due to the imposed additional tariffs. Fortunately, given that China has large production volume of compatible toner cartridges along with its cost advantages, quality assurance, mature operational experience and reliable manufacturing supply chain, customers located in the U.S. had difficulty seeking for alternative suppliers outside China or to build local factories for producing compatible toner cartridges with comparable price and quality. Therefore, we took a series of actions in a cooperative way to alleviate the adverse impact of imposed tariff, including, but not limited to: (i) negotiating with downstream end customers in the U.S. to switch to FOB shipping arrangement from DDP shipping arrangement; and (ii) shifting part of the costs of tariff to upstream compatible toner cartridge material manufacturers and downstream end customers in the U.S. by charging certain extra expenses. We will continue to adopt further practical measures to moderate the negative impact of imposed export tariff.

Impact of the COVID-19 pandemic in 2020 and the Six Months Ended June 30, 2021

Our operations have been adversely affected by the COVID-19 pandemic in both production and sales. Since the beginning of 2020, the COVID-19 pandemic has resulted in the temporary closure of many corporate offices and manufacturing facilities across China. In response to the COVID-19 pandemic, the Chinese government took a number of actions, such as extending the Chinese New Year holiday, quarantining individuals infected with or suspected of having COVID-19, imposing travel restrictions, encouraging employees of enterprises to work remotely from home, and cancelling public activities, among others. To protect the health and well-being of our employees and in support of efforts to control the spread of the pandemic, we began controlling the number of workers in the factory down to one-fifth of its usual scale during February 2020. Since that time, our headquarters, offices and factory have been operating in a disciplined manner. In early March 2020, we fully resumed operation. Benefited from the strict quarantine policies implemented by the Chinese government, we have been able to operate our factory at full capacity, and we have maintained our stable workforce and productivity.

The COVID-19 pandemic also negatively affected our supply chain and supply of raw materials during the initial outbreak of the COVID-19 pandemic from January 2020 to February 2020, which delayed the delivery of some sales orders. After the supply of raw materials returned to normal, we designed long-term purchase plan in accordance with our production plan. Compared to the total purchase amount for the year ended December 31, 2019, the purchase amount for the year ended December 31, 2020 increased by 44.7% to US$78.7 million. Meanwhile, we managed to apply bank acceptance notes to more suppliers, which extended the timing of our payment term to some suppliers by 60 to 90 days.

In addition, as impacted by the COVID-19 pandemic, the turnover of the international ocean shipping became more fluctuant and freight costs increased. To mitigate the adverse impact of extended shipping period, we store additional inventories in our warehouses in Europe and North America, which at maximum could store inventories that satisfy our daily sales for two months. In response to the increase of freight costs, we charged downstream end customers extra transportation expenses or switched shipping arrangement to FOB from DDP. We have been closely monitoring the situation of international ocean shipping and will take appropriate actions to maintain adequate inventory level at our overseas warehouses.

As every coin has two sides, the COVID-19 pandemic also brought us new opportunities. Firstly, since we resumed production earlier than most of our competitors, we seized more orders when the overseas demand of compatible toner cartridges was still at normal level. Secondly, we adjusted our production strategies in response to changes in market demand. In the early stage of the pandemic, certain countries and regions implemented measures to contain the spread of the virus, including city lockdowns, school closures, stay-at-home mandates and work from home policies. The decreasing business activities resulted in decreasing demand for office supplies, including compatible toner cartridges.

57

Table of Contents

At this stage, as people were required to stay at home, demand for home-based printing increased, and the demand of desktop home printers and toner cartridges increases significantly. We adjusted our production strategy in accordance with this market trend by producing increasing number of cartridge toners for home-based printers.

Another noticeable trend during the COVID-19 pandemic is the extremely fast-growing online sales. Despite the initial negative impact in the early stage of COVID-19 pandemic when Amazon partially suspended its warehousing and delivery service for sellers on its online platform in order to prioritize delivery of cleaning, antiseptics, food items and other high-demand products, the online sales channel experienced fast growth during the COVID-19 pandemic as more consumers switched to online purchases. For the year ended December 31, 2020, our online sales were US$35.6 million, representing an increase of US$5.5 million or 18.4% compared to online sales of US$30.1 million of for the year ended December 31, 2019. For the six months ended June 30, 2021, our online sales were US$15.8 million, representing a slight decrease of US$0.7 million, or 4.7%, compared to online sales of US$16.5 million of for the six months ended June 30, 2020, due to increased competition from an increased number of competitors that commenced or expanded their online sales business. Under this circumstance, utilizing our well-established and efficient warehouse logistic system, we seized the opportunity to turn some of these new online competitors in the U.S. and Europe, who are relatively small-size and with higher demand for local supply of compatible toner cartridges, into our offline customers by offering our products to them, which led to an increase in our offline sales of US$8.2 million for the six months ended June 30, 2021 compared to the same period in 2020. The COVID-19 pandemic did not materially adversely affect our collection of accounts receivables as (i) we maintained our business relationships with our ODM customers and dealers, (ii) sales to retail customers through online channels are not subject to collection risks, and (iii) we maintained export credit insurance, which helped mitigating our collection risks.

In response to the uncertainties related to COVID-19 pandemic in the long term, and given that our sales are mainly derived from the U.S. and Europe, we expect to adopt the following business strategies: (i) to further expand our presence and increase our sales through online channels to retail customers, and (ii) increase our efforts in developing new offline dealer customers in Europe and the U.S., who primarily resell compatible toner cartridges to end customers through online channels.

Besides, in response to the national prevention policy for COVID-19 pandemic, we have undertaken a series of preventive measures such as disinfecting the offices, distributing face masks, and monitoring the temperature of our employees to ensure their health and safety, which measures only slightly increased our expenditures. According to the government policy, we have taken advantage of reduced social insurance contributions that we were required to make for employees for several months. For bank loans and other obligations, we timely settled interest or principal payments. On February 1, 2020, the People’s Bank of China, the Ministry of Finance and other three departments jointly issued the Notice on Further Strengthening Financial Support for the Prevention and Control of Novel Coronavirus Outbreak to ensure the provision of financial services and to restrain financial institutions from blindly withdrawing or cutting off loans. The COVID-19 pandemic did not affect our ability to access our traditional funding sources on the same or reasonably similar terms. For the six months ended June 30, 2020 and 2021, our weighted average interest rates of short-term loans outstanding were 4.12% and 4.15% per annum, respectively.

We do not anticipate any impairment of long-lived asset as there is no indicator on our plant and equipment, right of use assets and land-use right which are all under normal operation and utilization. We also do not identify any significant changes in judgments in determining the fair-value of assets as prices and other relevant information generated from market transactions involving identical or comparable assets have not fluctuate significantly.

Currently, under the negative economic impact of COVDI-19 pandemic, we expect that most companies will choose budget-friendly office products. Compatible toner cartridges, as the cost-effective alternative for original-brand toner cartridges, may experience higher demand in such period. If the COVID-19 pandemic starts to recover, we expect that as more countries and cities remove restrictive measures, business activities will gradually resume and the demand for corporate printing and toner cartridges will recover.

We are closely monitoring the development of the COVID-19 pandemic and will take prompt measures to minimize any potential impact on our business.

58

Table of Contents

Impact of foreign exchange fluctuation

We derive a substantial portion of our revenue in US$ and Euro. Foreign exchange rate fluctuations may adversely affect our business and performance. Our sales are predominantly denominated in US$ and Euro while our costs are mostly denominated in RMB. The exchange rates between US$, Euro and RMB are subject to continuous movements affected by international political and economic conditions and changes in the PRC government’s economic and monetary policies. As we derive a substantial portion of our revenue in US$ and Euros while a substantial portion of our costs are denominated in RMB, appreciation of RMB against US$, which is our reporting currency, will therefore directly decrease our profit margin if we are unable to increase the selling prices of our products accordingly. If we increase the selling prices of our products as a result of the appreciation of the RMB against the relevant foreign currencies, there would result in a loss of price advantage in the markets.

In addition, we are subject to translation risks as our consolidated financial statements are reported in US$ while the financial statements of some operating subsidiaries are prepared in RMB and Euros, the currency of the primary economies in which our operations are based. We recorded a currency translation gain of US$0.4 million and a translation loss of US$1.4 million for the six months ended June 30, 2020 and 2021, respectively. In addition, we recorded a currency translation gain of US$1.2 million and US$0.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020, respectively. Accordingly, we may incur currency translation losses or gains due to translation of functional currency into the presentation currency which may adversely affect our financial position.

Results of operations

Comparison of Results of Operations for the Six Months Ended June 30, 2020 and 2021

The following table sets forth a summary of our consolidated results of operations for the periods (unaudited) indicated. This information should be read together with our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. The operating results in any period are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for any future period.

 

For the Six Months Ended
June 30,

 

Change

   
   

2020

 

2021

 

Amount

 

%

   

(in USD in thousands)

Net revenue

 

$

58,931

 

 

$

71,684

 

 

$

12,753

 

 

21.64

%

Cost of revenue

 

 

(36,183

)

 

 

(43,749

)

 

 

(7,566

)

 

20.91

%

Gross profit

 

 

22,748

 

 

 

27,935

 

 

 

5,187

 

 

22.80

%

Operating expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

Selling expenses

 

 

(14,381

)

 

 

(15,663

)

 

 

(1,282

)

 

8.91

%

General and administrative expenses

 

 

(3,998

)

 

 

(3,004

)

 

 

994

 

 

(24.86

)%

Research and development expenses

 

 

(1,838

)

 

 

(2,667

)

 

 

(829

)

 

45.10

%

Total operating expenses

 

 

(20,217

)

 

 

(21,334

)

 

 

(1,117

)

 

5.53

%

Income from operations

 

 

2,531

 

 

 

6,601

 

 

 

4,070

 

 

160.81

%

Other income (expenses):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

Other non-operating income, net

 

 

183

 

 

 

792

 

 

 

609

 

 

332.79

%

Government subsidy

 

 

432

 

 

 

228

 

 

 

(204

)

 

(47.22

)%

Financial and interest expenses, net

 

 

(962

)

 

 

(272

)

 

 

690

 

 

(71.73

)%

Total other income

 

 

(347

)

 

 

748

 

 

 

1,095

 

 

(315.56

)%

Income before income tax expense

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

Income tax expense

 

 

(292

)

 

 

(792

)

 

 

(500

)

 

171.23

%

Net income

 

$

1,892

 

 

$

6,557

 

 

$

4,665

 

 

246.56

%

59

Table of Contents

Net revenue

We generate revenue primarily from the sales of compatible toner cartridges and, to a lesser extent, from the sales of certain ancillary components of toner cartridges to our customers offline and online. For the six months ended June 30, 2020 and 2021, our total revenue was US$58.9 million and US$71.7 million, respectively. During the periods, we derived substantially all of our revenue from sales of compatible toner cartridge products in North America, Europe and other countries primarily including Australia.

The following table sets forth our revenue by sales channel for the periods (unaudited) indicated.

 

For the Six Months Ended
June 30,

 

Change

   

2020

 

2021

 

Amount

 

%

   

(in USD in thousands)

Offline

 

$

42,403

 

$

55,932

 

$

13,529

 

 

31.91

%

Online

 

 

16,528

 

 

15,752

 

 

(776

)

 

(4.69

)%

Total

 

$

58,931

 

$

71,684

 

$

12,753

 

 

21.64

%

For our offline sales, we mainly sell (i) ODM products and (ii) white-label products through our offline channels.

Our revenue from offline sales increased by 31.91% from US$42.4 million for the six months ended June 30, 2020 to US$55.9 million for the six months ended June 30, 2021, which was primarily attributable to (i) an increasing demand for our white-label products as more toner cartridge dealers expanded their online sales channels and became our customers to purchase products from us through offline channels that brought us revenue growth of US$8.2 million; (ii) our efficient warehouse logistic system enables us to maintain healthy and steady relationships with our customers; and (iii) less impact of the COVID-19 pandemic due to a decrease in the restrictive measures.

For our online sales, we mainly sell self-brand products through the Online Selling Platforms. Our revenue generated from online sales slightly decreased by 4.7% from US$16.5 million for the six months ended June 30, 2020 to US$15.8 million for the six months ended June 30, 2021, which was primarily due to increased competition from an increased number of competitors that commenced or expanded their online sales business. We utilized our well-established and efficient warehouse logistic system and became the offline suppliers of some of these competitors, resulting in a significant increase in our offline sales, offsetting the decrease in online sales.

The majority of our revenue for the six months ended June 30, 2020 and 2021 was mainly generated from Europe and North America. The following table sets forth the disaggregation of revenue by area:

 

For the Six Months Ended
June 30,

 

Change

   

2020

 

2021

 

Amount

 

%

   

(in USD in thousand)

North America

 

$

30,921

 

$

41,410

 

$

10,489

 

33.92

%

Europe

 

 

26,937

 

 

27,894

 

 

957

 

3.55

%

Others

 

 

1,073

 

 

2,380

 

 

1,307

 

121.81

%

Total

 

$

58,931

 

$

71,684

 

$

12,753

 

21.64

%

Our revenue generated from North America increased by 33.92% from US$30.9 million for the six months ended June 30, 2020 to US$41.4 million for the six months ended June 30, 2021, which was primarily attributable to (i) an increasing demand for our white-label products as more companies expanded their online sales channels and made purchases from us; and (ii) less impact of the COVID-19 pandemic due to a decrease in the local restrictive measures.

Our revenue generated from Europe increased slightly by 3.6% from US$26.9 million for the six months ended June 30, 2020 to US$27.9 million for the six months ended June 30, 2021, which was primarily because we resumed our production early and was able to capture more market demand in 2020, while in 2021 the demand decreased, resulting in a slight decrease in the sales of our ODM products.

60

Table of Contents

Our revenue generated from Others increased by 121.8% from US$1.1 million for the six months ended June 30, 2020 to US$2.4 million for the six months ended June 30, 2021, which was primarily attributable to the recovery from the COVID-19 pandemic, our continued efforts in expanding South American market since 2020 and beginning of Chinese market expansion, resulting in a total increase in the sales of US$0.9 million

Cost of revenue

Our cost of revenue primarily consists of the following components: (i) inventory costs, which primarily include procurement costs for chips, toner and OPC drum; (ii) staff costs, which consist of salaries and benefits of workers; (iii) depreciation expense relating to the depreciation of our plant, property and equipment used for production; (iv) freight charges incurred by us for delivering products from our factories to our warehouses abroad; (v) tariffs imposed to our products sold in the U.S.; and (vi) others, which primarily include overhead costs relating to consumables and electricity used for production.

Our cost of revenue increased by 20.9% from US$36.2 million for the six months ended June 30, 2020 to US$43.7 million for the six months ended June 30, 2021, which was primarily attributable to an increase in our sales volume, which increased our costs accordingly, such as a total increase in raw materials costs and manufacturing expenses of US$7.8 million, which was offset by a decrease in tariff expenses as the tax rate decreased from 15.0% to 7.5% from February 2020.

Gross profit and gross profit margin

Gross profit represents our revenue less cost of sales. Our gross profit margin represents our gross profit as a percentage of our revenue. For the six months ended June 30, 2020 and 2021, our gross profit was US$22.7 million and US$27.9 million, respectively, and our gross profit margins were 38.6% and 39.0%, respectively.

The following table sets forth our gross profit and gross profit margin by sales channel for the periods (unaudited) indicated.

 

For the Six Months Ended
June 30,

 

Change

   

2020

 

2021

 

Amount

 

%

   

Gross
Profit

 

Gross Profit Margin

 

Gross
Profit

 

Gross Profit Margin

 

Gross
Profit

   
   

(in USD in thousand)

Offline

 

$

11,303

 

26.7

%

 

$

16,787

 

30.0

%

 

5,484

 

 

48.52

%

Online

 

 

11,445

 

69.2

%

 

 

11,148

 

70.7

%

 

(297

)

 

(2.60

)%

Total

 

$

22,748

 

38.6

%

 

$

27,935

 

39.0

%

 

5,187

 

 

22.80

%

Gross profit of offline sales increased by 48.52% from $11.3 million for the six months ended June 30, 2020 to $16.8 million for the six months ended June 30, 2021 and the gross profit margin increased from 26.7% to 30.0%, primarily due to (i) an increase in sales volume by 24.7%, and the increasing proportion of sales to offline overseas dealers with higher gross profit margin resulting in an increase of US$4.2 million; (ii) we slightly increased the pricing of our products because of increasing freight charges in order to maintain a steady profit level; (iii) a decrease in labor costs, for we provided higher compensation to our manufacturing workers as we resumed our production early in February 2020; and (iv) a decrease in tariff expenditures as the tax rate was reduced from 15% to 7.5% starting from February 2020.

Gross profit margin for online sales of self-brand products slightly increased at 70.8% for the six months ended June 30, 2021 compared with 69.2% for the six months ended June 30, 2020, primarily because of the decrease of the labor costs and tariff expenditures.

Selling expenses

Selling expenses primarily consist of: (i) salaries and benefits for our sales and marketing personnel; (ii) sales commission of the Online Selling Platforms; (iii) freight charges from our warehouses to our customers; (iv) traveling expenses incurred by our sales and marketing personnel for business purposes; and (v) advertising and marketing

61

Table of Contents

expenses for promotion; (vi) depreciation relating to property, plant and equipment and leased properties used for selling and marketing purposes; and (vii) others, which primarily includes low-value consumables, office expenses, and consulting expenses.

Our selling expenses increased by 8.9% from US$14.4 million for the six months ended June 30, 2020 to US$15.7 million for the six months ended June 30, 2021. The increase was due to (i) an increase in staff expense of US$1.4 million as the number of staff increased mainly in our sales offices in the PRC, France and Germany and an increased amount of salaries paid to our staff, and (ii) an increase in the advertising and marketing expenses for online channels of US$0.4 million, offset by a decrease in freight charges of US$0.7 million from our warehouses to customers due to decreased freight charges by Amazon and our improved packing techniques with greater efficiency.

General and administrative expenses

General and administrative expenses primarily consist of: (i) salaries and benefits for our administrative personnel; (ii) depreciation and amortization expenses relating to our property, plant and equipment and leased properties used for administrative purposes; (iii) bank charges for various bank transactions in the ordinary course of our business; (iv) office expenses, represents expenses for office supplies and consumables; (v) utilities which is primarily represented by water, electricity charges for administrative purposes; (vi) legal and professional fees, which primarily represented fees we paid for legal services in the ordinary course of our business, including tax filings and review, consultation and regulation of patents and trademarks, contract dispute resolution, among others and legal, accounting and consulting fees we paid in connection with the our planned public listing efforts; (vii) others, which primarily include utilities, traveling, repair and maintenance, recruitment expenses, and other miscellaneous expenses for administrative purposes.

Our general and administrative expenses decreased by 24.9% from US$4.0 million for the six months ended June 30, 2020 to US$3.0 million for the six months ended June 30, 2021, which was primarily attributable to (i) a decrease in consulting fees and other professional service fees of US$1.4 million, and (ii) an increase of US$0.4 million due to an increased average number of management officers from 153 to 166.

Research and development expenses

Research and development expenses primarily include: (i) costs for procuring materials for research and development activities; (ii) salaries and benefits for research and development personnel; (iii) depreciation, which represents depreciation expenses for property, plant and equipment used for research and development purposes; (iv) patent registration related expenses and patent litigation expenses; and (v) others, which primarily include consumables, traveling expenses, utilities and miscellaneous expenses.

Our research and develop expenses increased by 45.1% from US$1.8 million for the six months ended June 30, 2020 to US$2.7 million for the six months ended June 30, 2021, which was primarily attributable to (i) an increase in materials consumption used for research activities of US$0.5 million; and (ii) an increase in staff costs of US$0.1 million.

Other income (expenses)

Other income primarily consists of: (i) government subsidy for research and development activities and award for tax contribution; (ii) other non-operating income, inclusive of packing and labeling service fees, which represent fees we receive from providing services of adding labels with our customers’ brand names and contact information on our white-label products, and sales of scrap materials, which represented sales of excess miscellaneous materials left over from our production; and (iii) interest expense on short-term bank borrowings, foreign exchange gains or losses and interest expense on lease liabilities, which is non-cash and calculated as the difference between lease payments and the net present value of the lease payment over the entire term of the lease.

Our other non-operating income increased by US$0.6 million and our government subsidy decreased slightly by US$0.2 million, respectively, in the six months ended June 30, 2021 compared to the six months ended June 30, 2020. Financial and interest expenses decreased by 71.7% from US$1.0 million for the six months ended June 30, 2020 to US$0.3 million for the six months ended June 30, 2021, primarily due to the increase of favorable exchange rate fluctuations of US$0.8 million.

62

Table of Contents

Income tax expenses

Cayman Islands

Our Company was incorporated in the Cayman Islands as an exempted company with limited liability under the Companies Act of the Cayman Islands and accordingly is not subject to income tax from business carried in the Cayman Islands.

British Virgin Islands

Our Company’s directly held subsidiaries were incorporated in the BVI as business companies with limited liability under the BVI Business Companies Act and accordingly are not subject to income tax from business carried on in the BVI.

Other Overseas tax jurisdictions

Our Company’s other subsidiaries were incorporated and operated in U.S., Netherlands, the United Kingdom, Italy, Germany and France with tax rates ranging from 16.5% to 35.0%.

PRC

Generally, our PRC subsidiaries are subject to enterprise income tax on their taxable income in China at a statutory rate of 25%, except for our certain PRC subsidiaries that are qualified as high and new technology enterprises under the PRC Enterprise Income Tax Law and are eligible for a preferential enterprise income tax rate of 15%. The enterprise income tax is calculated based on the entity’s global income as determined under PRC tax laws and accounting standards.

Our products are primarily subject to value-added tax at a rate of 13% on sales of compatible toner cartridges, in each case less any deductible value-added tax we have already paid or born. We are also subject to surcharges on value-added tax payments in accordance with PRC law.

Dividends paid by our PRC subsidiaries in China to our Hong Kong subsidiaries will be subject to a withholding tax rate of 10%, unless the relevant Hong Kong entity satisfies all the requirements under the Double Taxation Avoidance Arrangement and receives approval from the relevant tax authority. If our Hong Kong subsidiaries satisfy all the requirements under the tax arrangement and receive approval from the relevant tax authority, then the dividends paid to the Hong Kong subsidiaries would be subject to withholding tax at the standard rate of 5%. Effective from November 1, 2015, the above-mentioned approval requirement has been abolished, but a Hong Kong entity is still required to file application package with the relevant tax authority, and settle the overdue taxes if the preferential 5% tax rate is denied based on the subsequent review of the application package by the relevant tax authority.

If we or any of our subsidiaries outside of China were deemed to be a “resident enterprise” under the PRC Enterprise Income Tax Law, it would be subject to enterprise income tax on its worldwide income at a rate of 25%.

Under the PRC Enterprise Income Tax Law and the Notice on Improvements to Policies of Weighted Pre-tax Deduction of Research and Development Expenses, research and development expenses incurred by an enterprise in the course of carrying out research and development activities that have not formed intangible assets and are included in the profit and loss account for the current year. Starting from January 1, 2021, besides deducting the actual amount of research and development expenses incurred, an enterprise is allowed an additional 100% deduction of the amount in calculating its taxable income for the relevant year, the rate of which was 75% before 2021. For research and development expenses that have formed intangible assets, the tax amortization is based on 200% of the costs of the intangible assets, the rate of which was 175% before 2020.

Our income tax expenses increased by 183.6% from US$0.3 million for the six months ended June 30, 2020 to US$0.8 million for the six months ended June 30, 2021, which was primarily due to the increase in the taxable income as in the six months ended June 30, 2021.

63

Table of Contents

Net income

As a result of the foregoing, our net income increased by 246.6% from US$1.9 million for the six months ended June 30, 2020 to US$6.6 million for the six months ended June 30, 2021.

Comparison of Results of Operations for the years Ended December 31, 2019 and 2020

The following table sets forth a summary of our consolidated results of operations for the years indicated. This information should be read together with our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. The operating results in any year are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for any future period.

 

For the Years Ended
December 31,

 

Change

   

2019

 

2020

 

Amount

 

%

   

(in USD in thousands)

Net revenue

 

$

115,440

 

 

$

132,791

 

 

$

17,351

 

 

15.0

%

Cost of revenue

 

 

(68,377

)

 

 

(84,364

)

 

 

(15,987

)

 

23.4

%

Gross profit

 

 

47,063

 

 

 

48,427

 

 

 

1,364

 

 

2.9

%

Operating expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

Selling expenses

 

 

(27,509

)

 

 

(31,573

)

 

 

(4,064

)

 

14.8

%

General and administrative expenses

 

 

(6,115

)

 

 

(7,858

)

 

 

(1,743

)

 

28.5

%

Research and development expenses

 

 

(3,458

)

 

 

(4,892

)

 

 

(1,434

)

 

41.5

%

Total operating expenses

 

 

(37,082

)

 

 

(44,323

)

 

 

(7,241

)

 

19.5

%

Income from operations

 

 

9,981

 

 

 

4,104

 

 

 

(5,877

)

 

(58.9

)%

Other income (expenses):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

Other non-operating income, net

 

 

918

 

 

 

309

 

 

 

(609

)

 

(66.3

)%

Government subsidy

 

 

1,415

 

 

 

1,290

 

 

 

(125

)

 

(8.8

)%

Financial and interest expenses, net

 

 

(2,317

)

 

 

(1,095

)

 

 

1,222

 

 

(52.7

)%

Total other income

 

 

16

 

 

 

504

 

 

 

488

 

 

3,050.0

%

Income before income tax expense

 

 

9,997

 

 

 

4,608

 

 

 

(5,389

)

 

(53.9

)%

Income tax expense

 

 

(684

)

 

 

(374

)

 

 

310

 

 

(45.3

)%

Net income

 

$

9,313

 

 

$

4,234

 

 

$

(5,079

)

 

(54.5

)%

Net revenue

We generate revenue primarily from the sales of compatible toner cartridges and, to a lesser extent, from the sales of certain ancillary components of toner cartridges to our customers offline and online. For the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020, our total revenue was US$115.4 million and US$132.8 million, respectively. During the periods, we derived substantially all of our revenue from sales of compatible toner cartridge products in North America, Europe and other countries primarily including Australia.

The following table sets forth our revenue by sales channel for the periods indicated.

 

For the Years Ended
December 31,

 

Change

   

2019

 

2020

 

Amount

 

%

   

(in USD in thousands)

Offline

 

$

85,363

 

$

97,184

 

$

11,821

 

13.8

%

Online

 

 

30,077

 

 

35,607

 

 

5,530

 

18.4

%

Total

 

$

115,440

 

$

132,791

 

$

17,351

 

15.0

%

64

Table of Contents

For our offline sales, we mainly sell (i) ODM products and (ii) white-label products through our offline channels.

Our revenue from offline sales increased by 13.8% from US$85.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 to US$97.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2020, which was primarily attributable to (i) an increase in sales volume due to the growth in market share because we resumed production in March 2020, earlier than other competitors under the COVID-19 pandemic, and consequently seized more orders; (ii) an increase in the number of our customers due to our enhanced reputation and expansion in Eastern European and Latin American markets; and (iii) increased competitiveness of our products as a result of our sustained research and development efforts. Our offline sales were adversely impacted by the slowdown of overall business activities as many companies adopted work from home policies as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic. However, the negative impact was mitigated as we promptly adjusted our strategy to produce and sell an increasing number of cartridge toners for home-based printers.

For our online sales, we mainly sell self-brand products through the Online Selling Platforms. Our revenue generated from online sales increased by 18.4% from US$30.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 to US$35.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2020, which was primarily attributable to (i) an increased demand for compatible toner cartridges from online retail customers as more people shifted to online purchases as a result of work from home policies due to the COVID-19 pandemic; (ii) increased input in terms of online sales team expansion, more diverse online sales strategies such as search engine optimizations and sponsored advertisements, and improvement of logistic arrangements to ensure timely supply of products to the Online Selling Platforms. For the years ended December 2019 and 2020, we invested US$1.9 million and US$2.8 million, respectively, in sponsored advertisements on the Online Selling Platforms to promote our products.

The majority of our revenue for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020 was mainly generated from Europe, North America. The following table sets forth the disaggregation of revenue by area:

 

For the Years Ended December 31,

 

Change

   

2019

 

2020

 

Amount

 

%

   

(in USD in thousands)

North America

 

$

70,444

 

$

72,568

 

$

2,124

 

3.0

%

Europe

 

 

43,413

 

 

56,892

 

 

13,479

 

31.0

%

Others

 

 

1,583

 

 

3,331

 

 

1,748

 

110.4

%

Total

 

$

115,440

 

$

132,791

 

$

17,351

 

15.0

%

Our revenue generated from North America slightly increased by 3.0% from US$70.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 to US$72.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2020, which was primarily attributable to (i) the stable customer base due to the reputation of our products and loyalty of our customers; and (ii) the growth of our online business because of an increased demand in online sales channels under the impact of COVID-19 pandemic, that mitigated the overall negative impact of the COVID-19.

Our revenue generated from Europe increased by 31.0% from US$43.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 to US$56.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2020, which was primarily because (i) we resumed our production early and was able to capture more market demand; (ii) we expanded the East European market in 2020; (iii) we delivered our products faster by establishing four additional warehouses strategically located in Europe to attract greater demand for our white-label products and by establishing four additional sales offices for the purpose of carrying more direct marketing activities to achieve an in-depth penetration in the European market.

Our revenue generated from Others increased by 110.4% from US$1.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 to US$3.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2020, which was primarily attributable to that we expanded South American market in 2020.

Cost of revenue

Our cost of revenue primarily consists of the following components: (i) inventory costs, which primarily include procurement costs for chips, toner and OPC drum; (ii) staff costs, which consist of salaries and benefits of workers; (iii) depreciation expense relating to the depreciation of our plant, property and equipment used for

65

Table of Contents

production; (iv) freight charges incurred by us for delivering products from our factories to our warehouses abroad; (v) tariffs imposed to our products sold in the U.S.; and (vi) others, which primarily include overhead costs relating to consumables and electricity used for production.

Our cost of revenue increased by 23.4% from US$68.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 to US$84.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2020, which was primarily attributable to (i) an increase of sales volume resulting in an increase of costs accordingly; (ii) an increase in staff costs as we provided compensations to manufacturing workers to keep up with production schedules that were delayed due to transitory and partial suspension of our production lines after outbreak of the COVID-19 pandemic; (iii) an increase of ocean freight charges due to the impact of COVID-19 pandemic; (iv) additional tariff costs starting from September 2019 due to the U.S.-China trade war.

Gross profit and gross profit margin

Gross profit represents our revenue less cost of sales. Our gross profit margin represents our gross profit as a percentage of our revenue. For the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020, our gross profit was US$47.1 million and US$48.4 million, respectively, and our gross profit margins were 40.8% and 36.5%, respectively.

The following table sets forth our gross profit and gross profit margin by sales channel for the periods indicated.

 

For the Years Ended December 31,

 

Change

   

2019

 

2020

 

Amount

 

%

   

Gross Profit

 

Gross Profit Margin

 

Gross Profit

 

Gross Profit Margin

 

Gross Profit

   
   

(in USD in thousands)

   

Offline

 

$

26,003

 

30.5

%

 

$

23,993

 

24.7

%

 

(2,010

)

 

(7.7

)%

Online

 

 

21,060

 

70.0

%

 

 

24,434

 

68.6

%

 

3,374

 

 

13.8

%

Total

 

$

47,063

 

40.8

%

 

$

48,427

 

36.5

%

 

1,364

 

 

2.9

%

Gross profit of offline sales decreased by 7.7% from $26.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 to $24.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2020 and the gross profit margin decreased from 30.5% to 24.7%, primarily due to (i) a decrease of 18.7% in the average selling price of ODM products and a decrease of 16.7% in the average selling price of white-label products because we entered the Eastern European and South American markets with a low price strategy, and the change of product mix from toner cartridges for corporate printing to desktop home toner cartridges which had relatively lower profit margin as impacted by the COVID-19 pandemic; (ii) an increase in staff costs for the compensation provided to manufacturing workers; (iii) an increase in freight charges from domestic factory to our oversees warehouses; and (iv) the increased cost of tariffs.

Gross profit margin for online sales of self-brand products remained stable at 68.6% for the year ended December 31, 2020 compared with 70.0% for the year ended December 31, 2019, primarily because we were able to put up a similar level of pricing for our self-brand products because the demand from online retail customers increased as a result the work from home policies due to the COVID-19 pandemic, that offset the negative impact of increase in cost as mention in offline sales.

Selling expenses

Selling expenses primarily consist of: (i) salaries and benefits for our sales and marketing personnel; (ii) sales commission of the Online Selling Platforms; (iii) freight charges from our warehouses to our customers; (iv) traveling expenses incurred by our sales and marketing personnel for business purposes; and (v) advertising and marketing expenses for promotion; (vi) depreciation relating to property, plant and equipment and leased properties used for selling and marketing purposes; and (vii) others, which primarily includes low-value consumables, office expenses, and consulting expenses.

Our selling expenses increased by 14.8% from US$27.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 to US$31.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2020. The increase was due to (i) an increase in staff expense of US$1.7 million as the number of staff increased mainly in our sales offices in the PRC, France and Germany;

66

Table of Contents

(ii) an increase in sales revenue on the Online Selling Platform resulting in an increase in the sales commissions of US$0.9 million; (iii) an increase in freight charges of US$0.8 million from our warehouses to customers due to the increasing of sales volume; and (iv) an increase in the advertising and marketing activities of US$0.5 million.

General and administrative expenses

General and administrative expenses primarily consist of: (i) salaries and benefits for our administrative personnel; (ii) depreciation and amortization expenses relating to our property, plant and equipment and leased properties used for administrative purposes; (iii) bank charges for various bank transactions in the ordinary course of our business; (iv) office expenses, represents expenses for office supplies and consumables; (v) utilities which is primarily represented by water, electricity charges for administrative purposes; (vi) legal and professional fees, which primarily represented fees we paid for legal services in the ordinary course of our business, including tax filings and review, consultation and regulation of patents and trademarks, contract dispute resolution, among others and legal, accounting and consulting fees we paid in connection with the our planned public listing efforts; (vii) others, which primarily include utilities, traveling, repair and maintenance, recruitment expenses, and other miscellaneous expenses for administrative purposes.

Our general and administrative expenses increased by 28.5% from US$6.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 to US$7.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2020, which was primarily attributable to (i) an increase of professional service fees relating to our planned public listing efforts of US$1.5 million; (ii) an increased number of management officers at our factory resulting an increase of staff costs of US$0.6 million and was offset by a decreased office expenses of US$0.2 million due to the impact of COVID-19 pandemic.

Research and development expenses

Research and development expenses primarily include: (i) costs for procuring materials for research and development activities; (ii) salaries and benefits for research and development personnel; (iii) depreciation, which represents depreciation expenses for property, plant and equipment used for research and development purposes; (iv) patent registration related expenses and patent litigation expenses; and (v) others, which primarily include consumables, traveling expenses, utilities and miscellaneous expenses.

Our research and develop expenses increased by 41.5% from US$3.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 to US$4.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2020, which was primarily attributable to an increased investment in research and corresponding material consumption used for experiment.

Other income (expenses)

Other income primarily consists of: (i) government subsidy for research and development activities and award for tax contribution; (ii) other non-operating income inclusive of packing and labeling service fees, which represent fees we receive from providing services of adding labels with our customers’ brand names and contact information on our white-label products and sales of scrap materials, which represented sales of excess miscellaneous materials left over from our production; and (iii) interest expense on short-term bank borrowings, foreign exchange gains or losses and interest expense on lease liabilities, which is non-cash and calculated as the difference between lease payments and the net present value of the lease payment over the entire term of the lease.

Our other non-operating income and government subsidy decreased slightly by US$0.6 million and US$0.1 million, respectively, in the year ended December 31, 2020 compared to 2019. Financial and interest expense decreased by 52.7% from US$2.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 to US$1.1 million for December 31, 2020, primarily due to the decrease of bank borrowings and favorable exchange rate fluctuations.

Income tax expenses

Cayman Islands

Our Company was incorporated in the Cayman Islands as an exempted company with limited liability under the Companies Act of the Cayman Islands and accordingly is not subject to income tax from business carried on in the Cayman Islands.

67

Table of Contents

British Virgin Islands

Our Company’s directly held subsidiaries were incorporated in the BVI as business companies with limited liability under the BVI Business Companies Act and accordingly are not subject to income tax from business carried on in the BVI.

Other Overseas tax jurisdictions

Our Company’s other subsidiaries were incorporated and operated in U.S., Netherlands, the United Kingdom, Italy, Germany and France with tax rates ranging from 16.5% to 35.0%.

PRC

Generally, our PRC subsidiaries are subject to enterprise income tax on their taxable income in China at a statutory rate of 25%, except for our certain PRC subsidiaries that are qualified as high and new technology enterprises under the PRC Enterprise Income Tax Law and are eligible for a preferential enterprise income tax rate of 15%. The enterprise income tax is calculated based on the entity’s global income as determined under PRC tax laws and accounting standards.

Our products are primarily subject to value-added tax at a rate of 13% on sales of compatible toner cartridges, in each case less any deductible value-added tax we have already paid or born. We are also subject to surcharges on value-added tax payments in accordance with PRC law.

Dividends paid by our PRC subsidiaries in China to our Hong Kong subsidiaries will be subject to a withholding tax rate of 10%, unless the relevant Hong Kong entity satisfies all the requirements under the Double Taxation Avoidance Arrangement and receives approval from the relevant tax authority. If our Hong Kong subsidiaries satisfy all the requirements under the tax arrangement and receive approval from the relevant tax authority, then the dividends paid to the Hong Kong subsidiaries would be subject to withholding tax at the standard rate of 5%. Effective from November 1, 2015, the above-mentioned approval requirement has been abolished, but a Hong Kong entity is still required to file application package with the relevant tax authority, and settle the overdue taxes if the preferential 5% tax rate is denied based on the subsequent review of the application package by the relevant tax authority.

If we or any of our subsidiaries outside of China were deemed to be a “resident enterprise” under the PRC Enterprise Income Tax Law, it would be subject to enterprise income tax on its worldwide income at a rate of 25%.

Under the PRC Enterprise Income Tax Law and the Notice on Improvements to Policies of Weighted Pre-tax Deduction of Research and Development Expenses, research and development expenses incurred by an enterprise in the course of carrying out research and development activities that have not formed intangible assets and are included in the profit and loss account for the current year. Besides deducting the actual amount of research and development expenses incurred, an enterprise is allowed an additional 75% deduction of the amount in calculating its taxable income for the relevant year. For research and development expenses that have formed intangible assets, the tax amortization is based on 175% of the costs of the intangible assets.

Our income tax expenses decreased by 45.3% from US$0.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 to US$0.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2020, which was primarily due to the decrease in the taxable income as in 2020.

Net income

As a result of the foregoing, our net income decreased by 54.5% from US$9.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 to US$4.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2020, which was mainly due to (i) the impact of COVID-19 which led to increased ocean freight costs and declined wholesales business of higher profit margin products in North America and Europe; (ii) the impact of U.S-China trade war resulting in additional tariff expenditure; and (iii) the professional service fees relating to our planned public listing efforts.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

As of June 30, 2021, we had US$40.1 million in cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash, which consisted of (i) cash in the PRC of US$32.4 million; (ii) cash in the BVI of US$4.2 million; (iii) cash in Europe of

68

Table of Contents

US$ 1.1 million; (iv) cash in the Cayman Islands of $0.4 million; (v) cash in the UK of US$ 0.2 million; (vi) cash in the U.S. of US$0.6 million; and (vii) cash in HK of US$ 1.1 million. As of December 31, 2020, we had US$38.4 million in cash and restricted cash, which consisted of (i) cash in the PRC of US$18.8 million; (ii) cash in the BVI of US$15.5 million; (iii) cash in Europe of US$ 1.3 million; (iv) cash in the Cayman Islands of 1.4 million; (v) cash in the UK of US$ 0.2 million; (vi) cash in the U.S. of US$0.8 million; and (vii) cash in HK of US$ 0.4 million. Under the existing PRC foreign exchange regulations, payments of current account items, including profit distributions, interest payments, and trade and service-related foreign exchange transactions, can be made in foreign currencies without prior SAFE approval by complying with certain procedural requirements. Therefore, there is no material restriction on foreign exchange that impairs our ability to transfer cash between entities and to U.S. investors.

Our net cash flow used in operating activities for the six months ended June 30, 2021 was US$1.3 million, which was primarily attributable to our net income, offset by our payments to suppliers. Our net cash flow provided by operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2020 was US$6.3 million which was primarily attributable to the net income and increase of accounts payable due to large purchase amount for our 2021 production plan. Our principal source of cash came from our operational income and bank loans. Most of our cash resources were used to pay for the procurement of raw materials, purchase of equipment and property, and payroll and rental expense. We believe that our current cash and cash equivalents and our anticipated cash flows from operations will be sufficient to meet our anticipated working capital requirements, capital expenditures and debt repayment obligations for at least the next 12 months.

Cash Flows

Cash Flows for the Six Months Ended June 30, 2020, compared to the Six Months Ended June 30, 2021

The following table sets forth a summary of our cash flows for the periods (unaudited) indicated:

 

For the Six Months Ended
June 30,

 

Change

   

2020

 

2021

 

Amount

 

%

   

(in USD in thousand)

Net cash used in operating activities

 

$

(1,063

)

 

$

(1,463

)

 

$

(400

)

 

(37.6

)%

Net cash provided by/(used in) investing
activities

 

 

315

 

 

 

(717

)

 

 

(1,032

)

 

(327.62

)%

Net cash provided by financing activities

 

 

 

 

 

4,632

 

 

 

4,632

 

 

100

%

Effects of exchange rate changes on cash and
cash equivalents and restricted cash

 

 

67

 

 

 

(714

)

 

 

(781

)

 

(1,165.7

)%

Net (decrease) / increase in cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash

 

 

(681

)

 

 

1,738

 

 

 

2,419

 

 

(355.2

)%

Cash and restricted cash at the beginning of the periods presented

 

 

35,663

 

 

 

38,374

 

 

 

2,711

 

 

7.6

%

Cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash at the end of the periods presented

 

$

34,982

 

 

$

40,112

 

 

$

5,130

 

 

14.7

%

Operating activities

For the six months ended June 30, 2020, our net cash used in operating activities was US$1.1 million, which was primarily attributable to (i) net income of US$1.9 million; (ii) an increase of inventories of US$1.6 million purchased for production; and (iii) a decrease of accrued expenses and other current liabilities of US$ 2.0 million.

For the six months ended June 30, 2021, our net cash used in operating activities was US$1.5 million, which was primarily attributable to (i) net income of US$6.6 million; (ii) a decrease of accounts receivable of US$3.4 million; (iii) a net amount of $12.0 million due to the decrease in accounts payable of $13.9 million because we settled a majority of accounts payable as of December 31, 2020 as we purchased in advance for our 2021 production plan, offset by an increase of inventories of $1.9 million.

69

Table of Contents

Investing activities

For the six months ended June 30, 2020, our net cash provided by investing activities was US$0.3 million, which was primarily attributable to the proceeds received from the repayment of a related party loan of US$0.7 million and was partially offset by US$0.4 million for the purchase of new product moulds upgrades of production equipment, purchases of motor vehicles and electronic and other equipment for office use.

For the six months ended June 30, 2021, our net cash used in financing activities was US$0.7 million, which was primarily attributable to purchase of new products moulds and upgrades of production equipment.

Financing activities

For the six months ended June 30, 2020, our net cash provided by financing activities was nil, which primarily consisted of proceeds from short-term bank borrowings of US$5.6 million and offset by the repayments of short-term bank borrowings of US$5.6 million.

For the six months ended June 30, 2021, our net cash provided by financing activities was US$4.6 million, which consisted of the proceeds from short-term bank borrowings of US$10.7 million offset by repayments of short-term bank borrowings of US$6.1 million.

Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2019, compared to the Years Ended December 31, 2020

The following table sets forth a summary of our cash flows for the periods indicated:

 

For the Years Ended
December 31,

 

Change

   

2019

 

2020

 

Amount

 

%

   

(in USD in thousand)

Net cash provided by operating activities

 

$

1,827

 

 

$

6,296

 

 

$

4,469

 

 

244.6

%

Net cash provided by/(used in) investing activities

 

 

9,505

 

 

 

(135

)

 

 

(9,640

)

 

(101.4

)%

Net cash used in financing activities

 

 

(21

)

 

 

(4,344

)

 

 

(4,323

)

 

20,585.7

%

Effects of exchange rate changes on cash and restricted cash

 

 

811

 

 

 

894

 

 

 

83

 

 

(10.2

)%

Net increase in cash, cash equivalents and
restricted cash

 

 

12,122

 

 

 

2,711

 

 

 

(9,411

)

 

(77.6

)%

Cash and restricted cash at the beginning of the year

 

 

23,541

 

 

 

35,663

 

 

 

12,122

 

 

51.5

%

Cash and restricted cash at the end of the year

 

$

35,663

 

 

$

38,374

 

 

$

2,711

 

 

7.6

%

Operating activities

For the year ended December 31, 2019, our net cash provided by operating activities was US$1.8 million, which was primarily attributable to (i) net income of US$9.3 million and non-cash adjustment inclusive of amortization of right-of-use assets of US$1.3 million; and (ii) a decrease in inventories of US$3.0 million, offset by a decrease of accounts payables of US$12.0 million.

For the year ended December 31, 2020, our net cash provided by operating activities was US$6.3 million, which was primarily attributable to (i) net income of US$4.2 million and (ii) a net amount of $8.6 million due to the increase in accounts payable of $16.4 million, primarily due to increased materials purchased for our 2021 production plan and application of bank acceptance notes to more suppliers which extended the timing of our payment term to some suppliers by 60 to 90 days, and was offset by the increase of inventories of $7.8 million for the purchase of raw materials reserved for the future production plan, offset by an increase of accounts receivable of $5.9 million due to increasing sales volume.

70

Table of Contents

Investing activities

For the year ended December 31, 2019, our net cash provided by investing activities was US$9.5 million, which was primarily attributable to the proceeds received from the repayment of a related party loan of US$11.2 million in December 2019 and was partially offset by US$1.0 million for the purchase of new product molds, upgrades of production equipment, purchases of motor vehicles and electronic and other equipment for office use.

For the year ended December 31, 2020, our net cash used in financing activities was US$0.1 million, which was primarily attributable to purchase of new products molds, upgrades of production equipment, purchases of motor vehicles and electronic and other equipment for office use in a total amount of US$0.9 million and was partially offset by the collection of repayment of borrowings from a shareholder and related party of total US$0.8 million.

Financing activities

For the year ended December 31, 2019, our net cash used in financing activities was US$0.02 million, which primarily consisted of (i) proceeds from short-term bank borrowings of US$37.1 million and (ii) proceeds from the issuance of our redeemable ordinary shares in a total amount of $14.1 million, offset by (i) the repayments of short-term bank borrowings of US$31.3 million and (ii) payments for capital return to shareholders of US$15.1 million as a part of our reorganization.

For the year ended December 31, 2020, our net cash used in financing activities was US$4.3 million, which consisted of short-term bank borrowings of US$35.5 million offset by repayments of short-term bank borrowings of US$39.9 million.

Capital expenditures

Our capital expenditures are incurred primarily in connection with purchase of moulds for production, upgrades of production equipment, purchases of motor vehicles and electronic and other equipment for office use, and office renovation. Our capital expenditures were US$0.4 million and US$0.7 million, respectively, for the six months ended June 30, 2020 and 2021, and US$1.0 million and US$0.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020, respectively.

We expect our capital expenditures to continue to be significant in the foreseeable future as we expand our business, enhance research and development capabilities, and improve operation efficiency and production capacity. We also plan to establish more overseas warehouses and a comprehensive, multi-layer production center at Yibo industrial park after the completion of this offering. We have not entered into any substantial commitments for capital expenditures of overseas warehouses or such multi-layer production center as of the date of this prospectus. We anticipate that our total capital expenditures for executing our present plans would be approximately US$24.9 million, with more than 90% of which expenditures expected to come from the proceeds raised from this offering and the rest expected to come from our own funds. We project that the construction costs for the multi-layer production center would be around US$21.8 million, inclusive of capital expenditures for the structure of the building, decoration of workshops, production equipment, network systems, and testing instruments.

Our future capital requirements may be uncertain and actual capital requirements may be different from those we currently anticipate. To the extent the proceeds of securities we have issued and cash flows from our business activities are insufficient to fund future capital requirements, we may need to seek equity or debt financing. We will continue to make capital expenditures to support the expected growth of our business.

Tabular Disclosure of Contractual Obligations

The following table sets forth our contractual obligations as of June 30, 2021:

 

Payment Due by Period

   
   

Total

 

Less than
1 year

 

1-3 years

 

3-5 years

 

More than
5 years

   

(in USD in thousand)

Borrowings

 

$

34,089

 

34,089

 

 

 

Lease obligations

 

 

4,649

 

686

 

3,396

 

567

 

Total

 

$

38,738

 

34,775

 

3,396

 

567

 

71

Table of Contents

Capital commitments are commitments in relation to the purchase of property and equipment including leasehold improvements. Operating lease obligations consist of leases in relation to certain offices and buildings, plants and other property for our sales and after-sales network.

Other than those shown above, we did not have any significant capital and other commitments, long-term obligations, or guarantees as of June 30, 2021.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We have not entered into any off-balance sheet financial guarantees or other off-balance sheet commitments to guarantee the payment obligations of any third parties. We have not entered into any derivative contracts that are indexed to our shares and classified as shareholder’s equity or that are not reflected in our consolidated financial statements. Furthermore, we do not have any retained or contingent interest in assets transferred to an unconsolidated entity that serves as credit, liquidity or market risk support to such entity. We do not have any variable interest in any unconsolidated entity that provides financing, liquidity, market risk or credit support to us or engages in leasing, hedging or product development services with us.

Critical Accounting Policies

An accounting policy is considered critical if it requires an accounting estimate to be made based on assumptions about matters that are highly uncertain at the time such estimate is made, and if different accounting estimates that reasonably could have been used, or changes in the accounting estimates that are reasonably likely to occur periodically, could materially impact the consolidated financial statements.

We prepare our financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP, which requires us to make judgments, estimates and assumptions. We continually evaluate these estimates and assumptions based on the most recently available information, our own historical experience and various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances. Since the use of estimates is an integral component of the financial reporting process, actual results could differ from our expectations as a result of changes in our estimates. Some of our accounting policies require a higher degree of judgment than others in their application and require us to make significant accounting estimates.

The following descriptions of critical accounting policies, judgments and estimates should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and other disclosures included in this prospectus. When reviewing our financial statements, you should consider (i) our selection of critical accounting policies; (ii) the judgments and other uncertainties affecting the application of such policies, and (iii) the sensitivity of reported results to changes in conditions and assumptions.

Use of estimates

The preparation of the consolidated financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, related disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities at the balance sheet date, and the reported revenues and expenses during the reported periods in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. Significant accounting estimates include, but not limited to allowance for doubtful accounts, impairment provision for inventories, useful lives and impairment of long-lived assets, valuation allowance for deferred tax and uncertain tax positions. Changes in facts and circumstances may result in revised estimates. Actual results could differ from those estimates, and as such, differences may be material to the consolidated financial statements.

Accounts receivable, net

Accounts receivable, net represent the amounts that we have an unconditional right to consideration, which are stated at the original amount less an allowance for doubtful receivables. We review the accounts receivable on a periodic basis and makes general and specific allowances when there is doubt as to the collectability of individual balances. We usually determine the adequacy of reserves for doubtful accounts based on individual account analysis and historical collection trends. We establish a provision for doubtful receivables when there is objective evidence that

72

Table of Contents

we may not be able to collect amounts due. The allowance is based on management’s best estimates of specific losses on individual exposures, as well as a provision on historical trends of collections. The provision is recorded against accounts receivables balances, with a corresponding charge recorded in the consolidated statements of income and comprehensive income. Delinquent account balances are written off against the allowance for doubtful accounts after management has determined that the likelihood of collection is remote.

Inventories, net

Inventories, primarily consisting of raw materials, semi-finished goods and finished goods, are stated at the lower of cost or net realizable value. Net realizable value is the estimated selling price in the normal course of business less any costs to complete and sell products. Cost of inventory is determined using the weighted average cost method. We records inventory impairment for obsolete and slow-moving inventories. Inventory impairment is based on inventory obsolescence trends, historical experience, forecasted consumer demand and application of the specific identification method. As of December 31, 2019 and 2020 and June 30, 2021, the balances of impairment provision for inventories were US$1.9 million, US$1.3 million and US$1.7 million (unaudited), respectively.

Redeemable ordinary shares

We account for ordinary shares subject to possible redemption in accordance with ASC 480 “Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity.” Ordinary shares subject to conditional redemption rights that are either within the control of the holder or subject to redemption upon the occurrence of uncertain events not solely within our control is classified as mezzanine equity. We evaluate the probability of these redeemable ordinary shares becoming redeemable at each reporting date. If it is probable that the redeemable ordinary shares will become redeemable, we recognize changes in redemption value immediately as they occur and will adjust the carrying value of the security to equal the redemption value at the end of each reporting period. Increases or decreases in the carrying amount of redeemable ordinary shares shall be affected by charges against retained earnings.

Impairment of long-lived assets

We review our long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may no longer be recoverable. When these events occur, we measure impairment by comparing the carrying value of the long-lived assets to the estimated undiscounted future cash flow expected to result from the use of the assets and their eventual disposition. If the sum of the expected undiscounted cash flow is less than the carrying amount of the assets, we would recognize an impairment loss, which is the excess of carrying amount over the fair value of the assets, using the expected future discounted cash flows. No impairments of long-lived assets were recognized as of December 31, 2019 and 2020 and June 30, 2021.

Commitments and contingencies

In the normal course of business, we are subject to commitments and contingencies, including operating lease commitments and legal proceedings. We recognize a liability for such contingency if it determines it is probable that a loss has occurred and a reasonable estimate of the loss can be made. We may consider many factors in making these assessments on liability for contingencies, including historical and the specific facts and circumstances of each matter.

Revenue recognition

In May 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606) (“ASC 606”), to provide principles within a single framework for revenue recognition of transactions involving contracts with customers across all industries. The standard allows for either a full retrospective or modified retrospective transition method. Additional amendments were subsequently issued by the FASB to clarify the implementation guidance. The Company adopted ASC 606, on January 1, 2019, and applied the modified retrospective transition approach which did not have impact on the beginning retained earnings on January 1, 2019. Revenues for the prior periods were not adjusted and continue to be presented under ASC Topic 605, Revenue Recognition. Our revenue recognition policies effective on the adoption date of ASC 606 are presented as below.

73

Table of Contents

Our revenues are mainly generated from the sales of compatible toner cartridges through offline and online channels. We provide products: (i) to offline overseas customers who own their brands on an ODM basis; (ii) to offline overseas dealers who primarily resell our white-label products to end consumers; and (iii) directly to customers on a retail basis under our self-owned brands through online retail platforms. There is no major difference in terms of product capability between our ODM products, white-label products and self-own brand products, and the main difference lies in product packaging and pricing.

We usually enter into sales orders with customers or receives online sales orders, in which we identify the only performance obligation is to transfer the promised products stated in the sales order. We perform shipping services before the products are delivered at the designated place. Shipping service is determined as an activity to fulfill our promise to transfer the products, rather than another distinct performance obligation as it is performed before the customers obtain control of the products. In the normal course of business, our warranties are limited to product specifications and we do not accept product returns unless the item is defective as manufactured. Accordingly, warranty costs are treated as a cost of fulfillment subject to accrual, rather than a performance obligation. We establish provisions for both estimated returns and warranties when revenue is recognized.

Revenues represent the amount of consideration that we are entitled to, including products settlement price, net of value-added tax (“VAT”), surcharges, discounts and returns, if any. The transaction price is variable as adjusted by return allowances, rebates, which we estimate by using the expected value method and updates to represent faithfully the circumstances present at the end of the reporting period and the changes in circumstances during the reporting period. We recognize revenue from the sales of compatible toner cartridges when the control of products is transferred to the customers upon customers’ acceptance. Payment is usually required within four months after the issuance of invoice for offline customers and the consideration of online orders is collected in advance of shipment by online platform. Therefore, it is probable that we will collect substantially all of the consideration without existence of any significant financing component.

Disaggregation of Revenue

We disaggregate our revenue from contracts by sales channel and region, as we believe it best depicts how the nature, amount, timing and uncertainty of the revenue and cash flows are affected by economic factors. Our disaggregation of revenues for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020 and for the six months ended June 30, 2020 and 2021 are disclosed in Note 16 of our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Contract balance

When either party to a revenue contract has performed, we present the contract in the consolidated balance sheet as a contract asset or a contract liability, depending on the relationship between our performance and the customer’s payment. We apply a practical expedient to expense costs as incurred for costs to obtain a contract with a customer when the amortization period would have been one year or less. We present any unconditional rights to consideration separately as a receivable. We do not have any contract asset. The balance of accounts receivable, net of nil allowance for doubtful accounts were US$18.5 million, US$24.4 million and US$20.9 million (unaudited) as of December 31, 2019 and 2020 and June 30, 2021, respectively.

We present the consideration that a customer pays before we transfer products to the customer as a contract liability (advance from customers) when the payment is made. Advance from customers is our obligation to transfer products to a customer for which we have received consideration from the customer. As of December 31, 2019 and 2020 and June 30, 2021, the balance of advance from customers amounted to US$1.1 million, US$0.8 million and US$0.4 million (unaudited), respectively.

Income taxes

We account for income taxes under ASC 740. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the consolidated financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases.

74

Table of Contents

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period including the enactment date. Valuation allowances are established, when necessary, to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount expected to be realized.

The provisions of ASC 740-10-25, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes,” prescribe a more-likely-than-not threshold for consolidated financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken (or expected to be taken) in a tax return. This interpretation also provides guidance on the recognition of income tax assets and liabilities, classification of current and deferred income tax assets and liabilities, accounting for interest and penalties associated with tax positions, and related disclosures. We believe there were no uncertain tax positions as of December 31, 2019 and 2020 and June 30, 2021, respectively.

Our affiliated entities in the PRC are subject to examination by the relevant tax authorities. According to the PRC Tax Administration and Collection Law and its implementation rules, EIT Law and Implementation Regulations of the EIT Law, the statute of limitations is three years if the underpayment of taxes is due to computational errors made by the taxpayer or the withholding agent. The statute of limitations is extended to five years under special circumstances, where the underpayment of taxes is more than RMB 100,000 ($15,000). In the case of transfer pricing issues, the statute of limitation is 10 years. There is no statute of limitation in the case of tax evasion. Results of operations of our affiliated entities in the PRC for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020 and the six months ended June 30, 2021 remain open for statutory examination by PRC tax authorities.

Recent accounting pronouncements

A list of recently issued accounting pronouncements that are relevant to us is included in Note 2 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

We are an emerging growth company (“EGC”) as defined by the JOBS Act. The JOBS Act provides that an EGC can take advantage of extended transition periods for complying with new or revised accounting standards. This allows an EGC to delay adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We elected to take advantage of the extended transition periods, that leads to our financial statements may not be comparable to companies that comply with public company effective dates. However, this election will not apply should we cease to be classified as an EGC.

75

Table of Contents

INDUSTRY OVERVIEW

Unless otherwise noted, all the information and data presented in this section have been derived from an 2022 industry report from CIC entitled “Industry Report of Global Compatible Toner Cartridge Market” (the “CIC Report”). CIC has advised us that the statistical and graphical information contained herein is drawn from its database and other sources. The following discussion projections for future growth, which may not occur at the rates that are projected or at all.

Material Assumptions Underlying Market Projections

CIC conducted both primary and secondary research through various resources. Primary research involved interviewing key industry experts and leading industry participants. Secondary research involved analyzing data from various publicly available data sources, such as the National Bureau of Statistics of China, the International Monetary Fund, the United Nations, and industry associations.

The market projections in the commissioned report are based on the following key assumptions: (i) the overall social, economic and political environment in US, Europe and China are expected to remain stable in the forecast period; (ii) related industry key drivers are likely to drive the growth of global compatible toner cartridge industry in the forecast period, such fast growing production volume and production capacity, higher quality color toner cartridge products, established sales channel in the U.S. and Europe markets, improved brand image among consumers, fast growing e-commerce industry, and increasing printer sales during and post COVID-19 pandemic as more people are used to work from home and living a “new normal”; and (iii) there is no extreme force majeure or industry regulation in which the market may be affected dramatically or fundamentally.

Overview of the Toner Cartridge Industry

Definition of the toner cartridge

Toner cartridges, also called laser toners, refer to the consumable component of a laser printer. Toner cartridges is a product associated various kind of precision technologies. It is mainly composed of cartridge chips, toner and rollers/drums. The quality of toner cartridge directly determines the printing efficiency and imaging quality, and relates to the energy consumption and emission of printing equipment. The length of compatible toner cartridge’s product lifecycle follows the lifespan of the corresponding original-brand printers. As original-brand printer companies constantly launch new printer models, the time for a compatible toner cartridge product to vanish from the market ranges from 6 to 10 years.

Categorization of toner cartridges

Type

 

Characteristics

Original-brand toner cartridge

 

It is the toner cartridge designed and sold by original-brand printer companies for specific printer model. It has the highest price and the strongest brand recognition as they share the brand with printers.

Compatible toner cartridge

 

It is the toner cartridge designed and sold by third-party manufacturers which can be used for various printer models. The compatible toner cartridge provides a cost-effective printing solution. The average retail price of the compatible toner cartridge is much lower than the retail price of the original-brand product. The compatible toner cartridge is often sold under a “white-label” basis as local dealers prefer to sell to end consumers under their own brands.

Remanufactured toner cartridge

 

It is produced through refurbishing empty cartridges, refilling the toner and replacing any broken parts. The recycling and cleaning process of used original-brand toner cartridge can be time-consuming and costly. The price and cost of remanufactured toner cartridge is usually higher than that of compatible toner cartridge. Only consumers with environmental protection need will prefer such products. Thus, remanufactured toner cartridge only has small market share.

76

Table of Contents

Comparison of toner cartridges

The compatible toner cartridge and the original-brand toner cartridge is under a co-existing relationship. The compatible toner cartridge is designed to be a substitute for original-brand toner cartridge. In the meanwhile, the cost-effective printing solution provided by the compatible toner cartridge can solve some consumers’ budget issue with the original-brand toner cartridge, therefore lowering the cost of owning a printer.

 

Compatible Toner Cartridges

 

Original-brand Toner Cartridges

Description

 

Designed and manufactured by third-party compatible toner cartridges manufacturers. Compatible for a single or multiple printer models.

 

Designed and sold by original-brand printer companies.

Brand

 

Usually sold under distributors’ brand or white-label basis. Those brands are usually names and logos on third-party brand basis. For products sold on ODM basis, given those wholesalers/importers which are generally office supplies companies do not have any research and development capability, patents or manufacturing capability, they will request compatible toner cartridge manufacturers to provide the services mentioned above and manufacture the compatible toner cartridges. Brand recognition is not important as the quality of the product and trust with distributors are more important.

 

Brands used are the brands of original-brand printer companies. Original-brand printer companies have their own research and development capability and their own patents for the cartridges and mainly outsource the manufacturing of toner cartridges to third party subcontractors. Normally original-brand printer companies will not engage the compatible toner cartridge manufacturers as their subcontractors as they compete directly in the industry. Strong brand recognition as they share the same brand with the printers. End consumers can choose corresponding original-brand toner cartridges for their printers easily.

Page yield

 

More than 80% of corresponding original-brand toner cartridges.

 

Standard page yield.

Compatibility

 

Designed to be used in original-brand printers. However, original-brand printer companies may update software on their printers and compatible toner cartridge may fail to function if they use outdated toner cartridge chips.

 

Do not have compatibility problem with its brand printers as they are design to use along with original-brand printers.

Printer quality

 

Limited leading compatible toner cartridge manufactures can produce products matching the printing quality of original-brand toner cartridges.

 

Premium standard printing quality.

Price

 

Usually 10% to 40% of original-brand toner cartridges.

 

At premium prices to cover the costs for development and marketing of the printers.

Source: CIC

77

Table of Contents

Industry value chain of the compatible toner cartridge market

Source: CIC

Value chain analysis

•        Upstream:    The upstream of compatible toner cartridge industry composes raw material suppliers who provide toner, rollers/drums, toner cartridge chips and other components for compatible toner cartridge manufacturers.

•        Midstream:    The midstream of compatible toner cartridge industry composes of compatible toner cartridge manufacturers, wholesalers/importers, dealers. Compatible toner cartridge manufacturers are responsible for producing compatible toner cartridge and deliver their products to end customers through wholesalers or dealers. Due to the emergence and fast-growth of e-commerce in recent years, wholesalers, dealers and even compatible toner cartridge manufacturers themselves will sell the products through third party online platforms.

•        Downstream:    The downstream compatible toner cartridge industry composes of end customers such as enterprises, education institutions, government organizations, individual consumers etc. For large size customers, they will purchase in bulk purchase with wholesalers together with other office supplies or with sizeable dealers that have stable supplies due to close relationship with these wholesalers. For retail customers, including individual consumers and small to micro enterprises, they usually purchase compatible toner cartridge through online stores, retail office supplies stores and etc. with smaller purchase size.

78

Table of Contents

Business models

Depends on how the compatible toner cartridges are delivered to end customers, the three major business models of compatible toner cartridge manufacturers are export business model, overseas local business model and e-commerce business model.

Export business model:    Under the export business model, compatible toner cartridge manufacturers serve as suppliers to wholesalers and dealers. Compatible toner cartridge manufacturers sell compatible toner cartridge on an ODM basis (packed with the brand owned by the wholesalers) and they generally have no rights in determining the price. The ODM price is negotiated between the compatible toner cartridge manufacturers and the wholesalers at fixed cost-plus margin basis. Thus, compatible toner cartridge manufacturers’ pricing must be very competitive while the more lucrative profit from retail market earned by wholesalers and dealers.

Under the export business model, the role of wholesalers and dealers are slightly different:

1.      Wholesalers usually purchase compatible toner cartridges from manufacturers in bulk and they focus more on B2B business.

2.      Dealers generally place purchase orders with wholesalers and focus mainly on B2B business, but with smaller size of operation or B2C business.

Overseas local business model:    Under the overseas local business model, compatible toner cartridge manufacturers’ overseas sales offices can identify mid/small local dealers. These mid/small local dealers usually do not have much bargaining power in securing stable supplies from wholesalers/importers with favorable price given their size of operations. They might also demand for some additional services from suppliers such as inventory warehousing, labeling services and door to door delivery. Thus, the price manufacturers charge these mid/small local dealers are higher than the export price and compatible toner cartridge manufacturers who apply the overseas local business model have higher profit margin.

E-commerce business model:    Under E-commerce business model, compatible toner cartridge manufacturers, wholesalers and dealers set up online shops on their own website and/or third-party online shopping platforms. Wholesalers and dealers under the export business model may also have their e-commerce operations, however, their focus is to support their B2B business rather than expand their B2C sales. It is common that wholesalers and dealers will be compatible toner cartridge manufacturers’ customers and also competitors in this B2C market. As manufacturers can directly reach end customers globally with their own brands without geographical limitation through online shops, they charge retail price and generate higher profit through such practice.

For the export business model and overseas local business model, it is difficult to distinguish revenue generated from these two business models due to the similarity of such models with the primary distinguishing features being the scale of orders of the targeted customers. The market size of these two business models together is expected to increase to USD872.3 million in 2025 from USD566.7 million in 2020, representing a CAGR of 9.0%. Due to the impact of the fast-expanding e-commerce business, these two business models are expected to decrease and hold 76.8% of the U.S. and Europe market in 2025 from 82.2% in 2020.

For the E-commerce business model, there are many online selling platforms in the market that sellers provide compatible toner cartridge products. Among the online selling platforms, Amazon is dominated in online selling platforms in the U.S. and Europe. There are many different types of sellers on Amazon and other online selling platforms, and none of them are able to seize major market shares due to the fragmented industry. The price and quality of the compatible toner cartridges which these sellers offer varies and it could be confusing for end-customers. Under such market condition, those sellers who can provide high quality products with competitive price; high discoverability and visibility of the product and more convenient after-sale customer service usually have a better chance of winning the competition.

Among all three business models, the E-commerce business model have the highest growth rate and will gain a larger share of the market. The continuous improvement of Internet infrastructure and the introduction of high-speed mobile network have made online shopping more critical in retail sales. It is convenient for industry players to set

79

Table of Contents

up online stores through their own websites and/or third-party e-commerce platform. With more compatible toner cartridge manufacturers enter this area, such fast growth is expected to continue and reach USD263.2 million in 2025 from USD122.4 million in 2020 with a CAGR of 16.6%. The E-commerce business model is expected to increase and hold 12.7% of the U.S. and Europe market in 2025 from 9.7% in 2020.

Global laser printer industry

The total installed base of laser printers around the world remained relatively stable growth in the past few years, increased from 162.1 million units in 2015 to 165.1 million units in 2018, and it is expected to increase to 167.8 million units in 2025, with a CAGR of 0.5% between 2020 and 2025.

The annual sales volume of laser printer remains stable, the annual sales volume of laser printer increased from 41.1 million units in 2015 to 41.8 million units in 2020, representing a CAGR of 0.3% and it is expected to reach 42.5 million unit in 2025.

Global toner cartridge industry

The toner cartridge industry is mainly composed of compatible toner cartridges and original equipment manufacturer (“OEM”) toner cartridges. With their brand recognition and sales support, OEM products take the dominant market portion by both retail revenue and volume. However, the industry experienced a decrease of 5.6% in market size in 2020, due to COVID-19’s impact on the cartridge sectors after a fast growth period from 2015 to 2019. The market size of toner cartridge by retail value globally increased from USD66.4 billion in 2015 to USD66.8 billion in 2020, representing a CAGR of 0.1% while the market size of compatible toner cartridge by retail value increased from USD2.8 billion in 2015 to USD3.5 billion in 2020, representing a CAGE of 5.1%.

The market size of toner cartridge by retail value globally is expected to further increased to USD72.4 billion in 2025 with 1.6% CAGR from 2020 to 2025. For compatible toner cartridge, with improved quality and extended education to the consumers, it is expected that the market size of compatible toner cartridge would increase to USD5.2 billion in 2025 with a 8.1% CAGR from 2020 to 2025.

80

Table of Contents

Global ink printer industry

The total installed base of ink printers around the world slightly dropped in the past few years from 266.7 million units in 2015 to 260.0 million units in 2020, and it is expected to decrease to 252.7 million units in 2025, with a CAGR of negative 0.5% between 2020 and 2025.

The annual sales volume of ink printer decreased from 67.4 million units in 2015 to 65.5 million units in 2020, representing a CAGR of negative 0.6% and it is expected to reach 63.7 million unit in 2025.

81

Table of Contents

Global ink cartridge industry

The ink cartridge industry is mainly composed of compatible ink cartridges and OEM ink cartridges. The market size of ink cartridge by retail value globally increased from USD64.0 billion in 2015 to USD66.0 billion in 2020, representing a CAGR of 0.4%, and the market size of compatible ink cartridge by retail value increased from USD5.9 billion in 2015 to USD6.7 billion in 2020, representing a CAGE of 2.6%.

The market size of ink cartridge by retail value globally is expected to further increased to USD74.7 billion in 2025 with 2.2% CAGR from 2020 to 2025. For compatible ink cartridge, it is expected to reach USD8.4 billion in 2025 with a 4.5% CAGR from 2020 to 2025.

Europe and United States remain two most important markets for toner cartridge as people in these two regions have higher income and better printing habit. The U.S. consumes about 17.2% of global toner cartridge while Europe takes about 21.9%. As most toner cartridges are manufactured in China, these two regions are the two most important export destinations for Chinese toner cartridge manufacturers. As compatible toner cartridge penetration rate remains low and the large price gap between OEM toner cartridge and compatible toner cartridge. U.S. market and Europe take even higher market share by retail value.

82

Table of Contents

Compatible toner cartridge industry in U.S. and Europe

The market size of compatible toner cartridge in the U.S. and Europe by export revenue is USD 374.6 million in 2020 while the market size of compatible toner cartridge in the U.S. and Europe by retail value is USD1,686.8 million in 2020, showing the price gap between export price and retail price. Thus, leading compatible toner cartridge manufacturers are starting to invest in oversea sales channels and online shops to chase higher profit.

The COVID-19 pandemic has led to a decrease in the market size of compatible toner cartridge by manufacturer’s export revenue in the United States from USD243.9 million in 2019 to USD228.2 million in 2020, such number is expected to restore to USD249.1 million in 2025 with a CAGR of 1.8% from 2020 to 2025 with the pandemic being well controlled in the United States. As for Europe, the compatible toner cartridge industry has also been affected by the COVID-19 pandemic in 2020, and the market size of compatible toner cartridge industry by manufacturer’s export revenue declined from USD366.8 million in 2019 to USD356.9 million in 2020, such number is projected to increase to USD590.3 million in 2025 with a CAGR of 8.1%.

83

Table of Contents

Impact of COVID-19 in 2020

To address the impact of COVID-19 in market forecast in 2020, the following assumptions are applied: there will be no long-term restrictions in international trade due to the outbreak; (ii) restrictions in major cities and countries are expected to be fully removed in 2021 and the COVID-19 pandemic is expected to be controlled within 2021.

The impact of COVID-19 on the compatible toner cartridge industry changes along with the development of the spread and control of the disease. The latest development of COVID-19 pandemic in the U.S. and Europe is as follows: (i) the outbreak of COVID-19 occurred and restriction policies being implemented since March 2020 in the U.S. and Europe; (ii) the recovery period when restrictions being gradually removed and business activities slowly to resume starting in late April 2020 and (iii) from June 2020 to August 2020, most countries in Europe were slowly returning to normal conditions except for certain epidemic prevention measures that were still in place; and (iv) from August 2020 to December 2020, due to the second wave of COVID-19 outbreak, major European countries adopted a new round of restrictions. For example, France and Germany each announced a new round of border control and restriction measures. More than 18 states of the United States, including California, Florida, and Texas, have decided to postpone or reverse their decision to remove the restrictive measures.

In the early stage when the outbreak occurred, certain countries and regions chose to lockdown certain cities, close schools, required people to stay at home, and more companies adopted remote work from home policy. The decreasing business activities caused the decreasing demand for office supplies, including compatible toner cartridges. As people were required to stay at home in this stage, consumers shifted their corporate printing demand to home-based printing, the need for desktop home printers and toner cartridges increases significantly. Such increased demand for desktop home printers and the corresponding toner cartridges almost offset the decline in compatible toner cartridges for corporate printing in 2020. Home printers are usually used by household individuals and small enterprises, while corporate users use commercial printers. The desktop home toner cartridges are smaller in size and have a smaller page yield than toner cartridges for corporate printing. Besides, due to lower use frequency in a home-based environment, desktop home printers usually have a longer replacement cycle. Thus, the desktop home printers usually use old model toner cartridges. The old model toner cartridges have a lower selling price and hence have a lower profit margin. Desktop home compatible toner cartridges generally accounted for approximately 60% of the consistent toner cartridge market in sales volume and about 30% of the compatible toner cartridge market in 2019.

In the recovery stage, as more countries and cities will begin to uplift the restriction and business activities slowly resume, the need for corporate printing will gradually increase and the demand for cartridge will increase as a result. In this stage, as most companies are still concerned about the economy outlook, they tend to seek for budget saving products. Compatible cartridges, as the cost-effective alternative for original-brand cartridges, may experience higher demand in such period.

Another noticeable trend during the COVID-19 outbreak is the extremely fast-growing online sales. Despite experienced a negative impact in the early stage of COVID-19 when the operation of Amazon partially suspended its warehousing and delivery service for sellers on its online platform to prioritize delivery of cleaning, antiseptics, food items, and other high-demand products, the online sales channel experienced fast growth during the COVID-19 as more consumers switched to online purchases due to the restriction of living under the impact of COVID-19 in the majority of cities and countries. In the future, the fast growth of online channels is expected to continue and drive the development of the compatible toner cartridge market.

As a result of the combined effects, the demand for original-brand cartridges and compatible cartridges in volume maintained a similar level respectively for the year 2020 compared to the year 2019. Compatible cartridges accounted for 18.5% of global cartridge demand by volume and 5.3% by retail value in 2019. With the expectation that compatible cartridge continuously cannibalizing original-brand cartridge’s market share, the demand for compatible cartridge is expected to recover from 2021 and record a sustainable growth. It is expected that the total demand for compatible cartridges will account for 21.2% of the overall market by volume and 7.2% by retail value by 2025.

84

Table of Contents

Key growth drivers of the compatible toner cartridge market

The following factors have contributed to, and will continue to drive the growth of global compatible cartridges market:

(i)     Fast growing production volume and production capacity:    Compatible toner cartridges and OEM toner cartridges have similar structure but the price gap is huge between those two, therefore more consumers demanding for cost-saving products are switching to compatible toner cartridge products. With increasing demand for compatible products, major compatible toner cartridge manufacturers are increasing their supply to the market and it is expected to drive the growth of compatible toner cartridge market.

(ii)    Higher quality color toner cartridge products:    A color laser printer requires three more toner cartridges comparing with black and white laser printer. As the quality of color toner cartridge improves and price is lowering, consumers with higher requirement can have a cost-effective printing solution and such increasing demand for color printers can drive the growth of compatible toner cartridge industry.

(iii)   Established sales channel in U.S. and Europe market:    To reach oversea clients, toner cartridge companies need to invest heavily in local inventory storage, sales support and etc. As some market players started marching oversea markets in past few years and have established footprint in oversea markets, they are likely to develop new clients in oversea market and thus drive the growth of compatible toner cartridge industry.

(iv)    Improved product image among consumers:    In the past, consumers have prejudice against compatible toner cartridges, thinking these products are unreliable so that they wouldn’t use compatible toner cartridges. As more consumers have tried compatible toner cartridges, they realized that these products could actually offer a reliable and cost-effective printing solution. Such shift in product image will drive more demand on compatible toner cartridge and thus drive the growth of this market.

Competitive Landscape

Among all the compatible toner cartridge manufacturers based in China, the top five market participants accounted for approximately 61.1% of total manufacturer’s retail value in 2020. According to the CIC Report, the Company was the second largest compatible toner cartridge manufacturer in the world with a market share of approximately 12.2 % in terms of retail value in 2020.

For the U.S. market, the top five market participants accounted for approximately 55.9% of total market share in terms of manufacturer’s export revenue in the U.S. The Company ranked the first with a market share of approximately 19.1% in 2020.

For the European market, the top five market participants accounted for approximately 85.6% of total market share in terms of manufacturer’s export revenue in 2020. The Company ranked the second with a market share of approximately 15.6% in 2020.

From the perspective of production volume, the top five market participants accounted for approximately 75.5% of total market share in terms of production volume in 2020. The Company was the third largest Chinese compatible toner cartridge manufacturer with a market share of approximately 14.8%.

Besides, the Company has readily available inventories worth over US$100.0 million kept in the warehouse according to the population coverage, which is the largest readily available inventories in the printer compatible supplies industry in the US. The establishment of localized warehouse and logistic is being viewed as one of the most important success factors for compatible cartridge industry.

85

Table of Contents

BUSINESS

Overview

Our Mission

Our mission is to deliver high-quality and cost-effective printing solutions to consumers around the world with our proprietary technology, research and development capabilities and our integrated and localized sales, logistics and service platform.

Who we are

We are a leading export-oriented manufacturer and seller of compatible toner cartridges based in China, the U.S. and Europe. According to the CIC Report, we were the second largest compatible cartridge manufacturer in the world with a market share of approximately 12.2% in terms of manufacturers’ retail value in global markets for the year ended December 31, 2020. We ranked first in the U.S. and second in Europe in terms of market share for the year ended December 31, 2020.

We primarily develop and manufacture toner cartridges that are compatible with and can be used in a wide range of commonly available models of laser printers from different manufacturers, on a white-label or third-party brand basis or under our self-owned brands. We also sell our branded products through online sales channels under three brands, TrueImage, CoolToner, and AZtech. Our customers range from wholesalers, dealers to retail customers. We have a wide international footprint through our established sales channels, with our products sold to customers in over 45 countries, and sales in the U.S. and Europe representing the majority of our revenue. In recent years, we have also been developing other markets and achieved substantial growth in Mexico and Poland.

We sell our products mainly: (i) to offline overseas customers who own their brands on an ODM basis; (ii) to offline overseas dealers who primarily resell our white-label products to end consumers; and (iii) directly to customers on a retail basis under our self-owned brands through online retail platforms. There is no major difference in terms of product capability between our ODM products and white-label products, and the main difference lies in product packaging and pricing.

We have established localized sales operations in our overseas markets to manage and maintain relationships with local customers and provide support to offline customer purchasing our products on an ODM basis. So far, we have established sales operations in the U.S., Italy, Germany, France and the United Kingdom. In addition, we maintain warehouses in California and Pennsylvania in the U.S. and in the Netherlands, the United Kingdom, France and Italy to ensure timely delivery to customers. In North America, most of our customers send purchase orders to us through our EDI system. We also have a self-developed cloud-based warehouse management system which was integrated with our EDI system and third party platform to manage the purchase orders, inventory and accounting matters. Our offline customers in Europe and other markets generally place purchase orders with our sales team through emails.

We believe our strong design, research and development capabilities represent a key strength that allows us to provide patent-compliant products with advanced technologies to our customers. After a new printer model is introduced to the market by a printer manufacturer, our experienced research and development team will aim to design patent compliant compatible toner cartridges that can be used with this new printer model in a short period of time. According to the CIC Report, compatible toner cartridges for a new printer model are generally available for sale within six to 18 months. With our efficient production team and sales team, our compatible toner cartridges are generally available for sale within three to six months after the launch of a new printer model. We believe that the short time-to-market for our products is a key competitive advantage.

We believe that our integrated business model encompassing a value chain from our research and development, patented technology, manufacturing, and operating localized sales branches and online sales channels allows us to capture industry opportunities in a timely manner and provides us with significant growth potential.

What have we accomplished

We have experienced significant growth since our inception. Our growth is partially attributable to our comprehensive sales strategy and our highly efficient and complementary online and offline sales channels. During the fiscal years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020 and the six months ended June 30, 2021, our revenue was primarily

86

Table of Contents

generated from the U.S. and Europe. Our revenue grew from US$58.9 for the six months ended June 30, 2020 to US$71.7 for the six months ended June 30, 2021, representing a compound annual growth rate, or CAGR of 21.6%. Our net profit increased by 246.6% from US$1.9 million for the six months ended June 30, 2020 to US$6.6 million for the six months ended June 30, 2021. Our revenue grew from US$115.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 to US$132.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2020, representing a CAGR of 15.0%. Our net profit decreased from US$9.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 to US$4.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2020, which was mainly due to the combined effects of negative impact of COVID-19, U.S.-China trade war, and increased costs in connection with our proposed initial public offering.

Our Competitive Strengths

We believe that the following strengths differentiate us from our competitors.

Our strong design, research and development capabilities and extensive patent portfolio provide significant competitive advantages over our industry peers

We believe our strong design, research and development capabilities represent a key strength that allows us to provide patent-compliant products with advanced technologies to our customers.

As leading original-brand printer companies have patented the toner cartridge drivers in their laser printers, compatible cartridge manufacturers may encounter litigations raised by original-brand printer companies for selling their cartridges unless they possess valid patents. According to the CIC Report, there is a limited number of companies which have overseas sales due to the lack of quality patents to protect them. Overseas customers may also hesitate to purchase their products as they might get involved in infringement litigation. As of June 30, 2021, we had obtained 366 patents registered in the U.S., Europe, and the PRC, for the production processes, equipment and proprietary technologies we developed relating to the manufacture of our compatible toner cartridges. All of our compatible toner cartridges are covered by some of our patents. Through registering our patents, (i) we are able to protect and enforce our rights on our proprietary techniques and products and have reasonable grounds to defend, on a best effort basis, against potential litigations in the relevant jurisdictions; and (ii) our registered patents can help us promote our sales and increase our market share.

As of June 30, 2021, our research and development team consisted of a total of 33 professional engineers and skilled technicians, who were supervised and led by the chairman of our board of directors, Mr. Weidong Gu, who has over 18 years of experience in the compatible toner cartridge industry. On average, major brands launch more than two new printer models every year, according to the CIC Report. After a new printer model is introduced to the market, our experienced research and development team is generally able to design patent compliant compatible toner cartridges for it quickly that may be operated in this new printer model within a short period of time after its introduction to the market. Together with our efficient production team, our sales team ensures that our patent compliant compatible toner cartridges are generally available for sale within three to six months after the launch of a new printer model. We believe that the short time-to-market for our products is a key competitive advantage as it enables our toner cartridges to quickly meet up market demand and establish and maintain our market share.

Other than new product development, our research and development efforts also focus on improving the efficiency and quality of compatible toner cartridges in different aspects, such as page yield, wear resistance, resilience and life span. We conduct market research in particular areas, and based on the regular market research, we will run different tests and technical review for identifying weaknesses in our previous products and to implement improvements in future models.

We protect our patents from infringement and improper patent right requests from third parties. In addition, we have also engaged independent third-party intellectual property lawyers in the U.S. and Europe who advise us in defending our intellectual property rights.

We believe that our strong research and development capabilities and extensive patent portfolio provide significant competitive advantages over our industry peers and will be instrumental in our efforts to expand our market coverage and increase our overall sales.

87

Table of Contents

Our localized sales model integrating multiple channels, including strategically located sales offices and logistic centers in the U.S. and Europe, enable us to build a broad end user customer base and achieve fast product delivery

We have established a comprehensive sales model integrating multiple sales channels, which enables us to build a wide geographical market coverage and a broad customer base including wholesalers, dealers and retail customers. We sell our products: (i) to overseas businesses who own their brands on an ODM basis, or ODM customers; (ii) to overseas dealers, who primarily resell our products without any brand label to end consumers, primarily including small to medium size enterprises, local offices and schools; and (iii) directly to customers on a retail basis under our self-owned brands through online sales channels, such as online stores on Amazon and other online retail platforms.

As one of the very few toner cartridge manufacturers based in China that are mainly focused on North American and European markets, we have well-established localized sales and distribution operations within those markets. We believe that we are well-positioned to capture the significant market opportunities, continue to increase our total revenue and profit, and further expand our market share. According to the CIC Report, the U.S. and Europe have each experienced steady growth in the global compatible toner cartridge market. According to the CIC Report, as consumers recognize compatible toner cartridge’s high quality and advantageous pricing compared with original-brand toner cartridges, the total demand for compatible toner cartridges in both the U.S. and Europe has seen steady growth, from 20.4 million units and 21.8 million units, respectively, in 2015 to 25.1 million units and 30.6 million units in 2020, representing a CAGR of 4.3% and 7.0%, respectively. This growth trend is expected to continue, reaching 33.4 million units in the U.S. and 43.1 million units in Europe by 2025, representing a CAGR of 5.9% and 7.1%, respectively.

Our localized sales operations include sales support team, strategically located warehouses and sophisticated order placing, warehouse management and logistic systems. We normally ship our inventories from our factories in China to our strategically located warehouses in the U.S. and Europe based on the expected demand in each of the markets. To manage and support our overseas sales, we established our headquarters for Europe in the Netherlands in 2011 and further established sales office in each major market in Europe including the United Kingdom, Italy, Germany and France for further increasing our presence and market penetration. We maintain warehouses in California, Pennsylvania, the Netherlands, the United Kingdom, France and Italy with sophisticated warehouse and logistics systems and professional logistic teams to ensure timely delivery from our local warehouses to customers after they place orders. We also have our own highly experienced salesforces on the ground for our North American and European markets to serve and manage the local offline customers and provide support to offline customers procuring our ODM products respectively. Our business customers procuring our ODM products and online retail customers are mainly served by our 24-hour sales teams based in our sales headquarter in Zhongshan City in the PRC. As of June 30, 2021, we had after-sales and technical service teams of 117 employees, with 71 of them working according to the office hours of the overseas time zones to provide timely service to these customers, which we believe significantly enhances their user experience and promotes customer loyalty. In addition, we provide drop ship service to small scale dealers whereby we deliver the products on their behalf directly to the end customers procured by these dealers, which help to strengthen our collaborative relationship with them.

We believe that our comprehensive sales channel coverage, advanced sales and logistics systems and customized services appeal to our customers and help us build a broad customer base. We believe that a key advantage we have that distinguishes us from our industry peers is that we have fully developed localized sales operations on the ground in the U.S. and Europe as well as sales team in our sales headquarter in Zhongshan City in the PRC staffed with experienced sales personnel who contact and serve customers directly and provide valued-added customer service in both logistics and after sale customer service to meet the local customers’ demand in a timely manner. Through our localized broad sales network and close cooperative relationships with our major customers, we are able to gauge market demand for our products more accurately and manage sales of our products in the local market more efficiently.

Our online sales and advanced IT systems enable us to capture opportunities in the online compatible toner cartridge market and operate our sales efficiently

According to the CIC Report, with the evolution and development of e-commerce’s infrastructure such as logistics and payment systems, consumers get better online shopping experience and have become accustomed to online shopping. The total sales of compatible toner cartridges on online sales in the U.S. and Europe increased from US$26.8 million, US$29.2 million in 2015 to US$60.1 million and US$62.2 million in 2020, representing a CAGR of 17.6% and 16.4% respectively. The market sizes of online compatible toner cartridge market in the U.S. and Europe are expected to increase to US$130.4 million and US$132.8 million in 2025, representing a 16.7% and 16.4% CAGR from

88

Table of Contents

2020 to 2025, respectively. We opened 11 stores on Amazon and other online retail platforms to serve end customers on a retail basis and primarily focus on U.S. and Europe market to capture market opportunities. We have a separate sales team located in the sale headquarters in Zhongshan City in the PRC that are dedicated to online sales by conducting the entire sale process from order placement to after sales services on our e-commerce platform. Our revenue generated from online sales increased rapidly, from approximately US$30.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 to approximately US$35.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2020, and from US$16.5 million for the six months ended June 30, 2020 to US$15.8 million for the six months ended June 30, 2021. Revenue from online sales represent approximately 26.1%, 26.8% and 22% of our total revenue generated for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020 and the six months ended June 30, 2021, respectively.

We also utilize advanced IT systems for our offline sales. We have internally developed an internet-based quick order system for our offline customers to facilitate their handling of orders, logistics and payments. Our offline customers in the North American market generally use electronic data interchange system, or EDI system, to send purchase orders to us. Our strong in house IT team have self-developed a cloud-based warehouse management system which seamlessly connected with many third party platforms in the U.S. for handling orders online. We provide our offline customers automatic updates of logistics and payment information for improving the operational efficiency of our customers.

We are dedicated to ensuring quality of our products and delivering excellent customer service

We believe that the quality and reliability of our products coupled with our localized customers services are vital in maintaining customer loyalty and upholding our reputation. Our quality control system covers the entire production process, from the selection of suppliers and procurement of raw materials to production, quality and reliability assurance. We have a dedicated quality control department comprising 44 experienced engineers, supervisors and inspectors as of June 30, 2021. Our commitment to maintaining the high quality of our products is demonstrated by the certifications we have obtained from International Organization for Standardization, or ISO, International Imaging Technology Council, and Shenzhen United Testing Technology Co., Ltd., in respect of our quality control and safety measures. In addition, our products are typically required to adhere to the transportation standard of International Safe Transit Association (“ISTA”) Procedure 1A, reliability standard of MIL-HDBK-3388 and testing standard of ISO/IEC 19752 and ISO/IEC 19798, and the internal quality standards of our customers. See “— Manufacturing and Quality Assurance — Quality Assurance” below for details. Our low product return rates reflect the high quality of our products. During the fiscal years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020 and the six months ended June 30, 2021, the total value of products returned amounted to US$4.1 million, US$3.4 million and US$2.1 million, respectively, representing approximately 3.5%, 2.5% and 2.9% of our total revenue generated for the corresponding years. During the fiscal years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020 and the six months ended June 30, 2021, there were no material product recalls, product returns, product liability claims or customer complaints that adversely affected our business.

In addition, we are committed to providing premium customer service quality to our customers. We have a dedicated team that provides customer and technical services to our customers, available 24/7 to address the queries and complaints regarding our products and services from our customers. Our ODM customers may also directly reach out to our local sales team for any follow-up works for their orders. In addition, we maintain generous product return and exchange policies, allowing our customers to order from us with ease of mind. See “— Customer Service.”

We believe that our emphasis on product quality and customer service has contributed to our success in gaining our customers’ confidence in our products and enhanced our position in the markets.

We have a strong, stable and experienced senior management team

We have a professional and experienced senior management team with a proven track record of highly successful results. Members of our core management team have deep expertise and experience in toner cartridge manufacturing and corporate management. They have an average of 18 years of experience in our industry and have been with our Company since our foundation. Mr. Weidong Gu, our founder and chairman of the board of directors, has over 18 years of experience in the compatible toner cartridge industry.

We believe that our strong management capability as evidenced by our growth since our inception and the expansion of our operations worldwide, together with our extensive intellectual property portfolio and research and development capabilities, will enable us to strengthen our existing operations in all of our markets and successfully expand into additional geographical markets.

89

Table of Contents

Our Growth Strategies

We plan to implement the following growth strategies:

Construct a comprehensive, multi-layer production center housing our production facilities

We plan to construct a comprehensive, multi-layer production center at the Yibo industrial park in Jiangxi Province, housing our production as well as research and development facilities, with the goal of expanding our annual production capacity from approximately 27.7 million units of toner cartridges as of December 31, 2022 to approximately 57.8 million units of toner cartridges by December 2025. We plan to increase our actual production volume according to our estimated sales volume. We plan to put into use 55, 80 and 100 production lines for the years ended December 31, 2023, 2024 and 2025, respectively. During the same years, our estimated actual production volume will be approximately 31.8 million units, 47.6 million units and 57.8 million units, respectively.

This planned production center will be a five-floor building located on existing unused land owned by us in the Yibo industrial park. The production center will have an aggregate gross floor area of approximately 139,931 square feet. The total construction area of the production center will be approximately 518,196 square feet. We expect to finish the construction planning and design of the production center in June 2022. We expect to commence construction of the production center after the completion of this offering, or approximately August 2022 and complete the construction in July 2023. Accordingly, we plan to put the production center into use in June 2024. We plan to fund our construction using approximately US$21.8 million from the proceeds of this offering.

We believe that constructing a new production center for accommodating additional production lines is necessary and beneficial to our Company based on several reasons discussed below.

Growing acceptance of compatible toner cartridges has provided us with an excellent growth opportunity.

According to the CIC Report, as consumers recognize compatible toner cartridges’ advantageous pricing compared with original-brand toner cartridges but with similar printing quality, the total demand for compatible toner cartridges in both the U.S. and Europe has seen steady growth. The compatible toner cartridge market has grown faster than the original-brand toner cartridge market. The total retail value of compatible toner cartridges in the U.S. and Europe increased from US$1,125.7 million in 2015 to US$1,686.8 million in 2020, representing a CAGR of 8.4%, which was higher than original-brand toner cartridges’ negative 1.2% CAGR from 2015 to 2020. With the improvement of product quality and increased customer acceptance, it is expected that the market size of compatible toner cartridges in the U.S. and Europe will further increase to US$2,711.7 million in 2025 with a CAGR of 10.0% from 2020 to 2025 while the CAGR of original-brand compatible toner cartridges from 2019 to 2025 is expected to be 0.8%. As a result of our leading market positions and the strong growth in the compatible toner cartridge market in which we operate, we achieved growth in our revenue during the fiscal years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020 and the six months ended June 30, 2021.

Since 2017, we began to explore in newly developed markets such as Mexico and Poland. According to the CIC report, such markets are expected to grow at a CAGR of 8.5% and 17.5% from 2020 to 2025 and reach 4.2 million units and 1.8 million units in 2025, represent 11.8% and 12.8% of overall market by sales volume.

During the COVID-19 pandemic, we were able to resume production quickly and provided large supplies of products to our newly developed markets in Mexico and Poland. From the fiscal year ended December 31, 2019 to the fiscal year ended December 31, 2020, our revenue generated from sales in Mexico and Poland increased from US$3.3 million and US$1.5 million to US$6.2 million and US$4.4 million, respectively, increased by 88.0% and 192.9%, respectively. For the six months ended June 30, 2020 to the six months ended June 30, 2021, our revenue generated from sales in Mexico and Poland increased from US$2.5 million and US$1.7 million to US$4.1 million and US$3.9 million, respectively, increased by 64.4% and 126.6%, respectively. We plan to continue to strengthen our efforts in establishing stronghold in these newly developed markets through sales of ODM products to businesses and white-label products to dealers, and increase our market presence and penetration by (i) establishing additional localized sales and marketing teams based in U.S. and Europe to secure and manage our existing customers with customized services and identifying potential business and marketing opportunities, and (ii) planning to set up new logistics centers in Dallas (locate closely to Mexico) and Poland. We believe these measures will help us capture more market shares in these newly developed markets.

90

Table of Contents

In addition to the improvement of internet infrastructure and the introduction of high-speed mobile networks, which have made online shopping much easier and contributed to the overall growth in online retail sales of toner cartridges, more compatible toner cartridges also contributed and are expected to continue to contribute to this fast growth. Such fast growth is expected to continue and reach US$233.0 million in 2024 from US$120.4 million in 2019 with a CAGR of 14.1%. The e-commerce business model is expected to expand and account for 22.4% of the total market of U.S. and Europe in 2024 from 16.9% in 2019. To maintain and further increase our growth in online sales, we plan to enhance our sales and marketing efforts. We plan to establish several standalone marketing departments to focus on strengthening the communications and supports to our online retail customers and enhancing their loyalty to our brand. We also plan to increase advertising expenses to promote our new products and to devote more staffs to online sales.

Due to the market growth, we expect our customers with long-term relationships to provide us with increasing amount of orders.

We have maintained long-term good business relationships with our existing customers. According to the CIC Report, it is a common practice in the compatible toner cartridge industry to place purchase orders each time instead of entering into long-term sales agreements with customers. During the fiscal years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020 and the six months ended June 30, 2021, we had approximately nine years of business relationships with most of our major customers since our inception with no interruption in our business relationships. During the fiscal years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020 and the six months ended June 30, 2021, there were no material product recalls, product returns, product liability claims or customer complaints. Therefore, we believe that we will be able to obtain increasing amount purchase orders from those existing customers and take advantage of the overall market growth, in particular, the online market growth.

We are capable of gaining market share from weaker market competitors.

According to the CIC Report, the industry is fragmented and will gradually be consolidated by major competitors with clear and significant competitive advantages to seize greater market shares. Compared with smaller and less established compatible toner cartridge manufacturers, we are able to provide customers with patent-protected compatible toner cartridges which are less prone to potential patent infringement litigations. In addition, we maintain a number of localized sales operations and warehouses in the U.S. and Europe, which can also provide customized services to make it more convenient for our customers through faster delivery and easier return and exchange of products. As a result of our strategy, we successfully penetrated and captured significant market shares in both the U.S. and Europe during the fiscal years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020 and the six months ended June 30, 2021. According to the CIC report, from 2017 to 2020, our ranking increased from second and third to first and second in terms of market share in the U.S. and Europe, respectively, and our market shares increased from 14.1% and 10.1% to 19.1% and 5.6% in the U.S. and Europe, respectively.

Furthermore, according to the CIC Report, the total sales volume of the compatible toner cartridge manufacturers other than top five players in overseas markets is approximately 41.7 million units in 2020. We will research via market intelligence the focused market of those manufacturers, and utilize our staff in strategically located sales offices to conduct marketing visits to our existing or potential customers’ offices and participate in exhibitions to seize the sales from these weaker competitors. In addition, we will monitor the pricing strategies and marketing efforts of those top five manufacturers, which are our close competitors so as to avoid facing intense competition when executing our strategies in seizing the market share from weaker competitors.

With (i) our historical performance, existing market share and significant competitive advantages to seize larger market shares in the U.S. and Europe market, and (ii) significant potential of seizing larger market shares from weaker competitors in the U.S. and Europe market, we intend to continue to adopt the same strategies going forward in order to ensure the new production plant will be effectively utilized by continuing to seize the market shares.

Our historical utilization rate is high and we have limited space in our existing production facility.

The current utilization of our existing production facilities at the Yibo industrial park has been steadily increasing and is already close to full capacity. During the fiscal years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020 and the six months ended June 30, 2021, we had increased our production capacity by installing additional production lines in our existing factory and implementing automation to our existing production lines. During the fiscal years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020 and the six months ended June 30, 2021, the utilization rates of our production lines were approximately

91

Table of Contents

91.5%, 96.7% and 94.6%, respectively. In addition, our existing production facility does not have sufficient space to accommodate additional production lines for satisfying potential demand growth from our customers in the future. Our historically high utilization rates, which indicated that we had little room to increase our output, probably have hindered our ability to take on additional customers’ orders.

Constructing a new production center is more cost-effective than leasing.

As we intend to construct the new production center on existing unused land we already own, it will be more cost effective by saving unnecessary leasing costs compared to leasing a new production facility.

Increase our research and development efforts

The global compatible toner cartridge market is characterized by rapid technological development and continual introduction of new models. As a specialized manufacturer of compatible toner cartridges, our future success depends largely on our ability to continually update and launch new products that can be used in updated or new printer models that come to the market from time to time. Our research and development capabilities have been instrumental to the quality and time-to-market of our products, which are our key strengths. We intend to increase our research and development efforts to improve our product quality and strengthen our competitive advantages, particularly in the areas of production automation, and chip design and development.

We plan to conduct further research on each stage of our production process and our production equipment with the goal of increasing the automation in various aspects of our production. We believe that increased automation will help to reduce staff costs and ensure standardization across our manufacturing process. In addition, our research and development team plan to design and develop in-house chips used in our compatible toner cartridges, which we currently procure from outside suppliers. We plan to purchase specialized software and related simulation equipment for chip design. We believe that the above research and development efforts will help us reduce our manufacturing cost of compatible toner cartridge, thereby increasing our gross profit margin. To further implement our research and development plans, we plan to purchase relevant materials, conduct publicly available researches and recruit highly qualified research and product development staff to join our team. We also intend to enhance our patent writing, filing and prosecution in order to further shorten the time-to-market of our products and protect the intellectual property rights arising from our self-developed products.

Upgrade and integrate our information systems to optimize our operational efficiency

In order to improve our operation efficiency and use advanced technologies to attract customers, we plan to purchase an Enterprise Resource Planning, or ERP system to integrate our key business functions, including procurement of raw materials, manufacture, sales, inventory, transportation and accounting. By tying together different business processes, an ERP system enables the flow of data between them and ensures the integrity of transactional data collected from multiple sources. Our existing sales and inventory management systems used for our sales in North America and Europe will be connected with the ERP system to achieve real time communication and avoid data duplication. We believe an upgraded ERP system will facilitate the implementation of our expansion strategies and help optimize our operational efficiency.

In addition, our employees in the IT department will also be classified into three groups based on different technology development needs utilizing the ERP system. We plan to consolidate the mutual functions necessary for our different sales channels in our IT systems in order to provide support to our worldwide sales in particular after our further expansion in different markets. These mutual functions include customer centers, product, purchase order, customer feedback, online retail store, payment, delivery, data service, product search and marketing. We believe such strategy will decrease the duplicated support provided to each sales channel and maximize the use of our internal resources.

Further strengthen our sales and logistics and expand our market coverage

We intend to expand the geographical coverage of our existing markets in North America and Europe. We plan to explore these markets by establishing additional sales offices and building warehouses in more strategic locations.

In response to such expected market growth, in the upcoming years, we plan to establish additional warehouses in the U.S. and Europe to increase our geographical coverage, in order to achieve faster product delivery, reach and

92

Table of Contents

serve a wider customer base and increase our overall market share. In the U.S., we plan to lease a warehouse in Dallas, Chicago and Atlanta to achieve a full coverage of major commercial regions in the U.S. In Europe, we plan to lease a warehouse in Poland for tapping in the Eastern Europe market.

Continue to expand our presence on online selling channels and grow our B2C business

We plan to further develop and expand our overseas B2C business in future years. We believe that with stronger B2C business, we will be able to build further connections with and learn about our end consumers, making us capable of designing and manufacturing products catering to their preferences, and providing the customer services and technical services serving their needs. To this end, we plan to (i) further attract and retain qualified personnel to our team, (ii) continue with the investment in and development of our proprietary technologies and IT systems to reduce our logistics costs and improve overall efficiency, and (iii) increase our marketing efforts, including advertisements and brand promotions, to attract, interact with, and build relationship with existing and potential customers. With the growth potential of e-commerce, our high-quality products and the employment of our business and marketing strategies, we hope to attract and retain more online retail customers, enhance our market position as a brand and online retailer of toner cartridges, and further grow our business in general.

Our Business Model

The following diagram illustrates generally our business model:

ODM business.    We conduct our ODM business through selling our products to customers located overseas, who purchase our products on an ODM basis. Under our ODM business, we provide contract manufacturing services to our customers from our facilities in the PRC and sell under their own brand names and packaging. Generally, we will ship ODM products directly to the warehouses of our customers. According to the CIC Report, the target customers of wholesalers, who primarily purchase our products on an ODM basis, are generally large to medium

93

Table of Contents

enterprises, government organizations and educational institutions. For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020 and the six months ended June 30, 2021, we derived approximately 38.7%, 45.1% and 41.3% of our total revenue from sales of our ODM business, or sale of ODM products, respectively.

Overseas B2B business.    We conduct our overseas B2B business through selling our products with generic packaging and no brand information, or white-label products to dealer customers who generally resell our products to end consumers, including, among others, small to medium enterprises, local offices and schools. End consumers directly place purchase orders with these dealers, and the dealers provide customer services to end consumers. We, on the other hand, provide services including custom packaging solutions, drop shipping services and storage services. In order to better serve these dealers and develop further customer connections, we have local offices and logistics centers located across the U.S. and Europe. For the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020 and the six months ended June 30, 2021, we derived approximately 35.2%, 28.1% and 36.7% of our total revenue from our overseas B2B business, or sale of white-label products, respectively.

Overseas B2C business. We conduct our overseas B2C business through selling the products that we design, develop and manufacture with our own brand names on Amazon and other online selling platforms. We have 11 online stores across different platforms, mainly targeting the U.S. or European markets. For each online store, we design a distinct and unique layout and use different pictures to display our products. In addition, we manufacture and sell our products under three brands with different target audience, namely TrueImage, CoolToner, and AZtech, allowing us to attract potential customers with different preferences for toner cartridge products. In order to increase our online sales and market presence, we strategically design and customize our product descriptions to enhance the level of search engine optimization and increase visibility to users. In addition, we also employ marketing strategies such as product advertisements on the online selling platforms. For the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020 and the six months ended June 30, 2021, we derived approximately 26.1%, 26.8% and 22.0% of our total revenue from our overseas B2C business, or sale of branded products, respectively.

Our Products

Overview

We primarily manufacture various compatible toner cartridges for use with commonly available models of printer from different brands. We also produce remanufactured toner cartridges through refurbishing empty cartridges, removing brand names of the original-brand toner cartridges, refilling the toner and replacing any broken parts. In addition to toner cartridges, we manufacture a small amount of other ancillary printer components, primarily including carbon tapes, color tapes and packaging materials.

Toner Cartridges

Compatible Toner Cartridges

The toner cartridge is the consumable component of a laser printer. Toner cartridges contain physical print medium materials that is used to form text and graphics on the paper. The toner is transferred to paper via an electrostatically charged drum unit, and fused onto the paper by heated rollers during the printing process. Compatible toner cartridges are designed and sold by third-party manufacturers which can be used for various printer models.

94

Table of Contents

For the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020 and the six months ended June 30, 2021, revenue for sales of compatible toner cartridges was US$100.2 million, US$122.8 million and US$67.6 million, respectively, representing 86.8%, 92.4% and 94.2% of our total revenue for the respective periods.

Remanufactured Toner Cartridges

We procure used original-brand toner cartridges from empty-cartridge brokers overseas and ship the empty cartridges to our factory located in Jiangxi Province, the PRC. We produce remanufactured toner cartridges through refurbishing empty cartridges, removing brand names of the original-brand toner cartridges, refilling the toner and replacing any broken parts. Our remanufactured toner cartridges are marked as recyclable products and sold under white-label basis.

For the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020 and the six months ended June 30, 2021, revenue for sales of remanufactured toner cartridges was US$14.3 million, US$9.5 million and US$3.8 million, respectively, representing 12.4%, 7.2% and 5.3%, respectively, of total revenue for the periods.

Ancillary printer components

We also manufacture a small amount of ancillary printer components, including carbon tapes, color tapes and packaging materials for toner cartridges.

Raw Materials and Suppliers

Raw Materials and Procurement

The raw materials we procure primarily include toner, chips and OPC drums which are predominantly sourced from our PRC suppliers. Our procurement department procures raw materials with reference to our production plans, production orders on hand, and inventory level. As of June 30, 2021, our procurement team of our production material control department consisted of 14 employees.

95

Table of Contents

The purchase price of raw materials may vary in certain circumstances, such as any substantial changes in the market conditions. We monitor fluctuations in our raw materials closely and adjust our raw materials inventory policy in accordance with such price fluctuations if necessary. To minimize our exposure to price fluctuations of raw materials and to avoid delays and/or shortages in the supply of raw materials, we may make large-scale purchases when necessary and seek new suppliers to replace unstable suppliers. During the fiscal years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020 and the six months ended June 30, 2021, we did not experience any shortage or material delay in the supply of raw materials.

In addition, in the event that there is any material fluctuations in purchase price of raw materials, we may adjust the selling price of our products accordingly. If we are unable to increase the selling price of our products due to market competition, we seek to mitigate the adverse impact of such price increases by improving our manufacturing efficiency. We do not currently have any hedging policies with regard to our raw materials, but we re-evaluate this decision from time to time based on the costs and benefits of hedging.

Suppliers

Selection criteria of our suppliers

We conduct assessments on all of our new suppliers before we source raw materials from them. We assess them based on several key criteria, such as the quality of their goods, delivery speed, quality of technical support, and responsiveness. If we determine that a supplier has met our requirements, we will add it to our approved suppliers list. As of June 30, 2021, we had over 199 approved suppliers on the list. After we include a supplier on our approved suppliers list, we still reassess it every year.

Concentration of suppliers

During the fiscal year ended December 31, 2019 and 2020 and the six months ended June 30, 2021, purchases from our largest supplier amounted to approximately US$6.2 million, US$8.1 million and US$4.7 million, respectively, representing approximately 11.3%, 10.3% and 13.6% of our total purchases, respectively. Purchases from our top five suppliers amounted to approximately US$18.0 million, US$23.9 million, and US$11.4 million, respectively, representing approximately 32.9%, 30.3% and 32.8% of total purchases, respectively.

Other than color toner, our raw materials are generally available from a large number of local suppliers. According to the CIC Report, there is only a limited number of color toner manufacturers globally. One of our suppliers is the largest manufacturer of color toner in the PRC, but also our competitor for the sale of compatible toner cartridges. We have entered into a legally binding procurement agreement with this supplier for a contract period from January 1, 2019 to December 31, 2020. On January 1, 2021, we entered into a legally binding procurement agreement with this supplier for a term from January 1, 2021 to December 31, 2022. Despite that, we believe we are able to source color toner from other manufacturers, however this may not be at a favorable cost given the limited manufacturers available. During the fiscal years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020 and the six months ended June 30, 2021, we did not experience any significant difficulties in obtaining raw materials and packaging materials, and we did not encounter any significant problems with the quality of our raw materials or packaging materials.

96

Table of Contents

Procurement agreements with suppliers

We generally enter into legally binding procurement agreements with our suppliers. The principal terms of the procurement agreements are summarized as below.

•        Duration:    Our procurement agreements are generally effective for two years.

•        Pricing:    Product prices are not specified in the procurement agreements and are confirmed in purchase orders.

•        Specifications and quality requirements:    Raw materials provided by the suppliers shall be in strict compliance with our product specifications and standards.

•        Payment terms:    Payments are normally made by us to our suppliers through mutually agreed methods, including wire transfer, bank transfer, cash, and check payment. The specific payment date shall be the latest payment date when the payment terms agreed in the relevant purchase orders are due and payable.

•        Delivery:    The products shall be delivered accordingly to relevant purchase orders or other written requirements of us.

•        Inspection and product returns:    We typically inspect products for compliance with agreed quality standards, quantity and specifications upon receipt of the products. If any issue is identified, we will resolve the issue with the suppliers within reasonable period (no longer than one month). If the cause of the issue is attributable to the suppliers, the suppliers are responsible to clarify or correct.

•        Warranty:    The product warranty period shall comply with applicable laws and regulations and our requirements. If there is no clear rule or the relevant standard is lower than our requirements, the product warranty period shall be two years from the date of acceptance.

•        Confidentiality:    Without obtaining written consent from the other party, either party may not disclose any trade secrets or intellectual property to the public.

97

Table of Contents

Manufacturing and Quality Assurance

Our Production Process

The toner cartridges we produce include compatible toner cartridges and remanufactured toner cartridges. Except for the additional procedures of grade, disassembly and cleaning related to remanufactured toner cartridges, the production process of the two types are substantially the same. The production of one cartridge generally takes approximately 10 minutes. The following diagram illustrates the principal production process:

98

Table of Contents

Our Production Facilities

All of our production facilities are located in Xinyu City, Jiangxi Province, the PRC and occupy approximately 182,986 square meters. As of June 30, 2021, we owned a production factory with two single-level buildings of similar size accommodating our 39 production lines. As set forth in detail below, our production facilities are already close to full capacity. Owing to the limited space of our existing production facilities, it is not feasible for us to establish new productions lines in our existing production facilities. Our production lines can be adjusted by adding or replacing certain production equipment without incurring significant setup time and costs to meet different product specifications.

Major production machinery and equipment

The following table sets out a summary of our major production machinery and equipment we use for production:

 

Machinery/Equipment

 

Use and Function

(1)

 

Toner filling machine

 

Filling toner into the toner bottle

(2)

 

Doctor blade automatic installation machine

 

Automatically installing doctor blade

(3)

 

Wiper blades automatic installation machine

 

Automatically installing wiper blade

(4)

 

Primary charge roller automatic installation machine

 

Automatically installing primary charge roller

Production facilities are organized and managed by our safety staff in administration department. We conduct regular maintenance of our machinery and equipment so as to ensure that our business operations will not be disrupted unnecessarily. During the fiscal years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020 and the six months ended June 30, 2021, we did not encounter any breakdown of our production facilities that had a material adverse impact on our business operations.

Quality Assurance

We emphasize on quality and reliability on our manufacturing process. We have been accredited the following international certifications.

Certificate

 

Coverage

 

Issuing Authority

 

Date of Grant

 

Date of Expiration

GB/T19001-2016/ISO9001:2015

 

the standard quality management system certification for our design, production and service of laser printer cartridge products

 

Shenzhen Universal Certification Center Co., Ltd.

 

June 30, 2020

 

June 29, 2023

GB/T24001-2016/ISO14001:2015

 

the environmental management system certification for our design and production of laser printer cartridge products

 

Shenzhen Universal Certification Center Co., Ltd

 

June 30, 2020

 

June 29, 2023

CE Certificate of Compliance

 

the compulsory safety CE certification according to the applicable EU directors for products entering the European Economic Area

 

Shenzhen United Testing Technology Co., Ltd.

 

June 10, 2019

 

Long term

STMC

 

the recognition for competence in Toner Printer Cartridge Quality Assurance Test Methods according to the Standard Test Methods Committee (STMC) Guide for evaluating all-in-one printer cartridges

 

International Imaging Technology Council

 

April 11, 2021

 

April 11, 2023

In addition, our products are typically required to adhere to the transportation standard of ISTA Procedure 1A, reliability standard of MIL-HDBK-3388 and testing standard of ISO/IEC 19752 and ISO/IEC 19798, and the internal quality standards of our customers. In order to meet the high quality standards and to help minimize

99

Table of Contents

our product return costs, our quality assurance procedures are carried out at various stages of the manufacturing process, including incoming, in-process and outgoing stages. To closely monitor our manufacturing process, our product group has a quality assurance division consisting of a team of 46 experienced engineers, supervisors and inspectors as of June 30, 2021. Furthermore, we have implemented systematic defect-elimination procedures to the entire manufacturing process to reduce defect rates in our products.

Incoming inspection for raw material

Each chip we purchased is generally required to be inspected before putting into use. Other raw materials we purchased are generally inspected on a sampling basis. The sampled raw materials and chips need to go through a comprehensive visual inspection, physical test and functional test. For important materials including OPC drum, chip and toner, we conduct trial production before placing in stock. For ordinary materials, we review the laboratory testing report to confirm the conditions of the raw materials before placing in stock. We require our raw materials and components suppliers to establish and maintain stringent quality assurance systems throughout their production processes and be able to provide timely on-site support in the event that incoming raw materials and components do not meet our quality standards.

In-process quality assurance inspection

We carry out quality control on our semi-finished products at various stages along our production lines to ensure their quality complies with applicable industry standards and internal benchmarks. We perform first article inspection at the beginning of every shift to ensure that the first set of products assembled at the beginning of the relevant shift meets all the relevant quality standards before we begin mass production. Quality inspection and process assessments are also performed regularly to oversee quality assurance procedures throughout the assembly process in order to minimize the quality variance at various stages of the production process.

Outgoing quality assurance inspection

Finished products undergo outgoing quality assurance inspection before they are shipped to our customers and overseas warehouses. Products, which do not meet our quality standards, are returned to our manufacturing facilities for remediation, and when remedied, are subject again to the same outgoing quality assurance inspection. We carry out quality control on our finished products by random and sample testing including 100% printing test, visual inspection and life test.

Research and Development

We engage in ongoing research and development activities to meet our customers’ increasingly sophisticated needs and maintain our leading-edge capabilities. As of December 31, 2020, our research and development team was comprised of 29 professional engineers and skilled technicians. The team was led by Mr. Weidong Gu, who has over 18 years of experience in the compatible toner cartridge industry. Most of the products developed from our research and development activities were our compatible toner cartridges, and all of our compatible toner cartridges are covered by certain of our patents. The majority of our revenue generated during the fiscal years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020 and the six months ended June 30, 2021 was related to sales of compatible toner cartridges developed by our research and development team. For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020 and the six months ended June 30, 2021, our revenues generated from sales of our self-developed compatible toner cartridges were 88%, 93%, and 95% our total revenues for the respective periods.

We spent US$3.5 million, US$4.9 million and US$2.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020 and the six months ended June 30, 2021, respectively, on research and development activities. We consider our research and development activities critical to the continuing success of our business. Our research and development efforts are focused on the following areas:

•        upgrade our products in line with the continuous update of printers;

•        design and development of new products; and

•        design and development of new production process to improve production efficiency and reduce overall manufacturing costs while maintaining design reliability.

100

Table of Contents

Our typical new product development process consists of the following steps:

We adopt a scientific and rigorous testing procedure with advanced equipment to ensure the quality reliability of our products. Our products typically undergo tests mainly including reliability test, life test, high-low temperature and humidity test and noise test by printing at low speed. We closely monitor the customer feedbacks of a new product during the first six months after launched to the market.

Our research and development department is responsible for exploring and evaluating potential new products to be developed and manufactured by us. In order to quickly develop products compatible with new models of printers and meet customers’ changing needs, we closely track the latest patent rights applied by printer manufacturers, study the design, structure and components used in original-brand product updates, new original-brand products being released, and conduct market research to collect customer feedbacks. Through the patent search, we gain access to patent information including the description of the claimed invention, the scope of patent protection sought by the applicant and the information of the patent holder. By tracking and analyzing the patents filed or obtained by printer manufacturers and industry peers, we are able to discover new trends in technology and product development at an early stage, build on and improve existing products and obtain guidance for the development of our self-owned technologies. In addition, we closely monitor the distribution channels of original-brand manufacturers including official website, wholesale and offline retail stores to obtain the publicly available information of new products being launched.

Pricing

We adopt different pricing strategies for our products depending on different sales channels. In particular, the pricing levels of our products are formulated in consideration of the main factors below:

•        ODM customers (sale of ODM products): We generally adopt a fixed cost-plus pricing policy by considering the customer consumption volume, customer payment terms and delivery terms, length of business relationship and prices of competing products. We do not have rights to set the retail price of our ODM products for our customers, because ODM products are sold by our customers at the price set at their own discretion.

•        Dealers (sale of white-label products): We typically price our white-label products at higher rates compared to our ODM products, as we take into account costs associated with our exclusive services provided to dealers, including custom clearance, warehousing, relabeling services, and direct shipping to end consumers. As a result, we are able to generate reasonable profits from our white-label products.

•        Online retail customers (sale of branded products): We generally set the retail prices for our branded products to 30% to 50% of those of original-brand cartridge products. Typically we are able to derive the highest profit margins from sales to online retail customers, among the three sales channels.

As our ability to offer competitive prices is critical in securing orders with and obtaining more bargaining power from our ODM customers, we usually review our pricing levels on a quarterly basis with them to reflect changing

101

Table of Contents

market and operational conditions, and we adjust price list periodically. Our branded products and white-label products typically generate higher profit margins compared to ODM products. We believe that we have more bargaining power for our white-label products because of our localized operation and ancillary services provided to dealers, including relabeling services and direct shipping to end consumers, among others. Our direct-to-consumer approach in selling our branded products also allows us to cut out the distributors and control our costs more effectively and provides us with more flexibility in pricing.

Logistics and Warehousing

Logistics

In the U.S., we strategically located our warehouses on the east and west coasts, in California and Pennsylvania respectively. A majority of our customers in North America, primarily in the U.S., can also track product deliveries through our self-developed inventory and logistics system named Matrix (“Matrix System”). We generally keep reasonable level of inventories in the warehouses according to the population coverage. We also have a major logistics center in Venlo in the Netherlands and three warehouses strategically located in the north, central and south parts of Europe, including the United Kingdom, France and Italy.

We believe that reliable and timely product delivery is a critical component of providing a satisfying shopping experience for our customers. generally, finished products may be delivered at our costs or our customers’ costs to the locations designated by our customers depending on our delivery arrangement with each customer.

Our product delivery is generally arranged as follows:

ODM products (to ODM customers).    our ODM products are generally being shipped directly from our production facility. Our customers purchasing ODM products usually choose free on board (FOB) shipping arrangement or delivered duty paid (DDP) shipping arrangement. We are responsible for the customs declarations with the PRC customs. For DDP shipping arrangement, we are also responsible for the customs clearance by engaging a customs broker to complete the relevant customs clearance procedures at the foreign customs.

White-label products (to local customers or their end customers).    Our white-label products are generally being delivered from our production facility to our main overseas logistics centers, located in California and Venlo. We use major international delivery services companies to deliver our products from our overseas warehouses to the agreed-upon location of the wholesalers and dealers. A majority of our customers in North America, primarily in the U.S., can also track product deliveries through our Matrix system which integrates with our EDI ordering system for better sales management.

102

Table of Contents

Branded products.    Our branded products are generally delivered from our production facility to the warehouses maintained by the fulfillment centers of online selling platforms and our overseas warehouses. Our branded products are mainly being delivered to our online retail customers by the platforms, and the customers may track product deliveries through the platforms.

Warehouse Operations

We have warehouse management procedures that monitor the planning and allocation of warehouse space and stock of raw materials, work-in-progress and finished products to coordinate with the delivery arrangements and schedules. We have equipped fire alarm equipment, anti-theft system, security alarm and sprinkler system in our warehouses to protect our warehouses in Europe. In Europe, we use a powerful order management system named multichannel order manager to manage our purchase orders and ensure accurate inventory level information. In the U.S., we have equipped fire alarm and sprinkler system in our warehouses. In addition, we utilize our self-developed Matrix system to conduct inventory management and warehouse rack management, which enable us to maintain accuracy on stock inventory. We also perform a random stock check to confirm if some of the low inventory stock level is matching with the recordings in our Matrix system. We carry out physical stock counts every quarter to monitor our inventory level and to identify obsolete or damaged stock.

Inventory Control

Our inventory mainly comprises raw materials, work-in-progress and finished products.

For our ODM products, we manufacture the products on a made-to-order basis. We product the ODM products after we receive a confirmed order of products.

For branded products and white-label products, our sales and marketing department, based on their understanding of historical sales and perceived market trends, formulates annual sales targets at our Company’s level and at the regional level. Our regional sales teams then prepare their respective quarterly sales targets. Our logistics teams communicate with regional sales teams on a weekly basis to review and make the next quarter’s sales prediction, and then communicate with our factory for upcoming production schedule. It generally will take about one month to manufacture the products and another 1.5 months to deliver the products to our overseas warehouses. Our sales and marketing department reviews regularly whether our regional sales teams are able to meet their sales targets. At the end of each year, our sales and

103

Table of Contents

marketing department reviews annual sales by region, product and brand, customer turnover rate, the level of returned goods and the number of customer complaints. It is our policy to maintain sufficient inventory level of finished products. This is determined with reference to the historical daily sales of each type of products.

Sales and Our Customers

We sell our products and services through our own sales and marketing team based in the United States and Europe. As of June 30, 2021, we employed approximately 147 salespersons. They are responsible for identifying business and market opportunities, engaging in business networking, participating in industry exhibitions, organizing logistics, handling customer complaints, processing purchase orders, promoting products and social media and other online platforms, deepening relationships with our existing customers, and cultivating relationships with potential customers worldwide. Our sales and marketing departments includes a PRC sales division and an overseas sales division. Our overseas division is responsible for the sales of white-label products and assist the PRC sales team to follow up on the customers purchased ODM products in the North America and Europe market. Our PRC sales division is further divided into an ODM sales team and an online branded products sales team.

We generally approach and develop new customers through the following methods:

ODM customers and Dealers

(i)     We participate in office supplies and printer consumables exhibitions to create business relationship with potential customers. We also follow up with potential customers to explore their purchasing needs.

(ii)    We contact active local dealers and make cold calls to potential customers in the U.S. and Europe.

(iii)   We hire salespersons with rich industry experiences in the U.S. and Europe.

Online retail customers

(i)     We invest in sponsored advertisements on online selling platforms to reach customers interested in purchasing toner cartridges to improve our brand recognition, grow customers and boost sales.

(ii)    Through providing customer services on a timely basis and constantly improving the quality of our services to online retail customers, we aim to build and improve our brand reputation and boost word-of-mouth marketing.

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2019, we sold approximately 38.7%, 35.2%, and 26.1% of our products to ODM customers, dealers and online retail customers, respectively, compared to 45.1%, 28.1%, and 26.8% for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2020. For the six months ended June 30, 2021, we sold approximately 41.3%, 36.7% and 22% of our products to ODM customers, dealers and online retail customers, respectively.

Sales to ODM Customers

ODM customers are those who purchase products from us which are manufactured according to our specifications and packaged under their brands. Our ODM customers procure our products directly from our sales offices in the PRC and we deliver from our production facilities in the PRC. We have established over nine years of business relationship with most of our major ODM customers. Our customers purchasing our ODM products generally order our products with bulk quantity. We mainly provide manufacturing services for them and produce products under their brands. Given their advantage in developing relatively sizeable customers, in general, we believe that those customers are more sensitive to material price adjustments.

During the fiscal years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020 and the six months ended June 30, 2021, we did not enter into any sales agreements or long-term contracts with our ODM customers other than rebate agreements for our ODM products. Through the rebates agreements, we offer them a discount on the selling price of 1% to 2% if our customers accept the responsibility to provide warranty services to end users for purchased goods with manufacturing defects, or if the customers make purchases of or above certain volume. In the event that the amount of defective products exceed 1% of the total amount of products, our customers can return the defective ODM products back to us as credit. Such rebate agreement generally is valid for one year and shall be automatically extended at its expiration if neither party objects. Our sales are conducted on a purchase order basis.

104

Table of Contents

During the fiscal years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020 and the six months ended June 30, 2021, there were no material sales return from our customers purchasing our DOM products. For the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020 and the six months ended June 30, 2021, sales to ODM customers were US$44.7 million, US$59.9 million and US$29.6 million, accounting for approximately 38.7%, 45.1% and 41.3% of our total revenues for those years, respectively.

Sales to Dealers

Dealers, are customers who source toner cartridges from importers and/or wholesalers, and sell them to end consumers who place purchase orders with them, including small to medium sized enterprises, local offices and schools, among others. Many dealers do not maintain their own warehouses and therefore depend on importers and/or wholesalers to ship the orders directly to their end customers. Dealers typically order our products with small quantity compared to ODM customers. Our local sales team need to identify and develop the dealers, and provide them with customized services. We supply dealers with products with generic packaging boxes with no brand information, or white-label products. We also provide optional ancillary services, including relabeling services, drop shipping services and storage services to dealers. With the aforementioned ancillary services, we believe that we have gained more bargaining power. In addition, through our proprietary EDI system and internet-based quick order system, our dealer customers can easily and effortlessly place orders with us, locate product specifications and inventory information, check the status of their orders, and make payments. See “— Our Technology.”

We do not enter into sales agreement or any long-term contracts with the dealers for our white-label products, and our sales are conducted on a purchase order basis. The dealers are not allowed to return or exchange products except for defective products.

For the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020 and the six months ended June 30, 2021, our sales of white-label products were approximately US$40.6 million, US$37.2 million and US$26.3 million, representing 35.2%, 28.1% and 36.7% of total revenue for respective periods.

Sales to Online Retail Customers

Our online retail customers are those who mainly purchase our branded products through our online retail stores on Amazon and other online retail platforms. According to the CIC Report, individuals and small to micro sized enterprises mainly order through online stores, and as a result of COVID-19, more consumers switched to online purchases. We expect our sales to online retail customers to achieve the highest increase and serve as the driver for our future business growth, among our existing three sales channels.

Currently, we have 11 online stores across different platforms, mainly targeting the U.S. or European markets, and our sales to online retail customers are conducted on a per-order basis. For each online store, we design a distinct and unique layout and use different pictures to display our products. In addition, we manufacture and sell our products under three brands with different target audience, namely TrueImage, CoolToner, and AZtech, allowing us to attract potential customers with different preferences for toner cartridge products. In order to increase our online sales and market presence, we strategically design and customize our product descriptions to enhance the level of search engine optimization and increase visibility to users. In addition, we also employ marketing strategies such as product advertisements on the online selling platforms.

We typically set the retail prices for our branded products to 30% to 50% of those of original-brand cartridge products. Typically we are able to derive the highest profit margins from sales to online retail customers among the three sales channels. For the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020 and the six months ended June 30, 2021, revenue generated from our online retail stores from branded products were approximately US$30.1 million, US$35.6 million and US$15.8 million, representing 26.1%, 26.8% and 22.0%, respectively, of total revenue for the periods.

Geographic Coverage

Our products are currently sold to customers in over 50 countries. Sales to U.S. and European customers represent the majority of our total revenue. Our European customers are from a large number of different countries, including Germany, Russia, the United Kingdom, Italy, Netherlands, France, Hungary, and others, among which customers from Germany constitute the largest market share among customers from all European countries with respect to our ODM business and B2B business. In recent years, we have also been putting in efforts to develop other markets around the world and achieved substantial growth in Mexico and Poland.

105

Table of Contents

Customer Service

We are committed to provide premium customer service quality to our customers, which is reflected in our product return and exchange policies. We maintain our main customer service center in sales headquarter in Zhongshan City in the PRC, handling user queries and complaints regarding our products and services. We have after-sales and technical service teams of 71 employees working according to the office hours in U.S. and European time zones to provide 24-hour service to these customers. Our local sales team will also provide sales related follow-up works for our customers. Customers can make queries on our products and ordering process and file complaints around the clock by various means, such as online chatting, a customer service hotline, emails and face-to-face communication. Our customer service representatives are required to complete training on product and service knowledge, complaint handling and communication skills. We aim to provide timely, comprehensive, and high-quality customer services to ensure that we meet our customers’ needs and expectations for our products.

Our Services to ODM Customers and Dealers

Our customers including ODM customers and dealers are eligible to refund or exchange defective products within two years from the date of purchase. During the warranty period, customers are eligible to submit refund or exchange request to our return merchandise authorization team, or RMA team, at our quality assurance department. The RMA team will process the requests within 48 business hours. To expedite the RMA procedure, we request customers to submit RMA with five essential information, including item number, quantity, reason for return, batch number and original order number or purchase number. We generally provide a credit to our customers in the method in which the customers paid within seven business days of our receipt of the accepted return. A refund will not be processed until the product is received by our warehouse.

Defective products.    Our quality assurance team in sales headquarters in the U.S. and Europe will diagnose the claims for defective products based on the essential information and determined if we need to retrieve for inspection or not. Upon receipt of the returned items, we shall inspect them for final determination of return, exchange or notification of ineligible products. We will notify our customers if any ineligible products are received. We reserve the right to either recycle or otherwise dispose of the ineligible products after the seven days from the date customers were notified. Ineligible products include (i) any products were damaged due to customers’ error; (ii) any products are returned due to defects but no defect is found after testing; (iii) any product that was not directly purchased from us or not our products; (iv) any returns with more than 70% of toner usage; and (v) any products that were malfunctioned. If the quality issues of our products are due to the faults of our suppliers, we will claim against our suppliers.

Incorrectly supplied products.    The customers should notify us within 180 days of receipt of the incorrectly supplied products to qualify for refund or free replacement.

Missing, incomplete or damaged orders.    If the purchase orders have not arrived, or arrive in complete or damages, our customers could contact our RMA Department to report any issue within three business days of the delivery date to qualify for refund or free replacement. If the products are lost or damaged in shipping, our customers or we could file a claim with the carrier for the loss if the products are shipped on a customer’s account or our account.

Change of mind returns.    Customers may request product returns at their own costs if they are ordered in error or unwanted within 90 days from the original invoice date. The products must be returned in resalable conditions with the original packaging. We will charge 20% restocking fee if the products are returned to us after 90 days from the original invoice date. We will charge US$2 each on re-box if the packaging is damaged or defaced in any way, or if the packaging has been customized.

Our Services to Online Retail Customers

We allow our customers purchased through our online channels to exchange or return goods within 30 days of receipt of shipment for any reasons. We generally allow our customers to exchange or return any defective products with quality issues at any time after purchase. For returning, exchanging or repairing any defective products, our customers can mail such products to us after initiating a product return request on the platform on which they purchased the products.

106

Table of Contents

Our Technology

Our technologies are crucial to our success. We have invested strategically to build our proprietary technology, with a goal to improve operational efficiency and customer experience.

EDI system.    We have launched our electronic data interchange system for our dealer customers located in North America, through which the customers can send purchase orders to us, and receive shipping information from us.

Internet-based quick order system.    We provide one-step ordering solutions to our ODM and dealer customers through our internet-based quick order system. Through this system, our customers could place and handle orders, locate product specifications and inventory information, check the status of their orders, and make payments.

Cloud-based warehouse management system.    The cloud-based management system connects with many third-party platforms in the U.S. We have also integrated our cloud-based warehouse management system with our EDI system, allowing us to process orders, monitor the status of our inventory, and handle accounting matters through the system. After our customers place orders on Amazon or other online selling platforms, or through our EDI system or internet-based quick order system, such orders are processed through our cloud-based warehouse management system, which will generate automated messages to our warehousing and logistics teams for further processing and delivery. Any updates to the status of customer orders will be sent by our cloud-based warehouse management system back to the corresponding online selling platform, EDI system or internet-based quick order system, such that our customers are able to check the real-time status of their orders.

Intellectual Property

We currently hold a broad collection of rights relating to certain aspects of our in-house designed products. Such rights include trademarks, copyrights, domain names, trade names, trade secrets and other proprietary rights in a number of overseas jurisdictions including the U.S., Europe, and the PRC. All of our compatible toner cartridges are covered by some of our patents. We believe the duration of intellectual property rights is adequate relative to the expected lives of our products and services.

We have established and implemented internal policies and protocols in relation to the creation, management, implementation and protection of our intellectual property and trade secrets. Under our intellectual property protection measures, as of June 30, 2021, we had 366 registered patents, including utility patents, design patents and others, in the PRC and worldwide, including approximately 352 registered patents in the PRC. As of June 30, 2021, we had 66 pending patent applications in the PRC and worldwide, including 63 of such pending applications in the PRC. In addition, as of June 30, 2021, we had 24 trademarks, including 15 trademarks in various categories registered in the U.S. and six trademarks in various categories registered in the European Union, and one domain name registered.

We reply on a combination of patent, copyright, and trademark laws and restrictions in the PRC and other jurisdictions, fair trade practice, as well as confidentiality procedures and contractual provisions to protect our intellectual property rights and in order to provide patent safe and self-developed products to our customers. Despite our precautions, third parties may infringe our intellectual property rights. Unauthorized use of our intellectual property by third parties and the expenses that may incur in protecting our intellectual property rights from such unauthorized use may adversely affect our business and results of operations. See “Risk Factors — Risks Relating to Our Business and Industry — Our ability to compete effectively may be hampered if our intellectual property rights are infringed on by third-parties or, on the other hand, if we are alleged or found to have infringed on the intellectual property rights of others.”

We have not had any actions, which has had a material negative impact on our financial position or results of operations, brought against us by any third parties claiming that we have infringed any their intellectual property rights. However, from time to time we may be involved in disputes relating to intellectual property rights belonging to or asserted by third parties.

107

Table of Contents

Competition

We are a specialized manufacturer, supplier and seller of toner cartridge to our customers mainly in the U.S. and Europe. We were the second largest compatible toner cartridge manufacturer in the world with a market share of approximately 12.2% in terms of manufacturing revenue in global markets for the year ended December 31, 2020. We face competition from manufacturers of similar products in China for sale to customers in the U.S. and Europe. The market concentration for compatible toner cartridges is relatively high as the top five compatible toner cartridges manufacturers accounted for approximately 55.9% and 85.6% of the total revenue in the U.S. and Europe in 2020, respectively, according to the CIC Report. Based on our operating experience, we believe the principal competitive factors in our relevant markets include:

•        production scale, including production and processing capacities;

•        quality of our products;

•        research and development capabilities;

•        selling price;

•        production cost;

•        customer satisfaction and reputation; and

•        geographical location.

There are certain major barriers of entry into the toner cartridge industry, including patents protection, substantial capital investment required to set up the operations, ability to retain highly qualified technical experts and established relationships with customers. Please refer to “Industry Overview — Competitive landscape of the compatible toner cartridge market in the PRC” for details of the competition we face, including the key players in the compatible toner cartridge industry in China, as manufacturers and engaged in the sales of U.S. and European market.

Occupational Health and Safety

We are subject to the labor, safety and work-related laws and regulations where our business operate. See “Regulation.” We have already established a work safety system which includes a system for recording and handling accidents for the production facilities warehouse and formulated a number of guidelines and this regard. We hold regular safety training session for our employees.

During the fiscal years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020 and the six months ended June 30, 2021, we did not experience any significant incidents or accidents in relation to workers’ safety or subject to any material claim, whether for personal or property damage, or penalty in relation to health, work safety, social or environmental production issues, or involved in any accident or fatality, and had been in compliance with applicable laws and regulations in all material aspects during the fiscal years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020 and the six months ended June 30, 2021.

Environmental and Social

We are committed to environmental protection and conservation and we have adopted environmental policies in relation to the environmental protection and conversation.

We are subject to the PRC environmental laws, regulations and standards where we manufacture our products. See “Regulation” for details of applicable environmental laws, regulations and standards.

During the fiscal years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020 and the six months ended June 30, 2021, we had complied with the applicable environmental laws and regulations in all material respects, and that we were not subject to any material fines or legal actions involving non-compliance with any relevant regulations in the PRC.

The cost of compliance with the applicable environmental protection laws, regulations, policies and standards was not material during the fiscal years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020 and the six months ended June 30, 2021. However, environmental laws and regulations have tended to become increasingly stringent and, to the extent regulatory changes occur in the future, they could result in, among other things, increased costs to our company.

108

Table of Contents

Employees

We had 1,573, 1,554, 1,479 and 1,238 full-time employees as of December 31, 2018, 2019 and 2020 and September 30, 2021. Out of the 1,479 full-time employees we had as of December 31, 2020, 1,411 of them were located in China and 68 of them were located overseas. The following table sets forth the number of our full-time employees as of September 30, 2021:

Function

 

Number of 
Employees

Manufacturing

 

597

Sales and Marketing

 

206

Research and Development

 

30

Production Material Control

 

103

Quality Assurance

 

50

Administration

 

62

Accounting and Finance

 

47

Information Technology

 

22

Management

 

10

Others

 

111

Total

 

1,238

Our success depends on our ability to attract, motivate, train and retain qualified personnel. We offer our employees competitive salaries, bonuses and other incentives. Bonuses are generally discretionary and based on employee performance as well as our overall business performance. We offer interest-free home loans to certain qualified employees as an employee benefit.

We recruit most of our employees through job fairs, recruitment agencies and online channels. In addition, we launch regular internal and external training programs for employees covering daily work, production safety, technics, industry, information security and customs regulations. We also select outstanding employees and key core talents to study in outside training institutions or designated institutions according to the needs of specific occupations.

We have entered into employment agreements with our full-time employees. We have also sign confidentiality agreements with our employees except manufacturing staff under which such employees shall, during or after the course of employment, keep all confidential information strictly confidential. Confidential information includes all data and information that is obtained, created or developed or became aware of, whether directly or indirectly, as a result of using any equipment or resources or due to the performance of duties by such employees or information marked with “Confidential” or similar wordings, regardless of whether such information is written, completed, or registered intellectual properties.

During the fiscal years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020 and the six months ended June 30, 2021, we did not experience any material labor disputes with our employees, receive any complaints, notices or orders from relevant government authorities or third parties, or receive any claims from our employees relating to social insurance or housing provident funds. None of our employees are currently represented by labor unions.

Insurance

We maintain various insurance policies to safeguard against risks and unexpected event. We have purchased property insurance which covers all risks of physical loss, destruction or damage to our production facilities, the inventory of our products and our fixed assets, work safety liability insurance which covers work injuries at our production facilities. Our main export credit insurance covers majority of the commercial risks and political risks in relation to our export transactions. The export credit insurance covers risks in relation to (i) commercial risks occurs when the buyer defaults on payment for goods, refuses to take delivery of goods or goes bankrupt or insolvent; and (ii) political risks occurs when the country or region of the buyer prohibits or restricts the buyer from paying for goods, an import ban is imposed on the goods purchased by the buyer, any war, civil war or riot makes the buyer unable to perform contract or a third party country through which the payment by the buyer has to be routed issues a moratorium. The insurance company is responsible to compensate up to majority of the loss resulting from the commercial risks or political risks.

109

Table of Contents

In line with general market practice, we do not maintain any business interruption insurance, which is not mandatory under the relevant laws of the PRC. We do not main key-man life insurance or insurance policies covering damages to our IT infrastructure or information technology systems. We believe that we are covered by adequate property and liability insurance policies which are customary for similar companies in the PRC, the U.S. and Europe. During the fiscal years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020 and the six months ended June 30, 2021, we did not make any material insurance claims in relation to our business. Our management evaluates the adequacy of our insurance coverage from time to time, and we purchase additional insurance policies as needed. However, our insurance coverage may not be adequate to cover all losses that may occur. Please refer to the section headed “Risk Factors — Our insurance coverage may not be sufficient to cover all risks in relation to our business operations.”

Properties and Facilities

Our principal executive offices are located in Xinyu, Jiangxi, China. We own seven parcels of land with an aggregate gross site area of approximately 3.9 million square feet, and owned and occupied 32 buildings with a total gross floor area of approximately 1.2 million square feet in the PRC. We also lease lands and buildings from independent third parties with an aggregate gross floor area of 244,571 square feet in the PRC, the Netherlands, Italy, the United Kingdom and France. These leases vary in duration from one year to nine years. The properties and facilities we own and lease serve the functions of product manufacturing, research and development, warehousing, marketing, and customer services.

We believe that our existing facilities are sufficient for our current needs, and we will obtain additional facilities to accommodate our future expansion plans.

Seasonality

Our operating results are affected by the seasonality of the orders we receive. We typically experience lower revenue in the fourth quarter every year due to the decrease in demand for our toner cartridges in offices before and during the Christmas holidays. As the majority of our customers are located in North America and Europe, the demand of printers used in offices and schools tends to decrease when our customers are on vacation during those periods. We expect such pattern is likely to continue in the future.

Legal Proceedings

On November 12, 2021, ML Products, Inc. filed a complaint with the United States District Court for the Central District of California against Aster US, a subsidiary of the Company, and five other defendants, claiming that Aster US (i) violated the Lanham Act by conducting false advertising, (ii) violated the California Business and Professions Code §17200 by engaging in unfair competition, and (iii) violated the California Business and Professions Code §17500 by conducting false advertisement. If the reviewing court determines that these claims are successfully established, monetary relief or injunctive relief may be granted to the plaintiff. We believe this lawsuit is without merit and we are defending ourselves vigorously. There is uncertainty, however, regarding ultimate resolution of this lawsuit. As of the date of this prospectus, we have been served with the complaint. We maintain a liability insurance policy, pursuant to which we are presently seeking confirmation by the provider to determine if such policy entitles us to receive liability coverage or contribution towards our related legal expenses and fees. However, since this case is still in its early stage, we are not able to predict the scale of liability, if any, potential monetary impact or outcome of this case at this time.

We may from time to time be subject to various legal or administrative claims and proceedings arising in the ordinary course of our business. We are not currently a party to any other material legal or administrative proceedings than as described in this section. Litigation or any other legal or administrative proceeding, regardless of the outcome, is likely to result in substantial costs and diversion of our resources, including our management’s time and attention.

110

Table of Contents

REGULATION

This section sets forth a summary of applicable laws, rules, regulations, government and industry policies and requirements that have a significant impact on our operations and business. This summary does not purport to be a complete description of all laws and regulations, which apply to our business and operations. Investors should note that the following summary is based on relevant laws and regulations in force as of the date of this prospectus, which may be subject to change.

During the fiscal years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020 and the six months ended June 30, 2021, and from July 1, 2021 to the date of this prospectus, we did not commit any material non-compliance of the applicable laws and regulations. During the same periods, we did not experience any non-compliance, taken as a whole, that would have a materially negative impact on our business, results of operations, or our ability to operate our business in a legally compliant manner.

OVERVIEW OF THE PRC LAWS AND REGULATIONS

Foreign Investment

Limited liability companies and joint stock companies established and operated in China are subject to the Company Law of the People’s Republic of China (“Company Law”), which was promulgated by the Standing Committee of National People’s Congress (“Standing Committee of NPC”) on December 29, 1993 and became effective on July 1, 1994, and was subsequently revised on December 25, 1999, August 28, 2004, October 27, 2005, December 28, 2013 and October 26, 2018, respectively. Foreign-invested companies must comply with the Company Law, unless otherwise stipulated by foreign investment laws.

Before January 1, 2020, the establishment and operation of foreign wholly-owned enterprises were subject to the Law of the People’s Republic of China on Wholly Foreign-owned Enterprises promulgated by the Standing Committee of NPC on April 12, 1986, and revised on October 31, 2000 and September 3, 2016, respectively, and Implementation Rules for the Law of the People’s Republic of China on Wholly Foreign-owned Enterprises promulgated by the Ministry of Foreign Trade and Economic Cooperation of the People’s Republic of China on December 12, 1990 and revised by the State Council on April 12, 2001 and February 19, 2014.

Since January 1, 2020, foreign wholly-owned enterprises have been subject to the Foreign Investment Law of the People’s Republic of China promulgated by National People’s Congress on March 15, 2019 and became effective on January 1, 2020 with the abolishment of Law of the People’s Republic of China on Wholly Foreign-owned Enterprises. Foreign investors and foreign-owned enterprises undertaking investment activities in China are subject to the Special Administrative Measures (Negative List) for the Access of Foreign Investment, of which the latest version was promulgated by the NDRC and the MOFCOM on June 23, 2020 and became effective on July 23, 2020, and Catalogue of Encouraged Industries for Foreign Investment, of which the latest version was promulgated by the NDRC and the MOFCOM on December 27, 2020 and became effective on January 27, 2021.

Our business operations are not subject to the restrictions or prohibitions in the latest version of Negative List, and therefore our business operations are in a permitted industry for foreign investment.

Relevant Laws and Regulations on Product Quality and Consumer Protection

According to the Product Quality Law of the PRC promulgated on February 22, 1993 and amended on July 8, 2000, August 27, 2009 and December 29, 2018 respectively, and the Law of the PRC on the Protection of Consumer Rights and Interests promulgated on October 31, 1993 and amended on August 27, 2009 and October 25, 2013 to protect the legitimate rights and interests of end-users and strengthen the supervision and control of the quality of products, if the product sold is sub-standard but not defective, the retailer will be responsible for the repair, exchange, or refund of the sub-standard product and for the compensation to the consumer for its losses (if any). In addition, the manufacturer is liable for the sub-standard product. The retailer is entitled to claim reimbursement from the manufacturer for the compensation paid by the retailer to the consumer. If the product is defective and has caused personal injury or damage to assets, the consumer has the option to claim compensation from either the manufacturer, or the distributor or the retailer. A retailer or distributor who has already compensated the consumer is entitled to claim reimbursement from the liable manufacturer.

111

Table of Contents

In addition to the Product Quality Law, there are also other PRC laws that apply to the product liability. According to the PRC Civil Code, promulgated on May 28, 2020, in the event of damage caused to others due to product defect, the infringed may seek compensation from the manufacturer or the seller of the products. Where the product defect is caused by the manufacturer, the seller may, after paying compensation, claim the same from the manufacturer. Where the product defect is caused by the fault of the seller, the manufacturer may, after paying compensation, claim the same from the seller.

Labor and Social Security

The relevant labor laws of PRC are comprised of Labor Law of the People’s Republic of China (“Labor Law”, which promulgated on July 5, 1994, revised on December 29, 2018 and became effective on the same date), Labor Contract Law of the People’s Republic of China (“Labor Contract Law”) (which became effective on January 1, 2008, revised on December 28, 2012 and became effective on July 1, 2013), the Regulation on the Implementation of the Labor Contract Law of the People’s Republic of China, Social Insurance Law of the People’s Republic of China, Trial Measures for Maternity Insurance of Enterprise Employees, Work-related Injury Insurance Regulation, Unemployment Insurance Regulation, Interim Regulations on the Collection and Payment of Social Insurance Premiums, Provisions on the Administration of Declaration and Payment of Social Insurance Premiums, Regulation on Management of Housing Provident Fund and other relevant laws and regulations promulgated by the PRC government authorities from time to time.

Under the Social Insurance Law of the People’s Republic of China and other relevant requirements, employees are required to participate in five types of social insurance, namely basic pension insurance, basic medical insurance, work-related injury insurance, unemployment insurance and maternity insurance, of which the premiums of maternity insurance and work-related injury insurance shall be paid only by the employer in accordance with national regulations and employees are not required to pay, while premiums of basic pension insurance, basic medical insurance and unemployment insurance shall be paid jointly by employer and employees. If the employer fails to pay the social insurance premiums in full as scheduled, the social insurance authorities may order the employers to make the payments or to make up the difference within a specified time limit, with late payment fees imposed. If the employers fail to make the payments within such time limit, relevant administrative authorities may impose fines on them.

In accordance with the Regulation on Management of Housing Provident Fund promulgated by the State Council on April 3, 1999 (latest revised on March 24, 2019), the employer shall make contributions to the housing provident fund for its employees.

During the fiscal years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020 and the six months ended June 30, 2021, we did not make adequate contributions to social insurance plans for certain employees. As a result, we may be ordered by relevant governmental authority to make any outstanding contributions within a stipulated period of time and pay penalties at a daily rate of 0.05% of the outstanding contributions. The outstanding social insurance plan contributions payable was approximately $0.11 million as of June 30, 2021, which is accrued in our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus and the maximum amount of such penalties that we could be imposed on is approximately US$0.31 million. We received confirmations from relevant local authorities that we were not subject to any penalty for failing to make full contributions to the social insurance fund during the fiscal years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020 and the six months ended June 30, 2021. As of the date of this prospectus, we have not been ordered to pay outstanding contributions or related penalties.

Production Safety

According to the Production Safety Law of the People’s Republic of China promulgate by the Standing Committee of NPC on June 29, 2002, became effective on November 1, 2002 and revised on August 27, 2009, August 31, 2014 and June 10, 2021 respectively, entities that are engaged in the production and business operation activities within the territory of the PRC shall (i) observe the Production Safety Law and other relevant laws and regulations concerning production safety; (ii) strengthen the management and control of production safety; (iii) improve the measures for safety protection of production sites; and (iv) establish and improve the accountability system for safety accidents to ensure the work safety in production sites. The production entities shall implement national standards or industrial

112

Table of Contents

standards for safety formulated according to laws, and provide conditions for safe production stipulated by relevant national standards or industrial standards. Entities that do not meet the conditions for safety production shall not be engaged in production and operation activities.

Foreign Trade Law of the People’s Republic of China

According to Foreign Trade Law of the People’s Republic of China adopted on May 12, 1994 and revised on April 6, 2004 and November 7, 2016 respectively, foreign trading enterprise engaged in the import and export of goods or technology shall file and register with the competent department for foreign trade under the State Council or governmental body authorized by the State Council. The Customs shall not process customs declaration submitted by foreign trading enterprise not registered and filed in accordance with the requirements.

Law on Import and Export Commodity Inspection

According to Law of the People’s Republic of China on Import and Export Commodity Inspection which became effective on August 1, 1989, and subsequently revised on April 28, 2002, June 29, 2013, April 27, 2018, December 29, 2018 and April 29, 2021 and its implementation regulations, the consignee or consignor of imported or exported goods may complete the clearance declaration with the customs themselves or entrust commodity clearance agency firms to complete the declaration procedures. The government has adopted a filing and registration administration system for enterprises completing the declaration themselves. The consignee or consignor of imported or exported goods shall file with the relevant entry-exit inspection and quarantine authority according to law when handling the customer clearance procedures.

Others

Circular No.37

Pursuant to the Notice of the State Administration of Foreign Exchange on Issues Concerning Foreign Exchange Administration of the Overseas Investment and Financing and the Round-tripping Investment Made by Domestic Residents through Special-purpose Companies (“Circular No.37”) which became effective on July 4, 2014, domestic resident (including domestic corporate entity and individual domestic resident) which/who, for the purposes of investment and financing, directly establishes or indirectly controls special-purpose company, and directly or indirectly undertakes domestic direct investment activities through such special-purpose company using legitimately held domestic company assets or interests or using legitimately held overseas company assets or equities, i.e., the activity of establishing domestic foreign-invested enterprise or project by merger and acquisition or incorporating new entity while acquiring ownership, control, rights of business operation and management and so on must apply to SAFE for registration of foreign exchange for overseas investment.

M&A Rules

According to the Provisions on the Merger or Acquisition of Domestic Enterprises by Foreign Investors (“M&A Rules”), which were jointly issued by the MOFCOM, the State-owned Assets Supervision and Administration Commission of the State Council, the SAT, State Administration for Industry and Commerce of the PRC (the “SAIC”), the China Securities Regulatory Commission and the SAFE on March 7, 2003, became effective on April 12, 2003, and subsequently revised on August 8, 2006 and June 22, 2009 by MOFCOM, a foreign investor is required to obtain necessary approvals, (i) when the non-foreign-invested equities of a domestic company (“domestic enterprise”) is acquired by a foreign investor, transforming the said domestic enterprise into a foreign-invested enterprise; or subscribe the equity of a domestic enterprise through increasing the registered capital, so as to change the domestic enterprises into a foreign-invested enterprise; or (ii) the foreign investor incorporates a foreign-invested enterprise and acquires and operates the assets of a domestic enterprise through the said foreign-invested enterprise, or acquiring the assets of a domestic enterprise as investment capital to incorporate another foreign-invested enterprise, the foreign investor shall be subject to the approval of the MOFCOM of the PRC or the provincial commerce department, and shall file registration of change or registration of establishment with the SAIC or its authorized local industry and commerce bureaus.

The merger and acquisition of a domestic company with or by a domestic company, enterprise or individual, which is associated with the target company, in the name of an overseas company legitimately incorporated or

113

Table of Contents

controlled by the domestic company, enterprise or individual shall be subject to examination and approval by the MOFCOM. The parties involved shall not use domestic investment by foreign-invested enterprises or other methods to circumvent the aforesaid requirements.

Environmental Protection

According to the Environmental Protection Law of the People’s Republic of China, which was promulgated by the Standing Committee of NPC on December 26, 1989 and became effective on the same day, and was revised on April 24, 2014 and became effective on January 1, 2015, companies undertaking any project with environmental pollution must comply with regulations on the administration of environmental protection for construction projects. Any anti-pollution infrastructure must be designed, constructed and used in synchronization with principal part of the project. The State adopts pollution discharge permit management system in accordance with the law. Enterprises, public institutions and other producers and business operators that are subject to pollution discharge permit management shall discharge pollutants in accordance with the requirements of their permits; no pollutant discharge is allowed without a pollutant discharge permit.

According to the Environmental Impact Assessment Law of the People’s Republic of China, which was promulgated by the Standing Commission of NPC on October 28, 2002 and became effective on September 1, 2003, and revised on July 2, 2016 and December 29, 2018, respectively, constructors should refer to the Catalogue for the Classified Administration of Environmental Impact Assessments for Construction Projects formulated and issued by administrative departments for environmental protection of the State Council. If any of the construction projects (I) may cause significant environment impact, the constructor shall prepare a report of environmental impacts so as to include a comprehensive assessment of the environmental impacts; (II) may have moderate environmental impacts, the constructor shall prepare a report form of environmental impacts so as to include an analysis or special assessment of the environmental impacts; (III) have minor environmental impacts and environmental impact assessment is not required, the constructor shall fill in a registration form for the environmental impacts. In case the environmental impact assessment document of a construction project fails to pass the examination of the statutory authorities for examination and approval or fails to be approved after examination, such authorities may not approve the construction thereof, and the constructor may not commence construction.

The “13th Five-Year” Environmental Impact Assessment Reform Implementation Plan promulgated by the former Ministry of Environmental Protection on July 15, 2016 clearly called off the administrative permit for the completion acceptance of environmental protection and required the establishment of a coordinated management system for environmental impact assessment, “three synchronizations” and emission permit. Requirements on pollutant emission control in the environmental impact assessment documents and approval of the construction project shall be included in the emission permit. The implementation of “three synchronizations” of an enterprise shall be a pre-condition for emission permit application. Before starting the production or usage, constructor shall authorize a third-party institution to compile the report on the completion acceptance of environmental protection facilities of the construction project based on comments in the environmental assessment and approval documents, which will be open to the public and filed with environmental protection department.

In accordance with the Administration Measures for Pollutant Discharge Permit (Trial) promulgated by the former Ministry of Environmental Protection on January 10, 2018 and revised by the Ministry of Ecology and Environment on August 22, 2019, enterprises, public institutions and other producers and business operators (the “pollutant discharge entities”) included in the Catalogue of Classified Management of Pollutant Discharge Permit for Stationary Pollution Sources shall apply for and obtain a pollutant discharge permit within the prescribed time limit; and it is temporarily unnecessary for pollutant discharge entities not included in the Catalogue of Classified Management of Pollutant Discharge Permit for Stationary Pollution Sources to apply for a pollutant discharge permit. The currently valid Catalogue of Classified Management of Pollutant Discharge Permits for Stationary Pollution Sources was promulgated and implemented by the former Ministry of Environmental Protection on December 20, 2019.

Property

Land

According to the PRC Civil Code, promulgated on May 28, 2020 and the Land Administration Law of The People’s Republic of China promulgated by the Standing Committee of NPC on June 25, 1986 (latest revised on August 26, 2019 and became effective on January 1, 2020), land in the urban districts shall be owned by the State; land in the rural areas and suburban areas, except otherwise provided for by the State, shall be collectively owned by

114

Table of Contents

peasants. The State may, for public interests, make expropriation on land collectively owned by the peasants under circumstances stipulated in the Land Administration Law of The People’s Republic of China and in which expropriation are confirmed to be necessary, but shall give compensations accordingly.

According to the Interim Regulations of the People’s Republic of China Concerning the Assignment and Transfer of the Right to the Use of State-owned Land in the Urban Areas promulgated by the State Council on May 19, 1990 and was revised on November 29, 2020 and became effective on the same date, the State implements the system of assignment and transfer of the right to the use of state-owned land in the urban areas in accordance with the principle of separation of ownership and right of use. The maximum terms of granting are varied for different land uses. The relevant terms are generally as follows:

Land use

 

The maximum term

Business, tourism, entertainment

 

40

Residence

 

70

Industry

 

50

Public facilities

 

50

Others

 

50

Land users who have acquired the state-owned land use right may transfer, lease, mortgage or use it in other economic activities within the terms of use, and their legal rights and interests shall be protected by the laws of the State.

Real Estate

According to Urban Real Estate Administration Law of the People’s Republic of China promulgated at the eighth meeting of the Eighth Standing Committee of NPC on July 5,1994, became effective on January 1, 1995, and revised on August 30, 2007 and August 27, 2009 respectively (“Urban Real Estate Law”, the latest amendment of which was announced on August 26, 2019 and became effective on January 1, 2020), the construction of infrastructure and building on the land with the state-owned land use right belong to real estate development. Transfer is permitted for qualified real estates, unless otherwise stipulated by the laws. The ownership of a building acquired in accordance with the law, together with the land use right within the area occupied by the building, may create a mortgage. The owner of building has the right to lease out the building. When real estate is transferred and mortgaged, the ownership of the building and the land use right within the area occupied by the building are transferred and mortgaged at the same time.

Intellectual Property

Patent

According to the Patent Law of the People’s Republic of China, promulgated on March 12, 1984 and recently amended on October 17, 2020, which became effective on June 1, 2021, and the Implementation Rules of Patent Law of the People’s Republic of China revised on January 9, 2010, there are three types of patents in China, which are “invention”, “utility model” and “design”. Invention patents are valid for twenty years from the date of application, while utility model patents and design patents are valid for ten years from the date of application. Patentee shall pay an annual fee from the year in which the patent right was granted. The patent right shall cease when the period of validity expires; where an annual fee is not paid as prescribed or the patentee abandons his or its patent right by a written statement, the patent right shall cease before the expiration of its duration.

Trademark

Trademarks are protected by the Trademark Law of the People’s Republic of China revised in 2019 and Implementation Regulations of Trademark Law of the People’s Republic of China adopted by the State Council in 2002 and revised in 2014. The Trademark Office of the State Administration for Industry and Commerce under the State Council is responsible for trademark registrations and granting a validity period of ten years for registered trademarks which can be subsequently renewed for ten years each time on trademark holders’ demand. The trademark licensing agreement shall be submitted to the Trademark Office for filing. The Trademark Law of the People’s Republic of China has adopted the “first to file” principle with respect to trademark registration. If the subject of the application is a mark identical or similar to the subject of any other prior application which is to be used on identical or similar

115

Table of Contents

commodities or service once get registered or pending for primary approval, the application for registration would be rejected. Any applicant may not infringe the existing prior right legitimately obtained by others, nor may any person register in advance a trademark that has already gained a “sufficient degree of reputation.”

Domain Name

Pursuant to the Administrative Measures for Internet Domain Names promulgated by Ministry of Industry and Information Technology on August 24, 2017 and became effective on November 1, 2017 and the Administrative Regulations for Country Code Top-Level Domain Name Registration issued by China Internet Network Information Centre on June 18, 2019 and became effective on the same date, the principle of “first come, first served” applies to domain name registration service. After completing the domain name registration, the applicant will become the holder of the registered domain name. In the case of changes in registered information on the domain name, the domain name holder should apply to the domain name registry for changing the registered information on the domain name within 30 days of the change. Furthermore, the holder shall pay operation fees for registered domain names on schedule. If the domain name holder fails to pay corresponding fees as required, the original domain name registry shall deregister the domain name and notify the holder of deregistration in written forms.

Foreign Exchange

According to the Regulations of the PRC on Foreign Exchange Administration promulgated by the State Council on January 29, 1996 and revised on August 5, 2008, the foreign exchange income and expenditure or foreign exchange business operations of domestic institutions or individuals as well as the foreign exchange income and expenditure or foreign exchange business operations conducted within the territory of the PRC by overseas institutions or individuals shall be subject to foreign exchange administration. The foreign exchange income and expenditure under the current account shall be based on genuine and lawful transactions. An overseas institution or individual that makes direct investments in the territory of the PRC shall carry out registration procedures with foreign exchange administrative authority upon the approval of the competent department.

According to the Notice on Further Improving and Adjusting Foreign Exchange Administration Policies for Direct Investment (Hui Fa [2012] No. 59) promulgated by the SAFE, some administrative permitted items regarding the foreign exchange administration for direct investment shall be canceled and adjusted, for example, canceling the approval procedure for the opening and entry recording of foreign exchange account under direct investment, canceling the approval procedure for foreign investors’ reinvestment with domestic lawful income, simplifying the foreign exchange administration for the domestic reinvestment by foreign-invested companies, simplifying the foreign exchange registration formalities for acquisitions of Chinese parties’ equities by foreign investors, canceling the approval procedure for foreign exchange purchase and external payment under direct investment, and canceling the approval procedure for domestic foreign exchange transfer under direct investment.

According to the Circular on Printing and Distributing the Provisions on Foreign Exchange Administration over Domestic Direct Investment by Foreign Investors and the Supporting Documents (Hui Fa [2013] No. 21) promulgated by the SAFE, direct investment by foreign investors in the PRC shall be conducted by way of registration, and banks shall process foreign exchange business relating to the direct investment in the PRC based on the registration information provided by the SAFE.

According to the Notice on Further Simplifying and Improving the Foreign Exchange Administration Policies in Relation to Direct Investment (Hui Fa [2015] No. 13) promulgated by the SAFE, foreign exchange administration policies for direct investment are further simplified, which specifically include the cancelation of two administrative approvals, i.e., the foreign exchange registration approvals under domestic and overseas direct investments, which shall be verified directly by banks instead; simplifying confirmation registration and administration over a foreign investor’ s capital contribution under domestic direct investment; and canceling the annual foreign exchange inspection of direct investment.

According to the Notice on the Reform of the Administrative Approach for the Settlement of Foreign Exchange Capital Funds of Foreign-invested Enterprises (Hui Fa [2015] No. 19) promulgated by the SAFE, a voluntary settlement mechanism for foreign exchange capital funds to foreign-invested enterprises shall be implemented, and RMB funds from voluntary settlement of capital funds shall be deposited into and managed under an account for foreign exchange fund settled and to be paid.

116

Table of Contents

Taxation

Enterprise Income Tax

According to the Enterprise Income Tax Law of the People’s Republic of China (“EIT Law”), which was promulgated by the NPC on March 16, 2007, became effective on January 1, 2008 and revised on February 24, 2017 and December 29, 2018, respectively, and the Regulation on Implementation of the EIT Law of the People’s Republic of China (“Implementation Regulations of the EIT Law”), which was promulgated by the State Council on December 6, 2007, became effective on January 1, 2008 and revised on April 23, 2019, income tax rate of 25% is applied to the resident enterprises (including foreign-owned enterprises) since January 1, 2008. Where non-resident enterprises that have not set up institutions or establishments in the PRC, or where institutions or establishments are set up but there is no actual relationship with the income obtained by the institutions or establishments set up by such enterprises, they shall pay enterprise income tax for the income originating from the PRC, and such income of non-resident enterprises shall be taxed at the reduced rate of 10% and withheld at source, for which the payer thereof shall be the withholding agent.

On the basis of the EIT Law, an enterprise established according to the law of the overseas jurisdictions with its “de facto management body” in the PRC is regarded as a Chinese resident enterprise, and it shall pay the PRC’s enterprise income tax at a rate of 25% for its income earned globally. A “de facto management body” is an organization who actually implements comprehensive management and control of the enterprise’s production and business operations, personnel and human resources, finance, property, etc. It is provided in the Notice of Related Issues about Determining Overseas Registered and Chinese Holding Enterprises to be Resident Enterprises According to Actual Management Structure Standards (Guo Shui Fa [2009] No. 82) promulgated by the SAT on April 22, 2009 that overseas enterprises invested by enterprises in the PRC as controlling investors which also comply with the following conditions shall be determined to be “resident enterprises” whose “de facto management body” are in the PRC: (a) the place where the enterprises are responsible for the implementation of the daily production and operation management and their senior management departments perform their duties is mainly located in the PRC; (b) financial and personnel decisions of the enterprise are made by organizations or personnel in the PRC, or requires the approval from agencies or officers located in the PRC; (c) main assets, accounting books, company seal and files of minutes of board meetings and shareholders’ meetings are located or kept in the PRC; and (d) more than half of those who have voting rights or senior management of the enterprises reside in the PRC permanently.

In addition, according to the EIT Law, new and high-tech enterprises which need key support of the State shall be levied enterprise income tax a reduced rate of 15%. According to the Implementation Rules of the EIT Law, new and high-tech enterprises which need key support of the State are those have their own core intellectual property rights and meet the following conditions at the same time:

(1)    the product (service) falls within the scope of the High and New Technology Areas Entitled to the Key Support of the State;

(2)    the ratio of research and development expenses to sales revenues is not lower than the prescribed ratio;

(3)    the ratio of the income from high and new technology products (services) to the total income of the enterprise is not lower than the prescribed ratio;

(4)    the ratio of technicians to the total number of staff members of the enterprise is not lower than the prescribed ratio;

(5)    other conditions as stipulated in the Administrative Measures for Determination of High and New Tech Enterprises.

The High and New Technology Areas Entitled to the Key Support of the State and the Administrative Measures for Determination of High and New Tech Enterprises were formulated by the Ministry of Science and Technology, Ministry of Finance and SAT in consultation with the relevant departments under the State Council, and were announced and implemented with the approval of the State Council.

117

Table of Contents

Withholding Tax

According to the EIT Law and Implementation Regulations of the EIT Law, dividends generated after January 1, 2008 and dividends payable by a Chinese foreign-owned enterprise to its foreign investors shall be subject to 10% withholding tax, unless there is a tax agreement between the jurisdiction where the foreign investor is registered and China that provides for different withholding arrangements. According to the Arrangement between the Mainland of China and the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region for the Avoidance of Double Taxation and the Prevention of Fiscal Evasion with respect to Taxes on Income promulgated by the SAT on August 21, 2006, if the shareholders is a Hong Kong resident holding at least 25% of the registered capital of a Chinese company, the applicable withholding tax rate of any dividend declared by the Chinese company is 5%, or if the shareholder is a Hong Kong resident holding less than 25% of the registered capital, the withholding tax rate applicable is 10%. According to the Measures for the Administration of Non-Resident Taxpayers’ Enjoyment of the Treatment under Tax Agreements promulgated by the SAT on October 14, 2019, implemented on January 1, 2020, if a non-resident taxpayer meet the conditions for enjoying the treatment under tax agreements, he can enjoy such treatment at the time of tax declaration or through the withholding agent at the time of withholding declaration and accept subsequent management from the tax authorities. In the case of source withholding and designated withholding, if a non-resident taxpayer believes that he meets the conditions for enjoying such treatment and needs to enjoy it, he shall take the initiative to propose to the withholding agent and submit relevant report forms and materials to the withholding agent.

Enterprise Income Tax on Indirect Transfer of Property between Non-Resident Enterprises

According to the Announcement on Several Issues Concerning Enterprise Income Tax for Indirect Transfer of Assets by Non-Resident Enterprises (“Circular No.7”) issued by the SAT of the People’s Republic of China and immediately implemented on February 3, 2015, where a non-resident enterprise indirectly transfers equity interests or other assets of a PRC resident enterprise by implementing arrangements that are not for reasonable commercial purposes to avoid its obligation to pay enterprise income tax, such an indirect transfer shall be redefined and recognized as the direct transfer of equity interests or other assets of the PRC resident enterprise.

Value-added Tax

According to the Interim Regulations of the People’s Republic of China on Value-added Taxes (revised on November 10, 2008, February 6, 2016 and November 19, 2017) promulgated by the State Council on December 13, 1993 and the Detailed Rules for the Implementation of the Interim Regulations of the People’s Republic of China on Value-added Taxes (revised on December 15, 2008 and October 28, 2011) issued by the Ministry of Finance of the People’s Republic of China on December 25, 1993, and became effective after the recent revision on November 1, 2011, if a taxpayer engages in taxable activities, the VAT rates shall be as follows:

(1)    for taxpayers selling goods, labor services, leasing services of tangible movable property or imported goods, other than those stipulated in items 2, 4 and 5 below, the tax rate shall be 17%;

(2)    for taxpayers selling transportation, postal, basic telecommunications, construction, immovable leasing services, selling immovables, transferring the land use rights, selling or importing the following goods, the tax rate shall be 11%:

a.      Agricultural products such as grains, edible vegetable oil and edible salt;

b.      Tap water, heating, air conditioning, hot water, gas, liquefied petroleum gas, natural gas, dimethyl ether, methane gas, coal products for household use;

c.      Books, newspapers, magazines, audio-visual products and electronic publications;

d.      Feed, chemical fertilizer, pesticide, agricultural machinery and agricultural film;

e.      Other goods stipulated by the State Council.

(3)    for taxpayers selling services and intangible assets, other than those stipulated in item 1, 2 above and 5 below, the tax rate shall be 6%.

(4)    for taxpayers exporting goods, the tax rate shall be zero, except as otherwise stipulated by the State Council.

118

Table of Contents

(5)    for domestic entities and individuals who engage in cross-border sales of services and intangible assets within the scope prescribed by the State Council, the tax rate shall be zero.

Urban Maintenance and Construction Tax and Education Surcharges

According to the Circular of the State Council on Unifying the System of City Maintenance and Construction Tax and Education Surtax Paid by Domestic and Foreign Invested Enterprise and Individual issued on October 18, 2010 and became effective on December 1, 2010, the Urban Maintenance and Construction Tax Law of the People’s Republic of China, promulgated on August 11, 2020 and became effective on September 1, 2021, and the Interim Regulations on the Collection of Education Surcharges, promulgated by the State Council in 1986 and amended in 2011, shall be applicable to foreign-invested enterprises, foreign enterprises and foreign persons.

According to the Urban Maintenance and Construction Tax Law of the People’s Republic of China, any entity or individual subject to consumption tax, value-added tax shall also pay the urban maintenance and construction tax. The urban maintenance and construction tax shall be determined according to the consumption tax and value-added tax paid by the taxpayer, and shall be paid together with the consumption tax and value-added tax. In addition, the tax rates of urban maintenance and construction for urban areas, counties or towns and non-urban areas, counties or towns shall be 7%, 5% and 1% respectively.

According to the Interim Regulations on the Collection of Education Surcharges, all entities and individuals subject to consumption tax, value-added tax and business tax shall also pay education surcharges. The education surcharges rate is 3% of the value-added tax, business tax and consumption tax actually paid by each entity or individual, which shall be paid together with the value-added tax, business tax and consumption tax.

Customs Law

According to Customs Law of the People’s Republic of China adopted on January 22, 1987, and subsequently revised on July 8, 2000, June 29, 2013, December 28, 2013, November 7, 2016, November 4, 2017 and April 29, 2021, the recipient and sender of import and export goods completing customs declaration formalities must complete filing formalities with the Customs in accordance with the laws.

OVERVIEW OF UNITED STATES LAWS AND REGULATIONS

Product Safety

The law of product safety is primarily under the jurisdiction of the U.S. Consumer Product Safety Commission (“CPSC”), an administrative agency of the United States federal government that regulates certain classes of products sold to the public. The CPSC was established pursuant to the 1972 Consumer Product Safety Act (“CPSA”). The CPSA is the umbrella statute at the federal level with respect to product safety for consumer products. The CPSA was amended by the U.S. Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act of 2008 (“CPSIA”) in 2008. The implementation of CPSIA was a significant overhaul of consumer product safety laws in the United States and was designed to enhance federal and state efforts to improve the safety of all products imported into and distributed in the United States. Products imported into the United States which fail to comply with CPSIA’s requirements are subject to confiscation and the importer and/or distributor in the United States is subject to civil penalties and fines, as well as possible criminal prosecution.

Under the CPSIA, a “general conformity certification” is required for any consumer product imported into the United States that is subject to a consumer product safety rule, standard, regulation, or ban pursuant to the CPSA or issued by the CPSC. The requirement applies to all manufacturers and importers of goods. Those parties must certify that their products comply with all applicable consumer product safety rules and laws such as the CPSA, Flammable Fabrics Act, Federal Hazardous Substance Act, and Poison Prevention Act. The CPSA specifies that certification must be based on a “test of each product or a reasonable testing program.” The certificate must accompany the product or shipment of products, and a copy must be furnished to each distributor or retailer and U.S. Customs and Border Protection. The CPSC may also request a copy of the certification.

119

Table of Contents

The CPSA also contains several reporting requirements for manufacturers and sellers of consumer products sold in the U.S. Section 15 of the CPSA requires a manufacturer or a seller to inform the CPSC immediately in the event it obtains information that any of its products: (1) creates a substantial risk of injury to consumers; (2) creates an unreasonable risk of serious injury or death; or (3) fails to comply with an applicable consumer product safety rule or with any other rule, regulation, standard, or ban under the CPSA or any other statute enforced by the CPSC. The CPSC may require the manufacturer or the seller to cease distribution of the product, and notify each person to whom the manufacturer or the seller knows such product was sold of such non-compliance, defects or risk. In certain circumstances, the CPSC may require the manufacturer or the seller to bring the product into conformity with the applicable product safety rules, repair the defect in the product, replace the product with an equivalent product that complies with the applicable product safety rules, issue a product recall and/or refund the purchase price of the product.

Product Liability Law

U.S. state law generally imposes liability on all manufacturers and retailers (and parties in the supply chain) for injuries that result from unsafe, defective and dangerous products sold to consumers. Product liability claims in the United States are typically based on three theories of law: (1) strict liability, (2) negligence and (3) breach of warranty. In addition, as noted above, U.S. laws and regulations can also obligate manufacturers and retailers (and parties in the supply chain) to remedy product defects, which can include safety recall campaigns.

Parties involved in manufacturing, distributing or selling a product may be subject to liability for harm caused by a defect in that product. There are three types of product defects, namely, design defects, manufacturing defects and defects in marketing. In a negligence claim, a defendant may be held liable for personal injury or property damage caused by the failure to use due care. Strict liability claims, however, do not depend on the degree of carefulness by the defendant. A defendant is liable when it is shown that an injury (personal or to property) occurred as the result of a product’s defect. Breach of warranty is also a form of strict liability in the sense that a showing of fault is not required. The plaintiff need only establish the warranty was breached, regardless of how that came about. Companies that manufacture, distribute or sell a product in a particular state may be subject to the jurisdiction of such state’s product liability laws, whether the company’s jurisdiction of incorporation or principal place of business is in that state, in another U.S. state or in a non-U.S. jurisdiction.

Product liability legal actions and recall campaigns in the United States (“Product Liability Matters”) could involve personal injury and property damage and could involve claims for substantial monetary damages. The results of any future litigation and claims involving product liability in the United States are inherently unpredictable.

Import Tariffs and Customs Regulations

U.S. customs regulations (“Customs Regulations”), administered by the U.S. Customs and Border Protection (“CBP”) apply to any products entering the United States. Those regulations cover, among other areas, valuation of goods, classification, recordkeeping requirements, entry formalities, and laws related to duties and tariffs. The United States imposes tariffs on certain goods imported from various countries. Tariff rates are generally set forth in the HTSUS. Note that embargoes, anti-dumping duties, countervailing duties, and other specific matters administered by the United States executive branch are not contained in the HTSUS and that various regulations or administrative actions could result in modification of these duties. Section 201 of the Trade Act of 1974, 19 USC.§ 2101 et. seq. (the “Trade Act”) permits the President of the United States to grant temporary import relief by raising import duties or imposing non-tariff barriers (e.g., quotas) on goods entering the United States that injure or threaten to injure domestic industries producing similar goods. Section 301 of the Trade Act authorizes the President of the United States to take all appropriate action, including retaliation, to obtain the removal of any act, policy, or practice of a foreign government that violates an international trade agreement or is unjustified, unreasonable, or discriminatory, and that burdens or restricts U.S. commerce. The law does not require that the U.S. government wait until it receives authorization from the World Trade Organization to take such enforcement actions.

Customs regulations provide maximum penalties based on three legal states of mind, from least culpable to most culpable as follows: (1) In cases of negligence, the maximum civil penalty for each violation is the lesser of: the domestic value of the merchandise or two times the loss of duties (and if the violation did not result in underpayment of

120

Table of Contents

duties, then a maximum of 20% of the value of the merchandise); (2) In cases of gross negligence, the maximum civil penalty for each violation is the lesser of: the domestic value of the merchandise or four times the loss of duties (and if the violation did not result in underpayment of duties, then a maximum of 40% of the value of the merchandise); and (3) In cases of fraud, the maximum civil penalty for each violation is the domestic value of the merchandise.

U.S. and China trade policy under the prior U.S. presidential administration gave rise to the imposition of significant additional tariffs on products imported into the United States from China, and vice versa, under Sections 201 and 301 of the Trade Act. To date, four lists of products imported from China, identified by HTSUS codes, have been issued with various tariff impositions. On September 1, 2019, the U.S. government imposed additional tariffs on specific products on List 4 (the “Product List”) to be imported from the PRC to the U.S. (the “Additional Tariffs”). Certain Additional Tariffs that were intended to go into effect in December 2019 were reduced in half. Products classified under HTSUS 8443.99.2550, which includes toner cartridges, i.e., as parts and accessories of printers, are subject to Additional Tariffs. Specifically, under the List 4A $300 Billion Tariff Action, the applicable 301 tariff for such products is currently 7.5%.

Employment and Labor Law

Private businesses operating in the United States are subject to employment laws of the federal governments, state government, and, to a lesser extent, local counties or municipalities. These laws govern many aspects of the workplace as set forth herein and failure to comply can result in fines and penalties from relevant oversight agencies and liability to employees, which can include a multiple of actual damages, counsel fees, and punitive damages for certain violations. Businesses that operate in Pennsylvania must comply with governing federal laws and laws of the Commonwealth (together, “US-PA Employment Laws”). However, because Aster US has a small number of employees in Pennsylvania, United States, it is exempt from certain US-PA Employment Laws, including certain aspects of the federal Family and Medical Leave Act in United States. Compliance with applicable US-PA Employment Laws requires adopting policies meeting the minimum requirements and administering those policies in a manner that is consistent with the obligations.

Employees in Pennsylvania, United States are generally deemed to be employees at will, meaning they can be terminated or the terms and conditions of their employment can be altered for any reason or no reason, absent a contractual arrangement that alters the employment at-will status.

Broadly, Aster US’s obligation to comply with applicable US-PA Employment Laws, includes laws and rules relating to:

(i)     Wage and hour standards, such as paying required overtime for employees who do not meet exemption requirements and work in excess of 40 hours in a week, paying minimum wage, paying wages when due, and ensuring exemption requirements are met for employees designated as exempt;

(ii)    Providing required leave for covered employees, including unpaid leave for applicable reasons such as military service, jury duty, and as a reasonable accommodation for disabilities;

(iii)   Anti-discrimination and anti-retaliation;

(iv)   Ensuring employees are eligible to be employed in the United States; and

(v)    Occupational safety.

Failure to comply with the US-PA Employment Laws may, in some instances, expose Aster US to civil liability to employees or former employees for compensatory damages as well as punitive damages and counsel fees, such as is the case if an employer engages in discriminatory conduct that “shocks the conscience.” Aster US could also be subject to fines, penalties, and assessments from various regulatory authorities; e.g., the Pennsylvania Department of Labor and Industry, the Unites States Department of Labor, the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission, and the United States Occupational Safety and Health Administration.

Given the small size of Aster US’s workforce in Pennsylvania, United States and that only one employee is characterized as exempt from overtime, it is not expected that there is a material issue relating to the characterization of employees as overtime eligible or exempt. Additionally, Aster US uses a reputable, national payroll provider, so it is expected Aster US’s payroll practices, as reported to the provider by Aster US, are in compliance. Based on information

121

Table of Contents

supplied by Aster US, it appears Aster US is aware of requirements relating to mandated leave, anti-discrimination and anti-retaliation rules and other worker protection requirements and has adopted policies to meet them. While Aster US has appropriate anti-discrimination and anti-retaliation policies in place, it is not possible to determine whether it consistently and appropriately enforces and administers such policies.

Businesses that operate in California must comply with governing federal laws and laws of the State of California, as well as applicable local laws, ordinances, and regulations (together, “US-CA Employment Laws”). However, because Aster US has a small number of employees in California, United States, it is exempt from certain US-CA Employment Laws, including certain aspects of the federal Family and Medical Leave Act. Compliance with applicable US-CA Employment Laws requires adopting policies meeting the minimum requirements and administering those policies in a manner that is consistent with the obligations.

Employees in California, United States are generally deemed to be employees at will, meaning they can be terminated or the terms and conditions of their employment can be altered for any reason or no reason, absent a contractual arrangement that alters the employment at-will status. Broadly, Aster US’s obligation to comply with applicable US-CA Employment Laws, includes laws and rules relating to:

(i)     Wage and hour standards, including but not limited to paying required overtime at the employee’s regular rate of pay for employees who do not meet exemption requirements and work in excess of 40 hours in a week, 8 hours in a day and/or the first 8 hours worked on the seventh consecutive day worked in a workweek, paying required double time for work in excess of 12 hours in a day and/or all hours worked in excess of 8 hours on the seventh consecutive day worked in a workweek, paying minimum wage, paying wages when due, providing mandated off-duty rest periods and meal periods, providing compliant wage statements, and ensuring exemption requirements are met for employees designated as exempt;

(ii)    Ensuring correct classifications of workers engaged by Aster US as employees or independent contractors;

(iii)   Providing required leave for covered employees, including unpaid leave for applicable reasons such as pregnancy, military service, jury duty, and crime victim status, and as a reasonable accommodation for disabilities, and paid sick time as required by applicable state and local laws;

(iv)   Anti-discrimination, anti-harassment, and anti-retaliation;

(v)    Providing reasonable accommodations to and engaging in the interactive process with employees with disabilities, religious needs, or other protected characteristics;

(vi)   Whistleblower protection;

(vii)  Pre-employment hiring, including compliance with background check laws and regulations;

(viii) Confidential information, invention assignment, non-competition and non-solicitation;

(ix)   Ensuring employees are eligible to be employed in the United States; and

(x)    Occupational safety, including compliance with all relevant COVID laws, orders, ordinances, regulations, and guidance, and worker’s compensation.

Failure to comply with the US-CA Employment Laws may, in some instances, expose Aster US to civil liability to employees or former employees for compensatory damages, statutory damages, civil penalties, as well as punitive damages and counsel fees, in either single plaintiff, multiple plaintiff, class action, representative action, and/or collective action litigation. Aster US could also be subject to fines, penalties, and assessments from various regulatory authorities; e.g., the California Department of Fair Employment and Housing, the California Department of Labor Standards Enforcement, the California Labor and Workforce Development Agency, the California Employment Development Department, the California Occupational Safety and Health Administration, the Unites States Department of Labor, the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission, and the United States Occupational Safety and Health Administration.

122

Table of Contents

OVERVIEW OF NETHERLANDS LAWS AND REGULATIONS

Product Liability

In the Netherlands, product liability can result from various laws and regulations, depending on the relation between the relevant parties. In case of a defective product that causes damage, the liability of the producer of the products can be based on article 6:185 et seq. of the Dutch Civil Code (DCC), which is the implementation of the EU Product Liability Directive. National law is also of importance. If there is a breach of contract (article 6:74 DCC), a party can be held liable for a defective product. Lastly, a party can be held liable based on tort (article 6:162 DCC).

If the claim is based on article 6:185 et seq. DCC it is not a requirement that the producer is to be blamed for the defective product. In principle, the producer is liable for damage caused by a fault in a product meant for the consumer market or bought by a consumer. A fault is, amongst others, (i) the lack of a safety provision; (ii) unsound instructions for use; and/or (iii) the lack of warnings on the product. Please note that (i) damage can be claimed in case this is caused by death or personal injury and/or the damage is involving any item or property that is intended for and used for the private use or consumption of the claimant; (ii) product liability does not apply to, among other things, services; and (iii) if products are imported from outside the European Union, the importer is legally considered as the producer. Only the consumer can file a claim based on article 6:185 DCC. These laws are to protect the consumers and therefore consumer friendly.

A claim can furthermore be based on tort (article 6:162 DCC), and this generally constitutes a negligence-based liability. However, the claimant must prove that the tort or unlawful act can be attributed to the producer. Please note that article 6:162 DCC claims, can be invoked by other persons, other than a consumer, for example, a retailer, to claim damages resulting from the defective product.

Generally, parties agree on selling and buying products which are not defect. If a defective product is delivered, it could be expected that the receiving party claims breach of contract (article 6:74 DCC). Do note that breach of contract can only be claimed by the party to the contract and not for example by the end user or consumer.

Consumer Law

According to Dutch law, which is mainly based on EU-law, different rules apply in contractual relationships between businesses and consumers than those between businesses. Consumers have more rights under Dutch law and are better protected than businesses. This means that contracts and general terms and conditions have to be carefully examined. Examples of consumer rights are a standard term for canceling the purchase and the obligation of the seller to provide the consumer with clear information.

As for the standard terms and conditions, in the Netherlands in general the general terms and conditions should be handed over when concluding an agreement. The reason is that a party should have a reasonable possibility to become aware of the general terms and conditions. Also, the content of the terms and conditions cannot pose an unreasonable burden to the other party. In case of a contractual relationship with a consumer, please note that Dutch law provides for certain stipulations that are already considered onerous in advance, or are suspected to pose an unreasonable burden. If a stipulation is held to be onerous, the stipulation can be annulled.

General Data Protection Regulation in the Netherlands

The General Data Protection Regulation (GDPR) applies from May 25, 2018. The GDPR is directly applicable in the Netherlands and Aster Netherlands are subject to it. As the GDPR leaves room for certain national choices regarding the processing of personal data, the Dutch Implementation Act of the GDPR is also of importance.

All processing of personal data must comply with the general data protection principles as laid down in the GDPR. Personal data, amongst others, has to be processed in compliance with the purpose limitation, storage limitation, accuracy and data minimization principals. Also, personal data must be processed lawfully, fairly and in a transparent manner, and the personal data must be kept secure using appropriate technical or organizational measures.

The processing of personal data is only allowed if at least one of the following lawful bases for processing of personal data can be relied upon: the data subject gave consent, the processing is necessary for the performance of a contract to which the data subject is party or for taking pre-contractual steps on the data subject’s request, necessary for compliance with a legal obligation of the controller, necessary in order to protect the vital interests of the data

123

Table of Contents

subject or of another natural person, necessary for the performance of a task carried out in the public interest or in the exercise of official authority vested in the controller or necessary for the purposes of the controller’s or a third party’s legitimate interests, except where overridden by the interests or fundamental rights and freedom of the data subject. Specific rules apply to certain processing activities, such as the processing of special category personal data, personal data of a criminal law nature and/or national identification numbers.

Under the GDPR, data subjects have various rights, such as the right of access, which gives data subjects the right to obtain a copy of their personal data as well as certain supplementary information, the right to data portability and the right to be forgotten.

The GDPR arranges for various obligations for controllers and processors of personal data. In certain situations controllers and processors must, amongst others, appoint a data protection officer. Also, controllers and processors have to maintain a record of their processing activities and, where applicable, enter into written data processing agreements, respectively, and joint controller arrangements. Where personal data is to be transferred to countries outside the EU, the GDPR provides rules and requirements for such transfer.

The Dutch Data Protection Authority (Dutch DPA) supervises compliance with the GDPR. The tasks and powers of the Dutch DPA are described in the GDPR, supplemented by the Dutch Implementation Act of the GDPR. Violations of the GDPR can be sanctioned with fines of up to 4% of annual worldwide turnover of the preceding financial year or EUR20 million, whichever is higher.

Employment and Labor Law

Under Dutch law parties may enter into an employment agreement for a definite or for an indefinite period of time. The number of succeeding employment agreements for a definite period of time is limited to three, which may not exceed a total duration of three years. An interval of six months “breaks the chain” of these consecutive employment agreements. If the maximum amount of three employment agreements or the maximum period of three years is exceeded, the employee will be considered to have an employment agreement for an indefinite period of time (art. 7:668 DCC).

Each employee is, amongst other rights, entitled to the statutory minimum wage (which changes every year and currently amounts to EUR 1,684.80 (as per 1 July 2021: EUR 1,701.) for employees of 21 years or older, in principle 8% holiday allowance per year (MinimumWage and Minimum Holiday Allowance Act), in principle payment of 70% of the salary during sickness in the first two years (art. 7:629 DCC) and at least 20 holidays (based on 1 FTE) (art. 7:634 DCC). Failing to pay the minimum salary (during holidays or illness) or the holiday allowance, may entitle the employee to the statutory increase (wettelijke verhoging), which is maximum 50% of the amount that the employee did not receive, depending on the delay (art. 7:625 DCC). The relevant employee may also claim the statutory interests (wettelijke rente) amounting to 2%. Not paying the minimum wage and/or the holiday allowance (on time) could also lead to the Inspectorate SZW (Inspectie SZW) issuing i) a warning, ii) an incremental penalty payment (EUR 500 for each day that the employer did not pay the required amount up to a maximum of EUR 40,000 per employee); iii) a fine (between EUR 250 and EUR 2,000 in case of holiday allowance and between EUR 500 and EUR 10,000 in case of the minimum wage); and/or in case of serious violations preventive shutting down the business.

An employment agreement may terminate by operation of law (agreements for a definite period, art. 7:677 DCC) or with mutual consent by entering into a settlement agreement (art. 7:670b DCC). Unilaterally terminating an employment agreement requires, in principle, (except for cause or during the probationary period) the dissolution of the court (art. 7:671b DCC) or the prior permission to give notice from the UWV (a governmental body) (art. 7:671a DCC). If the employer terminates the employment agreement nonetheless, the court may restore the employment agreement or award the employee a fair compensation (billijke vergoeding) (art. 7:681 DCC). Each unilateral termination of an employment agreement (including termination by operation of law of definite period of time agreements), in principle, gives rise to an obligation to pay the employee the statutory severance payment (transitievergoeding) amounting to 1/3th of a monthly salary for each year of employment (art. DCC 7:673 DCC). This payment is set at a maximum of EUR 84,000 gross (as per 1 January 2021) or one full year of salary for employees who earn more than this amount.

The obligations of an employer with respect to working conditions are laid down in the Working Conditions Act (Arbeidsomstandighedenwet), the Working Conditions Decree (Arbobesluit) and the Working Conditions Regulation (Arboregeling). Dutch employment law includes merely general obligations for the employer, rather than specific safety requirements, pursuant to which the employer must organize the work in such a way that the staff works in a

124

Table of Contents

safe and healthy workplace by, amongst others: i) providing a proper workplace and safe equipment; ii) preventing physical and psychological strain (stress); and iii) taking steps to avoid accidents with hazardous or harmful substances, radiation or contagious diseases. As part of this, the employer is, amongst others, obliged to list the potential risks in the workplace in a risk inventory and evaluation (RI&E) and to have a health and safety policy in place, in which, amongst others, measures are included with respect to first aid, firefighting and evacuation of the personnel (appointing Emergency Response Officer(s)). Employers are also obliged to seek the support of a health and safety expert (either by employing a health and safety officer or by hiring a health and safety agency) to deal with: i) illness of an employee (reducing absenteeism); ii) medical examinations for new employees and iii) voluntary periodic occupational health examinations (PAGO) or periodical medical examinations (PMO). Violation of the working conditions obligations may lead to the Inspectorate SZW issuing a warning, an administrative enforcement order, an incremental penalty and/or a fine that in principle varies from EUR 340 to EUR 13,500 per violation (a fine up to EUR 50,000 may be imposed if the employer did not report an accident). These amounts are a starting point and may be adjusted (depending on the size of the company), increased (i.e. consequence for the relevant employees, recidivism, type of violation) or decreased (depending on the efforts the employer has taken). In addition, the Inspectorate SZW could decide to shut down the business if for instance remaining at the premises is dangerous for the personnel.

OVERVIEW OF HONG KONG LAWS AND REGULATIONS

Business Registration Ordinance (Chapter 310 of the Laws of Hong Kong)

Every person (including a body corporate or an individual) carrying on business in Hong Kong shall make a business registration application with the Commissioner of Inland Revenue within one month of the commencement of the business. The function for business registration is not for regulating business activities or licensing. It only serves to enable members of the public to obtain business information conveniently.

Once the requisite requirements for registration under section 5 are satisfied, a business registration certificate will be issued. The valid business registration certificate must be displayed in a conspicuous place at the address where the business is carried on. According to section 15(1), any failure to make a business registration application within one month from the commencement of the business, in the case of a body corporate, the secretary, manager or director may face a maximum penalty of a fine at level 2, i.e. HK$5,000 and imprisonment of one year.

Companies Ordinance (Chapter 622 of the Laws of Hong Kong)

Part 16 of the ordinance concerns companies incorporated outside Hong Kong that have established a place of business in Hong Kong. Such foreign companies are defined by the ordinance as non-Hong Kong companies. Any such foreign company that falls within the definition of a non-Hong Kong company shall apply to the Companies Registry to register as a non-Hong Kong company within one month from the date of establishing a place of business in Hong Kong.

Any failure to register a foreign company which has established a place of business in Hong Kong as a non-Hong Kong company may, according to s.776(6), subject the company in question and its responsible person, including director, to a maximum fine at level 5 i.e. HK$50,000 and to a further fine of HK$1,000 for each day during which the offense continues in the case of a continuing offense.

Sale of Goods Ordinance (Chapter 26 of the Laws of Hong Kong)

This ordinance aims to codify the laws relating to the sale of goods. Under section 15, where there is a contract for sale of goods by description, there is an implied condition that the goods shall correspond with the description.

Under section 16, where a seller sells goods in the course of a business, there is an implied condition that the goods supplied under the contract are of merchantable quality, except that there is no such condition (i) as regards defects specifically drawn to the buyer’s attention before the contract is made; or (ii) if the buyer examines the goods before the contract is made, as regards defects which that examination ought to reveal; or (iii) if the contract is a contract for sale by sample, as regards defects which would have been apparent on a reasonable examination of the sample.

125

Table of Contents

Under section 17, where there is a contract by sample, there are implied conditions that (i) the bulk shall correspond with the sample in quality; (ii) the buyer shall have a reasonable opportunity of comparing the bulk with the sample; and (iii) the goods shall be free from any defects, rendering them unmerchantable, which would not be apparent on a reasonable examination of the sample.

Where any right, duty or liability may arise under a contract of sale of goods by implication of law, it may, subject to the Control of Exemption Clauses Ordinance, Chapter 71 of the Laws of Hong Kong, be negatived or varied by express agreement, or by course of dealings between parties, or by usage if the usage is such as to bind both parties to the contract.

Control of Exemption Clauses Ordinance (Chapter 71 of the Laws of Hong Kong)

The ordinance aims to limit the extent to which civil liability for breach of contract, or for negligence or other breach of duty, can be avoided by means of contract terms and otherwise.

Under section 8, as between contracting parties where one of them deals as consumer or on the other’s written standard terms of business, as against that party, the other cannot by reference to any contract term (i) when himself in breach of contract, exclude or restrict any liability of his in respect of the breach; or (ii) claim to be entitled to render a contractual performance substantially different from that which was reasonably expected of him; or (iii) claim to be entitled in respect of the whole or any part of his contractual obligation, to render no performance at all, except insofar as the contract term satisfies the requirement of reasonableness.

Under section 9, a person dealing as a consumer cannot by reference to any contract term be made to indemnify another person in respect of liability that may be incurred by the other for negligence or breach of contract, except insofar as the contract term satisfies the requirement of reasonableness.

Under section 11, as against a person dealing as consumer, the liability for breach of the obligations arising under sections 15, 16 and 17 of the Sale of Goods Ordinance cannot be excluded or restricted by reference to any contract term, and as against person dealing otherwise than as consumer. The liability arising thereunder can only be excluded or restricted by reference to a contract term except insofar as the contract term satisfies the requirement of reasonableness.

Trade Descriptions Ordinance (Chapter 362 of the Laws of Hong Kong)

The ordinance aims to protect customers against unfair trade practices by regulating businesses to sell products and services in a truthful manner. It prohibits false trade descriptions in respect of services supplied in the course of trade.

Section 2 provides, among others, that “trade description” in relation to services means an indication, direct or indirect, and by whatever means given, with respect to the service or any part of the service including an indication of any of the matters nature, scope, quantity (including the number of occasions on which, and the length of time for which the service is supplied or to be supplied), standard, quality, value or grade; fitness for purpose, strength, performance, effectiveness, benefits or risks; method and procedure by which, manner in which, and location at which, the service is supplied or to be supplied; availability; testing by any person and the results of the testing; approval by any person or conformity with a type approved by any person; a person by whom it has been acquired, or who has agreed to acquire it; the person by whom the service is supplied or to be supplied; after-sale service assistance concerning the service; price, how price is calculated or the existence of any price advantage or discount.

Section 7 provides that no person shall in the course of trade or business apply a false trade description to any goods or sell or offer for sale any goods with false trade descriptions applied thereto.

Section 7A provides that a trader who applies a false trade description to a service supplied or offered to be supplied to consumer, or supplies or offers to supply to consumer a service to which a false trade description is applied, commits an offense.

Sections 13E, 13F, 13G, 13H and 13I provide that a trader who engages in relation to a consumer in commercial practice that is a misleading omission; or is aggressive; constitutes bait advertising; constitutes a bait and switch; or constitutes wrongly accepting payment for a product, commits an offense.

A person who commits an offense under sections 7, 7A, 13E, 13F, 13G, 13H or 13I shall be subject, on conviction on indictment, to a fine of HK$500,000 and to imprisonment for five years, and on summary conviction, to a fine of HK$100,000 and to imprisonment for two years.

126

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

Directors and Executive Officers

The following table sets forth information regarding our directors and executive officers as of the date of this prospectus.

Directors and Executive Officers

 

Age

 

Position/Title

Mr. Weidong Gu

 

51

 

Chairman of the Board of Directors

Mr. Shaofang Weng

 

50

 

Chief Executive Officer and Director

Mr. Quanmao Zhou

 

31

 

Chief Financial Officer

Mr. Zhisheng Cheng

 

42

 

Vice President

Mr. Qilong Yang

 

48

 

Vice President

Ms. Yu Xiang*

 

38

 

Independent Director Appointee

Ms. Fenglei Jiang

 

54

 

Independent Director

Mr. Xinwei Xie

 

47

 

Independent Director

____________

*        Ms. Yu Xiang has accepted her director appointment effective upon the effectiveness of our registration statement, of which this prospectus is a part.

Mr. Weidong Gu is one of our founders and has served as our director since inception and our chairman of the board of directors since April 2020. Mr. Gu has extensive experience as an engineer and possesses more than 18 years of experience in the compatible toner cartridge industry. In 2011, Mr. Gu co-founded our Company, and since then, he has been overseeing our Company’s corporate strategic planning and business development, and managing our day-to-day business operations. Prior to founding our Company, Mr. Gu worked as the manager of the engineering department and deputy general manager of Zhuhai Seine Technology Co., Ltd., responsible for managing the manufacturing and research and development operations. Prior to 2002, Mr. Gu was involved in engineering work in several companies. Mr. Gu received a bachelor’s degree in radio engineering from Xiangtan University in the PRC in 1991. He obtained an intermediate engineer qualification in August 1999.

Mr. Shaofang Weng is one of our founders and has served as our director and chief executive officer since April 2020. Mr. Weng has over 18 years of experience in financial accouting and control. Mr. Weng has been with our Company since January 2011 and served as the financial controller of Jiangxi Yibo since February 2012. From June 2007 to October 2010, Mr. Weng served as the executive director of Dongguan Pudao Consulting Co., Ltd., a company that provides tax and financing services for small and medium enterprises. Prior to that, Mr. Weng served as finance manager and deputy general manager of Guangzhou Tianyue Communication Technology Development Co., Ltd. from November 2003 to June 2007. Mr. Weng received a bachelor’s degree in accounting in 1995 and a master’s degree in accounting in 2002 from Jiangxi University of Finance and economics. Mr. Weng has been a member of The Chinese Institute of Certified Public Accountants since December 1998.

Mr. Zhisheng Cheng is one of our founders and has served as our vice president since April 2020. Mr. Cheng has had extensive experience in product development. Mr. Cheng has been with us since 2011 and has since served as the director of technology and the deputy general manager of Jiangxi Yibo. Prior to founding our Company, from January 2007 to February 2011, Mr. Cheng worked as the director of the technology department of Zhuhai Seine Technology Co., Ltd. Prior to that, Mr. Cheng worked as the head of research and development at Zhuhai Ninestar Electronic Technology Co., Ltd. from July 2004 to January 2007. Mr. Cheng received a bachelor’s degree in mechanical design and manufacture from Hubei University of Technology in the PRC in 2004.

Mr. Qilong Yang is one of our founders and has served as our vice president since April 2020. Mr. Yang has had extensive experience in manufacturing management and operation. Mr. Yang has been with us since 2011 and has since served as the deputy general manager of Jiangxi Yibo. Prior to that, Mr. Yang worked at Zhuhai Ninestar Eletronic Technology Co., Ltd. from October 2001 to August 2009 as the supervisor and manager of quality control department and from September 2009 to July 2011 as the assistant to the general manager. Mr. Yang graduated with a diploma in computer information management from Sichuan Three Gorges College in the PRC in 1996.

Ms. Yu Xiang is our independent director appointee, whose appointment will become effective upon the effectiveness of our registration statement, of which this prospectus is a part. From April 2008 to October 2020, Ms. Yu Xiang served as a managing director of Marcum Bernstein & Pinchuk LLP, with a focus on serving Chinese

127

Table of Contents

companies making initial public offerings in the United States and Chinese companies listed in the United States, and was also responsible for leading the work of south regional office. From October 2005 to April 2008, Ms. Xiang served as senior associate of PricewaterhouseCoopers, providing audit assurance services to various PRC companies that were listed on the international stock markets. Ms. Xiang obtained her bachelor’s degree in accounting from Nanjing Audit University in 2005 and is a member of AICPA and FCCA.

Ms. Fenglei Jiang has served as our independent director since June 2021. Ms. Fenglei Jiang has had extensive experience in engineering and business management. Since September 2015, Ms. Fenglei Jiang has served as the supervisor of Guangzhou Carbon Asset Management Co., Ltd. Since April 2005, Mr. Fenglei Jiang has been working at Zhongshan Wanjing Technology Development Co., Ltd. and currently is serving as an executive director and general manager. Ms. Fenglei Jiang received a bachelor’s degree in metal material and heat treatment from Beihang University in the PRC in 1988.

Mr. Xinwei Xie has served as our independent director since June 2021. Mr. Xie has extensive experience in information technology and e-commerce. Since July 2015, Mr. Xie has been serving as the chief technology officer and director of Hainan Yinghai Network Technology Co., Ltd., where he was responsible for the research and development of proprietary medical insurance fraud prevention and costs control digital systems. Since October 2010, Mr. Xie has been an executive director and supervisor at Shanghai Highdata Technology Co., Ltd., a medical information company, where he was responsible for the research and development of an independent intellectual property memory database, supervised projected in connection with big data technology and the development of a quality protection system for drugs. Mr. Xie received a bachelor’s degree in business information management from Hangzhou College of Commerce of the Zhejiang Gongshang University in the PRC in 1995.

Controlled Company

Upon completion of this offering, our chairman of the board of directors, Mr. Weidong Gu, will beneficially own 18.96% of our issued and outstanding Class A ordinary shares and 100% of our total issued and outstanding Class B ordinary shares, representing 91.14% of our total voting power, assuming no exercise of the over-allotment option, or 18.44% of our issued and outstanding Class A ordinary shares and 90.86% of our total voting power, assuming full exercise of the over-allotment option. As a result, we will be deemed a “controlled company” for the purpose of the Nasdaq listing rules. As a controlled company, we are permitted to elect to rely on certain exemptions from the obligations to comply with certain corporate governance requirements, including:

•        the requirement that our director nominees be selected or recommended solely by independent directors; and

•        the requirement that we have a nominating and corporate governance committee and a compensation committee that are composed entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the purposes and responsibilities of the committees.

Although we do not intend to rely on the controlled company exemptions under the Nasdaq listing rules even if we are deemed a controlled company, we could elect to rely on these exemptions in the future, and if so, you would not have the same protection afforded to shareholders of companies that are subject to all of the corporate governance requirements of Nasdaq.

Board of Directors

Our board of directors will consist of five directors upon the SEC’s declaration of effectiveness of our registration statement on Form F-1, of which this prospectus is a part. A director is not required to hold any shares in our company by way of qualification. A director who is in any way, whether directly or indirectly, interested in a contract or proposed contract with us is required to declare the nature of his interest at a meeting of our directors.

128

Table of Contents

A general notice by any director to the effect that he is a member, shareholder, director, partner, officer or employee of any specified company or firm and is to be regarded as interested in any contract or transaction with that company or firm, shall be deemed a sufficient declaration of interest for the purposes of voting on a resolution in respect to a contract or transaction in which he has an interest.

After such general notice, special notice relating to any particular transaction shall not be required. A director may vote in respect of any contract or proposed contract or arrangement notwithstanding that he may be interested therein. If he does so his vote shall be counted and he may be counted in the quorum at any meeting of the directors at which any such contract or proposed contract or arrangement is considered.

The directors may exercise all the powers of the company to borrow money, mortgage its undertaking, property and uncalled capital, and issue debentures or other securities whenever money is borrowed or as security for any obligation of the company or of any third party. None of our directors has a service contract with us that provides for benefits upon termination of service.

Committees of the Board of Directors

We will establish three committees under the board of directors immediately upon the effectiveness of our registration statement on Form F-1, of which this prospectus is a part: an audit committee, a compensation committee and a nominating and corporate governance committee. We have adopted a charter for each of the three committees. Each committee’s members and functions are described below.

Audit Committee

Our audit committee will consist of Ms. Yu Xiang, Ms. Fenglei Jiang and Mr. Xinwei Xie. Ms. Yu Xiang will be the chairperson of our audit committee. We have determined that Ms. Yu Xiang, Ms. Fenglei Jiang and Mr. Xinwei Xie satisfy the “independence” requirements of the Rule 5605(c)(2) of the Nasdaq Stock Market Listing Rules and meets the independence standards under Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act. Our audit committee will consist solely of independent directors that satisfy the Nasdaq Stock Market and SEC requirements within one year of the completion of this offering. Our board of directors has also determined that Ms. Xiang Yu qualifies as an “audit committee financial expert” within the meaning of the SEC rules and possesses financial sophistication within the meaning of the Nasdaq Stock Market Listing Rules.

The audit committee will oversee our accounting and financial reporting processes and the audits of our financial statements. The audit committee will be responsible for, among other things:

•        selecting our independent registered public accounting firm and pre-approving all auditing and non-auditing services performed by our independent registered public accounting firm;

•        reviewing with the independent registered public accounting firm any audit problems or difficulties and management’s response;

•        reviewing and approving all proposed related-party transactions, as defined in Item 404 of Regulation S-K under the Securities Act;

•        discussing the annual audited financial statements with management and our independent registered public accounting firm;

•        annually reviewing and reassessing the adequacy of our audit committee charter;

•        meeting separately and periodically with management and our independent registered public accounting firms;

•        reporting regularly to the full board of directors; and

•        performing such other matters that are specifically delegated to our audit committee by our board of directors from time to time.

129

Table of Contents

Compensation Committee

Our compensation committee will consist of Ms. Yu Xiang, Ms. Fenglei Jiang and Mr. Xinwei Xie. Ms. Fenglei Jiang will be the chairperson of our compensation committee. We have determined that Ms. Yu Xiang, Ms. Fenglei Jiang and Mr. Xinwei Xie satisfy the “independence” requirements of Rule 5605(a)(2) of the Nasdaq Stock Market Listing Rules.

The compensation committee will assist the board in reviewing and approving the compensation structure, including all forms of compensation, relating to our directors and executive officers. Our chief executive officer may not be present at any committee meeting during which his compensation is deliberated.

The compensation committee will be responsible for, among other things:

•        reviewing and approving, or recommending to the board for its approval, the compensation for our chief executive officer and other executive officers;

•        reviewing and recommending to the board for determination with respect to the compensation of our non-employee directors;

•        reviewing and making recommendations to the board of directors with respect to the compensation of our directors;

•        reviewing periodically and approving any long-term incentive compensation or equity plans, programs or similar arrangements, annual bonuses, employee pension and welfare benefit plans; and

•        selecting compensation consultant, legal counsel or other adviser only after taking into consideration all factors relevant to that person’s independence from management.

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

Our nominating and corporate governance committee will consist of Ms. Yu Xiang, Ms. Fenglei Jiang and Mr. Xinwei Xie. Mr. Xinwei Xie will be the chairperson of our nominating and corporate governance committee. We have determined that Ms. Yu Xiang, Ms. Fenglei Jiang and Mr. Xinwei Xie satisfy the “independence” requirements of Rule 5605(a)(2) of the Nasdaq Stock Market Listing Rules.

The nominating and corporate governance committee will assist the board of directors in selecting directors and in determining the composition of our board and board committees. The nominating and corporate governance committee will be responsible for, among other things:

•        identifying and recommending nominees for election or re-election to our board of directors, or for appointment to fill any vacancy;

•        reviewing annually with our board of directors its composition in light of the characteristics of independence, age, skills, experience and availability of service to us;

•        identifying and recommending to our board the directors to serve as members of committees;

•        advising the board periodically with respect to developments in the law and practice of corporate governance as well as our compliance with applicable laws and regulations;

•        making recommendations to our board of directors on corporate governance matters and on any corrective action to be taken; and

•        monitoring compliance with our code of business conduct and ethics, including reviewing the adequacy and effectiveness of our procedures to ensure compliance.

130

Table of Contents

Duties of Directors

Under Cayman Islands law, our directors owe fiduciary duties to our company, including a duty of loyalty, a duty to act honestly, and a duty to act in good faith in what they consider to be in our best interests. Our directors must also exercise their powers only for a proper purpose. Our directors also have a duty to exercise the skills they actually possess and such care and diligence that a reasonably prudent person would exercise in comparable circumstances.

Although under Cayman Islands law, a controlling shareholder of a Cayman Islands company does not owe fiduciary duties to the company or its minority shareholders, a controlling shareholder who serves as a director of a company owes fiduciary duties in his capacity as a director to such company, for as long as he or she serves on the company’s board of directors. Certain shareholders of our controlling shareholder serves on our board of directors and, as a result, owes the aforementioned fiduciary duties to us.

In fulfilling their duty of care to us, our directors must ensure compliance with our memorandum and articles of association as may be amended from time to time. Our company has a right to seek damages against any director who breaches a duty owed to us.

The functions and powers of our board of directors include, among others:

•        convening shareholders’ annual general meetings and reporting its work to shareholders at such meetings;

•        declaring dividends and distributions;

•        appointing officers and determining the term of office of officers;

•        exercising the borrowing powers of our company and mortgaging the property of our company; and

•        approving the transfer of shares of our company, including the registering of such shares in our share register.

Code of Ethics and Corporate Governance

We will adopt a code of ethics, which will be applicable to all of our directors, executive officers and employees prior to the effectiveness of our registration statement on Form F-1, of which this prospectus is a part. We will make our code of ethics publicly available on our website.

In addition, our board of directors will adopt a set of corporate governance guidelines covering a variety of matters, including approval of related party transactions prior to the effectiveness of our registration statement on Form F-1, of which this prospectus is a part.

Terms of Directors and Officers

Our officers are elected by and serve at the discretion of the board of directors. Our directors are not subject to a term of office and hold office until their resignation, death or incapacity, or until their respective successors have been elected and qualified or until his or her office is otherwise vacated in accordance with our amended and restated articles of association.

A director will also be removed from office automatically if, among other things, the director (i) becomes bankrupt or makes any arrangement or composition with his creditors, (ii) dies or is found to be or becomes of unsound mind, (iii) resigns his office by notice in writing, (iv) without special leave of absence from our board, is absent from meetings of our board for three consecutive meetings and our board resolved that his office be vacated, or (v) is removed from office pursuant to any other provisions of our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association.

Interested Transactions

A director may, subject to any separate requirement for audit committee approval under applicable law, the amended and restated memorandum and articles of association or the Nasdaq Stock Market Listing Rules, or

131

Table of Contents

disqualification by the chairman of the relevant board meeting, vote in respect of any contract or transaction in which he or she is interested, provided that the nature of the interest of any directors in such contract or transaction is disclosed by him or her at or prior to its consideration and any vote in that matter.

Employment Agreements and Indemnification Agreements

We will enter into employment agreements with our executive officers. Each of our executive officers is employed for a continuous term unless either we or the executive officer gives prior notice to terminate such employment, or for a specified time period, or for a specified time period which will be renewed automatically unless a notice of non-renewal is given. We may terminate an executive officer’s employment for cause, at any time, without notice or remuneration, including but not limited to as a result of the executive officer’s commitments of any serious or persistent breach or non-observance of the terms and conditions of the employment, conviction of a criminal offence, fraud or dishonesty, habitual neglect of his or her duties, material misconduct being inconsistent with the due and faithful discharge of the executive officer’s material duties or material breach of internal procedures or regulations which causes damage to the Company. An executive officer may terminate his or her employment at any time with            month’s prior written notice.

We intend to enter into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and executive officers. Under these agreements, we agree to indemnify our directors and executive officers against all liabilities and expenses incurred by such persons in connection with claims made by reason of their being a director or officer of our company to the fullest extent permitted by law with certain limited exceptions.

Compensation of Directors and Executive Officers

For the year ended December 31, 2021, we paid an aggregate of approximately RMB2.66 million (US$416,425) in cash to our executive officers and directors and we did not pay any compensation to our non-executive directors. We have not set aside or accrued any amount to provide pension, retirement or other similar benefits to our directors and executive officers.

Our PRC subsidiaries are required by law to make contributions equal to certain percentages of each employee’s salary for his or her medical insurance, maternity insurance, workplace injury insurance, unemployment insurance, pension benefits through a PRC government-mandated multi-employer defined contribution plan and other statutory benefits. Our Hong Kong subsidiaries are required by the Hong Kong Mandatory Provident Fund Schemes Ordinance to make monthly contributions to the mandatory provident fund scheme in an amount equal to at least 5% of an employee’s salary.

132

Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL SHAREHOLDERS

The following table sets forth information with respect to the beneficial ownership, within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act, of our ordinary shares as of the date of this prospectus, and as adjusted to reflect the sale of the Class A ordinary shares offered in this offering for:

•        each of our directors and executive officers who beneficially own our ordinary shares;

•        our directors and executive officers as a group; and

•        each person known to us to own beneficially more than 5% of our ordinary shares.

Beneficial ownership includes voting or investment power with respect to the securities. Except as indicated below, and subject to applicable community property laws, the persons named in the table have sole voting and investment power with respect to all ordinary shares shown as beneficially owned by them. Percentage of beneficial ownership of each listed person prior to this offering is based on 26,315,800 Class A ordinary shares and 26,315,800 Class B ordinary shares outstanding as of the date of this prospectus. Percentage of beneficial ownership of each listed person after this offering includes Class A ordinary shares and Class B ordinary shares outstanding immediately after the completion of this offering, assuming the underwriter does not exercise its over-allotment option.

Information with respect to beneficial ownership has been furnished by each director, officer, or beneficial owner of 5% or more of our ordinary shares. Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules of the SEC and generally requires that such person have voting or investment power with respect to securities. In computing the number of shares beneficially owned by a person listed below and the percentage ownership of such person, shares underlying options, warrants, or convertible securities held by each such person that are exercisable or convertible within 60 days of the date of this prospectus are deemed outstanding, but are not deemed outstanding for computing the percentage ownership of any other person. Except as otherwise indicated in the footnotes to this table, or as required by applicable community property laws, all persons listed have sole voting and investment power for all shares shown as beneficially owned by them. We will be required to have at least 300 shareholders at closing in order to satisfy the Nasdaq listing standards.

 

Ordinary Shares Beneficially Owned
Prior to this Offering
**

 

Ordinary Shares Beneficially Owned
After this Offering
**††

Class A
Ordinary
Shares

 

Class B
Ordinary
Shares

 

Total
Ordinary
Shares

 

Percentage
of Total
Ordinary
Shares

 

Percentage
of Votes
Held Prior
to this
Offering

 

Class A
Ordinary
Shares

 

Class B
Ordinary
Shares

 

Total
Ordinary
Shares

 

Percentage
of Total
Ordinary
Shares

 

Percentage
of Votes
Held
After this
Offering

Directors and Executive Officers:*

               

 

   

 

               

 

   

 

Weidong Gu(1)

 

6,126,300

 

26,315,800

 

32,442,100

 

61.6

%

 

93.0

%

 

6,126,300

 

26,315,800

 

32,442,100

 

55.33

%

 

91.14

%

Shaofang Weng

 

528,900

 

 

528,900

 

1.0

%

 

0.2

%

 

528,900

 

 

528,900

 

0.90

%

 

0.18

%

Zhisheng Cheng

 

1,763,200

 

 

1,763,200

 

3.4

%

 

0.6

%

 

1,763,200

 

 

1,763,200

 

3.01

%

 

0.60

%

Qilong Yang

 

528,900

 

 

528,900

 

1.0

%

 

0.2

%

 

528,900

 

 

528,900

 

0.90

%

 

0.18

%

Yu Xiang†

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fenglei Jiang

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Xinwei Xie

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

                 

 

   

 

               

 

   

 

All directors and executive officers as a group:

 

8,947,300

 

26,315,800

 

35,263,100

 

67.0

%

 

94.0

%

 

8,947,300

 

26,315,800

 

35,263,100

 

60.14

%

 

92.09

%

                 

 

   

 

               

 

   

 

5% Shareholders:

               

 

   

 

               

 

   

 

Aster Excellent Limited(1)

 

8,947,300

 

26,315,800

 

35,263,100

 

67.0

%

 

94.0

%

 

8,947,300

 

26,315,800

 

35,263,100

 

60.14

%

 

92.09

%

Juneng Investment (Hong Kong) Limited(2)

 

10,526,300

 

 

10,526,300

 

20.0

%

 

3.6

%

 

10,526,300

 

 

10,526,300

 

17.95

%

 

3.56

%

Eagle Heart Limited(3)

 

6,315,900

 

 

6,315,900

 

12.0

%

 

2.2

%

 

6,315,900

 

 

6,315,900

 

10.77

%

 

2.14

%

____________

*        Except as indicated otherwise below, the business address of our directors and executive officers is No. 756 Guangfu Road, Hi-tech Development Zone, Xinyu City, Jiangxi Province, the PRC.

**      Beneficial ownership information disclosed herein represents direct and indirect holdings of entities owned, controlled or otherwise affiliated with the applicable holder as determined in accordance with the rules and regulations of the SEC.

†        Yu Xiang has consented to being named as a director nominee in our registration statement on Form F-1, of which this prospectus forms a part.

133

Table of Contents

††      After giving effect to the issuance and sale of 6,000,000 Class A ordinary shares by us in this offering, assuming the underwriter does not exercise its option to purchase additional Class A ordinary shares.

(1)      Represents 35,263,100 ordinary shares held by Aster Excellent prior to this offering, a company incorporated in the BVI as a limited liability company on August 2, 2019 and is owned as to 92.0% by Mr. Weidong Gu, 5.0% by Mr. Zhisheng Cheng, 1.5% by Mr. Shaofang Weng and 1.5% by Mr. Qilong Yang.

(2)      Represents 10,526,300 ordinary shares held by Juneng Investment (Hong Kong) Limited, a company formed in Hong Kong as a limited liability company on September 17, 2019, and is wholly owned by Xinyu High-Tech Investment Co., Ltd., a limited liability company established under the laws of the PRC on August 23, 2016 and an independent third party, which is in turn wholly owned by the Financial and Monetary Bureau of Xinyu Hi-Tech Industry Development Zone, a department of Xinyu High-Tech Industry Development Zone.

(3)      Represents 6,315,900 ordinary shares held by Eagle Heart Limited, a company incorporated in the BVI as a limited liability company on July 23, 2019, and is owned as to 100% by Mr. Xingzhi Huang.

As of the date of this prospectus, none of our ordinary shares are held by record holders the United States. None of our shareholders has informed us that it is affiliated with a registered broker-dealer or is in the business of underwriting securities.

We are not aware of any arrangement that may, at a subsequent date, result in a change of control of our company. See “Description of Share Capital — History of Securities Issuances” for a description of issuances of our ordinary shares that have resulted in significant changes in ownership held by our major shareholders.

134

Table of Contents

RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Employment Agreements and Indemnification Agreements

See “Management — Employment Agreements and Indemnification Agreements.”

Other Related Party Transactions

Transactions with Mr. Weidong Gu.    Mr. Weidong Gu is our founder and chairman of the board of directors. On January 9, 2019, we entered into a loan agreement with Agriculture Bank of China. On June 20, 2019 and June 7, 2020, respectively, we entered into loan agreements with Bank of China. Mr. Weidong Gu provided personal guarantee to these loans.

Transactions with Mr. Qilong Yang.    Mr. Qilong Yang is our vice president. In 2019, we provided an interest-free loan to Mr. Qilong Yang in the amount of $718,500, and in 2020, Mr. Qilong Yang paid back the amount in full.

Transactions with Mr. Zhisheng Cheng.    Mr. Zhisheng Cheng is our vice president. In 2018, we provided an interest-free loan to Mr. Zhisheng Cheng in the amount of $131,400, and in 2020, Mr. Zhisheng Cheng paid back the amount in full. On June 20, 2019 and June 7, 2020, respectively, we entered into loan agreements with Bank of China. Mr. Zhisheng Cheng provided personal guarantee to these loans.

Transactions with Mr. Xingzhi Huang.    Mr. Xingzhi Huang is the 100% owner of Eagle Heart Limited, our 12% shareholder. Since 2016, we provided loans to Mr. Xingzhi Huang in a total amount of $9,182,415 at an annual interest rate of 5.6%. In 2019, Mr. Huang paid back the amount in full. On December 27, 2018 and January 20, 2020, respectively, we entered into loan agreements with Agricultural Bank of China. On June 20, 2019 and June 7, 2020, respectively, we entered into loan agreements with Bank of China. Mr. Xingzhi Huang provided personal guarantee to these loans.

Transactions with Xinyu High-Tech Investment Co., Ltd.    Xinyu High-Tech Investment Co., Ltd. is the controlling shareholder of Juneng Investment (Hong Kong) Limited, who owns 20% of our ordinary shares. On September 10, 2020, we entered into a loan agreement with Export-Import Bank of China. Xinyu High-Tech Investment Co., Ltd. provided institutional guarantee to this loan.

135

Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF SHARE CAPITAL

We are a Cayman Islands exempted company with limited liability and our affairs are governed by our memorandum and articles of association, as amended and restated from time to time, and the Companies Act of the Cayman Islands, and the common law of the Cayman Islands.

As of the date hereof, our authorized share capital is HK$380,000 divided into 3,800,000,000 ordinary shares of par value HK$0.0001 each, comprising of 2,000,000,000 Class A ordinary shares of a nominal or par value of HK$0.0001 each, 1,000,000,000 Class B ordinary shares of a nominal or par value of HK$0.0001 each and 800,000,000 preference shares of a nominal or par value of HK$0.0001 each. As of the date hereof, there were 52,631,600 ordinary shares issued and outstanding, including 26,315,800 Class A ordinary shares and 26,315,800 Class B ordinary shares issued and outstanding.

We have adopted an amended and restated memorandum and articles of association on October 20, 2021, which became effective immediately.

The following are summaries of material provisions of our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association and the Companies Act insofar as they relate to the material terms of our ordinary shares that we expect will become effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering.

The following description of our share capital and provisions of our memorandum and articles of association are summaries and are qualified by reference to the memorandum and articles of association that will be in effect immediately prior to the completion of this offering. Copies of these documents have been filed with the SEC as exhibits to our registration statement, of which this prospectus forms a part. The descriptions of the ordinary shares reflect changes to our capital structure that will occur when our memorandum and articles of association becomes effective.

The following discussion primarily concerns ordinary shares and the rights of holders of ordinary shares.

Ordinary Shares

General

Our authorized share capital is HK$380,000 divided into 3,800,000,000 shares, of nominal or par value of HK$0.0001 each, comprising of (i) 2,000,000,000 Class A ordinary shares of a nominal or par value of HK$0.0001 each, (ii) 1,000,000,000 Class B ordinary shares with a par value of HK$0.0001 each, and (iii) 800,000,000 preference shares of a nominal or par value of HK$0.0001 each. All of our outstanding ordinary shares are fully paid and non-assessable. Certificates representing the ordinary shares are issued in registered form. Our shareholders who are non-residents of the Cayman Islands may freely hold and vote their ordinary shares.

Dividends

The holders of our ordinary shares are entitled to such dividends as may be declared by our shareholders or board of directors subject to the Companies Act and to the articles of association.

Conversion

Each Class B ordinary share is convertible into one Class A ordinary share at any time by the holder thereof. Class A ordinary shares are not convertible into Class B ordinary shares under any circumstances. Upon any sale, transfer, assignment or disposition of any Class B ordinary shares by a holder thereof to any person who is not an affiliate of such holder, or upon a change of beneficial ownership of any Class B ordinary shares as a result of which any person who is not a Founder or an affiliate of a Founder becomes a beneficial owner of such Class B ordinary shares, each of such Class B ordinary shares will be automatically and immediately converted into one Class A ordinary share.

136

Table of Contents

Voting Rights

Holders of Class A ordinary shares and Class B ordinary shares shall, at all times, vote together as one class on all matters submitted to a vote by the shareholders. Each Class A ordinary share shall be entitled to one vote on all matters subject to vote at general and special meetings of our company and each Class B ordinary share shall be entitled to 10 votes on all matters subject to vote at general and special meetings of our company. Voting at any meeting of shareholders is by show of hands unless a poll is demanded. A poll may be demanded by the chairman of such meeting or any one shareholder present in person or by proxy.

An ordinary resolution to be passed by the shareholders requires the affirmative vote of a simple majority of votes attached to the ordinary shares cast in a general meeting, while a special resolution requires the affirmative vote of no less than two-thirds of votes cast attached to the ordinary shares. A special resolution will be required for important matters such as a change of name or making changes to our memorandum and articles of association.

Transfer of Ordinary Shares

Subject to the restrictions contained in our articles of association, as applicable, any of our shareholders may transfer all or any of his, her or its ordinary shares by an instrument of transfer in the usual or common form or any other form approved by our board of directors.

Our board of directors may, in its absolute discretion, decline to register any transfer of any ordinary share. Our board of directors may also decline to register any transfer of any ordinary share unless:

•        the instrument of transfer is lodged with us, accompanied by the certificate for the ordinary shares to which it relates and such other evidence as our board of directors may reasonably require to show the right of the transferor to make the transfer;

•        the instrument of transfer is in respect of only one class of ordinary shares;

•        the instrument of transfer is properly stamped, if required;

•        the ordinary shares transferred are fully paid and free of any lien in our favor; and

•        any fee related to the transfer has been paid to us; and

•        the transfer is not to more than four joint holders.

If our directors refuse to register a transfer they shall, within three months after the date on which the instrument of transfer was lodged, send to each of the transferor and the transferee notice of such refusal.

Liquidation

On a return of capital on winding up or otherwise (other than on conversion, redemption or purchase of ordinary shares), assets available for distribution among the holders of ordinary shares shall be distributed among the holders of the ordinary shares on a pro rata basis. If our assets available for distribution are insufficient to repay all of the paid-up capital, the assets will be distributed so that the losses are borne by our shareholders proportionately.

Calls on Ordinary Shares and Forfeiture of Ordinary Shares

Our board of directors may from time to time make calls upon shareholders for any amounts unpaid on their ordinary shares. The ordinary shares that have been called upon and remain unpaid are subject to forfeiture.

Redemption of Ordinary Shares

Subject to the provisions of the Companies Act and other applicable law, we may issue shares on terms that are subject to redemption, at our option or at the option of the holders, on such terms and in such manner, including out of capital, as may be determined by the board of directors.

137

Table of Contents

Variations of Rights of Shares

If at any time, our share capital is divided into different classes of shares, all or any of the special rights attached to any class of shares may, subject to the provisions of the Companies Act, be varied with the sanction of a special resolution passed at a general meeting of the holders of the shares of that class. Consequently, the rights of any class of shares cannot be detrimentally altered without a majority of two-thirds of the vote of all of the shares in that class. The rights conferred upon the holders of the shares of any class issued with preferred or other rights shall not, unless otherwise expressly provided by the terms of issue of the shares of that class, be deemed to be varied by the creation or issue of further shares ranking pari passu with such existing class of shares.

General Meetings of Shareholders

Shareholders’ meetings may be convened by a majority of our board of directors or our chairman. Advance notice of at least ten clear days is required for the convening of our annual general shareholders’ meeting and any other general meeting of our shareholders. A quorum required for a meeting of shareholders consists of at least two shareholders present or by proxy, representing not less than one-third in nominal value of the total issued voting shares in our company.

Inspection of Books and Records

Holders of our ordinary shares will have no general right under Cayman Islands law to inspect or obtain copies of our list of shareholders or our corporate records. However, we will in our articles provide our shareholders with the right to inspect our list of shareholders and to receive annual audited financial statements. See “Where You Can Find Additional Information.”

Changes in Capital

We may from time to time by ordinary resolution:

•        increase the share capital by such sum, to be divided into shares of such classes and amount, as the resolution shall prescribe;

•        consolidate and divide all or any of our share capital into shares of a larger amount than our existing shares;

•        sub-divide our existing shares, or any of them into shares of a smaller amount; or

•        cancel any shares which, at the date of the passing of the resolution, have not been taken or agreed to be taken by any person and diminish the amount of our share capital by the amount of the shares so cancelled.

We may by special resolution reduce our share capital or any capital redemption reserve in any manner permitted by law.

Exempted Company

We are an exempted company with limited liability under the Companies Act of the Cayman Islands. The Companies Act in the Cayman Islands distinguishes between ordinary resident companies and exempted companies. Any company that is registered in the Cayman Islands but conducts business mainly outside of the Cayman Islands may apply to be registered as an exempted company. The requirements for an exempted company are essentially the same as for an ordinary company except for the exemptions and privileges listed below:

•        an exempted company does not have to file an annual return of its shareholders with the Registrar of Companies;

•        an exempted company’s register of members is not open to inspection;

•        an exempted company does not have to hold an annual general meeting;

•        an exempted company may issue no par value, negotiable or bearer shares;

•        an exempted company may obtain an undertaking against the imposition of any future taxation (such undertakings are usually given for 20 years in the first instance);

138

Table of Contents

•        an exempted company may register by way of continuation in another jurisdiction and be deregistered in the Cayman Islands;

•        an exempted company may register as a limited duration company; and

•        an exempted company may register as a segregated portfolio company.

“Limited liability” means that the liability of each shareholder is limited to the amount unpaid by the shareholder on the shares of the company. Upon the closing of this offering, we will be subject to reporting and other informational requirements of the Exchange Act, as applicable to foreign private issuers. We currently intend to comply with the Nasdaq Rules in lieu of following home country practice after the closing of this offering. The Nasdaq Rules require that every company listed on the Nasdaq hold an annual general meeting of shareholders. In addition, our articles of association allow directors to call special meeting of shareholders pursuant to the procedures set forth in our articles.

Differences in Corporate Law

The Companies Act is modeled after that of England and Wales but does not follow recent statutory enactments in England. In addition, the Companies Act differs from laws applicable to United States corporations and their shareholders. Set forth below is a summary of the significant differences between the provisions of the Companies Act applicable to us and the laws applicable to companies incorporated in the State of Delaware.

Mergers and Similar Arrangements

A merger of two or more constituent companies under Cayman Islands law requires a plan of merger or consolidation to be approved by the directors of each constituent company and authorization by (a) a special resolution of the members of each such constituent company and (b) such other authorization, if any, as may be specified in such constituent company’s articles of association.

A merger between a Cayman parent company and its Cayman subsidiary or subsidiaries does not require authorization by a resolution of shareholders. For this purpose a subsidiary is a company of which at least ninety percent (90%) of the issued shares entitled to vote are owned by the parent company.

The consent of each holder of a fixed or floating security interest over a constituent company is required unless this requirement is waived by a court in the Cayman Islands.

Save in certain circumstances, a dissentient shareholder of a Cayman constituent company is entitled to payment of the fair value of his shares upon dissenting to a merger or consolidation. The exercise of appraisal rights will preclude the exercise of any other rights save for the right to seek relief on the grounds that the merger or consolidation is void or unlawful.

In addition, there are statutory provisions that facilitate the reconstruction and amalgamation of companies, provided that the arrangement is approved by a majority in number of each class of shareholders and creditors with whom the arrangement is to be made, and who must, in addition, represent three-fourths in value of each such class of shareholders or creditors, as the case may be, that are present and voting either in person or by proxy at a meeting, or meetings, convened for that purpose. The convening of the meetings and subsequently the arrangement must be sanctioned by the Grand Court of the Cayman Islands. While a dissenting shareholder has the right to express to the court the view that the transaction ought not to be approved, the court can be expected to approve the arrangement if it determines that:

•        the statutory provisions as to the required majority vote have been met;

•        the shareholders have been fairly represented at the meeting in question and the statutory majority are acting bona fide without coercion of the minority to promote interests adverse to those of the class;

•        the arrangement is such that may be reasonably approved by an intelligent and honest man of that class acting in respect of his interest; and

•        the arrangement is not one that would more properly be sanctioned under some other provision of the Companies Act.

139

Table of Contents

When a take over offer is made and accepted by holders of 90% of the shares the subject of the offer within four months, the offeror may, within a two-month period commencing on the expiration of such four month period, require the holders of the remaining shares to transfer such shares on the terms of the offer. An objection can be made to the Grand Court of the Cayman Islands but this is unlikely to succeed in the case of an offer which has been so accepted unless there is evidence of fraud, bad faith or collusion.

If an arrangement and reconstruction or take over offer is thus approved, the dissenting shareholder would have no rights comparable to appraisal rights, which would otherwise ordinarily be available to dissenting shareholders of Delaware corporations, providing rights to receive payment in cash for the judicially determined value of the shares.

Shareholders’ Suits

In principle, we will normally be the proper plaintiff and as a general rule a derivative action may not be brought by a minority shareholder. However, based on English authorities, which would in all likelihood be of persuasive authority in the Cayman Islands, there are exceptions to the foregoing principle, including when:

•        a company acts or proposes to act illegally or ultra vires;

•        the act complained of, although not ultra vires, could only be effected duly if authorized by more than a simple majority vote that has not been obtained; and

•        those who control the company are perpetrating a “fraud on the minority.”

Indemnification of Directors and Executive Officers and Limitation of Liability

Cayman Islands law does not limit the extent to which a company’s articles of association may provide for indemnification of officers and directors, except to the extent any such provision may be held by the Cayman Islands courts to be contrary to public policy, such as to provide indemnification against civil fraud or the consequences of committing a crime. Our memorandum and articles of association permit indemnification of officers and directors for losses, damages, costs and expenses incurred in their capacities as such unless such losses or damages arise from dishonesty or fraud which may attach to such directors or officers. This standard of conduct is generally the same as permitted under the Delaware General Corporation Law for a Delaware corporation. In addition, we intend to enter into indemnification agreements with our directors and senior executive officers that will provide such persons with additional indemnification beyond that provided in our memorandum and articles of association.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to our directors, officers or persons controlling us under the foregoing provisions, we have been informed that, in the opinion of the SEC, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.

Anti-Takeover Provisions in the Memorandum and Articles of Association

Some provisions of our memorandum and articles of association may discourage, delay or prevent a change in control of our company or management that shareholders may consider favorable, including provisions that authorize our board of directors to issue preference shares in one or more series and to designate the price, rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions of such preference shares without any further vote or action by our shareholders.

However, under Cayman Islands law, our directors may only exercise the rights and powers granted to them under our memorandum and articles of association, as amended and restated from time to time, for what they believe in good faith to be in the best interests of our company for a proper purpose.

Directors’ Fiduciary Duties

Under Delaware General Corporation Law, a director of a Delaware corporation has a fiduciary duty to the corporation and its shareholders. This duty has two components: the duty of care and the duty of loyalty. The duty of care requires that a director act in good faith, with the care that an ordinarily prudent person would exercise under similar circumstances. Under this duty, a director must inform himself of, and disclose to shareholders, all material information reasonably available regarding a significant transaction. The duty of loyalty requires that a director act in a manner he or she reasonably believes to be in the best interests of the corporation. He or she must not use his or her corporate position for personal gain or advantage. This duty prohibits self-dealing by a director and mandates that the

140

Table of Contents

best interest of the corporation and its shareholders take precedence over any interest possessed by a director, officer or controlling shareholder and not shared by the shareholders generally. In general, actions of a director are presumed to have been made on an informed basis, in good faith and in the honest belief that the action taken was in the best interests of the corporation. However, this presumption may be rebutted by evidence of a breach of one of the fiduciary duties. Should such evidence be presented concerning a transaction by a director, a director must prove the procedural fairness of the transaction, and that the transaction was of fair value to the corporation.

As a matter of Cayman Islands law, a director of a Cayman Islands company is in the position of a fiduciary with respect to the company and therefore it is considered that he owes the following duties to the company — a duty to act bona fide in the best interests of the company, a duty not to make a profit based on his or her position as director (unless the company permits him to do so) and a duty not to put himself in a position where the interests of the company conflict with his or her personal interest or his or her duty to a third party. A director of a Cayman Islands company owes to the company a duty to act with skill and care. It was previously considered that a director need not exhibit in the performance of his or her duties a greater degree of skill than may reasonably be expected from a person of his or her knowledge and experience. However, English and Commonwealth courts have moved towards an objective standard with regard to the required skill and care and these authorities are likely to be followed in the Cayman Islands.

Shareholder Action by Written Consent

Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, a corporation may eliminate the right of shareholders to act by written consent by amendment to its certificate of incorporation. Cayman Islands law and our articles of association provide that shareholders may approve corporate matters by way of a unanimous written resolution signed by or on behalf of each shareholder who would have been entitled to vote on such matter at a general meeting without a meeting being held.

Shareholder Proposals

Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, a shareholder has the right to put any proposal before the annual meeting of shareholders, provided it complies with the notice provisions in the governing documents. A special meeting may be called by the board of directors or any other person authorized to do so in the governing documents, but shareholders may be precluded from calling special meetings.

Neither Cayman Islands law nor our articles of association allow our shareholders to requisition a shareholders’ meeting. As an exempted Cayman Islands company, we are not obliged by law to call shareholders’ annual general meetings. However, our articles of association require us to call such meetings every year.

Cumulative Voting

Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, cumulative voting for elections of directors is not permitted unless the corporation’s certificate of incorporation specifically provides for it. Cumulative voting potentially facilitates the representation of minority shareholders on a board of directors since it permits the minority shareholder to cast all the votes to which the shareholder is entitled on a single director, which increases the shareholder’s voting power with respect to electing such director. As permitted under Cayman Islands law, our articles of association do not provide for cumulative voting. As a result, our shareholders are not afforded any less protections or rights on this issue than shareholders of a Delaware corporation.

Removal of Directors

Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, a director of a corporation with a classified board may be removed only for cause with the approval of a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote, unless the certificate of incorporation provides otherwise. Under our articles of association, directors may be removed by ordinary resolution.

Transactions with Interested Shareholders

The Delaware General Corporation Law contains a business combination statute applicable to Delaware corporations whereby, unless the corporation has specifically elected not to be governed by such statute by amendment to its certificate of incorporation, it is prohibited from engaging in certain business combinations with an “interested

141

Table of Contents

shareholder” for three years following the date that such person becomes an interested shareholder. An interested shareholder generally is a person or a group who or which owns or owned 15% or more of the target’s outstanding voting stock within the past three years. This has the effect of limiting the ability of a potential acquirer to make a two-tiered bid for the target in which all shareholders would not be treated equally. The statute does not apply if, among other things, prior to the date on which such shareholder becomes an interested shareholder, the board of directors approves either the business combination or the transaction which resulted in the person becoming an interested shareholder. This encourages any potential acquirer of a Delaware corporation to negotiate the terms of any acquisition transaction with the target’s board of directors.

Cayman Islands law has no comparable statute. As a result, we cannot avail ourselves of the types of protections afforded by the Delaware business combination statute. However, although Cayman Islands law does not regulate transactions between a company and its significant shareholders, it does provide that such transactions must be entered into bona fide in the best interests of the company and for a proper corporate purpose and not with the effect of constituting a fraud on the minority shareholders.

Dissolution; Winding Up

Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, unless the board of directors approves the proposal to dissolve, dissolution must be approved by shareholders holding 100% of the total voting power of the corporation. Only if the dissolution is initiated by the board of directors may it be approved by a simple majority of the corporation’s outstanding shares. Delaware law allows a Delaware corporation to include in its certificate of incorporation a supermajority voting requirement in connection with dissolutions initiated by the board. Under Cayman Islands law, a company may be wound up by either an order of the courts of the Cayman Islands or by a special resolution of its members or, if the company is unable to pay its debts as they fall due, by an ordinary resolution of its members. The court has authority to order winding up in a number of specified circumstances including where it is, in the opinion of the court, just and equitable to do so.

Under the Companies Act of the Cayman Islands and our articles of association, our company may be dissolved, liquidated or wound up by the vote of holders of two-thirds of our shares voting at a meeting or the unanimous written resolution of all shareholders.

Variation of Rights of Shares

Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, a corporation may vary the rights of a class of shares with the approval of a majority of the outstanding shares of such class, unless the certificate of incorporation provides otherwise. Under Cayman Islands law and our articles of association, if our share capital is divided into more than one class of shares, we may vary the rights attached to any class only with the sanction of a special resolution passed at a general meeting of the holders of the shares of that class.

Amendment of Governing Documents

Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, a corporation’s governing documents may be amended with the approval of a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote, unless the certificate of incorporation provides otherwise. As permitted by Cayman Islands law, our memorandum and articles of association may only be amended by special resolution or the unanimous written resolution of all shareholders.

Rights of Non-Resident or Foreign Shareholders

There are no limitations imposed by our memorandum and articles of association on the rights of non-resident or foreign shareholders to hold or exercise voting rights on our shares. In addition, there are no provisions in our memorandum and articles of association governing the ownership threshold above which shareholder ownership must be disclosed.

142

Table of Contents

Directors’ Power to Issue Shares

Subject to applicable law, our board of directors is empowered to issue or allot shares or grant options and warrants with or without preferred, deferred, qualified or other special rights or restrictions.

History of Securities Issuances

The following is a summary of our securities issuances and re-designations during the past three years:

Ordinary Shares

On August 5, 2019, we issued 1 ordinary share to Vistra (Cayman) Limited, who transferred the share to Aster Excellent on the same day.

On August 5, 2019, we issued 84,209 ordinary shares to Aster Excellent and 15,790 ordinary shares to Eagle Heart Limited.

On September 2, 2019, Eagle Heart Limited transferred 600 ordinary shares to Aster Excellent.

On September 25, 2019, we issued 267,821 ordinary shares to Aster Excellent and 47,969 ordinary shares to Eagle Heart Limited.

On September 26, 2019, we issued 5,263 ordinary shares to Cool Hero Limited.

On September 30, 2019, we issued 105,263 ordinary shares to Juneng Investment (Hong Kong) Limited.

On October 20, 2021, our authorized and issued shares of par value HK$0.01 each was subdivided into 100 shares of par value HK$0.0001 each (the “Subdivision”), and following the Subdivision, our authorized share capital was HK$380,000 divided into 3,800,000,000 ordinary shares with a par value of HK$0.0001 each, and our issued share capital was HK$5,263.16 divided into 52,631,600 ordinary shares with a par value of HK$0.0001 each, with the shareholder’s shareholding ratio remaining unchanged.

Immediately following the Subdivision, our issued and outstanding ordinary shares were re-designated and re-classified such that our authorized share capital was HK$380,000 divided into 3,800,000,000 shares of a nominal or par value of HK$0.0001 each, comprising of 2,000,000,000 Class A ordinary shares of a nominal or par value of HK$0.0001 each, 1,000,000,000 Class B ordinary shares of a nominal or par value of HK$0.0001 each, and 800,000,000 preference shares of a nominal or par value of HK$0.0001 each.

All of our 52,631,600 then-authorized and issued ordinary shares were re-classified and re-designated into Class A ordinary shares on a one-to-one basis, and 26,315,800 of the Class A ordinary shares, being 26,315,800 of the 35,263,100 issued and outstanding shares registered in the name of Aster Excellent Limited, were then re-classified and re-designated into an equal number of Class B ordinary shares.

143

Table of Contents

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our Class A ordinary shares. We intend to apply to list our Class A ordinary shares on the Nasdaq Stock Market. Upon completion of this offering, assuming no exercise of the underwriter’s over-allotment option, we will have outstanding Class A ordinary shares held by public shareholders, representing approximately 10.23% of our ordinary shares in issue. All of the Class A ordinary shares sold in this offering will be freely transferable by persons other than our “affiliates” (as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act) without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act. Sales of substantial amounts of our Class A ordinary shares in the public market could materially adversely affect prevailing market prices of our Class A ordinary shares.

Lock-up Agreements

We have agreed not to, for a period of 180 days from the date of this prospectus, offer, issue, sell, contract to sell, encumber, grant any option for the sale of, or otherwise dispose of, except in this offering, any of our Class A ordinary shares or securities that are substantially similar to our Class A ordinary shares, including but not limited to any options or warrants to purchase our Class A ordinary shares, or any securities that are convertible into or exchangeable for, or that represent the right to receive, our Class A ordinary shares or any such substantially similar securities (other than pursuant to employee stock option plans existing on, or upon the conversion or exchange of convertible or exchangeable securities outstanding as of, the date such lock-up agreement was executed), without the prior written consent of the underwriter.

Furthermore, each of our directors and executive officers, and our existing beneficial owners of 5% or more of our outstanding Class A ordinary shares will enter into a similar lock-up agreement for a period of 180 days from the date of this prospectus, subject to certain exceptions, with respect to our ordinary shares and securities that are substantially similar to our ordinary shares. These restrictions also apply to any ordinary shares acquired by our directors and executive officers in the offering pursuant to the directed share program, if any.

We cannot predict what effect, if any, future sales of our Class A ordinary shares, or the availability of Class A ordinary shares for future sale, will have on the trading price of our Class A ordinary shares from time to time. Sales of substantial amounts of our Class A ordinary shares in the public market, or the perception that these sales could occur, could adversely affect the trading price of our Class A ordinary shares.

Rule 144

All of our ordinary shares that will be outstanding upon the completion of this offering, other than those sold in this offering, are “restricted securities” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act and may be sold publicly in the United States only if they are subject to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act or pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirement such as those provided by Rule 144 and Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act.

In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus, a person (or persons whose shares are aggregated) who at the time of a sale is not, and has not been during the three months preceding the sale, an affiliate of ours and has beneficially owned our restricted securities for at least six months is entitled to sell the restricted securities without registration under the Securities Act, subject to the availability of current public information about us, and will be entitled to sell restricted securities beneficially owned for at least one year without restriction. Persons who are our affiliates (including persons beneficially owning 10% or more of our outstanding shares) and have beneficially owned our restricted securities for at least six months may sell within any three-month period a number of restricted securities that does not exceed the greater of the following:

•        1% of the number of ordinary shares then outstanding, which will equal approximately 323,158 Class A ordinary shares immediately after this offering (or 332,158 Class A ordinary shares if the underwriter exercises its option to purchase additional ordinary shares in full); or

•        the average weekly trading volume of the ordinary shares on the Nasdaq Stock Market during the four calendar weeks preceding the date on which notice of the sale on Form 144 is filed with the SEC.

Such sales are also subject to manner-of-sale provisions, notice requirements and the availability of current public information about us.

144

Table of Contents

Rule 701

Beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus, persons other than affiliates who purchased ordinary shares under a written compensatory plan or other written agreement executed prior to the completion of this offering may be entitled to sell such shares in the United States in reliance on Rule 701 under the Securities Act, or Rule 701. Rule 701 permits affiliates to sell their Rule 701 shares under Rule 144 without complying with the holding period requirements of Rule 144.

Rule 701 further provides that non-affiliates may sell these shares in reliance on Rule 144 subject only to its manner-of-sale requirements. However, the Rule 701 shares would remain subject to any applicable lock-up arrangements and would only become eligible for sale when the lock-up period expires.

Regulation S

Regulation S provides generally that sales made in offshore transactions are not subject to the registration or prospectus-delivery requirements of the Securities Act.

145

Table of Contents

TAXATION

The following discussion of material PRC, Cayman Islands, and United States federal income tax consequences of an investment in our Class A ordinary shares is based upon laws and relevant interpretations thereof in effect as of the date of this prospectus, all of which are subject to change. This discussion does not deal with all possible tax consequences relating to an investment in our Class A ordinary shares, such as the tax consequences under state, local, and other tax laws or under tax laws of jurisdictions other than the Cayman Islands, the People’s Republic of China and the United States. To the extent that the discussion relates to matters of Cayman Island tax law, it represents the opinion of Conyers Dill & Pearman, our Cayman Islands legal counsel; to the extent it relates to PRC tax law, it is the opinion of JunHe LLP, our PRC legal counsel.

Cayman Islands Taxation

The Cayman Islands currently levies no taxes on individuals or corporations based upon profits, income, gains or appreciation and there is no taxation in the nature of inheritance tax or estate duty. There are no other taxes likely to be material to us or holders of our Class A ordinary shares levied by the government of the Cayman Islands except for stamp duties which may be applicable on instruments executed in, or after execution brought within, the jurisdiction of the Cayman Islands. Payments of dividends and capital in respect of our Class A ordinary shares will not be subject to taxation in the Cayman Islands and no withholding will be required on the payment of a dividend or capital to any holder of our Class A ordinary shares, as the case may be, nor will gains derived from the disposal of our Class A ordinary shares be subject to Cayman Islands income or corporation tax.

PRC Taxation

Income Tax and Withholding Tax

In March 2007, the National People’s Congress of China enacted the Enterprise Income Tax Law, or EIT Law, which became effective on January 1, 2008 (as amended in December 2018). The EIT Law provides that enterprises organized under the laws of jurisdictions outside China with their “de facto management bodies” located within China may be considered PRC resident enterprises and therefore subject to EIT at the rate of 25% on their worldwide income. The Implementing Rules of the EIT Law further defines the term “de facto management body” as the management body that exercises substantial and overall management and control over the business, personnel, accounts and properties of an enterprise.

In April 2009, the SAT issued the Notice Regarding the Determination of Chinese-Controlled Overseas Incorporated Enterprises as PRC Tax Resident Enterprises on the Basis of De Facto Management Bodies, known as Circular 82, which provides certain specific criteria for determining whether the “de facto management body” of a PRC-controlled enterprise that is incorporated offshore is deemed to be located in China. Although Circular 82 only applies to offshore enterprises controlled by PRC enterprises or PRC enterprise groups, not offshore enterprises controlled by PRC individuals or foreigners, the criteria set forth in the circular may reflect the SAT’s general position on how the “de facto management body” test should be applied in determining the tax resident status of all offshore enterprises.

According to SAT Notice 82, a Chinese-controlled offshore incorporated enterprise will be regarded as a PRC tax resident by virtue of having a “de facto management body” in China and will be subject to PRC enterprise income tax on its worldwide income only if all of the following criteria are met: (i) the places where senior management and senior management departments that are responsible for daily production, operation and management of the enterprise perform their duties are mainly located within the territory of China; (ii) financial decisions (such as money borrowing, lending, financing and financial risk management) and personnel decisions (such as appointment, dismissal and salary and wages) are decided or need to be decided by organizations or persons located within the territory of China; (iii) main property, accounting books, corporate seal, the board of directors and files of the minutes of shareholders’ meetings of the enterprise are located or preserved within the territory of China; and (iv) one half (or more) of the directors or senior management staff having the right to vote habitually reside within the territory of China.

The Administrative Measures for Enterprise Income Tax of Chinese-Controlled Overseas Incorporated Resident Enterprises (Trial Version), or Bulletin 45, further clarifies certain issues related to the determination of tax resident status. Bulletin 45 also specifies that when provided with a resident Chinese-controlled, offshore-incorporated

146

Table of Contents

enterprise’s copy of its recognition of residential status, a payer does not need to withhold a 10% income tax when paying certain PRC-source income, such as dividends, interest and royalties to such Chinese-controlled offshore-incorporated enterprise.

We believe that our Cayman Islands holding company, Planet Image International Limited, is not a PRC resident enterprise for PRC tax purposes. Planet Image International Limited is a company incorporated outside China. As a holding company, its key assets are its ownership interests in its subsidiaries, and its key assets are located, and its records (including the resolutions of its board of directors and the resolutions of its shareholders) are maintained, outside China. As such, we do not believe that our company meets all of the conditions above or is a PRC resident enterprise for PRC tax purposes. For the same reasons, we believe our other entities outside China are not PRC resident enterprises either. However, the tax resident status of an enterprise is subject to determination by the PRC tax authorities and uncertainties remain with respect to the interpretation of the term “de facto management body.” There can be no assurance that the PRC government will ultimately take a view that is consistent with our position and there is a risk that the PRC tax authorities may deem our company as a PRC resident enterprise since a substantial majority of the members of our management team are located in China, in which case we would be subject to the EIT at the rate of 25% on worldwide income. If the PRC tax authorities determine that our Cayman Islands holding company is a “resident enterprise” for EIT purposes, a number of unfavorable PRC tax consequences could follow.

One example is a 10% withholding tax would be imposed on dividends we pay to our non-PRC enterprise shareholders and with respect to gains derived by our non-PRC enterprise shareholders from transferring our ordinary shares. It is unclear whether, if we are considered a PRC resident enterprise, holders of our Class A ordinary shares would be able to claim the benefit of income tax treaties or agreements entered into between China and other countries or areas.

According to the Announcement of SAT on Several Issues Concerning the Enterprise Income Tax on Indirect Property Transfer by Non-Resident Enterprises, or Circular 7, which was promulgated by the SAT and became effective on February 3, 2015, if a non-resident enterprise transfers the equity interests of a PRC resident enterprise indirectly by transfer of the equity interests of an offshore holding company (other than a purchase and sale of shares issued by a PRC resident enterprise in the public securities market) without a reasonable commercial purpose, PRC tax authorities have the power to reassess the nature of the transaction and the indirect equity transfer may be treated as a direct transfer. As a result, the gain derived from such transfer, which means the equity transfer price less the cost of equity, will be subject to PRC withholding tax at a rate of up to 10%.

Under the terms of Circular 7, a transfer which meets all of the following circumstances shall be directly deemed as having no reasonable commercial purposes if:

•        over 75% of the value of the equity interests of the offshore holding company are directly or indirectly derived from PRC taxable properties;

•        at any time during the year before the indirect transfer, over 90% of the total properties of the offshore holding company are investments within PRC territories, or in the year before the indirect transfer, over 90% of the offshore holding company’s revenue is directly or indirectly derived from PRC territories;

•        the function performed and risks assumed by the offshore holding company are insufficient to substantiate its corporate existence; or

•        the foreign income tax imposed on the indirect transfer is lower than the PRC tax imposed on the direct transfer of the PRC taxable properties.

On October 17, 2017, the SAT issued the Announcement on Issues Relating to Withholding at Source of Income Tax of Non-resident Enterprises, or Circular 37, which took effect on December 1, 2017. Circular 37 purports to provide further clarifications by setting forth the definitions of equity transfer income and tax basis, the foreign exchange rate to be used in the calculation of the withholding amount and the date on which the withholding obligation arises.

Specifically, Circular 37 provides that where the transfer income subject to withholding at source is derived by a non-PRC resident enterprise in instalments, the instalments may first be treated as recovery of costs of previous investments. Upon recovery of all costs, the tax amount to be withheld must then be computed and withheld.

147

Table of Contents

There is uncertainty as to the application of Circular 7 and Circular 37. Circular 7 and Circular 37 may be determined by the PRC tax authorities to be applicable to transfers of our shares that involve non-resident investors, if any of such transactions were determined by the tax authorities to lack a reasonable commercial purpose.

As a result, we and our non-resident investors in such transactions may become at risk of being taxed under Circular 7 and Circular 37, and we may be required to comply with Circular 7 and Circular 37 or to establish that we should not be taxed under the general anti-avoidance rule of the EIT Law. This process may be costly and have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

Value-added Tax

Under the Circular on Comprehensively Promoting the Pilot Program of the Collection of Value-added Tax to Replace Business Tax, or Circular 36, which was promulgated by the Ministry of Finance and the SAT on March 23, 2016 and became effective on May 1, 2016, entities and individuals engaging in the sale of services, intangible assets or fixed assets within the territory of the PRC are required to pay value added tax, or VAT, instead of business tax.

According to the Circular 36, our PRC subsidiaries and consolidated affiliated entity are subject to VAT, at a rate of 6% to 17% on proceeds received from customers.

According to the Circular of the Ministry of Finance and the SAT on Adjusting Value-added Tax Rates, where a taxpayer engages in a taxable sales activity for the value-added tax purpose or imports goods, the previous applicable 17% tax rates are lowered to 16%.

According to the Circular on Policies to Deepen Value-added Tax Reform, where a taxpayer engages in a taxable sales activity for the value-added tax purpose or imports goods, the previous applicable 16% and 10% tax rates are lowered to 13% and 9% respectively.

Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences

The following discussion is a summary of U.S. federal income tax considerations generally applicable to the ownership and disposition of our Class A ordinary shares by a U.S. Holder (as defined below) that acquires our Class A ordinary shares in this offering and holds our Class A ordinary shares as “capital assets” (generally, property held for investment) under the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code. This discussion is based upon existing U.S. federal tax law, which is subject to differing interpretations or change, possibly with retroactive effect. No ruling has been sought from the Internal Revenue Service, or the IRS, with respect to any U.S. federal income tax consequences described below, and there can be no assurance that the IRS or a court will not take a contrary position. This discussion, moreover, does not address the U.S. federal estate, gift, Medicare, and alternative minimum tax considerations, any withholding or information reporting requirements, or any state, local and non-U.S. tax considerations relating to the ownership or disposition of our Class A ordinary shares. The following summary does not address all aspects of U.S. federal income taxation that may be important to particular investors in light of their individual circumstances or to persons in special tax situations such as:

•        banks and other financial institutions;

•        insurance companies;

•        pension plans;

•        cooperatives;

•        regulated investment companies;

•        real estate investment trusts;

•        broker-dealers;

•        traders that elect to use a market-to-market method of accounting;

•        certain former U.S. citizens or long-term residents;

148

Table of Contents

•        governments or agencies or instrumentalities thereof;

•        tax-exempt entities (including private foundations);

•        holders who acquired our Class A ordinary shares pursuant to the exercise of any employee share option or otherwise as compensation;

•        investors that will hold our Class A ordinary shares as part of a straddle, hedging, conversion or other integrated transaction for U.S. federal income tax purposes;

•        persons holding their Class A ordinary shares in connection with a trade or business outside the United States;

•        persons that actually or constructively own 10% or more of our voting power or value (including by reason of owning our Class A ordinary shares);

•        investors required to accelerate the recognition of any item of gross income with respect to their Class A ordinary shares as a result of such income being recognized on an applicable financial statement;

•        investors that have a functional currency other than the U.S. dollar;

•        partnerships or other entities taxable as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes, or persons holding Class A ordinary shares through such entities, all of whom may be subject to tax rules that differ significantly from those discussed below.

The discussion set forth below is addressed only to U.S. Holders that purchase Class A ordinary shares in this offering. Prospective purchasers are urged to consult their own tax advisors about the application of the U.S. federal income tax rules to their particular circumstances as well as the state, local, foreign and other tax consequences to them of the purchase, ownership and disposition of our Class A ordinary shares.

General

For purposes of this discussion, a “U.S. Holder” is a beneficial owner of our Class A ordinary shares that is, for U.S. federal income tax purposes:

•        an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States;

•        a corporation (or other entity taxable as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes) organized under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia;

•        an estate whose income is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source; or

•        a trust that (1) is subject to the primary supervision of a court within the United States and the control of one or more U.S. persons for all substantial decisions or (2) has a valid election in effect under applicable U.S. Treasury regulations to be treated as a U.S. person.

If a partnership (or other entity treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) is a beneficial owner of our Class A ordinary shares, the tax treatment of a partner in the partnership will generally depend upon the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. Partnerships holding our Class A ordinary shares and their partners are urged to consult their tax advisors regarding an investment in our Class A ordinary shares.

Passive Foreign Investment Company (“PFIC”)

A non-U.S. corporation is considered a PFIC, as defined in Section 1297(a) of the US Internal Revenue Code, for any taxable year if either:

•        at least 75% of its gross income for such taxable year is passive income; or

•        at least 50% of the value of its assets (based on an average of the quarterly values of the assets during a taxable year) is attributable to assets that produce or are held for the production of passive income (the “asset test”).

149

Table of Contents

Passive income generally includes dividends, interest, rents and royalties (other than rents or royalties derived from the active conduct of a trade or business) and gains from the disposition of passive assets. We will be treated as owning our proportionate share of the assets and earning our proportionate share of the income of any other corporation in which we own, directly or indirectly, at least 25% (by value) of the stock. In determining the value and composition of our assets for purposes of the PFIC asset test, (1) the cash we raise in this offering will generally be considered to be held for the production of passive income and (2) the value of our assets must be determined based on the market value of our Class A ordinary shares from time to time, which could cause the value of our non-passive assets to be less than 50% of the value of all of our assets (including the cash raised in this offering) on any particular quarterly testing date for purposes of the asset test.

Based on our operations, current and projected income and assets, and the composition of our income and assets (taking into account the current and expected income generated from our investment products purchased from banks), we do not expect to be treated as a PFIC for the current taxable year or the foreseeable future under the current PFIC rules. We must make a separate determination each year as to whether we are a PFIC, however, and there can be no assurance with respect to our status as a PFIC for our current taxable year or any future taxable year. Depending on the amount of cash we raise in this offering, together with any other assets held for the production of passive income, it is possible that, for our current taxable year or for any subsequent taxable year, more than 50% of our assets may be assets held for the production of passive income. We will make this determination following the end of any particular tax year. Because the value of our assets for purposes of the asset test will generally be determined based on the market price of our Class A ordinary shares and because cash is generally considered to be an asset held for the production of passive income, our PFIC status will depend in large part on the market price of our Class A ordinary shares and the amount of cash we raise in this offering. Accordingly, fluctuations in the market price of the Class A ordinary shares may cause us to become a PFIC. In addition, the application of the PFIC rules is subject to uncertainty in several respects and the composition of our income and assets will be affected by how, and how quickly, we spend the cash we raise in this offering. We are under no obligation to take steps to reduce the risk of our being classified as a PFIC, and as stated above, the determination of the value of our assets will depend upon material facts (including the market price of our Class A ordinary shares from time to time and the amount of cash we raise in this offering) that may not be within our control. If we are a PFIC for any year during which you hold Class A ordinary shares, we will continue to be treated as a PFIC for all succeeding years during which you hold Class A ordinary shares. If we cease to be a PFIC and you did not previously make a timely “mark-to-market” election as described below, however, you may avoid some of the adverse effects of the PFIC regime by making a “purging election” (as described below) with respect to the Class A ordinary shares.

If we are a PFIC for your taxable year(s) during which you hold Class A ordinary shares, you will be subject to special tax rules with respect to any “excess distribution” that you receive and any gain you realize from a sale or other disposition (including a pledge) of the Class A ordinary shares, unless you make a “mark-to-market” election as discussed below. Distributions you receive in a taxable year that are greater than 125% of the average annual distributions you received during the shorter of the three preceding taxable years or your holding period for the Class A ordinary shares will be treated as an excess distribution. Under these special tax rules:

•        the excess distribution or gain will be allocated ratably over your holding period for the Class A ordinary shares;

•        the amount allocated to your current taxable year, and any amount allocated to any of your taxable year(s) prior to the first taxable year in which we were a PFIC, will be treated as ordinary income, and

•        the amount allocated to each of your other taxable year(s) will be subject to the highest tax rate in effect for that year and the interest charge generally applicable to underpayments of tax will be imposed on the resulting tax attributable to each such year.

The tax liability for amounts allocated to years prior to the year of disposition or “excess distribution” cannot be offset by any net operating losses for such years, and gains (but not losses) realized on the sale of the Class A ordinary shares cannot be treated as capital, even if you hold the Class A ordinary shares as capital assets.

A U.S. Holder of “marketable stock” (as defined below) in a PFIC may make a mark-to-market election under Section 1296 of the US Internal Revenue Code for such stock to elect out of the tax treatment discussed above. If you make a mark-to-market election for first taxable year which you hold (or are deemed to hold) Class A ordinary shares and for which we are determined to be a PFIC, you will include in your income each year an amount equal to

150

Table of Contents

the excess, if any, of the fair market value of the Class A ordinary shares as of the close of such taxable year over your adjusted basis in such Class A ordinary shares, which excess will be treated as ordinary income and not capital gain. You are allowed an ordinary loss for the excess, if any, of the adjusted basis of the Class A ordinary shares over their fair market value as of the close of the taxable year. Such ordinary loss, however, is allowable only to the extent of any net mark-to-market gains on the Class A ordinary shares included in your income for prior taxable years. Amounts included in your income under a mark-to-market election, as well as gain on the actual sale or other disposition of the Class A ordinary shares, are treated as ordinary income. Ordinary loss treatment also applies to any loss realized on the actual sale or disposition of the Class A ordinary shares, to the extent that the amount of such loss does not exceed the net mark-to-market gains previously included for such Class A ordinary shares. Your basis in the Class A ordinary shares will be adjusted to reflect any such income or loss amounts. If you make a valid mark-to-market election, the tax rules that apply to distributions by corporations which are not PFICs would apply to distributions by us, except that the lower applicable capital gains rate for qualified dividend income discussed above under “— Taxation of Dividends and Other Distributions on our Class A ordinary shares” generally would not apply.

The mark-to-market election is available only for “marketable stock”, which is stock that is traded in other than de minimis quantities on at least 15 days during each calendar quarter (“regularly traded”) on a qualified exchange or other market (as defined in applicable U.S. Treasury regulations), including Nasdaq. If the Class A ordinary shares are regularly traded on Nasdaq and if you are a holder of Class A ordinary shares, the mark-to-market election would be available to you were we to be or become a PFIC.

Alternatively, a U.S. Holder of stock in a PFIC may make a “qualified electing fund” election under Section 1295(b) of the US Internal Revenue Code with respect to such PFIC to elect out of the tax treatment discussed above. A U.S. Holder who makes a valid qualified electing fund election with respect to a PFIC will generally include in gross income for a taxable year such holder’s pro rata share of the corporation’s earnings and profits for the taxable year. The qualified electing fund election, however, is available only if such PFIC provides such U.S. Holder with certain information regarding its earnings and profits as required under applicable U.S. Treasury regulations. We do not currently intend to prepare or provide the information that would enable you to make a qualified electing fund election. If you hold Class A ordinary shares in any taxable year in which we are a PFIC, you will be required to file U.S. Internal Revenue Service Form 8621 in each such year and provide certain annual information regarding such Class A ordinary shares, including regarding distributions received on the Class A ordinary shares and any gain realized on the disposition of the Class A ordinary shares.

If you do not make a timely “mark-to-market” election (as described above), and if we were a PFIC at any time during the period you hold our Class A ordinary shares, then such Class A ordinary shares will continue to be treated as stock of a PFIC with respect to you even if we cease to be a PFIC in a future year, unless you make a “purging election” for the year we cease to be a PFIC. A “purging election” creates a deemed sale of such Class A ordinary shares at their fair market value on the last day of the last year in which we are treated as a PFIC. The gain recognized by the purging election will be subject to the special tax and interest charge rules treating the gain as an excess distribution, as described above. As a result of the purging election, you will have a new basis (equal to the fair market value of the Class A ordinary shares on the last day of the last year in which we are treated as a PFIC) and holding period (which new holding period will begin the day after such last day) in your Class A ordinary shares for tax purposes.

IRC Section 1014(a) provides for a step-up in basis to the fair market value for our Class A ordinary shares when inherited from a decedent that was previously a holder of our Class A ordinary shares. However, if we are determined to be a PFIC and a decedent that was a U.S. Holder did not make either a timely qualified electing fund election for our first taxable year as a PFIC in which the U.S. Holder held (or was deemed to hold) our Class A ordinary shares, or a mark-to-market election and ownership of those Class A ordinary shares are inherited, a special provision in IRC Section 1291(e) provides that the new U.S. Holder’s basis should be reduced by an amount equal to the Section 1014 basis minus the decedent’s adjusted basis just before death. As such if we are determined to be a PFIC at any time prior to a decedent’s passing, the PFIC rules will cause any new U.S. Holder that inherits our Class A ordinary shares from a U.S. Holder to not get a step-up in basis under Section 1014 and instead will receive a carryover basis in those Class A ordinary shares.

You are urged to consult your tax advisors regarding the application of the PFIC rules to your investment in our Class A ordinary shares and the elections discussed above.

151

Table of Contents

Taxation of Dividends and Other Distributions on our Class A Ordinary Shares

Subject to the PFIC rules discussed above, the gross amount of distributions made by us to you with respect to the Class A ordinary shares (including the amount of any taxes withheld therefrom) will generally be includable in your gross income as dividend income on the date of receipt by you, but only to the extent that the distribution is paid out of our current or accumulated earnings and profits (as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles). With respect to corporate U.S. Holders, the dividends will not be eligible for the dividends-received deduction allowed to corporations in respect of dividends received from other U.S. corporations.

With respect to non-corporate U.S. Holders, including individual U.S. Holders, dividends will be taxed at the lower capital gains rate applicable to qualified dividend income, provided that (1) the Class A ordinary shares are readily tradable on an established securities market in the United States, or we are eligible for the benefits of an approved qualifying income tax treaty with the United States that includes an exchange of information program, (2) we are not a PFIC for either our taxable year in which the dividend is paid or the preceding taxable year, and (3) certain holding period requirements are met. Because there is not income tax treaty between the United States and the Cayman Islands, clause (1) above can be satisfied only if the Class A ordinary shares are readily tradable on an established securities market in the United States. Under U.S. Internal Revenue Service authority, Class A ordinary shares are considered for purpose of clause (1) above to be readily tradable on an established securities market in the United States if they are listed on certain exchanges, which presently include the NYSE and the Nasdaq Stock Market. You are urged to consult your tax advisors regarding the availability of the lower rate for dividends paid with respect to our Class A ordinary shares, including the effects of any change in law after the date of this prospectus.

Dividends will constitute foreign source income for foreign tax credit limitation purposes. If the dividends are taxed as qualified dividend income (as discussed above), the amount of the dividend taken into account for purposes of calculating the foreign tax credit limitation will be limited to the gross amount of the dividend, multiplied by the reduced rate divided by the highest rate of tax normally applicable to dividends. The limitation on foreign taxes eligible for credit is calculated separately with respect to specific classes of income. For this purpose, dividends distributed by us with respect to our Class A ordinary shares will constitute “passive category income” but could, in the case of certain U.S. Holders, constitute “general category income.”

To the extent that the amount of the distribution exceeds our current and accumulated earnings and profits (as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles), it will be treated first as a tax-free return of your tax basis in your Class A ordinary shares, and to the extent the amount of the distribution exceeds your tax basis, the excess will be taxed as capital gain. We do not intend to calculate our earnings and profits under U.S. federal income tax principles. Therefore, a U.S. Holder should expect that a distribution will be treated as a dividend even if that distribution would otherwise be treated as a non-taxable return of capital or as capital gain under the rules described above.

Taxation of Dispositions of Class A Ordinary Shares

Subject to the passive foreign investment company rules discussed below, you will recognize taxable gain or loss on any sale, exchange or other taxable disposition of a share equal to the difference between the amount realized (in U.S. dollars) for the share and your tax basis (in U.S. dollars) in the Class A ordinary shares. The gain or loss will be capital gain or loss. If you are a non-corporate U.S. Holder, including an individual U.S. Holder, who has held the Class A ordinary shares for more than one year, you will generally be eligible for reduced tax rates. The deductibility of capital losses is subject to limitations. Any such gain or loss that you recognize will generally be treated as United States source income or loss for foreign tax credit limitation purposes which will generally limit the availability of foreign tax credits.

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

Dividend payments with respect to our Class A ordinary shares and proceeds from the sale, exchange or redemption of our Class A ordinary shares may be subject to information reporting to the U.S. Internal Revenue Service and possible U.S. backup withholding under Section 3406 of the US Internal Revenue Code with at a current flat rate of 24%. Backup withholding will not apply, however, to a U.S. Holder who furnishes a correct taxpayer

152

Table of Contents

identification number and makes any other required certification on U.S. Internal Revenue Service Form W-9 or who is otherwise exempt from backup withholding. U.S. Holders who are required to establish their exempt status generally must provide such certification on U.S. Internal Revenue Service Form W-9. U.S. Holders are urged to consult their tax advisors regarding the application of the U.S. information reporting and backup withholding rules.

Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Amounts withheld as backup withholding may be credited against your U.S. federal income tax liability, and you may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules by filing the appropriate claim for refund with the U.S. Internal Revenue Service and furnishing any required information. We do not intend to withhold taxes for individual shareholders. Transactions effected through certain brokers or other intermediaries, however, may be subject to withholding taxes (including backup withholding), and such brokers or intermediaries may be required by law to withhold such taxes.

Under the Hiring Incentives to Restore Employment Act of 2010, certain U.S. Holders are required to report information relating to our Class A ordinary shares, subject to certain exceptions (including an exception for Class A ordinary shares held in accounts maintained by certain financial institutions), by attaching a complete Internal Revenue Service Form 8938, Statement of Specified Foreign Financial Assets, with their tax return for each year in which they hold Class A ordinary shares.

153

Table of Contents

UNDERWRITING

Under the terms and subject to the conditions of an underwriting agreement dated the date of this prospectus, the underwriter, Network 1 Financial Securities, Inc., has agreed to purchase, and we have agreed to sell to it, the number of Class A ordinary shares indicated below:

Underwriter

 

Number of
Class A
Ordinary
Shares

Network 1 Financial Securities, Inc.

 

Total

 

The underwriter is offering the Class A ordinary shares subject to its acceptance of the Class A ordinary shares from us and subject to prior sale. The underwriting agreement provides that the obligations of the underwriter to pay for and accept delivery of the Class A ordinary shares offered by this prospectus are subject to the approval of certain legal matters by its counsel and to other conditions. The underwriter is obligated to take and pay for all of the Class A ordinary shares offered by this prospectus if any such Class A ordinary shares are taken. However, the underwriter is not required to take or pay for the Class A ordinary shares covered by the underwriter’s option to purchase additional Class A ordinary shares described below.

Over-Allotment Option

We have granted to the underwriter an option, exercise for 45 days from the date of this prospectus, to purchase up to 15% additional Class A ordinary shares at the initial public offering price listed on the cover page of this prospectus, less underwriting discounts. The underwriter may exercise this option solely for the purpose of cover over-allotments, if any, made in connection with the offering contemplated by this prospectus. To the extent the option is exercised, each underwriter will become obligated, subject to certain conditions, to purchase about the same percentage of the additional Class A ordinary shares as the number listed next to the underwriter’s name in the preceding table bears to the total number of Class A ordinary shares listed next to the name of the underwriter in the preceding table.

Discounts and Expenses

The underwriter will offer the Class A ordinary shares to the public at the initial public offering price set forth on the cover of this prospectus and to selected dealers at the initial public offering price less a selling concession not in excess of $         per Ordinary Share. After this offering, the initial public offering price, concession, and reallowance to dealers may be reduced by the underwriter. No change in those terms will change the amount of proceeds to be received by us as set forth on the cover of this prospectus. The securities are offered by the underwriter as stated herein, subject to its receipt and acceptance and subject to its right to reject any order in whole or in part.

The underwriting discounts are equal to 7.0% of the initial public offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, provided however, that underwriting discounts are 5.0% of the initial public offering price for the Class A ordinary shares purchased by investors introduced by us.

The following table shows the per Ordinary Share and total initial public offering price, underwriting discounts, and proceeds before expenses to us. These amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriter’s option to purchase up to an additional 900,000 Class A ordinary shares.

 

Per Share

 

Total Without
Exercise of
Over-Allotment
Option

 

Total With Full
Exercise of
Over-Allotment
Option

Initial public offering price

 

 

 

 

 

 

Underwriting discounts to be paid by us

 

 

 

 

 

 

Proceeds, before expenses, to us

 

 

 

 

 

 

We have agreed to pay to the underwriter a non-accountable fee of 1% of the aggregate offering amount upon closing of this offering.

154

Table of Contents

We have also agreed to reimburse the underwriter up to a maximum of $150,000 for our-of-pocket accountable expenses (including the legal fees and other disbursements as disclosed below).

We paid an expense deposit of $75,000 to the underwriter, within days of the execution of the letter of intent between us and the underwriter for the underwriter’s anticipated out-of-pocket expenses; any expense deposits will be returned to us to the extent the underwriter’s out-of-pocket accountable expenses are not actually incurred in accordance with FINRA Rule 5110(g)(4)(A).

We have applied to list our Class A ordinary shares on Nasdaq Stock Market under the symbol “          .” There is no assurance that such application will be approved, and if our application is not approved, this offering may not be completed.

Underwriter Warrants

In addition, we have agreed to issue warrants to the underwriter to purchase a number of Class A ordinary shares equal to 5% of the total number of Class A ordinary shares sold in this offering (the “Underwriter Warrants”). Such warrants shall have an exercise price equal to 125% of the offering price of the Class A ordinary shares sold in this offering. The Underwriter Warrants may be purchased in cash or via cashless exercise, will be exercisable after six (6) months after closing of this offering, and will expire on the third anniversary of the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. The Underwriter Warrants and the underlying Class A ordinary shares will be deemed compensation by FINRA, and therefore will be subject to FINRA Rule 5110(e)(1). In accordance with FINRA Rule 5110(e)(1), and except as otherwise permitted by FINRA rules, neither the Underwriter Warrants nor any of our Class A ordinary shares issued upon exercise of the Underwriter Warrants may be sold, transferred, assigned, pledged, or hypothecated, or be the subject of any hedging, short sale, derivative, put, or call transaction that would result in the effective economic disposition of such securities by any person, for a period of 180 days beginning on the date of commencement of sales of this offering. In addition, although the Underwriter Warrants and the underlying Class A ordinary shares will be registered in the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, we have also agreed that the Underwriter Warrants will provide for registration rights in certain cases. These registration rights apply to all of the securities directly and indirectly issuable upon exercise of the Underwriter Warrants. The piggyback registration right provided will not be greater than seven years from the effective date of the offering in compliance with FINRA Rule 5110(g)(8)(D).

We will bear all fees and expenses attendant to registering the Class A ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of the Underwriter Warrants, other than underwriting commissions incurred and payable by the holders. The exercise price and number of Class A ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of the warrants may be adjusted in certain circumstances, including in the event of a stock dividend, extraordinary cash dividend, or our recapitalization, reorganization, merger, or consolidation. The warrant exercise price and/or underlying shares may also be adjusted for issuances of Class A ordinary shares at a price below the warrant exercise price.

Lock-Up Agreements

We have agreed not to, for a period of 180 days from the date of this prospectus, offer, issue, sell, contract to sell, encumber, grant any option for the sale of, or otherwise dispose of, except in this offering, any of our Class A ordinary shares or securities that are substantially similar to our Class A ordinary shares, including but not limited to any options or warrants to purchase our Class A ordinary shares, or any securities that are convertible into or exchangeable for, or that represent the right to receive, our Class A ordinary shares or any such substantially similar securities (other than pursuant to employee stock option plans existing on, or upon the conversion or exchange of convertible or exchangeable securities outstanding as of, the date such lock-up agreement was executed), without the prior written consent of the underwriter.

Furthermore, each of our directors and executive officers, and our existing beneficial owners of 5% or more of our outstanding Class A ordinary shares will enter into a similar lock-up agreement for a period of 180 days from the SEC’s declaration of effectiveness of our registration statement on Form F-1, of which this prospectus forms a part, subject to certain exceptions, with respect to our Class A ordinary shares and securities that are substantially similar to Class A our ordinary shares.

155

Table of Contents

Pricing of the Offering

Prior to the completion of this offering, there has been no public market for our Class A ordinary shares. The initial public offering price of the Class A ordinary shares has been negotiated between us and the underwriter. Among the factors considered in determining the initial public offering price of the Class A ordinary shares, in addition to the prevailing market conditions, are our historical performance, estimates of our business potential and earnings prospects, an assessment of our management, and the consideration of the above factors in relation to market valuation of companies in related businesses.

Electronic Offer, Sale, and Distribution of Class A Ordinary Shares

A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on the websites maintained by the underwriter or selling group members, if any, participating in this offering and the underwriter may distribute prospectuses electronically. The underwriter may agree to allocate a number of Class A ordinary shares to selling group members for sale to its online brokerage account holders. The Class A ordinary shares to be sold pursuant to internet distributions will be allocated on the same basis as other allocations. Other than the prospectus in electronic format, the information on these websites is not part of, nor incorporated by reference into, this prospectus or the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, has not been approved or endorsed by us or the underwriter, and should not be relied upon by investors.

Price Stabilization, Short Positions, and Penalty Bids

In connection with this offering, the underwriter may engage in transactions that stabilize, maintain, or otherwise affect the price of our Class A ordinary shares. Specifically, the underwriter may sell more Class A ordinary shares than it is obligated to purchase under the underwriting agreement, creating a short position. A short sale is covered if the short position is no greater than the number of Class A ordinary shares available for purchase by the underwriter under option to purchase additional Class A ordinary shares. The underwriter can close out a covered short sale by exercising the option to purchase additional Class A ordinary shares or purchasing Class A ordinary shares in the open market. In determining the source of Class A ordinary shares to close out a covered short sale, the underwriter will consider, among other things, the open market price of Class A ordinary shares compared to the price available under the option to purchase additional Class A ordinary shares. The underwriter may also sell Class A ordinary shares in excess of the option to purchase additional Class A ordinary shares, creating a naked short position. The underwriter must close out any naked short position by purchasing Class A ordinary shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriter is concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the Class A ordinary shares in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering.

The underwriter may also impose a penalty bid. This occurs when a underwriter or dealer repays selling concessions allowed to it for distributing our Class A ordinary shares in this offering because such underwriter repurchases those Class A ordinary shares in stabilizing or short covering transactions.

Finally, the underwriter may bid for, and purchase, our Class A ordinary shares in market making transactions, including “passive” market making transactions as described below.

These activities may stabilize or maintain the market price of our Class A ordinary shares at a price that is higher than the price that might otherwise exist in the absence of these activities. The underwriter is not required to engage in these activities, and may discontinue any of these activities at any time without notice. These transactions may be effected on Nasdaq Stock Market, in the over-the-counter market, or otherwise.

Passive Market Making

In connection with this offering, the underwriter may engage in passive market making transactions in our Class A ordinary shares on Nasdaq in accordance with Rule 103 of Regulation M under the Exchange Act, during a period before the commencement of offers or sales of the Class A ordinary shares and extending through the completion of the distribution. A passive market maker must display its bid at a price not in excess of the highest independent bid of that security. However, if all independent bids are lowered below the passive market maker’s bid, then that bid must then be lowered when specified purchase limits are exceeded.

156

Table of Contents

Potential Conflicts of Interest

The underwriter and its affiliates may, from time to time, engage in transactions with and perform services for us in the ordinary course of their business for which they may receive customary fees and reimbursement of expenses. In the ordinary course of their various business activities, the underwriter and its affiliates may make or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade debt and equity securities (or related derivative securities) and financial instruments (including bank loans) for their own accounts and for the accounts of their customers and such investment and securities activities may involve securities and/or instruments of our Company. The underwriter and its affiliates may also make investment recommendations and/or publish or express independent research views in respect of such securities or instruments and may at any time hold, or recommend to clients that they acquire, long and/or short positions in such securities and instruments.

Selling Restrictions

No action has been taken in any jurisdiction (except in the United States) that would permit a public offering of the Class A ordinary shares, or the possession, circulation or distribution of this prospectus or any other material relating to us or the Class A ordinary shares, where action for that purpose is required. Accordingly, the Class A ordinary shares may not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, and neither this prospectus nor any other offering material or advertisements in connection with the Class A ordinary shares may be distributed or published, in or from any country or jurisdiction except in compliance with any applicable rules and regulations of any such country or jurisdiction.

Stamp Taxes

If you purchase Class A ordinary shares offered in this prospectus, you may be required to pay stamp taxes and other charges under the laws and practices of the country of purchase, in addition to the offering price listed on the cover page of this prospectus.

157

Table of Contents

EXPENSES RELATING TO THIS OFFERING

Set forth below is an itemization of the total expenses, excluding underwriting discounts and non-accountable expense allowance, expected to be incurred in connection with the offer and sale of our Class A ordinary shares. Except for the SEC registration fee, the Nasdaq Stock Market listing fee and the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority Inc. filing fee, all amounts are estimates.

Legal Fees and Other Expenses

 

$

717,139

Accounting Fees and Expenses

 

 

270,990

Nasdaq Capital Market Listing Fee

 

 

150,000

Printing and Engraving Expenses

 

 

38,000

Transfer Agent Expenses

 

 

15,075

Securities and Exchange Commission Registration Fee

 

 

5,000

FINRA Filing Fee

 

 

5,000

Miscellaneous Expenses

 

 

314,969

Total

 

$

1,516,173

We will bear these expenses and the underwriting discounts incurred in connection with the offer and sale of the Class A ordinary shares by us.

158

Table of Contents

LEGAL MATTERS

We are being represented by Hunter Taubman Fischer & Li LLC with respect to certain legal matters as to United States federal securities and New York State law. The underwriter is being represented by VCL Law LLP with respect to certain legal matters as to United States federal securities and New York State law. The validity of the Class A ordinary shares offered in this offering will be passed upon for us by Conyers Dill & Pearman. Certain legal matters as to PRC law will be passed upon for us by JunHe LLP and for the underwriters by Zhong Lun Law Firm. Hunter Taubman Fischer & Li LLC may rely upon Conyers Dill & Pearman with respect to matters governed by Cayman Islands law and JunHe LLP with respect to matters governed by PRC law. VCL Law LLP may rely upon Zhong Lun Law Firm with respect to matters governed by PRC law.

EXPERTS

The consolidated financial statements of Planet Image International Limited as of December 31, 2019 and 2020, and for the years then ended, have been included herein and in the registration statement in reliance upon the report of Friedman LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, given on the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.

The registered business address of Friedman LLP is located at One Liberty Plaza, 165 Broadway, Floor 21, New York, NY 10006.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form F-1, including relevant exhibits and schedules under the Securities Act, covering the Class A ordinary shares offered by this prospectus. You should refer to our registration statements and their exhibits and schedules if you would like to find out more about us and about the Class A ordinary shares. This prospectus summarizes material provisions of contracts and other documents that we refer you to. Since the prospectus may not contain all the information that you may find important, you should review the full text of these documents.

Immediately upon the completion of this offering, we will be subject to periodic reporting and other informational requirements of the Exchange Act, as applicable to foreign private issuers. Accordingly, we will be required to file reports, including annual reports on Form 20-F, and other information with the SEC. All information filed with the SEC can be obtained over the internet at the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov or inspected and copied at the public reference facilities maintained by the SEC at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. You can request copies of documents, upon payment of a duplicating fee, by writing to the SEC.

159

Table of Contents

Planet Image International Limited

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Page

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

F-2

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2019 and 2020

 

F-3

Consolidated Statements of Income and Comprehensive Income for the Years Ended December 31, 2019 and 2020

 

F-4

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity for the Years Ended December 31, 2019 and 2020

 

F-5

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2019 and 2020

 

F-6

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

 

F-7 – F-29

     

Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2020 and June 30, 2021 (unaudited)

 

F-30

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income and Comprehensive Income for the Six Months Ended June 30, 2020 and 2021(unaudited)

 

F-31

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity for the Six Months Ended June 30, 2020 and 2021(unaudited)

 

F-32

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Six Months Ended June 30, 2020 and 2021(unaudited)

 

F-33

Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

 

F-34 – F-55

F-1

Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and shareholders of
Planet Image International Limited

Opinion on the Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Planet Image International Limited and its subsidiaries (collectively, the “Company”) as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, and the related consolidated statements of income and comprehensive income, changes in shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the two-year period ended December 31, 2020, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the years in the two-year period ended December 31, 2020, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

Basis for Opinion

These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s consolidated financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (“PCAOB”) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audit we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.

Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statement. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ Friedman LLP

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2021.

New York, New York
August 30, 2021, except Notes 1, 2 and 13 as to which the date is November 2, 2021, and Note 18 as to which the date is March 16, 2022

F-2

Table of Contents

PLANET IMAGE INTERNATIONAL LIMITED
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(Amount in thousands of U.S. dollars, except for share and per share data)

 

As of December 31,

   

2019

 

2020

Assets

 

 

   

 

 

Current assets:

 

 

   

 

 

Cash

 

$

30,720

 

$

27,971

Restricted cash

 

 

4,943

 

 

10,403

Accounts receivable, net

 

 

18,497

 

 

24,362

Inventories, net

 

 

19,887

 

 

29,195

Amounts due from related parties

 

 

762

 

 

Advance to suppliers

 

 

439

 

 

2,009

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

 

 

3,339

 

 

3,345

Total current assets

 

 

78,587

 

 

97,285

   

 

   

 

 

Non-current assets:

 

 

   

 

 

Property, plant and equipment, net

 

 

5,409

 

 

5,985

Intangible asset, net

 

 

2,824

 

 

2,919

Right-of-use assets

 

 

5,544

 

 

4,625

Deferred tax assets

 

 

695

 

 

472

Other non-current assets

 

 

870

 

 

1,089

Total non-current assets

 

 

15,342

 

 

15,090

TOTAL ASSETS

 

$

93,929

 

$

112,375

   

 

   

 

 

Liabilities, Mezzanine Equity and Shareholders’ Equity

 

 

   

 

 

Current liabilities:

 

 

   

 

 

Short-term borrowings

 

$

31,686

 

$

29,127

Accounts payable

 

 

26,549

 

 

42,946

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

 

 

7,473

 

 

7,922

Operating lease liabilities – current

 

 

1,198

 

 

1,330

Taxes payable

 

 

968

 

 

823

Total current liabilities

 

 

67,874

 

 

82,148

   

 

   

 

 

Non-current liabilities:

 

 

   

 

 

Operating lease liabilities – non current

 

 

4,464

 

 

3,507

Deferred tax liabilities

 

 

214

 

 

314

Total non – current liabilities

 

 

4,678

 

 

3,821

TOTAL LIABILITIES

 

$

72,552

 

$

85,969

   

 

   

 

 

Commitments and Contingencies

 

 

   

 

 
   

 

   

 

 

Mezzanine equity

 

 

   

 

 

Redeemable ordinary shares (10,526,300 Class A ordinary shares issued and outstanding at approximately $1.34 per share as of December 31, 2019 and 2020)*

 

 

14,104

 

 

14,104

   

 

   

 

 

Shareholders’ equity

 

 

   

 

 

Preferred shares (par value of HK$0.0001 per share; 800,000,000 preferred shares authorized, nil preferred shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2019 and 2020, respectively)*

 

 

 

 

Ordinary shares (par value of HK$0.0001 per share; 2,000,000,000 Class A ordinary shares authorized, 15,789,500 Class A ordinary shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2019 and 2020, respectively; 1,000,000,000 Class B ordinary shares authorized, 26,315,800 Class B ordinary shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2019 and 2020, respectively)*

 

 

1

 

 

1

Additional paid-in capital

 

 

833

 

 

833

Retained earnings

 

 

5,047

 

 

9,281

Accumulated other comprehensive income

 

 

1,392

 

 

2,187

Total shareholders’ equity

 

 

7,273

 

 

12,302

TOTAL LIABILITIES, MEZZANINE EQUITY AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

 

$

93,929

 

$

112,375

____________

*        Shares are related to the reorganization for the founding shareholders are presented on a retroactive basis to reflect the reorganization and 1-to-100 share split. See “Note 13 — Equity”.

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements

F-3

Table of Contents

PLANET IMAGE INTERNATIONAL LIMITED
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
(Amount in thousands of U.S. dollars, except for share and per share data)

 

For the years ended
December 31,

   

2019

 

2020

Net revenue

 

$

115,440

 

 

$

132,791

 

Cost of revenue

 

 

(68,377

)

 

 

(84,364

)

Gross profit

 

 

47,063

 

 

 

48,427

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Selling expenses

 

 

(27,509

)

 

 

(31,573

)

General and administrative expenses

 

 

(6,115

)

 

 

(7,858

)

Research and development expenses

 

 

(3,458

)

 

 

(4,892

)

Total operating expenses

 

 

(37,082

)

 

 

(44,323

)

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income from operations

 

 

9,981

 

 

 

4,104

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other income/(expenses):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other non-operating income, net

 

 

918

 

 

 

309

 

Government subsidy

 

 

1,415

 

 

 

1,290

 

Financial and interest expenses, net

 

 

(2,317

)

 

 

(1,095

)

Total other income

 

 

16

 

 

 

504

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income before income tax expense

 

 

9,997

 

 

 

4,608

 

Income tax expense

 

 

(684

)

 

 

(374

)

Net income

 

 

9,313

 

 

 

4,234

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Foreign currency translation adjustment

 

 

1,233

 

 

 

795

 

Total comprehensive income

 

$

10,546

 

 

$

5,029

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income per share

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic and Diluted

 

$

0.22

 

 

$

0.10

 

Weighted average shares

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic and Diluted*

 

 

42,105,300

 

 

 

42,105,300

 

____________

*        Shares are related to the reorganization for the founding shareholders are presented on a retroactive basis to reflect the reorganization and 1-to-100 share split. See “Note 13 — Equity”.

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-4

Table of Contents

PLANET IMAGE INTERNATIONAL LIMITED
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
(Amount in thousands of U.S. dollars, except for share and per share data)

 

Preferred shares

 



Ordinary shares

 


Additional
paid-in
capital

 



Retained earnings

 

Accumulated
other
comprehensive
income

 


Total
shareholder’s
Equity

Share*

 

Amount

 

Share*

 

Amount

 

Balance as of December 31, 2018

 

 

$

 

41,579,000

 

$

1

 

$

15,211

 

 

$

(4,266

)

 

$

159

 

$

11,105

 

Capital contribution from shareholders

 

 

 

 

526,300

 

 

 

 

705

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

705

 

Return of capital to shareholders**

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(15,083

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(15,083

)

Net income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

9,313

 

 

 

 

 

9,313

 

Foreign currency translation adjustment

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,233

 

 

1,233

 

Balance as of December 31, 2019

 

 

 

 

42,105,300

 

 

1

 

 

833

 

 

 

5,047

 

 

 

1,392

 

 

7,273

 

Net income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4,234

 

 

 

 

 

4,234

 

Foreign currency translation adjustment

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

795

 

 

795

 

Balance as of December 31, 2020

 

 

$

 

42,105,300

 

$

1

 

$

833

 

 

$

9,281

 

 

$

2,187

 

$

12,302

 

____________

*        Shares are related to the reorganization for the founding shareholders are presented on a retroactive basis to reflect the reorganization and 1-to-100 share split. See “Note 13 — Equity”.

**      See “Note 1 — Organization and principal activities”.

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-5

Table of Contents

PLANET IMAGE INTERNATIONAL LIMITED
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(Amount in thousands of U.S. dollars, except for share and per share data)

 

For the years ended
December 31,

   

2019

 

2020

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

$

9,313

 

 

$

4,234

 

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash used in operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Change in allowance for doubtful accounts

 

 

(14

)

 

 

49

 

Change in inventory reserve

 

 

865

 

 

 

(674

)

Interest income

 

 

(428

)

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

972

 

 

 

1,031

 

Amortization of right-of-use assets

 

 

1,278

 

 

 

1,434

 

Loss from the disposal of property and equipment

 

 

14

 

 

 

2

 

Deferred income tax expenses

 

 

687

 

 

 

323

 

Changes in operating assets and liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts receivable

 

 

(370

)

 

 

(5,916

)

Inventories

 

 

2,964

 

 

 

(7,782

)

Advance to suppliers

 

 

(100

)

 

 

(1,570

)

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

 

 

463

 

 

 

(4

)

Other non-current assets

 

 

21

 

 

 

(219

)

Accounts payable

 

 

(12,007

)

 

 

16,425

 

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

 

 

584

 

 

 

449

 

Operating lease liabilities

 

 

(1,227

)

 

 

(1,341

)

Taxes payable

 

 

(1,188

)

 

 

(145

)

Net cash provided by operating activities

 

 

1,827

 

 

 

6,929

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Payments for acquisition of property, plant and equipment

 

 

(1,009

)

 

 

(897

)

Payments made to related party loans

 

 

(727

)

 

 

 

Proceeds from repayment of related party loans

 

 

11,241

 

 

 

762

 

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

 

 

9,505

 

 

 

(135

)

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Proceeds from bank loans

 

 

37,078

 

 

 

35,548

 

Repayments of bank loans

 

 

(31,334

)

 

 

(39,892

)

Repayment of borrowings from third parties

 

 

(5,541

)

 

 

 

Proceeds from issuance of redeemable ordinary shares

 

 

14,104

 

 

 

 

Return of capital to shareholders

 

 

(15,083

)

 

 

 

Proceeds from shareholder contributions

 

 

755

 

 

 

 

Net cash used in financing activities

 

 

(21

)

 

 

(4,344

)

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Effect of exchange rate changes

 

 

811

 

 

 

894

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net increase in cash

 

 

12,122

 

 

 

2,711

 

Cash and restricted cash, at beginning of year

 

 

23,541

 

 

 

35,663

 

Cash and restricted cash, at end of year

 

$

35,663

 

 

$

38,374

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash paid for income tax

 

$

17

 

 

$

637

 

Cash paid for interest

 

$

1,872

 

 

$

1,628

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF NON-CASH FLOW INFORMATION:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accrual for purchase of property, plant and equipment included in accrued expenses and other payables

 

$

22

 

 

$

28

 

Obtaining right-of-use assets in exchange for operating lease liabilities

 

$

5,594

 

 

$

515

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-6

Table of Contents

PLANET IMAGE INTERNATIONAL LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Amount in thousands of U.S. dollars, except share and per share data)

1.      ORGANIZATION AND PRINCIPAL ACTIVITIES

(a)    Principal activities

Planet Image International Limited (“Planet Image” or the “Company”) was incorporated in the Cayman Islands on August 5, 2019 under the Cayman Islands Companies Act. The Company through its consolidated subsidiaries (collectively, the “Group”) is principally engaged in the manufacturing and sale of compatible toner cartridges with its manufacturing facilities based in the People’s Republic of China (the “PRC” or “China”). The majority of the Company’s products are sold in the United States of America (the “U.S.”) and Europe, including on an ODM basis and throughout distributors or online sales.

(b)    Organization

Planet Image was incorporated as an ultimate holding company in the Cayman Islands on August 5, 2019.

Plant image owns 100% equity interest of Aster Graphics Company Limited (“Aster BVI”), Aster Industrial Limited (“Aster Industrial”) and Lucky Knot Limited (“Lucky Knot”), all established as investment holding companies in the British Virgin Islands.

Aster Graphics Company Limited (“Aster HK”), a wholly-owned subsidiary of Aster Industrial, and Aster Online Company Limited (“Aster Online”), a wholly-owned subsidiary of Lucky Knot, were both incorporated under the laws of Hong Kong, China., while Aster Graphics, Inc. (“Aster US”), a company incorporated in the State of California in March 2011 and Aster Technology Holland B.V. (“Aster NL”), a company incorporated in the Netherlands in July 2011, were both 100% owned by Aster BVI.

Jiangxi Yibo E-Tech Co., Ltd. (“Jiangxi Yibo”), was established under the laws of the PRC in January 2011 and along with its subsidiaries, are the Group’s main operating entities in China.

Prior to the Reorganization described below, Jiangxi Yibo was controlled by several individual shareholders. A reorganization of the Company’s legal structure (“Reorganization”) was completed in March 2020. The Reorganization involved the following major events:

•        Formation of Planet Image, Aster BVI, Aster Industrial, Lucky Knot, Aster HK and Aster Online;

•        Transfer of 95% equity interests of Jiangxi Yibo from several of its former shareholders to Aster HK and 5% equity interests of Jiangxi Yibo from a former shareholder to Aster Online and then to Aster HK, and as a result, Jiangxi Yibo became a wholly-owned subsidiary of Aster HK; meanwhile the total consideration of $15,083 (RMB100,000) that received by the former shareholders of Jiangxi Yibo was not injected to the Company during the Reorganization and was deemed as a return of capital that led to their dilutive proportion of shareholding in the Company;

•        Transfer of 100% equity interests of Aster US and Aster NL to Aster BVI, and as a result Aster US and Aster NL became wholly-owned subsidiaries of Aster BVI; and

•        Transfer of 100% equity interests of Aster Supplies GmbH (“Aster Germany”), Aster Technology Italia S.R.L. (“Aster Italy”) and Aster Technology France (“Aster France”) to Aster NL, and as a result Aster Germany, Aster Italy and Aster France became wholly-owned subsidiaries of Aster NL.

Upon the completion of the above Reorganization, Plant Image became the ultimate holding company of the Group. The Company is effectively controlled by the same group of shareholders before and after the Reorganization and therefore the Reorganization is considered as a recapitalization of these entities under common control. The consolidation of the Company and its subsidiaries has been accounted for at historical cost and prepared on the basis as if the aforementioned transactions had become effective as of the beginning of the first period presented in the accompanying consolidated financial statements.

As of December 31, 2020, the details of the Company’s subsidiaries are as follows. All subsidiaries of the Group are all wholly-owned by the Company through equity investment.

F-7

Table of Contents

PLANET IMAGE INTERNATIONAL LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Amount in thousands of U.S. dollars, except share and per share data)

1.      ORGANIZATION AND PRINCIPAL ACTIVITIES (cont.)

 

Entity

 

Date of  incorporation

 

Place of  incorporation

 

Percentage of
direct
ownership

 

Principal activities

Aster BVI

 

February 25, 2011

 

BVI

 

100%

 

Investment holding

Lucky Knot Limited

 

July 18, 2019

 

BVI

 

100%

 

Investment holding

Aster Industrial Limited

 

August 8, 2019

 

BVI

 

100%

 

Investment holding

Aster Online

 

August 15, 2019

 

Hong Kong

 

100%

 

Investment holding

Aster HK

 

August 16, 2019

 

Hong Kong

 

100%

 

Sales of compatible toner cartridges

Aster Graphics, Inc. (“Aster U.S.”)

 

March 1, 2011

 

U.S.

 

100%

 

Sales of compatible toner cartridges in the U.S.

Aster NL

 

July 8, 2011

 

Netherlands

 

100%

 

Sales of compatible toner cartridges in Europe

Jiangxi Yibo

 

January 12, 2011

 

PRC

 

100%

 

Manufacture of compatible toner cartridges in the PRC

Aster Germany

 

September 25, 2018

 

Germany

 

100%

 

Sales of compatible toner cartridges in Europe

Aster Italy

 

May 7, 2018

 

Italy

 

100%

 

Sales of compatible toner cartridges in Europe

Aster France

 

April 3, 2019

 

France

 

100%

 

Sales of compatible toner cartridges in Europe

Jiangxi Leibotai Electronic Technology Co., Ltd (“Jiangxi Leibotai”)

 

June 26, 2012

 

PRC

 

100%

 

Provision of procurement services in the PRC

Zhongshan Yantuo Printer Equipment Co., Ltd (“Zhongshan Yantuo”)(1)

 

April 8, 2013

 

PRC

 

100%

 

Provision of sales management services in the PRC

Shenzhen Dinghong Shengda E-commerce Co., Ltd. (“Shenzhen Dinghong”)

 

February 28, 2020

 

PRC

 

100%

 

Provision of sales management services in the PRC

Aster Technology UK Ltd (“Aster UK”)

 

January 21, 2019

 

United Kingdom

 

100%

 

Sales of compatible toner cartridges in Europe

Peony Trade Co., Limited

 

March 9, 2020

 

Hong Kong

 

100%

 

Investment holding

White Poplar Co., Limited

 

March 9, 2020

 

Hong Kong

 

100%

 

Investment holding

Joyful Product Trade Co., Limited

 

March 9, 2020

 

Hong Kong

 

100%

 

Investment holding

Grand Future Trade Co., Limited

 

March 9, 2020

 

Hong Kong

 

100%

 

Investment holding

Oriental Poetry Co., Limited

 

March 5, 2020

 

Hong Kong

 

100%

 

Investment holding

Prosperity Product Trade Co., Limited

 

March 9, 2020

 

Hong Kong

 

100%

 

Investment holding

Atlantic Marketing Co., Limited

 

March 5, 2020

 

Hong Kong

 

100%

 

Investment holding

Pigeon King Co., Limited

 

March 9, 2020

 

Hong Kong

 

100%

 

Investment holding

Dragon Product Trade Co., Limited

 

March 9, 2020

 

Hong Kong

 

100%

 

Investment holding

Plum Blossom Co., Limited

 

March 9, 2020

 

Hong Kong

 

100%

 

Investment holding

Blue Ocean Product Trade Co., Limited

 

March 9, 2020

 

Hong Kong

 

100%

 

Investment holding

Your Office Supplies Company Limited

 

June 23, 2016

 

Hong Kong

 

100%

 

Online sales of compatible toner cartridges

Iprint Enterprise Limited

 

June 14, 2016

 

Hong Kong

 

100%

 

Online sales of compatible toner cartridges

Amstech Limited

 

May 25, 2016

 

Hong Kong

 

100%

 

Online sales of compatible toner cartridges

Aztech Enterprise Limited

 

May 25, 2016

 

Hong Kong

 

100%

 

Online sales of compatible toner cartridges

Supplies4u Limited

 

March 29, 2017

 

Hong Kong

 

100%

 

Online sales of compatible toner cartridges

Access Supplies Limited

 

March 31, 2017

 

Hong Kong

 

100%

 

Online sales of compatible toner cartridges

Dellon Technology Company Limited

 

February 7, 2018

 

Hong Kong

 

100%

 

Online sales of compatible toner cartridges

Proimage B.V.

 

July 21, 2014

 

Netherlands

 

100%

 

Online sales of compatible toner cartridges

Eco Imaging Inc.

 

February 23, 2012

 

U.S.

 

100%

 

Online sales of compatible toner cartridges

Revol Trading Inc.

 

November 9, 2012

 

U.S.

 

100%

 

Online sales of compatible toner cartridges

Intercon International Corp.

 

November 14, 2012

 

U.S.

 

100%

 

Online sales of compatible toner cartridges

__________

(1)      Aster UK is a directly wholly-owned subsidiary of Zhongshan Yantuo through equity investment.

F-8

Table of Contents

PLANET IMAGE INTERNATIONAL LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Amount in thousands of U.S. dollars, except share and per share data)

2.      SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

(a)    Basis of presentation

The accompanying consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”).

(b)    Principles of consolidation

The consolidated financial statements include the financial statements of the Company and its subsidiaries. All intercompany transactions and balances among the Company and its subsidiaries have been eliminated upon consolidation.

(c)     Use of estimates

The preparation of the consolidated financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities at the balance sheet date and revenues and expenses during the reporting periods. Significant accounting estimates include, but not limited to allowance for doubtful accounts, impairment provision for inventories, useful lives and impairment of long-lived assets, accounting for deferred income taxes and valuation allowance for deferred tax assets. Changes in facts and circumstances may result in revised estimates. Actual results could differ from those estimates, and as such, differences may be material to the consolidated financial statements.

(d)    Foreign currencies and foreign currency translation

The functional and reporting currency of the Company is the United States Dollar (“US$”). The Company’s operating subsidiaries in China, Europe and the United States use their respective currencies Renminbi (“RMB”), Euro (“EUR”) and US$ as their functional currencies.

The financial statements of Planet Image and its subsidiaries, other than subsidiaries with functional currency of US$, are translated into US$ using the exchange rate as of the balance sheet date for assets and liabilities and average exchange rate for the year for income and expense items. Assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies at the balance sheet date are translated at the applicable rates of exchange in effect at that date. The equity denominated in the functional currency is translated at the historical rate of exchange at the time of capital contribution. Because cash flows are translated based on the average translation rate, amounts related to assets and liabilities reported on the consolidated statements of cash flows will not necessarily agree with changes in the corresponding balances on the consolidated balance sheets. Translation adjustments arising from the use of different exchange rates from period to period are included as a separate component of accumulated other comprehensive income included in consolidated statements of changes in shareholders’ equity. Gains and losses from foreign currency transactions are included in the Company’s consolidated statements of income and comprehensive income.

The following table outlines the currency exchange rates that were used in preparing the consolidated financial statements:

     

December 31, 2019

 

December 31, 2020

   

Year-end spot rate

 

Average rate

 

Year-end spot rate

 

Average rate

US$ against RMB

 

US$1=RMB6.9589

 

US$1=RMB6.8774

 

US$1=RMB6.5402

 

US$1=RMB6.9061

US$ against EUR

 

US$1=EUR0.8929

 

US$1=EUR0.8929

 

US$1=EUR0.8197

 

US$1=EUR0.8759

F-9

Table of Contents

PLANET IMAGE INTERNATIONAL LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Amount in thousands of U.S. dollars, except share and per share data)

2.      SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (cont.)

(e)     Cash

Cash consists of cash on hand and cash in bank. The Group maintains cash with various financial institutions primarily in China. As of December 31, 2019 and 2020, cash balances were $30,720 and $27,971, respectively. The Group has not experienced any losses in bank accounts and believes it is not exposed to any risks on its cash in bank accounts.

(f)     Restricted Cash

Restricted cash mainly represents security deposits held in bank accounts for bank acceptance notes and cash pledged as collateral for bank borrowings.

(g)    Accounts Receivable, net

Accounts receivable represent the amounts that the Group has an unconditional right to consideration, which are stated at the original amount less an allowance for doubtful receivables. The Group reviews the accounts receivable on a periodic basis and makes general and specific allowances when there is doubt as to the collectability of individual balances. The Group usually determines the adequacy of reserves for doubtful accounts based on individual account analysis and historical collection trends. The Group establishes a provision for doubtful receivables when there is objective evidence that the Group may not be able to collect amounts due. The allowance is based on management’s best estimates of specific losses on individual exposures, as well as a provision on historical trends of collections. The provision is recorded against accounts receivables balances, with a corresponding charge recorded in the consolidated statements of income and comprehensive income. Delinquent account balances are written off against the allowance for doubtful accounts after management has determined that the likelihood of collection is remote.

(h)    Inventories, net

Inventories, primarily consisting of raw materials, semi-finished goods and finished goods, are stated at the lower of cost or net realizable value. Net realizable value is the estimated selling price in the normal course of business less any costs to complete and sell products. Cost of inventory is determined using the weighted average cost method. The Group records inventory impairment for obsolete and slow-moving inventories. Inventory impairment is based on inventory obsolescence trends, historical experience, forecasted consumer demand and application of the specific identification method. As of December 31, 2019 and 2020, the balances of impairment provision for inventories were $1,932 and $1,336, respectively.

(i)     Property, plant and equipment, net

Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and impairment, if any, and depreciated on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the assets as follows:

 

Category

 

Estimated useful lives

   

Buildings

 

20 years

Leasehold improvements

 

lesser of useful life and lease term

Machinery and electronic equipment

 

2 – 10 years

Office equipment, furniture and fixtures

 

2 – 5 years

Automobile

 

3 – 5 years

Direct costs that are related to the construction of property, plant and equipment and incurred in connection with bringing the assets to their intended use are capitalized as construction in progress. Construction in progress is transferred to specific property, plant and equipment items and the depreciation of these assets commences when the assets are ready for their intended use.

F-10

Table of Contents

PLANET IMAGE INTERNATIONAL LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Amount in thousands of U.S. dollars, except share and per share data)

2.      SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (cont.)

Repair and maintenance costs are charged to expenses as incurred, whereas the cost of renewals and betterment that extends the useful lives of property, plant and equipment are capitalized as additions to the related assets. Retirements, sales and disposals of assets are recorded by removing the costs, accumulated depreciation and impairment with any resulting gain or loss recognized in the consolidated statements of income and other comprehensive income in other income or expenses.

(j)     Intangible asset, net

Intangible asset is carried at cost less accumulated amortization and any recorded impairment. Under the PRC law, all land in the PRC is owned by the government and cannot be sold to an individual or company. The government grants individuals and companies the right to use parcels of land for specified periods of time. Intangible asset is amortized using the straight-line approach over the estimated economic useful live of the asset as follows:

 

Category

 

Estimated useful lives

Land use right

 

43 years

(k)    Impairment of long-lived assets

The Group reviews its long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may no longer be recoverable. When these events occur, the Group measures impairment by comparing the carrying value of the long-lived assets to the estimated undiscounted future cash flows expected to result from the use of the assets and their eventual disposition. If the sum of the expected undiscounted cash flow is less than the carrying amount of the assets, the Group would recognize an impairment loss, which is the excess of carrying amount over the fair value of the assets, using the expected future discounted cash flows. No impairments of long-lived assets were recognized as of December 31, 2019 and 2020.

(l)     Redeemable ordinary shares

The Company accounts for ordinary shares subject to possible redemption in accordance with ASC 480 “Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity.” Ordinary shares subject to conditional redemption rights that are either within the control of the holder or subject to redemption upon the occurrence of uncertain events not solely within the control of the Company is classified as mezzanine equity. The Company evaluates the probability of these redeemable ordinary shares becoming redeemable at each reporting date. If it is probable that the redeemable ordinary shares will become redeemable, the Company recognizes changes in redemption value immediately as they occur and adjusts the carrying value of the instrument to equal the redemption value at the end of each reporting period. Increases or decreases in the carrying amount of redeemable ordinary shares shall be affected by charges against retained earnings. Accordingly, if the ordinary shares are not currently redeemable and it is not probable that the ordinary shares will become redeemable, subsequent adjustment of the amount presented in temporary equity is unnecessary.

(m)   Fair value measurement

The Company applies ASC 820, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures, (‘‘ASC 820’’). ASC 820 defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. ASC 820 requires disclosures to be provided on fair value measurement.

ASC 820 establishes a three-tier fair value hierarchy, which prioritizes the inputs used in measuring fair value as follows:

•        Level 1 — Observable inputs that reflect quoted prices (unadjusted) for identical assets or liabilities in active markets.

•        Level 2 — Include other inputs that are directly or indirectly observable in the marketplace.

•        Level 3 — Unobservable inputs which are supported by little or no market activity.

F-11

Table of Contents

PLANET IMAGE INTERNATIONAL LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Amount in thousands of U.S. dollars, except share and per share data)

2.      SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (cont.)

ASC 820 describes three main approaches to measuring the fair value of assets and liabilities: (1) market approach; (2) income approach and (3) cost approach. The market approach uses prices and other relevant information generated from market transactions involving identical or comparable assets or liabilities. The income approach uses valuation techniques to convert future amounts to a single present value amount. The measurement is based on the value indicated by current market expectations about those future amounts. The cost approach is based on the amount that would currently be required to replace an asset.

Financial assets and liabilities of the Group primarily consisted of cash, restricted cash, accounts receivable, amounts due from related parties, other receivables included in prepayments and other current assets, short-term borrowings, accounts payable, amounts due to related parties, other payables included in accrued expenses and other current liabilities. As of December 31, 2019 and 2020, the carrying amounts of financial instruments approximated to their fair values due to the short-term maturity of these instruments.

The Group’s non-financial assets, such as property and equipment and land-use-right, would be measured at fair value only if they were determined to be impaired.

(n)    Commitments and contingencies

In the normal course of business, the Group is subject to commitments and contingencies, including operating lease commitments and legal proceedings. The Group recognizes a liability for such contingency if it determines it is probable that a loss has occurred and a reasonable estimate of the loss can be made. The Group may consider many factors in making these assessments on liability for contingencies, including historical and the specific facts and circumstances of each matter.

(o)    Revenue recognition

In May 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606) (“ASC 606”), to provide principles within a single framework for revenue recognition of transactions involving contracts with customers across all industries. The standard allows for either a full retrospective or modified retrospective transition method. Additional amendments were subsequently issued by the FASB to clarify the implementation guidance. The Company adopted ASC 606, on January 1, 2019, and applied the modified retrospective transition approach which did not have impact on the beginning retained earnings on January 1, 2019. Revenues for the prior periods were not adjusted and continue to be presented under ASC Topic 605, Revenue Recognition. The Company’s revenue recognition policies effective on the adoption date of ASC 606 are presented as below.

The Group’s revenues are mainly generated from the sales of compatible toner cartridges through offline and online channels. The Group provides products: (i) to offline overseas customers who own their brands on an Original Design Manufacturer (“ODM”) basis; (ii) to offline overseas dealers who primarily resell our white-label products to end consumers; and (iii) directly to customers on a retail basis under our self-owned brands through online retail platforms. There is no major difference in terms of product capability between our ODM products, white-label products and self-own brand products, and the main difference lies in product packaging and pricing.

The Group usually enters into sales orders with customers or receives online sales orders, in which the Group identifies the only performance obligation is to transfer the promised products stated in the sales order. The Group performs shipping services before the products are delivered at the designated place. Shipping service is determined as an activity to fulfill the Group’s promise to transfer the products, rather than another distinct performance obligation as it is performed before the customers obtain control of the products. In the normal course of business, the Group’s warranties are limited to product specifications and the Company does not accept product returns unless the item is defective as manufactured. Accordingly, warranty costs are treated as a cost of fulfillment subject to accrual, rather than a performance obligation. The Company establishes provisions for both estimated returns and warranties when revenue is recognized.

F-12

Table of Contents

PLANET IMAGE INTERNATIONAL LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Amount in thousands of U.S. dollars, except share and per share data)

2.      SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (cont.)

Revenues represent the amount of consideration that the Group is entitled to, including products settlement price, net of value-added tax (“VAT”), surcharges, discounts and returns, if any. The transaction price is variable as adjusted by return allowances, rebates, which the Group estimates by using the expected value method and updates to represent faithfully the circumstances present at the end of the reporting period and the changes in circumstances during the reporting period. The Group recognizes revenue from the sales of compatible toner cartridges when the control of products is transferred to the customers upon customers’ acceptance. Payment is usually required within four months after the issuance of invoice for offline customers and the consideration of online orders is collected in advance of shipment by online platform. Therefore, it is probable that the Group will collect substantially all of the consideration without existence of any significant financing component.

Disaggregation of Revenue

The Group disaggregates its revenue from contracts by sales channel and region, as the Group believes it best depicts how the nature, amount, timing and uncertainty of the revenue and cash flows are affected by economic factors. The Group’s disaggregation of revenues for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020 are disclosed in Note 16 of this consolidation financial statements.

Contract Balances

When either party to a revenue contract has performed, the Group presents the contract in the consolidated balance sheet as a contract asset or a contract liability, depending on the relationship between the Group’s performance and the customer’s payment. The Group merely incurs cost to obtain a contract with a customer. The Group presents any unconditional rights to consideration separately as a receivable. The Group does not have any contract asset. The balance of accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts were $18,497 and $24,362 as of December 31, 2019 and 2020, respectively.

The Group presents the consideration that a customer pays before the Group transfers products to the customer as a contract liability (advance from customers) when the payment is made. Advance from customers is the Group’s obligation to transfer products to a customer for which the Group has received consideration from the customer. As of December 31, 2019 and 2020 the balance of advance from customers amounted to $1,064 and $810, respectively.

(p)    Cost of revenue

Cost of revenue consists primarily of (i) cost of materials (ii) labor costs, (iii) depreciation and amortization, (iv) freight charged by third-party transportation company, (vi) tariff imposed to our products sold to the U.S., (vii) warehousing and logistic fee charged by online selling platform and other costs related to the business operation. Depreciation and amortization of manufacturing facilities and warehouses attributable to manufacturing activities is capitalized as part of the cost of inventory, and expensed in costs of revenues when the inventory is sold.

(q)    Selling expenses

Selling expenses mainly consist of (i) commission charged by online selling platform, and (ii) staff costs, rental and depreciation related to selling and marketing functions.

(r)     General and administrative expenses

General and administrative expenses mainly consist of (i) staff costs, rental and depreciation related to general and administrative personnel, (ii) professional service fees; and (iii) other corporate expenses.

F-13

Table of Contents

PLANET IMAGE INTERNATIONAL LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Amount in thousands of U.S. dollars, except share and per share data)

2.      SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (cont.)

(s)     Research and development expenses

Research and development expenses mainly consist of (i) cost of materials used for experiment, (ii) staff costs and other daily expenses related to our research and development activities.

(t)     Government subsidy

Government subsidy is recognized when there is reasonable assurance that the Group will comply with the conditions attach to it and the grant will be received. Government grant for the purpose of giving immediate financial support to the Group with no future related costs or obligation is recognized in the Group’s consolidated statements of income and comprehensive income when the grant becomes receivable.

(u)    Employee benefits

According to the regulations of the PRC, full-time eligible employees of the Group in the PRC are entitled to various government statutory employee benefit plans, including medical insurance, maternity insurance, workplace injury insurance, unemployment insurance and pension benefits through a PRC government-mandated employee benefit plan. The Group is required to make contributions to the plan and accrues for these benefits based on certain percentages of the qualified employees’ salaries. The Group has no further commitments beyond its monthly contribution. Employee social benefits included as expenses in the accompanying consolidated statements of income and comprehensive income amounted to $728 and $638 for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020, respectively. As of December 31, 2019 and 2020, the outstanding social insurance plan contributions payable were $98 and $105, respectively.

(v)     Leases

On January 1, 2019, the Company adopted Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2016-02, Lease (FASB ASC Topic 842). The adoption of Topic 842 resulted in the presentation of operating lease right-of-use (“ROU”) assets and operating lease liabilities on the consolidated balance sheet. See Note 10 for additional information.

At inception of a contract, the Group assesses whether a contract is, or contains, a lease. A contract is or contains a lease if it conveys the right to control the use of an identified asset for a period of time in exchange of a consideration. To assess whether a contract is or contains a lease, the Group assess whether the contract involves the use of an identified asset, whether it has the right to obtain substantially all the economic benefits from the use of the asset and whether it has the right to control the use of the asset.

The right-of-use assets and related lease liabilities are recognized at the lease commencement date. The Group recognizes operating lease expenses on a straight-line basis over the lease term.

Operating lease right-of-use of assets

The right-of-use of asset is initially measured at cost, which comprises the initial amount of the lease liability adjusted for any lease payments made at or before the commencement date, plus any initial direct costs incurred and less any lease incentive received.

Operating lease liabilities

Lease liability is initially measured at the present value of the outstanding lease payments at the commencement date, discounted using the Group’s incremental borrowing rate. Lease payments included in the measurement of the lease liability comprise fixed lease payments, variable lease payments that depend on an index or a rate, amounts expected to be payable under a residual value guarantee and any exercise price under a purchase option that the Group is reasonably certain to exercise.

F-14

Table of Contents

PLANET IMAGE INTERNATIONAL LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Amount in thousands of U.S. dollars, except share and per share data)

2.      SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (cont.)

Lease liability is measured at amortized cost using the effective interest rate method. It is re-measured when there is a change in future lease payments, if there is a change in the estimate of the amount expected to be payable under a residual value guarantee, or if there is any change in the Group assessment of option purchases, contract extensions or termination options.

(w)    Income taxes

The Group accounts for income taxes under ASC 740. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the consolidated financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period including the enactment date. Valuation allowances are established, when necessary, to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount expected to be realized.

The provisions of ASC 740-10-25, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes,” prescribe a more-likely-than-not threshold for consolidated financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken (or expected to be taken) in a tax return. This interpretation also provides guidance on the recognition of income tax assets and liabilities, classification of current and deferred income tax assets and liabilities, accounting for interest and penalties associated with tax positions, and related disclosures. The Group believes there were no uncertain tax positions at December 31, 2019 and 2020, respectively.

The Company’s affiliated entities in the PRC are subject to examination by the relevant tax authorities. According to the PRC Tax Administration and Collection Law, the statute of limitations is three years if the underpayment of taxes is due to computational errors made by the taxpayer or the withholding agent. The statute of limitations is extended to five years under special circumstances, where the underpayment of taxes is more than RMB100 ($15). In the case of transfer pricing issues, the statute of limitation is 10 years. There is no statute of limitation in the case of tax evasion. Operation results of the Company’s affiliated entities in the PRC for the years ended 31, 2019 and 2020 remain open for statutory examination by PRC tax authorities.

(x)    Value added tax (“VAT”)

The Group is subject to VAT and related surcharges on revenue generated from sales of products. The Group records revenue net of VAT. Entities that are VAT general taxpayers are allowed to offset qualified input VAT, paid to suppliers against their output VAT liabilities.

The PRC VAT rate is 13% for taxpayers selling consumer products, and 16% prior to April 1, 2019. The primary applicable rate of Europe Union (“EU”) VAT is 19% for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020.

(y)     Earnings per share

The Company computes earnings per share (“EPS”) in accordance with ASC 260, “Earnings per Share” (“ASC 260”). ASC 260 requires companies with complex capital structures to present basic and diluted EPS. Basic EPS are computed by dividing income available to ordinary shareholders of the Company by the weighted average ordinary shares outstanding during the period. Diluted EPS takes into account the potential dilution that could occur if securities or other contracts to issue ordinary shares were exercised and converted into ordinary shares. As of December 31, 2019 and 2020, there were no dilution impact.

F-15

Table of Contents

PLANET IMAGE INTERNATIONAL LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Amount in thousands of U.S. dollars, except share and per share data)

2.      SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (cont.)

(z)     Comprehensive income

Comprehensive income is defined as the increase in equity of the Group during a period from transactions and other events and circumstances excluding transactions resulting from investments by owners and distributions to owners. Amongst other disclosures, ASC 220, Comprehensive Income, requires that all items that are required to be recognized under current accounting standards as components of comprehensive income be reported in a financial statement that is displayed with the same prominence as other financial statements. For each of the periods presented, the Group’s comprehensive income included net income and foreign currency translation adjustments that are presented in the consolidated statements of comprehensive income.

(aa)  Concentration of risk

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Group to significant concentration of credit risk consist primarily of cash, restricted cash and accounts receivable. As of December 31, 2019, and 2020, the aggregate amounts of cash and restricted cash of $22,796 and $18,784, respectively, were held at major financial institutions located in the mainland China and $12,867 and $19,590, respectively, were deposited with major financial institutions located outside the mainland China. Management believes that these financial institutions are of high credit quality and continually monitors the credit worthiness of these financial institutions.

The Company’s exposure to credit risk associated with its trading and other activities is measured on an individual counterparty basis, as well as by group of counterparties that share similar attributes. Substantially all of the Company’s sales are made to customers that are located primarily in the USA and Europe. The Company’s operating results could be adversely affected by the government policy on exporting business, foreign exchange rate fluctuation, and local market condition change. There was no revenue from clients which individually represented greater than 10% of the total revenues for the year ended December 31, 2019 and 2020, respectively.

The Company purchased approximately 10.3% and 11.2% of its raw materials from the same one supplier for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020, respectively.

(bb)  Recent accounting pronouncements

In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-13, “Financial Instruments — Credit Losses”, which will require the measurement of all expected credit losses for financial assets held at the reporting date based on historical experience, current conditions, and reasonable and supportable forecasts. Further, the FASB issued ASU No. 2019-04, ASU 2019-05, ASU 2019-10, ASU 2019-11 and ASU 2020-02 to provide additional guidance on the credit losses standard. For all other entities, the amendments for ASU 2016-13 are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2022, including interim periods within those fiscal years, with early adoption permitted. Adoption of the ASUs is on a modified retrospective basis. The Company will adopt ASU 2016-13 from January 1, 2023. The Group is in the process of evaluating the impacts the standards will have on its consolidated financial statements.

In December 2019, the FASB issued ASU No. 2019-12, Income Taxes (‘‘ASU 2019-12’’), which simplifies the accounting for income taxes by removing exceptions and simplifies the accounting for income taxes regarding franchise tax, good will, separate financial statements, enacted change in tax laws or rates and employee stock ownership plans. ASU 2019-12 will be effective for the Group for annual reporting periods beginning January 1, 2022 and interim periods within fiscal years beginning January 1, 2023. The Company in the process of evaluating the impacts the standards will have on its consolidated financial statements.

Other accounting standards that have been issued by FASB that do not require adoption until a future date are not expected to have a material impact on the consolidated financial statements upon adoption. The Company does not discuss recent pronouncements that are not anticipated to have an impact on or are unrelated to its consolidated financial condition, results of operations, cash flows or disclosures.

F-16

Table of Contents

PLANET IMAGE INTERNATIONAL LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Amount in thousands of U.S. dollars, except share and per share data)

3.      ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE, NET

Accounts receivable consisted of the following:

     

As of December 31,

   

2019

 

2020

Accounts receivable

 

$

18,519

 

 

$

24,437

 

Allowance for doubtful accounts

 

 

(22

)

 

 

(75

)

Accounts receivable, net

 

$

18,497

 

 

$

24,362

 

The movement of allowance of doubtful accounts is as follows:

     

As of December 31,

   

2019

 

2020

Balance at beginning of the year

 

$

36

 

 

$

22

(Reversal)/addition in bad debt allowance

 

 

(14

)

 

 

53

Balance at end of the year

 

$

22

 

 

$

75

The Group reversed bad debt expense of $14 and recorded bad debt expense of $49 for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020, respectively. As of the date of this report, approximately 83% of the Group’s net accounts receivable balance at December 31, 2020 has been subsequently collected and the remaining balance is expected to be collectible and covered by insurance.

4.      INVENTORIES, NET

Inventories consisted of the following:

     

As of December 31,

   

2019

 

2020

Raw materials

 

$

6,339

 

 

$

6,751

 

Work in progress

 

 

2,038

 

 

 

2,903

 

Finished goods

 

 

13,442

 

 

 

20,877

 

Inventories, gross

 

 

21,819

 

 

 

30,531

 

Impairment provision

 

 

(1,932

)

 

 

(1,336

)

Inventories, net

 

$

19,887

 

 

$

29,195

 

5.      PREPAID EXPENSES AND OTHER CURRENT ASSETS

Prepaid expenses and other current assets consisted of the following:

     

As of December 31,

2019

 

2020

Export input VAT receivables(a)

 

 

1,099

 

 

2,025

Insurance receivables on written-off accounts receivables(b)

 

 

973

 

 

353

Employee receivables and business advances(c)

 

 

825

 

 

242

Security deposits

 

 

122

 

 

209

Others(d)

 

 

320

 

 

516

Total

 

$

3,339

 

$

3,345

(a)     Export input VAT receivables mainly represent the refundable input VAT the Group has paid for the production of the products in PRC when declaring goods for export.

(b)    Insurance receivables on written-off accounts receivables mainly represent insurance claim receivables due from insurance companies. As of the date of this report, all of the insurance receivables balance at December 31, 2020 has been subsequently collected.

F-17

Table of Contents

PLANET IMAGE INTERNATIONAL LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Amount in thousands of U.S. dollars, except share and per share data)

5.      PREPAID EXPENSES AND OTHER CURRENT ASSETS (cont.)

(c)     Employee receivables and business advances include interest-free loans to employees and advances made to employees for business purposes.

(d)    Others mainly include prepaid miscellaneous service fee and prepaid rental fee.

6.      PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT, NET

Property, plant and equipment consisted of the following:

     

As of December 31,

2019

 

2020

Buildings

 

$

5,627

 

 

$

6,015

 

Machinery and equipment

 

 

3,019

 

 

 

3,979

 

Office equipment, furniture and fixtures

 

 

1,154

 

 

 

1,431

 

Automobiles

 

 

340

 

 

 

412

 

Leasehold improvements

 

 

117

 

 

 

124

 

Construction in progress

 

 

4

 

 

 

91

 

Total

 

 

10,261

 

 

 

12,052

 

Less: accumulated depreciation

 

 

(4,852

)

 

 

(6,067

)

Property and equipment, net

 

$

5,409

 

 

$

5,985

 

Depreciation expense was $890 and $949 for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020, respectively.

7.      INTANGIBLE ASSET, NET

Intangible asset, net consisted of the following:

     

As of December 31,

   

2019

 

2020

Land use right

 

$

3,550

 

 

$

3,779

 

Less: accumulated amortization

 

 

(726

)

 

 

(860

)

Intangible asset, net

 

$

2,824

 

 

$

2,919

 

Amortization expense was $82 for both years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020, and expected to remain the same for the remaining of the amortization period.

8.      ACCRUED EXPENSES AND OTHER CURRENT LIABILITIES

As of December 31, 2019 and 2020, accrued expenses and other current liabilities consisted of the following:

     

As of December 31,

   

2019

 

2020

   

$

   

$

 

Accrued payroll and employee benefits

 

 

2,954

 

 

4,044

Accrued expenses(a)

 

 

2,853

 

 

2,526

Advance from customers(b)

 

 

1,064

 

 

810

Others

 

 

602

 

 

542

Total

 

$

7,473

 

$

7,922

__________

(a)      Accrued expenses mainly represent accrued freight charges and other accrued expensed related to the business operation.

(b)      Advance from customers mainly represent the advance received from customers for the finished goods purchases. The change in contract liabilities primarily represents the cash received, less amounts recognized as revenues during the period.

F-18

Table of Contents

PLANET IMAGE INTERNATIONAL LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Amount in thousands of U.S. dollars, except share and per share data)

9.      SHORT-TERM BORROWINGS

Short-term borrowings represent amounts due to various banks and other companies normally maturing within one year. The principal of the borrowings is due at maturity. Accrued interest is due either monthly or quarterly. The bank borrowings were for working capital and capital expenditure purposes. The balance of short-term borrowings consisted of the following:

     

December 31,
2019

 

December 31,
2020

   

US$

 

US$

Short-term borrowings

 

 

     

Bank of China Xinyu Branch(a)

 

$

9,987

 

10,627

Xinyu Rural Commercial Bank Gaoxin Branch(b)

 

 

10,778

 

11,467

Export-Import Bank of China Jiangxi Branch(c)

 

 

6,610

 

7,033

Agricultural Bank of China Xinyu Branch(d)

 

 

4,311

 

Total

 

$

31,686

 

29,127

__________

(a)      For the year ended December 31, 2019, the Group entered into five bank loan agreements with Bank of China Xinyu Branch in the total amount of US$9,987 with one-year maturity and an annual interest rate of 4.35%. These borrowings were due from June 2020 to November 2020 and were fully repaid in 2020. For the year ended December 31, 2020, the Group entered into another five bank loan agreements with Bank of China Xinyu Branch in the total amount of US$10,627 with one-year maturity and an annual interest rate of 4.35% under the same credit facility. These borrowings were due from June 2021 to November 2021. The due balance in June 2021 has been settled subsequently. The bank loans were either guaranteed by third-party individual and related parties. (See Note 15).

(b)      For the year ended December 31, 2019, the Group entered into two bank loan agreements with Xinyu Rural Commercial Bank Gaoxin Branch in the total amount of US$10,778 with one-year maturity and an annual interest rate of 5.28%. These borrowings were due in December 2020 and were fully repaid in 2020. For the year ended December 31, 2020, the Group entered into another two bank loan agreements with Xinyu Rural Commercial Bank Gaoxin Branch in the total amount of US$11,467 with one-year maturity and an annual interest rate of 5.28% under the same credit facility. These borrowings were due from November 2021 to December 2021. Bank loans from Xinyu Rural Commercial Bank Gaoxin Branch were guaranteed by a third-party company.

(c)      For the year ended December 31, 2019, the Group had a bank loan in the amount of $6,610 from Export-Import Bank of China Jiangxi Branch with one year term and an annual interest rate of 3.69%. This loan was due and fully repaid in September 2020. The Group re-entered into a new loan in the amount of $7,033 with Export-Import Bank of China Jiangxi Branch in September 2020 for another one-year term with an annual interest of 3.40%, which is due in September 2021. The loan balances as of December 31, 2019 and 2020 were guaranteed by a third-party company and Xinyu High-Tech Investment Co., Ltd, a related party of the Group, respectively.

(d)      the Group entered into two separate bank loans with Agricultural Bank of China Xinyu Branch in January 2019 for one year with annual interest rate of 5.87% for the loan amount of $718 and annual interest rate of 4.87% for the loan amount of $3,593. These loans were either guaranteed by third-party individual or related parties, or both, and were fully repaid in 2020. The bank loans were either guaranteed by third-party individual and related parties. (Related-party guarantees see Note 15).

Interest expenses were $1,618 and $1,554 for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020, respectively. The weighted average interest rates of short-term loans outstanding were 5.18% and 4.77% per annum for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020, respectively.

As of December 31, 2020, the Group had unutilized lines of credit aggregating US$10,378 for short-term financing. To utilize these unused lines of credit, the Group is required to obtain consent of the lenders and be in compliance with financial covenants, such as requirement for certain financial ratios and use the funds according to the agreed purpose, etc. The Group has been in compliance with these financial covenants up to the date of this report.

F-19

Table of Contents

PLANET IMAGE INTERNATIONAL LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Amount in thousands of U.S. dollars, except share and per share data)

10.    LEASES

Effective on January 1, 2019, the Company adopted Topic 842. At the inception of a contract, the Group determines if the arrangement is, or contains, a lease. ROU assets represent the Group’s right to use an underlying asset for the lease term and lease liabilities represent its obligation to make lease payments arising from the lease. Operating lease ROU assets and liabilities are recognized at commencement date based on the present value of lease payments over the lease term. Rent expense is recognized on a straight-line basis over the lease term.

Supplemental balance sheet information related to operating lease was as follows:

     

As of December 31,

   

2019

 

2020

Right-of-use assets

 

$

5,544

 

$

4,625

   

 

   

 

 

Operating lease liabilities – current

 

$

1,198

 

$

1,330

Operating lease liabilities – non-current

 

 

4,464

 

 

3,507

Total operating lease liabilities

 

$

5,662

 

$

4,837

The weighted average remaining lease terms and discount rates for the operating lease as of December 31, 2020 were as follows:

 

Remaining lease term and discount rate:

   

 

Weighted average remaining lease term (years)

 

5.6

 

Weighted average discount rate

 

4.8

%

During the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020, the Group incurred total operating lease expenses of $1,278 and $1,434, respectively.

The following is a schedule of future minimum payments under our operating leases as of December 31, 2020:

 

Year ended December 31,

 

Amounts

2021

 

$

1,489

 

2022

 

 

1,251

 

2023

 

 

1,131

 

2024

 

 

941

 

Thereafter

 

 

532

 

Total lease payments

 

 

5,344

 

Less: imputed interest

 

 

(507

)

Total operating lease liabilities, net of interest

 

$

4,837

 

11.     TAXATION

Cayman Islands and British Virgin Islands (“BVI”)

The Company is incorporated in the Cayman Islands and several of its wholly-own subsidiaries are incorporated in BVI. Under the current laws of the Cayman Islands and the BVI, these entities are not subject to income or capital gains taxes. In addition, dividend payments are not subject to withholdings tax in the Cayman Islands and the BVI.

F-20

Table of Contents

PLANET IMAGE INTERNATIONAL LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Amount in thousands of U.S. dollars, except share and per share data)

11.    TAXATION (cont.)

Hong Kong

According to Tax (Amendment) (No. 3) Ordinance 2018 published by Hong Kong government, effective April 1, 2018, under the two-tiered profits tax rates regime, the profits tax rate for the first HKD2 million of assessable profits will be lowered to 8.25% (half of the rate specified in Schedule 8 to the Inland Revenue Ordinance (IRO)) for corporations. The Group was not subject to Hong Kong profit tax for any period presented as it did not have assessable profit during the periods presented.

United States

On December 22, 2017, the U.S. enacted the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (the “Tax Act”) which significantly changed previous U.S. tax laws, including a reduction of corporate income tax rate from 35% to 21% and a one-time transition tax on deemed repatriation of undistributed foreign earnings.

Europe

The Company’s subsidiaries, which were mainly incorporated in European Union (“EU”) countries, such as Netherland, Italy, France and etc., are subjected to enterprise income tax on the respective country’s taxable income as determined under the tax laws and accounting standards at a rate from 16.5% to 28%.

PRC

Generally, the Company’s subsidiaries that are considered PRC resident enterprises under PRC tax law, are subject to enterprise income tax on their worldwide taxable income as determined under PRC tax laws and accounting standards at a rate of 25%.

In accordance with the implementation rules of Enterprise Income Tax Laws of the PRC (the “EIT Laws”), a qualified “High and New Technology Enterprise” (“HNTE”) is eligible for a preferential tax rate of 15%. The HNTE certificate is effective for a period of three years. An entity could re-apply for the HNTE certificate when the prior certificate expires. The Company’s subsidiary, Jiangxi Yibo, is qualified as HNTE and has renewed its HNTE certificate in 2019. Therefore, Jiangxi Yibo is eligible to enjoy a preferential tax rate of 15% from 2019 to 2021 to the extent it has taxable income under the EIT Law.

For the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020, one of Jiangxi Yibo’s wholly-owned subsidiaries, Zhongshan Yantuo, is recognized as small low-profit enterprises. In January 2019, the State Administration of Taxation provides a preferential corporate income tax rate of 20% and an exemption ranged from 50% to 75% in the assessable taxable profits for entities qualified as small-size enterprises (the exemption range has been changed to from 50% to 87.5% for the period from January 1, 2021 to December 31, 2022). The policy is effective for the period from January 1, 2019 to December 31, 2022.

The income tax provision consisted of the following components:

     

For the years ended
December 31,

   

2019

 

2020

Current income tax expense

 

$

8

 

$

39

Deferred income tax expense

 

 

676

 

 

335

Total income tax expense

 

$

684

 

$

374

F-21

Table of Contents

PLANET IMAGE INTERNATIONAL LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Amount in thousands of U.S. dollars, except share and per share data)

11.    TAXATION (cont.)

A reconciliation of the Group’s PRC statutory tax rate to the effective income tax rate during the periods is as follows:

     

For the years ended
December 31,

   

2019

 

2020

Computed income tax expense with PRC statutory tax rate

 

25.00

%

 

25.00

%

Non-deductible items

 

1.32

%

 

7.83

%

Additional deduction of qualified R&D expenditures

 

(3.90

)%

 

(11.00

)%

Effect of income tax rate differences in jurisdictions other than the PRC

 

(11.60

)%

 

(8.62

)%

Changes in valuation allowance

 

3.32

%

 

0.74

%

Effect of tax holiday and preferential tax rate

 

(7.29

)%

 

(5.84

)%

Effective income tax rate

 

6.85

%

 

8.11

%

As of December 31, 2019 and 2020, the significant components of the deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities were summarized below:

     

As of December 31,

   

2019

 

2020

Deferred tax assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Allowance for doubtful accounts

 

$

279

 

 

$

150

 

Net operating loss carried forward

 

 

773

 

 

 

719

 

Total deferred tax assets

 

 

1052

 

 

 

869

 

Valuation allowance

 

 

(357

)

 

 

(397

)

Deferred tax assets, net of valuation allowance

 

$

695

 

 

$

472

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred tax liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accelerated tax depreciation and others

 

$

214

 

 

$

314

 

Total deferred tax liabilities

 

$

214

 

 

$

314

 

12.    MEZZANINIE EQUITY

On September 30, 2019, the Group issued 105,263 ordinary shares to Xinyu High-Tech Investment Co., Ltd (“Gaoxin” or the “Holder”) which were then split and re-designated to 10,526,300 Class A ordinary shares, in exchange for RMB 100,000 (approximately $14,104) investment in the Company. The ordinary shares issued to Gaoxin is subject to redemption upon the occurrence of any of the following events (referred to as a “Redemption Event”): (1) the Company fails to successfully complete its initial public offering on either Hong Kong Stock Exchange or Nasdaq Capital Market and New York Stock Exchange before March 31, 2022; (2) its initial public offering price per share is lower than or equal to 1.15 times of the share price paid by Gaoxin; or (3) the shares held by Gaoxin could not trade immediately after completion of the Group’s initial public offering or Gaoxin does not receive the shortest applicable lock-up period for its shares. Upon the occurrence of any of these Redemption Events, Gaoxin has the option to request the Company to repurchase all of these ordinary shares with the original investment price plus a 7.5% annualized return. The interest shall be accrued from the date when Gaoxin made the payment of the investment to the date when the Company completes the repurchase of all equity interests held by Gaoxin. The ordinary shares issued to Gaoxin features certain redemption rights that are considered by the Company to be outside of the Company’s control and subject to the occurrence of uncertain future events.

The Company accounts for these redeemable ordinary shares in accordance with ASC 480 “Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity.” Ordinary shares subject to conditional redemption rights that are either within the control of the holder or subject to redemption upon the occurrence of uncertain events not solely within the Company’s control is classified as mezzanine equity.

The Company evaluated the likelihood of these redeemable ordinary shares becoming redeemable at each reporting date. If it is probable that redeemable ordinary shares will be redeemed, the Company recognizes changes in redemption value immediately as they occur and will adjust the carrying value of the instrument to

F-22

Table of Contents

PLANET IMAGE INTERNATIONAL LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Amount in thousands of U.S. dollars, except share and per share data)

12.    MEZZANINIE EQUITY (cont.)

equal the redemption value at the end of each reporting period. Accordingly, if the ordinary shares are not currently redeemable and it is not probable that the ordinary shares will become redeemable, subsequent adjustment of the amount presented in mezzanine equity is unnecessary. As of December 31, 2019 and 2020, the Group assessed that it is not probably that these ordinary shares will become redeemable as the Redemption Events are not estimated to occur. In the event of the process of initial public offering going beyond the management expectation which would trigger the first Redemption Event, management plans to enter an agreement with Gaoxin for an extension of the date specified in the first Redemption Event when approaching the deadline. The Company is confident that it is very likely to reach such an agreement with Gaoxin upon the filing of the prospectus with the U.S. SEC. Therefore, no adjustment was made to the carrying amount of the mezzanine equity since the initial recognition.

13.    Equity

Ordinary shares

On August 5, 2019, the Company authorized share capital was 38,000,000 ordinary shares with a par value of HK$0.01 each.

On August 5, 2019, the Company issued 1 ordinary share to Vistra (Cayman) Limited, who transferred the share to Aster Excellent Limited on the same day.

On August 5, 2019, the Company issued 84,209 ordinary shares to Aster Excellent Limited and 15,790 ordinary shares to Eagle Heart Limited.

On September 2, 2019, Eagle Heart Limited transferred 600 ordinary shares to Aster Excellent Limited.

On September 25, 2019, the Company issued 267,821 ordinary shares to Aster Excellent Limited and 47,969 ordinary shares to Eagle Heart Limited.

On September 26, 2019, the Company issued 5,263 ordinary shares to Cool Hero Limited.

On September 30, 2019, the Company issued 105,263 ordinary shares to Juneng Investment (Hong Kong) Limited, who received the ordinary shares on behalf of Gaoxin.

On October 20, 2021, the Company’s authorized and issued shares of par value HK$0.01 each was subdivided into 100 shares of par value HK$0.0001 each (the “Subdivision”), and following the Subdivision, the authorized share capital was HK$380,000 divided into 3,800,000,000 ordinary shares with a par value of HK$0.0001 each, and the issued share capital was HK$5,263.16 divided into 52,631,600 ordinary shares with a par value of HK$0.0001 each, with the shareholder’s shareholding ratio remaining unchanged.

Immediately following the Subdivision, the Company’s issued and outstanding ordinary shares were re-designated and re-classified such that the authorized share capital was HK$380,000 divided into 3,800,000,000 shares of a nominal or par value of HK$0.0001 each, comprising of 2,000,000,000 Class A ordinary shares of a nominal or par value of HK$0.0001 each, 1,000,000,000 Class B ordinary shares of a nominal or par value of HK$0.0001 each, and 800,000,000 preference shares of a nominal or par value of HK$0.0001 each.

All of the 52,631,600 then-authorized and issued ordinary shares were re-classified and re-designated into Class A ordinary shares on a one-to-one basis, and 26,315,800 of the Class A ordinary shares, being 26,315,800 of the 35,263,100 issued and outstanding shares registered in the name of Aster Excellent Limited, were then re-classified and re-designated into an equal number of Class B ordinary shares. Holders of Class A ordinary shares and Class B ordinary shares have the same rights except for voting, transfer and conversion rights. Each Class A ordinary share is entitled to one vote, and each Class B ordinary share is entitled to ten votes. Each Class B ordinary share is convertible into one Class A ordinary share at any time by the holder thereof, while Class A ordinary shares are not convertible into Class B ordinary shares under any circumstances.

F-23

Table of Contents

PLANET IMAGE INTERNATIONAL LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Amount in thousands of U.S. dollars, except share and per share data)

13.    Equity (cont.)

As of December 31, 2019 and 2020, the Company’s authorized and issued Class A ordinary shares were 2,000,000,000 and 26,315,800, respectively, and the Company’s authorized and issued Class B ordinary shares were 1,000,000,000 and 26,315,800, respectively, on a retrospective basis to reflect the share split, re-designation and reclassification.

Preferred shares

As of December 31, 2019 and 2020, the Company’s authorized preferred shares were 800,000,000 on a retrospective basis following the Subdivision on October 20, 2021, and no preferred share was issued. The classes or series of preferred shares including designations, powers, preferences and relative, participating, optional and other rights, if any, and the qualifications, limitations and restrictions thereof, if any, including, without limitation, the number of shares constituting each such class or series, dividend rights, conversion rights, redemption privileges, voting powers, full or limited or no voting powers, and liquidation will be fixed upon each issuance.

14.    RESTRICTED NET ASSETS

A significant portion of the Group’s operations are conducted through its PRC (excluding Hong Kong) subsidiaries, the Company’s ability to pay dividends is primarily dependent on receiving distributions of funds from our subsidiaries. Relevant PRC statutory laws and regulations permit payments of dividends by our subsidiaries only out of their retained earnings, if any, as determined in accordance with PRC accounting standards and regulations, and after it has met the PRC requirements for appropriation to statutory reserves. The Group is required to make appropriations to certain reserve funds, comprising the statutory surplus reserve and the discretionary surplus reserve, based on after-tax net income determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles of the PRC (“PRC GAAP”). Appropriations to the statutory surplus reserve are required to be at least 10% of the after-tax net income determined in accordance with PRC GAAP until the reserve is equal to 50% of the entity’s registered capital. Appropriations to the surplus reserve are made at the discretion of the Board of Directors. Paid-in capital of our subsidiaries included in the Company’s consolidated net assets are also non-distributable for dividend purposes.

As a result of these PRC laws and regulations, the Company’s PRC subsidiaries are restricted in their ability to transfer a portion of their net assets to the Company. As of December 31, 2019 and 2020, net assets restricted in the aggregate, which include paid-in capital and statutory reserve funds of the Company’s subsidiaries, that are included in the Company’s consolidated net assets were approximately $17,511 and $17,800, respectively.

15.    RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Related parties

The Company’s related parties with which the Group had transactions include its affiliates, any director or executive officers of the Company and his or her immediate family members, as well as any shareholders owning more than 5% of the Company’s ordinary shares.

As of December 31, 2019, there was a total amount of $762 due from its related parties, including a balance of $43 due from one of its vice presidents, and a balance of $719 due from another vice president, which were both interest free. The entire balance of dues from related parties were fully collected in 2020. There was no balance due from related parties as of December 31, 2020.

The Group provided interest-bearing loan to one of its shareholders since 2016, in a total amount of $9,182 with annual rate of 5.6%, which was collected in 2019 along with accrued interests of $2,059.

The Company’s certain related parties, including its controlling shareholder and director, one of its executive officers and one shareholder owning more than 10% of the Company’s stock, provided their personal guarantees for one of its bank loans in the amount of $9,174 and $8,622 from Bank of China Xinyu Branch as of December 31,

F-24

Table of Contents

PLANET IMAGE INTERNATIONAL LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Amount in thousands of U.S. dollars, except share and per share data)

15.    RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS (cont.)

2019 and 2020, respectively, and another bank loan in the amount of $4,311 from Agriculture Bank of China Xinyu Branch as of December 31, 2019, and an institutional guarantee for a loan from Export-Import Bank of China Jiangxi Branch in the amount of $7,033 as of December 31, 2020.

16.    SEGMENT INFORMATION

An operating segment is a component of the Company that engages in business activities from which it may earn revenues and incur expenses, and is identified on the basis of the internal financial reports that are provided to and regularly reviewed by the Company’s chief operating decision maker in order to allocate resources and assess performance of the segment.

In accordance with ASC 280, Segment Reporting, operating segments are defined as components of an enterprise about which separate financial information is available that is evaluated regularly by the chief operating decision maker (“CODM”), or decision-making group, in deciding how to allocate resources and in assessing performance. The Company uses the “management approach” in determining reportable operating segments. The management approach considers the internal organization and reporting used by the Company’s chief operating decision maker for making operating decisions and assessing performance as the source for determining the Company’s reportable segments. The Company’s CODM has been identified as the chief executive officer (the “CEO”), who reviews consolidated results when making decisions about allocating resources and assessing performance of the Group. The Company has determined that there is only one reportable operating segment since the manufacturing and sales of products are viewed as an integrated business process and allocation of the resources and assessment of the performance are not separately evaluated by the Company’s CODM.

Revenue by sales channel

The Group’s revenue derived from different channels for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020, are as below:

     

For the Years Ended
December 31,

   

2019

 

2020

   

USD

 

USD

Offline

 

$

85,363

 

$

97,184

Online

 

 

30,077

 

 

35,607

Total

 

$

115,440

 

$

132,791

Geographic information

The majority of the Group’s revenue for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020 was generated from Europe, North America and Others. The following table sets forth the disaggregation of revenue by geographic area:

     

For the Years Ended
December 31,

   

2019

 

2020

   

USD

 

USD

North America

 

$

70,444

 

$

72,568

Europe

 

 

43,413

 

 

56,892

Others

 

 

1,583

 

 

3,331

Total

 

$

115,440

 

$

132,791

As of December 31, 2019 and 2020, the Group’s 96.50% and 95.45% of long-lived assets, except for several right-of-use assets of overseas leasing, are located in the PRC.

F-25

Table of Contents

PLANET IMAGE INTERNATIONAL LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Amount in thousands of U.S. dollars, except share and per share data)

17.    COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Guarantee

On January 11, 2019, Jiangxi Yibo entered into an agreement to provide a guarantee to a third party on a credit facility of bank loan in the amount of $2,587 (RMB18,000) for a one-year term. The Group did not record any guarantee liability considering that the possibility of the third party’s default on the borrowing was remote. The third party subsequently repaid the bank loan in January 2020 and the guarantee provided by Jiangxi Yibo was terminated accordingly.

Contingencies

In the ordinary course of business, the Group may be subject to legal proceedings regarding contractual and employment relationships and a variety of other matters. The Group records contingent liabilities resulting from such claims, when a loss is assessed to be probable and the amount of the loss is reasonably estimable.

From August 2018 to November 2018, Yorktown Industries, Inc. dba Concord Supplies and Yorktown Industries Indiana, Inc. (collectively as “Yorktown”) had purchased our products with a total value of approximately $129, which have not yet been paid. On February 5, 2019, we filed a lawsuit against Yorktown at the Superior Court of California, County of Orange (Sate Court) against Yorktown for damages (the “Yorktown Case One”). On April 15, 2019, this case was removed to the United States District Court of the Central District of California. On June 11, 2019, this case was ordered to be transferred to the United States Court of Northern District of Illinois.

In November 2018, Aster U.S. and Yorktown entered into a Supplier Agreement which Yorktown agreed to order goods from Aster U.S. The Supplier Agreement contains a provision which Aster U.S. agreed to offer Yorktown the “most favored customer status” with regard to the pricing, comparing to any other similarly situated customer. On January 3, 2019, Yorktown filed a lawsuit against Aster for damages that Aster offered lower price to third parties and therefore breached the “most favored customer clause” contained in the contract, at the Illinois Circuit Court of Cook County (State Court). (the “Yorktown Case Two”) This case was later removed to the United States Court of the Northern District of Illinois on April 9, 2019.

Subject to court order, Yorktown Case One and Yorktown Case Two were consolidated on August 22, 2019 (the “Yorktown Cases”). According to the latest progress of the Yorktown Cases, the fact discovery deadline has been extended to October 30, 2021. Aster U.S. and Yorktown shall file a joint status report confirming the completion of fact discovery and report whether they are mutually interested in scheduling a settlement conference with the State Court by November 8, 2021.

As of the date of this report, the Yorktown Cases are still in progress. Although the outcomes of these legal proceedings cannot be predicted, the Group’s legal counsel on these cases believes that Aster U.S. is likely to prevail in the Yorktown Cases due to Yorktown’ lack of merits of its claim. Therefore, the Group did not record any liability regarding Yorktown Case two. As of December 31, 2020, the Company had no other outstanding litigation.

18.    SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

Loan

On January 6, 2021, the Group entered into a loan agreement with Agricultural Bank of China (“ABC”) in the amount of $4,587 (RMB30,000) with a one-year term and an annual interest rate of 5.45% in order to supplement its working capital needs.

On May 11, 2021, the Group entered into another loan agreement with ABC in the same amount of $4,587 (RMB30,000) with a one-year term and an annual interest rate of 5.00% to be used for working capital.

F-26

Table of Contents

PLANET IMAGE INTERNATIONAL LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Amount in thousands of U.S. dollars, except share and per share data)

18.    SUBSEQUENT EVENTS (cont.)

On June 28, 2021, July 6, 2021, and July 19, 2021, the Group entered into three loan agreements with Bank of China in the amount of $1,453 (RMB9,500), $2,294 (RMB15,000) and $2,294 (RMB15,000), respectively, with a one-year term and an annual interest rate of 4.35% to supplement working capital.

All bank loans were guaranteed by one of the executive officers and directors of the Company and another shareholder who holds more than 10% equity interest of the Company.

Share split, re-designation and reclassification

On October 20, 2021, the Company’s authorized and issued shares of par value HK$0.01 each was subdivided into 100 shares of par value HK$0.0001 each, and following the Subdivision, the authorized share capital was HK$380,000 divided into 3,800,000,000 ordinary shares with a par value of HK$0.0001 each, and the issued share capital was HK$5,263.16 divided into 52,631,600 ordinary shares with a par value of HK$0.0001 each, with the shareholder’s shareholding ratio remaining unchanged.

Immediately following the Subdivision, the Company’s issued and outstanding ordinary shares were re-designated and re-classified such that the authorized share capital was HK$380,000 divided into 3,800,000,000 shares of a nominal or par value of HK$0.0001 each, comprising of 2,000,000,000 Class A ordinary shares of a nominal or par value of HK$0.0001 each, 1,000,000,000 Class B ordinary shares of a nominal or par value of HK$0.0001 each, and 800,000,000 preference shares of a nominal or par value of HK$0.0001 each.

All of the 52,631,600 then-authorized and issued ordinary shares were re-classified and re-designated into Class A ordinary shares on a one-to-one basis, and 26,315,800 of the Class A ordinary shares, being 26,315,800 of the 35,263,100 issued and outstanding shares registered in the name of Aster Excellent Limited, were then re-classified and re-designated into an equal number of Class B ordinary shares. Holders of Class A ordinary shares and Class B ordinary shares have the same rights except for voting, transfer and conversion rights. Each Class A ordinary share is entitled to one vote, and each Class B ordinary share is entitled to ten votes. Each Class B ordinary share is convertible into one Class A ordinary share at any time by the holder thereof, while Class A ordinary shares are not convertible into Class B ordinary shares under any circumstances.

Entering into Intended Extension of Date Specified in The First Redemption Event of Redeemable Ordinary Shares

On March 9, 2022, the Group entered into an intended supplementary agreement with Gaoxin to extend the date specified in the first Redemption Event for twelve months to March 31, 2023. The Group is going through necessary governmental approval procedures to enter into a formal supplementary agreement with Gaoxin which are expect to be completed by the end of March 2022. As of the date of this report, the Group assessed that these ordinary shares issued to Gaoxin will be unlikely to become redeemable as the Redemption Events are not estimated to occur. Accordingly, subsequent adjustment of the amount presented in mezzanine equity is unnecessary.

19.    CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION OF THE PARENT COMPANY

The Company performed a test on the restricted net assets of consolidated subsidiary in accordance with U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission Regulation S-X Rule 4-08 (e) (3), “General Notes to Financial Statements” and concluded that it was applicable for the Company to disclose the financial statements for the parent company.

The condensed financial information of the parent company, Planet Image, has been prepared using the same accounting policies as set out in Planet Image’s consolidated financial statements except that the parent company has used equity method to account for its investment in its subsidiaries.

F-27

Table of Contents

PLANET IMAGE INTERNATIONAL LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Amount in thousands of U.S. dollars, except share and per share data)

19.    CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION OF THE PARENT COMPANY (cont.)

Planet Image’s share of income and losses from its subsidiaries is reported as losses from subsidiaries in the accompanying condensed financial information of parent company.

Planet Image is incorporated in the Cayman Islands. Under the current laws of the Cayman Islands, Planet Image is not subject to income or capital gains taxes. In addition, dividend payments are not subject to withholdings tax in the Cayman Islands.

Planet Image did not have significant capital and other commitments, long-term obligations, or guarantees as of December 31, 2019 and 2020.

Condensed balance sheets

 

As of December 31,

   

2019

 

2020

Assets

 

 

   

 

 

Current assets

 

 

   

 

 

Cash

 

$

752

 

$

1,407

Amount due from subsidiaries

 

 

13,650

 

 

14,535

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

 

 

 

 

7

Total current assets

 

 

14,402

 

 

15,949

   

 

   

 

 

Non-current assets

 

 

   

 

 

Investments in subsidiaries

 

 

7,002

 

 

11,258

Total assets

 

$

21,404

 

$

27,207

   

 

   

 

 

Liabilities and shareholders’ equity

 

 

   

 

 

Current liabilities

 

 

   

 

 

Accrued liabilities and other current liabilities

 

 

27

 

 

801

Total current liabilities

 

$

27

 

$

801

   

 

   

 

 

Mezzanine equity

 

 

   

 

 

Redeemable ordinary shares (10,526,300 Class A shares at approximately $1.34 per share as of December 31, 2019 and 2020)*

 

 

14,104

 

 

14,104

   

 

   

 

 

Shareholders’ equity

 

 

   

 

 

Preferred shares (par value of HK$0.0001 per share; 800,000,000 preferred shares authorized, nil preferred shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2019 and 2020, respectively)*

 

 

 

 

Ordinary shares (par value of HK$0.0001 per share; 2,000,000,000 Class A ordinary shares authorized, 15,789,500 Class A ordinary shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2019 and 2020, respectively; 1,000,000,000 Class B ordinary shares authorized, 26,315,800 Class B ordinary shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2019 and 2020, respectively)*

 

 

1

 

 

1

Additional paid-in capital

 

 

833

 

 

833

Retained earnings

 

 

5,047

 

 

9,281

Accumulated other comprehensive income

 

 

1,392

 

 

2,187

Total shareholders’ equity

 

 

7,273

 

 

12,302

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity

 

$

21,404

 

$

27,207

____________

*        Shares are related to the reorganization for the founding shareholders are presented on a retroactive basis to reflect the reorganization and 1-to-100 share split. See “Note 13 — Equity”.

F-28

Table of Contents

PLANET IMAGE INTERNATIONAL LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Amount in thousands of U.S. dollars, except share and per share data)

19.    CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION OF THE PARENT COMPANY (cont.)

Condensed statements of comprehensive income

 

For the years ended
December 31,

   

2019

 

2020

Operating income (expense):

 

 

   

 

 

 

Share of income from subsidiaries

 

$

9,043

 

$

3,459

 

General and administrative expenses

 

 

 

 

(76

)

Total operating income

 

 

9,043

 

 

3,383

 

   

 

   

 

 

 

Interest income

 

 

270

 

 

851

 

   

 

   

 

 

 

Income before income tax expense

 

 

9,313

 

 

4,234

 

Income tax expense

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

 

9,313

 

 

4,234

 

   

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income

 

 

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income

 

$

9,313

 

$

4,234

 

Condensed statements of cash flows

 

For the years ended
December 31,

   

2019

 

2020

Net cash generated from operating activities

 

$

752

 

$

655

Net cash generated from investing activities

 

 

 

 

Net cash generated from financing activities

 

 

 

 

Net increase in cash

 

 

752

 

 

655

Cash at beginning of year

 

 

 

 

752

Cash at end of year

 

$

752

 

$

1,407

F-29

Table of Contents

PLANET IMAGE INTERNATIONAL LIMITED
UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(Amount in thousands of U.S. dollars, except for share and per share data)

 

As of

   

December 31,
2020

 

June 30,
2021

       

(Unaudited)

Assets

 

 

   

 

 

Current assets:

 

 

   

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

27,971

 

$

34,354

Restricted cash

 

 

10,403

 

 

5,758

Accounts receivable, net

 

 

24,362

 

 

20,889

Inventories, net

 

 

29,195

 

 

26,978

Advance to suppliers

 

 

2,009

 

 

1,445

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

 

 

3,345

 

 

2,910

Total current assets

 

 

97,285

 

 

92,334

   

 

   

 

 

Non-current assets:

 

 

   

 

 

Property, plant and equipment, net

 

 

5,985

 

 

6,420

Intangible asset, net

 

 

2,919

 

 

2,907

Right-of-use assets

 

 

4,625

 

 

4,129

Deferred tax assets

 

 

472

 

 

1,150

Other non-current assets

 

 

1,089

 

 

1,080

Total non-current assets

 

 

15,090

 

 

15,686

TOTAL ASSETS

 

$

112,375

 

$

108,020

   

 

   

 

 

Liabilities, Mezzanine Equity and Shareholders’ Equity

 

 

   

 

 

Current liabilities:

 

 

   

 

 

Short-term borrowings

 

$

29,127

 

$

34,089

Accounts payable

 

 

42,946

 

 

29,483

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

 

 

7,922

 

 

6,083

Operating lease liabilities – current

 

 

1,330

 

 

1,322

Taxes payable

 

 

823

 

 

1,988

Total current liabilities

 

 

82,148

 

 

72,965

   

 

   

 

 

Non-current liabilities:

 

 

   

 

 

Operating lease liabilities – non current

 

 

3,507

 

 

3,043

Deferred tax liabilities

 

 

314

 

 

411

Total non – current liabilities

 

 

3,821

 

 

3,454

TOTAL LIABILITIES

 

$

85,969

 

$

76,419

   

 

   

 

 

Commitments and Contingencies

 

 

   

 

 
   

 

   

 

 

Mezzanine equity

 

 

   

 

 

Redeemable ordinary shares (10,526,300 Class A shares issued and outstanding at approximately $1.34 per share as of December 31, 2020 and June 30, 2021)*

 

 

14,104

 

 

14,104

   

 

   

 

 

Shareholders’ equity

 

 

   

 

 

Ordinary shares (par value of HK$0.0001 per share; 2,000,000,000 Class A ordinary shares authorized, 15,789,500 Class A ordinary shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2020 and June 30, 2021, respectively; 1,000,000,000 Class B ordinary shares authorized, 26,315,800 Class B ordinary shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2020 and June 30, 2021, respectively)*

 

 

1

 

 

1

Preferred shares (par value of HK$0.0001 per share; 800,000,000 preferred shares authorized, nil preferred shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2020 and June 30, 2021, respectively)*

 

 

 

 

Additional paid-in capital

 

 

833

 

 

833

Retained earnings

 

 

9,281

 

 

15,838

Accumulated other comprehensive income

 

 

2,187

 

 

825

Total shareholders’ equity

 

 

12,302

 

 

17,497

TOTAL LIABILITIES, MEZZANINE EQUITY AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

 

$

112,375

 

$

108,020

____________

*        Shares are related to the reorganization for the founding shareholders are presented on a retroactive basis to reflect the reorganization and 1-to-100 share split. See “Note 13 — Equity”.

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements.

F-30

Table of Contents

PLANET IMAGE INTERNATIONAL LIMITED
UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME AND
COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
(Amount in thousands of U.S. dollars, except for share and per share data)

 

For the six months ended June 30,

   

2020

 

2021

Net revenue

 

$

58,931

 

 

$

71,684

 

Cost of revenues

 

 

(36,183

)

 

 

(43,749

)

Gross profit

 

 

22,748

 

 

 

27,935

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Selling expenses

 

 

(14,381

)

 

 

(15,663

)

General and administrative expenses

 

 

(3,998

)

 

 

(3,004

)

Research and development expenses

 

 

(1,838

)

 

 

(2,667

)

Total operating expenses

 

 

(20,217

)

 

 

(21,334

)

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income from operations

 

 

2,531

 

 

 

6,601

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other income/(expenses):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other non-operating income, net

 

 

183

 

 

 

792

 

Government subsidy

 

 

432

 

 

 

228

 

Financial and interest expenses, net

 

 

(962

)

 

 

(272

)

Total other (expenses)/income

 

 

(347

)

 

 

748

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income before income tax expense

 

 

2,184

 

 

 

7,349

 

Income tax expense

 

 

(292

)

 

 

(792

)

Net income

 

 

1,892

 

 

 

6,557

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Foreign currency translation adjustment

 

 

365

 

 

 

(1,362

)

Total comprehensive income

 

$

2,257

 

 

$

5,195

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income per share

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic and Diluted

 

$

0.04

 

 

$

0.16

 

Weighted average shares

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic and Diluted*

 

 

42,105,300

 

 

 

42,105,300

 

____________

*        Shares are related to the reorganization for the founding shareholders are presented on a retroactive basis to reflect the reorganization and 1-to-100 share split. See “Note 13 — Equity”.

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements.

F-31

Table of Contents

PLANET IMAGE INTERNATIONAL LIMITED
UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN
SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
(Amount in thousands of U.S. dollars, except for share and per share data)

 



Preferred shares

 



Ordinary shares

 

Additional paid-in capital

 

Retained earnings

 

Accumulated other comprehensive income

 

Total shareholder’s equity

   

Share*

 

Amount

 

Share*

 

Amount

 

Balance as of December 31, 2019

 

 

$

 

42,105,300

 

$

1

 

$

833

 

$

5,047

 

$

1,392

 

 

$

7,273

 

Net income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,892

 

 

 

 

 

1,892

 

Foreign currency translation adjustment

 

 

 

 

 

 

— 

 

 

 

 

 

 

365

 

 

 

365

 

Balance as of June 30, 2020

 

 

 

 

42,105,300

 

 

1

 

 

833

 

 

6,939

 

 

1,757

 

 

 

9,530

 

       

 

       

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2020

 

 

$

 

42,105,300

 

$

1

 

$

833

 

$

9,281

 

$

2,187

 

 

$

12,302

 

Net income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6,557

 

 

 

 

 

6,557

 

Foreign currency translation adjustment

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1,362

)

 

 

(1,362

)

Balance as of June 30, 2021

 

 

$

 

42,105,300

 

$

1

 

$

833

 

$

15,838

 

$

825

 

 

$

17,497

 

____________

*        Shares are related to the reorganization for the founding shareholders are presented on a retroactive basis to reflect the reorganization and 1-to-100 share split. See “Note 13 — Equity”.

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements.

F-32

Table of Contents

PLANET IMAGE INTERNATIONAL LIMITED
UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(Amount in thousands of U.S. dollars, except for share and per share data)

 

For the six months ended June 30,

   

2020

 

2021

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

$

1,892

 

 

$

6,557

 

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash used in operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Change in allowance for doubtful accounts

 

 

49

 

 

 

83

 

Change in inventory reserve

 

 

(815

)

 

 

348

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

556

 

 

 

758

 

Amortization of right-of-use assets

 

 

708

 

 

 

707

 

Loss from the disposal of property and equipment

 

 

4

 

 

 

2

 

Deferred income tax expenses/(benefits)

 

 

212

 

 

 

(581

)

Changes in operating assets and liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts receivable

 

 

(2,632

)

 

 

3,389

 

Inventories

 

 

(1,586

)

 

 

1,868

 

Advance to suppliers

 

 

(556

)

 

 

563

 

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

 

 

247

 

 

 

436

 

Other non-current assets

 

 

4

 

 

 

9

 

Accounts payable

 

 

3,918

 

 

 

(13,918

)

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

 

 

(1,966

)

 

 

(2,167

)

Operating lease liabilities

 

 

(691

)

 

 

(682

)

Taxes payable

 

 

(407

)

 

 

1,165

 

Net cash used in operating activities

 

 

(1,063

)

 

 

(1,463

)

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Payments for acquisition of property, plant and equipment

 

 

(433

)

 

 

(717

)

Proceeds from repayment of related party loans

 

 

748

 

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

 

 

315

 

 

 

(717

)

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Proceeds from bank loans

 

 

5,617

 

 

 

10,731

 

Repayments of bank loans

 

 

(5,617

)

 

 

(6,099

)

Net cash provided by financing activities

 

 

 

 

 

4,632

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Effect of exchange rate changes

 

 

67

 

 

 

(714

)

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net (decrease)/increase in cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash

 

 

(681

)

 

 

1,738

 

Cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash, at beginning of period

 

 

35,663

 

 

 

38,374

 

Cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash, at end of period

 

$

34,982

 

 

$

40,112

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash paid for income tax

 

$

27

 

 

$

123

 

Cash paid for interest

 

$

889

 

 

$

979

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF NON-CASH FLOW INFORMATION:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accrual for purchase of property, plant and equipment included in accrued expenses and other payables

 

$

31

 

 

$

328

 

Obtaining right-of-use assets in exchange for operating lease liabilities

 

$

118

 

 

$

211

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements.

F-33

Table of Contents

PLANET IMAGE INTERNATIONAL LIMITED
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Amount in thousands of U.S. dollars, except share and per share data)

1.    ORGANIZATION AND PRINCIPAL ACTIVITIES

(a)    Principal activities

Planet Image International Limited (“Planet Image” or the “Company”) was incorporated in the Cayman Islands on August 5, 2019 under the Cayman Islands Companies Act. The Company through its consolidated subsidiaries (collectively, the “Group”) is principally engaged in the manufacturing and sale of compatible toner cartridges with its manufacturing facilities based in the People’s Republic of China (the “PRC” or “China”). The majority of the Company’s products are sold in the United States of America (the “U.S.”) and Europe, including on an ODM basis and throughout distributors or online sales.

(b)    Organization

Planet Image was incorporated as an ultimate holding company in the Cayman Islands on August 5, 2019.

Plant image owns 100% equity interest of Aster Graphics Company Limited (“Aster BVI”), Aster Industrial Limited (“Aster Industrial”) and Lucky Knot Limited (“Lucky Knot”), all established as investment holding companies in the British Virgin Islands.

Aster Graphics Company Limited (“Aster HK”), a wholly-owned subsidiary of Aster Industrial, and Aster Online Company Limited (“Aster Online”), a wholly-owned subsidiary of Lucky Knot, were both incorporated under the laws of Hong Kong, China., while Aster Graphics, Inc. (“Aster US”), a company incorporated in the State of California in March 2011 and Aster Technology Holland B.V. (“Aster NL”), a company incorporated in the Netherlands in July 2011, were both 100% owned by Aster BVI.

Jiangxi Yibo E-Tech Co., Ltd. (“Jiangxi Yibo”), was established under the laws of the PRC in January 2011 and along with its subsidiaries, are the Group’s main operating entities in China.

Prior to the Reorganization described below, Jiangxi Yibo was controlled by several individual shareholders. A reorganization of the Company’s legal structure (“Reorganization”) was completed in March 2020. The Reorganization involved the following major events:

•        Formation of Planet Image, Aster BVI, Aster Industrial, Lucky Knot, Aster HK and Aster Online;

•        Transfer of 95% equity interests of Jiangxi Yibo from several of its former shareholders to Aster HK and 5% equity interests of Jiangxi Yibo from a former shareholder to Aster Online and then to Aster HK, and as a result, Jiangxi Yibo became a wholly-owned subsidiary of Aster HK; meanwhile the total consideration of $15,083 (RMB100,000) that received by the former shareholders of Jiangxi Yibo was not injected to the Company during the Reorganization and was deemed as a return of capital that led to their dilutive proportion of shareholding in the Company;

•        Transfer of 100% equity interests of Aster US and Aster NL to Aster BVI, and as a result Aster US and Aster NL became wholly-owned subsidiaries of Aster BVI; and

•        Transfer of 100% equity interests of Aster Supplies GmbH (“Aster Germany”), Aster Technology Italia S.R.L. (“Aster Italy”) and Aster Technology France (“Aster France”) to Aster NL, and as a result Aster Germany, Aster Italy and Aster France became wholly-owned subsidiaries of Aster NL.

Upon the completion of the above Reorganization, Plant Image became the ultimate holding company of the Group. The Company is effectively controlled by the same group of shareholders before and after the Reorganization and therefore the Reorganization is considered as a recapitalization of these entities under common control. The consolidation of the Company and its subsidiaries has been accounted for at historical cost and prepared on the basis as if the aforementioned transactions had become effective as of the beginning of the first period presented in the accompanying unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements.

F-34

Table of Contents

PLANET IMAGE INTERNATIONAL LIMITED
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Amount in thousands of U.S. dollars, except share and per share data)

1.    ORGANIZATION AND PRINCIPAL ACTIVITIES (cont.)

As of June 30, 2021, the details of the Company’s subsidiaries are as follows. All subsidiaries of the Group are all wholly-owned by the Company through equity investment.

Entity

 

Date of incorporation

 

Place of incorporation

 

Percentage
of direct
ownership

 

Principal activities

Aster BVI

 

February 25, 2011

 

BVI

 

100%

 

Investment holding

Lucky Knot Limited

 

July 18, 2019

 

BVI

 

100%

 

Investment holding

Aster Industrial Limited

 

August 8, 2019

 

BVI

 

100%

 

Investment holding

Aster Online

 

August 15, 2019

 

Hong Kong

 

100%

 

Investment holding

Aster HK

 

August 16, 2019

 

Hong Kong

 

100%

 

Sales of compatible toner cartridges

Aster Graphics, Inc. (“Aster U.S.”)

 

March 1, 2011

 

U.S.

 

100%

 

Sales of compatible toner cartridges in the U.S.

Aster NL

 

July 8, 2011

 

Netherlands

 

100%

 

Sales of compatible toner cartridges in Europe

Jiangxi Yibo

 

January 12, 2011

 

PRC

 

100%

 

Manufacture of compatible toner cartridges in the PRC

Aster Germany

 

September 25, 2018

 

Germany

 

100%

 

Sales of compatible toner cartridges in Europe

Aster Italy

 

May 7, 2018

 

Italy

 

100%

 

Sales of compatible toner cartridges in Europe

Aster France

 

April 3, 2019

 

France

 

100%

 

Sales of compatible toner cartridges in Europe

Jiangxi Leibotai Electronic Technology Co., Ltd (“Jiangxi Leibotai”)

 

June 26, 2012

 

PRC

 

100%

 

Provision of procurement services in the PRC

Zhongshan Yantuo Printer Equipment Co., Ltd (“Zhongshan Yantuo”)(1)

 

April 8, 2013

 

PRC

 

100%

 

Provision of sales management services in
the
 PRC

Shenzhen Dinghong Shengda E-commerce Co., Ltd. (“Shenzhen Dinghong”)

 

February 28, 2020

 

PRC

 

100%

 

Provision of sales management services in the PRC

Aster Technology UK Ltd (“Aster UK”)

 

January 21, 2019

 

United Kingdom

 

100%

 

Sales of compatible toner cartridges in Europe

Peony Trade Co., Limited

 

March 9, 2020

 

Hong Kong

 

100%

 

Investment holding

White Poplar Co., Limited

 

March 9, 2020

 

Hong Kong

 

100%

 

Investment holding

Joyful Product Trade Co., Limited

 

March 9, 2020

 

Hong Kong

 

100%

 

Investment holding

Grand Future Trade Co., Limited

 

March 9, 2020

 

Hong Kong

 

100%

 

Investment holding

Oriental Poetry Co., Limited

 

March 5, 2020

 

Hong Kong

 

100%

 

Investment holding

Prosperity Product Trade Co., Limited

 

March 9, 2020

 

Hong Kong

 

100%

 

Investment holding

Atlantic Marketing Co., Limited

 

March 5, 2020

 

Hong Kong

 

100%

 

Investment holding

Pigeon King Co., Limited

 

March 9, 2020

 

Hong Kong

 

100%

 

Investment holding

Dragon Product Trade Co., Limited

 

March 9, 2020

 

Hong Kong

 

100%

 

Investment holding

Plum Blossom Co., Limited

 

March 9, 2020

 

Hong Kong

 

100%

 

Investment holding

Blue Ocean Product Trade Co., Limited

 

March 9, 2020

 

Hong Kong

 

100%

 

Investment holding

Your Office Supplies Company Limited

 

June 23, 2016

 

Hong Kong

 

100%

 

Online sales of compatible toner cartridges

I print Enterprise Limited

 

June 14, 2016

 

Hong Kong

 

100%

 

Online sales of compatible toner cartridges

Amstech Limited

 

May 25, 2016

 

Hong Kong

 

100%

 

Online sales of compatible toner cartridges

Aztech Enterprise Limited

 

May 25, 2016

 

Hong Kong

 

100%

 

Online sales of compatible toner cartridges

Supplies4u Limited

 

March 29, 2017

 

Hong Kong

 

100%

 

Online sales of compatible toner cartridges

Access Supplies Limited

 

March 31, 2017

 

Hong Kong

 

100%

 

Online sales of compatible toner cartridges

Dellon Technology Company Limited

 

February 7, 2018

 

Hong Kong

 

100%

 

Online sales of compatible toner cartridges

Proimage B.V.

 

July 21, 2014

 

Netherlands

 

100%

 

Online sales of compatible toner cartridges

Eco Imaging Inc.

 

February 23, 2012

 

U.S.

 

100%

 

Online sales of compatible toner cartridges

Revol Trading Inc.

 

November 9, 2012

 

U.S.

 

100%

 

Online sales of compatible toner cartridges

Intercon International Corp.

 

November 14, 2012

 

U.S.

 

100%

 

Online sales of compatible toner cartridges

____________

(1)      Aster UK is a directly wholly-owned subsidiary of Zhongshan Yantuo through equity investment.

F-35

Table of Contents

PLANET IMAGE INTERNATIONAL LIMITED
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Amount in thousands of U.S. dollars, except share and per share data)

2.    SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

(a)    Basis of presentation

The accompanying unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”) and pursuant to the rules and regulations of the Securities Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) and have been consistently applied. The unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements include the financial statements of the Company, its subsidiaries. All inter-company balances and transactions have been eliminated upon consolidation. Certain information or footnote disclosures normally included in financial statements prepared in accordance with GAAP have been condensed or omitted, pursuant to the rules and regulations of the SEC for interim financial reporting. Accordingly, they do not include all the information and footnotes necessary for a comprehensive presentation of financial position, results of operations, or cash flows. In the opinion of management, the accompanying unaudited condensed financial statements include all adjustments, consisting of a normal recurring nature, which are necessary for a fair presentation of the financial position, operating results, and cash flows for the periods presented. Operating results for the interim period ended June 30, 2021 are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2021.

(b)    Principles of consolidation

The unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements include the financial statements of the Company and its subsidiaries. All intercompany transactions and balances among the Company and its subsidiaries have been eliminated upon consolidation.

(c)     Use of estimates

The preparation of the unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities at the balance sheet date and revenues and expenses during the reporting periods. Significant accounting estimates include, but not limited to allowance for doubtful accounts, impairment provision for inventories, useful lives and impairment of long-lived assets, accounting for deferred income taxes and valuation allowance for deferred tax assets. Changes in facts and circumstances may result in revised estimates. Actual results could differ from those estimates, and as such, differences may be material to the consolidated financial statements.

(d)    Foreign currencies and foreign currency translation

The functional and reporting currency of the Company is the United States Dollar (“US$”). The Company’s operating subsidiaries in China, Europe and the United States use their respective currencies Renminbi (“RMB”), Euro (“EUR”) and US$ as their functional currencies.

The financial statements of Planet Image and its subsidiaries, other than subsidiaries with functional currency of US$, are translated into US$ using the exchange rate as of the balance sheet date for assets and liabilities and average exchange rate for the year for income and expense items. Assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies at the balance sheet date are translated at the applicable rates of exchange in effect at that date. The equity denominated in the functional currency is translated at the historical rate of exchange at the time of capital contribution.

Because cash flows are translated based on the average translation rate, amounts related to assets and liabilities reported on the consolidated statements of cash flows will not necessarily agree with changes in the corresponding balances on the consolidated balance sheets. Translation adjustments arising from the use of different exchange rates from period to period are included as a separate component of accumulated other comprehensive income included in consolidated statements of changes in shareholders’ equity. Gains and losses from foreign currency transactions are included in the Company’s consolidated statements of income and comprehensive income.

F-36

Table of Contents

PLANET IMAGE INTERNATIONAL LIMITED
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Amount in thousands of U.S. dollars, except share and per share data)

2.    SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (cont.)

The following table outlines the currency exchange rates that were used in preparing the consolidated financial statements:

 

June 30, 2020

 

December 31, 2020

 

June 30, 2021

   

Period-end
spot rate

 

Average
rate

 

Year-end
spot rate

 

Average
rate

 

Period-end
spot rate

 

Average
rate

US$ against RMB

 

US$1=RMB7.0721

 

US$1=RMB7.0323

 

US$1=RMB6.5402

 

US$1=RMB6.9061

 

UUS$1=RMB6.4683

 

US$1=RMB6.4767

US$ against EUR

 

US$1=EUR0.8929

 

US$1=EUR0.9050

 

US$1=EUR0.8197

 

US$1=EUR0.8759

 

US$1=EUR0.8403

 

US$1=EUR0.8316

(e)     Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents consist of cash on hand, cash in bank and fixed deposits with original maturities of less than three months. The Group maintains cash with various financial institutions primarily in China. As of December 31, 2020 and June 30, 2021, cash and cash equivalents balances were $27,971 and $34,354, respectively. The Group has not experienced any losses in bank accounts and believes it is not exposed to any risks on its cash in bank accounts.

(f)     Restricted Cash

Restricted cash mainly represents security deposits held in bank accounts for bank acceptance notes and cash pledged as collateral for bank borrowings.

(g)    Accounts Receivable, net

Accounts receivable represent the amounts that the Group has an unconditional right to consideration, which are stated at the original amount less an allowance for doubtful receivables. The Group reviews the accounts receivable on a periodic basis and makes general and specific allowances when there is doubt as to the collectability of individual balances. The Group usually determines the adequacy of reserves for doubtful accounts based on individual account analysis and historical collection trends. The Group establishes a provision for doubtful receivables when there is objective evidence that the Group may not be able to collect amounts due. The allowance is based on management’s best estimates of specific losses on individual exposures, as well as a provision on historical trends of collections. The provision is recorded against accounts receivables balances, with a corresponding charge recorded in the consolidated statements of income and comprehensive income. Delinquent account balances are written off against the allowance for doubtful accounts after management has determined that the likelihood of collection is remote.

(h)    Inventories, net

Inventories, primarily consisting of raw materials, semi-finished goods and finished goods, are stated at the lower of cost or net realizable value. Net realizable value is the estimated selling price in the normal course of business less any costs to complete and sell products. Cost of inventory is determined using the weighted average cost method. The Group records inventory impairment for obsolete and slow-moving inventories. Inventory impairment is based on inventory obsolescence trends, historical experience, forecasted consumer demand and application of the specific identification method. As of December 31, 2020 and June 30, 2021, the balances of impairment provision for inventories were $1,336 and $1,695, respectively.

F-37

Table of Contents

PLANET IMAGE INTERNATIONAL LIMITED
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Amount in thousands of U.S. dollars, except share and per share data)

2.    SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (cont.)

(i)     Property, plant and equipment, net

Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and impairment, if any, and depreciated on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the assets as follows:

 

Category

 

Estimated useful lives

Buildings

 

20 years

Leasehold improvements

 

lesser of useful life and lease term

Machinery and electronic equipment

 

2 – 10 years

Office equipment, furniture and fixtures

 

2 – 5 years

Automobile

 

3 – 5 years

Direct costs that are related to the construction of property, plant and equipment and incurred in connection with bringing the assets to their intended use are capitalized as construction in progress. Construction in progress is transferred to specific property, plant and equipment items and the depreciation of these assets commences when the assets are ready for their intended use.

Repair and maintenance costs are charged to expenses as incurred, whereas the cost of renewals and betterment that extends the useful lives of property, plant and equipment are capitalized as additions to the related assets. Retirements, sales and disposals of assets are recorded by removing the costs, accumulated depreciation and impairment with any resulting gain or loss recognized in the consolidated statements of income and other comprehensive income in other income or expenses.

(j)     Intangible asset, net

Intangible asset is carried at cost less accumulated amortization and any recorded impairment. Under the PRC law, all land in the PRC is owned by the government and cannot be sold to an individual or company. The government grants individuals and companies the right to use parcels of land for specified periods of time. Intangible asset is amortized using the straight-line approach over the estimated economic useful live of the asset as follows:

 

Category

 

Estimated
useful lives

Land use right

 

43 years

(k)    Impairment of long-lived assets

The Group reviews its long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may no longer be recoverable. When these events occur, the Group measures impairment by comparing the carrying value of the long-lived assets to the estimated undiscounted future cash flows expected to result from the use of the assets and their eventual disposition. If the sum of the expected undiscounted cash flow is less than the carrying amount of the assets, the Group would recognize an impairment loss, which is the excess of carrying amount over the fair value of the assets, using the expected future discounted cash flows. No impairments of long-lived assets were recognized as of December 31, 2020 and June 30, 2021.

(l)     Redeemable ordinary shares

The Company accounts for ordinary shares subject to possible redemption in accordance with ASC 480 “Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity.” Ordinary shares subject to conditional redemption rights that are either within the control of the holder or subject to redemption upon the occurrence of uncertain events not solely within the control of the Company is classified as mezzanine equity. The Company evaluates the probability of these redeemable ordinary shares becoming redeemable at each reporting date. If it is probable that the redeemable ordinary shares will become redeemable, the Company recognizes changes in redemption value

F-38

Table of Contents

PLANET IMAGE INTERNATIONAL LIMITED
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Amount in thousands of U.S. dollars, except share and per share data)

2.    SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (cont.)

immediately as they occur and adjusts the carrying value of the instrument to equal the redemption value at the end of each reporting period. Increases or decreases in the carrying amount of redeemable ordinary shares shall be affected by charges against retained earnings. Accordingly, if the ordinary shares are not currently redeemable and it is not probable that the ordinary shares will become redeemable, subsequent adjustment of the amount presented in temporary equity is unnecessary.

(m)   Fair value measurement

The Company applies ASC 820, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures, (‘‘ASC 820’’). ASC 820 defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. ASC 820 requires disclosures to be provided on fair value measurement.

ASC 820 establishes a three-tier fair value hierarchy, which prioritizes the inputs used in measuring fair value as follows:

•        Level 1 — Observable inputs that reflect quoted prices (unadjusted) for identical assets or liabilities in active markets.

•        Level 2 — Include other inputs that are directly or indirectly observable in the marketplace.

•        Level 3 — Unobservable inputs which are supported by little or no market activity.

ASC 820 describes three main approaches to measuring the fair value of assets and liabilities: (1) market approach; (2) income approach and (3) cost approach. The market approach uses prices and other relevant information generated from market transactions involving identical or comparable assets or liabilities. The income approach uses valuation techniques to convert future amounts to a single present value amount. The measurement is based on the value indicated by current market expectations about those future amounts. The cost approach is based on the amount that would currently be required to replace an asset.

Financial assets and liabilities of the Group primarily consisted of cash and cash equivalents, restricted cash, accounts receivable, other receivables included in prepayments and other current assets, short-term borrowings, accounts payable, other payables included in accrued expenses and other current liabilities. As of December 31, 2020 and June 30, 2021, the carrying amounts of financial instruments approximated to their fair values due to the short-term maturity of these instruments.

The Group’s non-financial assets, such as property and equipment and land-use-right, would be measured at fair value only if they were determined to be impaired.

(n)    Commitments and contingencies

In the normal course of business, the Group is subject to commitments and contingencies, including operating lease commitments and legal proceedings. The Group recognizes a liability for such contingency if it determines it is probable that a loss has occurred and a reasonable estimate of the loss can be made. The Group may consider many factors in making these assessments on liability for contingencies, including historical and the specific facts and circumstances of each matter.

(o)    Revenue recognition

In May 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606) (“ASC 606”), to provide principles within a single framework for revenue recognition of transactions involving contracts with customers across all industries. The standard allows for either a full retrospective or modified retrospective transition method. Additional amendments were subsequently issued by the FASB to clarify the implementation guidance. The Company adopted ASC 606, on January 1, 2019, and applied the modified retrospective transition approach

F-39

Table of Contents

PLANET IMAGE INTERNATIONAL LIMITED
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Amount in thousands of U.S. dollars, except share and per share data)

2.    SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (cont.)

which did not have impact on the beginning retained earnings on January 1, 2019. Revenues for the prior periods were not adjusted and continue to be presented under ASC Topic 605, Revenue Recognition. The Company’s revenue recognition policies effective on the adoption date of ASC 606 are presented as below.

The Group’s revenues are mainly generated from the sales of compatible toner cartridges through offline and online channels. The Group provides products: (i) to offline overseas customers who own their brands on an Original Design Manufacturer (“ODM”) basis; (ii) to offline overseas dealers who primarily resell our white-label products to end consumers; and (iii) directly to customers on a retail basis under our self-owned brands through online retail platforms. There is no major difference in terms of product capability between our ODM products, white-label products and self-own brand products, and the main difference lies in product packaging and pricing.

The Group usually enters into sales orders with customers or receives online sales orders, in which the Group identifies the only performance obligation is to transfer the promised products stated in the sales order. The Group performs shipping services before the products are delivered at the designated place. Shipping service is determined as an activity to fulfill the Group’s promise to transfer the products, rather than another distinct performance obligation as it is performed before the customers obtain control of the products. In the normal course of business, the Group’s warranties are limited to product specifications and the Company does not accept product returns unless the item is defective as manufactured. Accordingly, warranty costs are treated as a cost of fulfillment subject to accrual, rather than a performance obligation. The Company establishes provisions for both estimated returns and warranties when revenue is recognized.

Revenues represent the amount of consideration that the Group is entitled to, including products settlement price, net of value-added tax (“VAT”), surcharges, discounts and returns, if any. The transaction price is variable as adjusted by return allowances, rebates, which the Group estimates by using the expected value method and updates to represent faithfully the circumstances present at the end of the reporting period and the changes in circumstances during the reporting period. The Group recognizes revenue from the sales of compatible toner cartridges when the control of products is transferred to the customers upon customers’ acceptance. Payment is usually required within four months after the issuance of invoice for offline customers and the consideration of online orders is collected in advance of shipment by online platform. Therefore, it is probable that the Group will collect substantially all of the consideration without existence of any significant financing component.

Disaggregation of Revenue

The Group disaggregates its revenue from contracts by sales channel and region, as the Group believes it best depicts how the nature, amount, timing and uncertainty of the revenue and cash flows are affected by economic factors. The Group’s disaggregation of revenues for the six months ended June 30, 2020 and 2021 are disclosed in Note 16 of this consolidation financial statements.

Contract Balances

When either party to a revenue contract has performed, the Group presents the contract in the consolidated balance sheet as a contract asset or a contract liability, depending on the relationship between the Group’s performance and the customer’s payment. The Group merely incurs cost to obtain a contract with a customer. The Group presents any unconditional rights to consideration separately as a receivable. The Group does not have any contract asset. The balance of accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts were $24,362 and $20,889 as of December 31, 2020 and June 30, 2021, respectively.

The Group presents the consideration that a customer pays before the Group transfers products to the customer as a contract liability (advance from customers) when the payment is made. Advance from customers is the Group’s obligation to transfer products to a customer for which the Group has received consideration from the customer. As of December 31, 2020 and June 30, 2021 the balance of advance from customers amounted to $810 and $378, respectively.

F-40

Table of Contents

PLANET IMAGE INTERNATIONAL LIMITED
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Amount in thousands of U.S. dollars, except share and per share data)

2.    SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (cont.)

(p)    Cost of revenue

Cost of revenue consists primarily of (i) cost of materials (ii) labor costs, (iii) depreciation and amortization, (iv) freight charged by third-party transportation company, (vi) tariff imposed to our products sold to the U.S., (vii) warehousing and logistic fee charged by online selling platform and other costs related to the business operation. Depreciation and amortization of manufacturing facilities and warehouses attributable to manufacturing activities is capitalized as part of the cost of inventory, and expensed in costs of revenues when the inventory is sold.

(q)    Selling expenses

Selling expenses mainly consist of (i) commission charged by online selling platform, and (ii) staff costs, rental and depreciation related to selling and marketing functions.

(r)     General and administrative expenses

General and administrative expenses mainly consist of (i) staff costs, rental and depreciation related to general and administrative personnel, (ii) professional service fees; and (iii) other corporate expenses.

(s)     Research and development expenses

Research and development expenses mainly consist of (i) cost of materials used for experiment, (ii) staff costs and other daily expenses related to our research and development activities.

(t)     Government subsidy

Government subsidy is recognized when there is reasonable assurance that the Group will comply with the conditions attach to it and the grant will be received. Government grant for the purpose of giving immediate financial support to the Group with no future related costs or obligation is recognized in the Group’s consolidated statements of income and comprehensive income when the grant becomes receivable.

(u)    Employee benefits

According to the regulations of the PRC, full-time eligible employees of the Group in the PRC are entitled to various government statutory employee benefit plans, including medical insurance, maternity insurance, workplace injury insurance, unemployment insurance and pension benefits through a PRC government-mandated employee benefit plan. The Group is required to make contributions to the plan and accrues for these benefits based on certain percentages of the qualified employees’ salaries. The Group has no further commitments beyond its monthly contribution. Employee social benefits included as expenses in the accompanying consolidated statements of income and comprehensive income amounted to $245 and $553 for the six months ended June 30, 2020 and 2021, respectively. As of December 31, 2020 and June 30, 2021, the outstanding social insurance plan contributions payable were $105 and $106, respectively.

(v)     Leases

On January 1, 2019, the Company adopted Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2016-02, Lease (FASB ASC Topic 842). The adoption of Topic 842 resulted in the presentation of operating lease right-of-use (“ROU”) assets and operating lease liabilities on the consolidated balance sheet. See Note 10 for additional information.

At inception of a contract, the Group assesses whether a contract is, or contains, a lease. A contract is or contains a lease if it conveys the right to control the use of an identified asset for a period of time in exchange of a consideration. To assess whether a contract is or contains a lease, the Group assess whether the contract involves the use of an identified asset, whether it has the right to obtain substantially all the economic benefits from the use of the asset and whether it has the right to control the use of the asset.

F-41

Table of Contents

PLANET IMAGE INTERNATIONAL LIMITED
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Amount in thousands of U.S. dollars, except share and per share data)

2.    SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (cont.)

The right-of-use assets and related lease liabilities are recognized at the lease commencement date. The Group recognizes operating lease expenses on a straight-line basis over the lease term.

Operating lease right-of-use of assets

The right-of-use of asset is initially measured at cost, which comprises the initial amount of the lease liability adjusted for any lease payments made at or before the commencement date, plus any initial direct costs incurred and less any lease incentive received.

Operating lease liabilities

Lease liability is initially measured at the present value of the outstanding lease payments at the commencement date, discounted using the Group’s incremental borrowing rate. Lease payments included in the measurement of the lease liability comprise fixed lease payments, variable lease payments that depend on an index or a rate, amounts expected to be payable under a residual value guarantee and any exercise price under a purchase option that the Group is reasonably certain to exercise.

Lease liability is measured at amortized cost using the effective interest rate method. It is re-measured when there is a change in future lease payments, if there is a change in the estimate of the amount expected to be payable under a residual value guarantee, or if there is any change in the Group assessment of option purchases, contract extensions or termination options.

(w)    Income taxes

The Group accounts for income taxes under ASC 740. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the consolidated financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period including the enactment date. Valuation allowances are established, when necessary, to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount expected to be realized.

The provisions of ASC 740-10-25, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes,” prescribe a more-likely-than-not threshold for consolidated financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken (or expected to be taken) in a tax return. This interpretation also provides guidance on the recognition of income tax assets and liabilities, classification of current and deferred income tax assets and liabilities, accounting for interest and penalties associated with tax positions, and related disclosures. The Group believes there were no uncertain tax positions at December 31, 2020 and June 30, 2021, respectively.

The Company’s affiliated entities in the PRC are subject to examination by the relevant tax authorities. According to the PRC Tax Administration and Collection Law, the statute of limitations is three years if the underpayment of taxes is due to computational errors made by the taxpayer or the withholding agent. The statute of limitations is extended to five years under special circumstances, where the underpayment of taxes is more than RMB100 ($15). In the case of transfer pricing issues, the statute of limitation is 10 years. There is no statute of limitation in the case of tax evasion. Operation results of the Company’s affiliated entities in the PRC for the six months ended June 30, 2020 and 2021 remain open for statutory examination by PRC tax authorities.

(x)    Value added tax (“VAT”)

The Group is subject to VAT and related surcharges on revenue generated from sales of products. The Group records revenue net of VAT. Entities that are VAT general taxpayers are allowed to offset qualified input VAT, paid to suppliers against their output VAT liabilities.

F-42

Table of Contents

PLANET IMAGE INTERNATIONAL LIMITED
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Amount in thousands of U.S. dollars, except share and per share data)

2.    SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (cont.)

The PRC VAT rate is 13% for taxpayers selling consumer products, and 16% prior to April 1, 2019. The primary applicable rate of Europe Union (“EU”) VAT is 19% for the six months ended June 30, 2020 and 2021.

(y)     Earnings per share

The Company computes earnings per share (“EPS”) in accordance with ASC 260, “Earnings per Share” (“ASC 260”). ASC 260 requires companies with complex capital structures to present basic and diluted EPS. Basic EPS are computed by dividing income available to ordinary shareholders of the Company by the weighted average ordinary shares outstanding during the period. Diluted EPS takes into account the potential dilution that could occur if securities or other contracts to issue ordinary shares were exercised and converted into ordinary shares. As of December 31, 2020 and June 30, 2021, there were no dilution impact.

(z)     Comprehensive income

Comprehensive income is defined as the increase in equity of the Group during a period from transactions and other events and circumstances excluding transactions resulting from investments by owners and distributions to owners. Amongst other disclosures, ASC 220, Comprehensive Income, requires that all items that are required to be recognized under current accounting standards as components of comprehensive income be reported in a financial statement that is displayed with the same prominence as other financial statements. For each of the periods presented, the Group’s comprehensive income included net income and foreign currency translation adjustments that are presented in the consolidated statements of comprehensive income.

(aa)  Concentration of risk

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Group to significant concentration of credit risk consist primarily of cash and cash equivalents, restricted cash and accounts receivable. As of December 31, 2020 and June 30, 2021, the aggregate amounts of cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash of $18,784 and $32,386, respectively, were held at major financial institutions located in the mainland China and $19,590 and $7,726, respectively, were deposited with major financial institutions located outside the mainland China. Management believes that these financial institutions are of high credit quality and continually monitors the credit worthiness of these financial institutions.

The Company’s exposure to credit risk associated with its trading and other activities is measured on an individual counterparty basis, as well as by group of counterparties that share similar attributes. Substantially all of the Company’s sales are made to customers that are located primarily in the USA and Europe. The Company’s operating results could be adversely affected by the government policy on exporting business, foreign exchange rate fluctuation, and local market condition change. There was no revenue from clients which individually represented greater than 10% of the total revenues for the six months ended June 30, 2020 and 2021, respectively.

The Company purchased approximately 10.0% and 13.6% of its raw materials from the same one supplier for the six months ended June 30, 2020 and 2021, respectively.

(bb)  Recent accounting pronouncements

In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-13, “Financial Instruments — Credit Losses”, which will require the measurement of all expected credit losses for financial assets held at the reporting date based on historical experience, current conditions, and reasonable and supportable forecasts. Further, the FASB issued ASU No. 2019-04, ASU 2019-05, ASU 2019-10, ASU 2019-11 and ASU 2020-02 to provide additional guidance on the credit losses standard. For all other entities, the amendments for ASU 2016-13 are effective

F-43

Table of Contents

PLANET IMAGE INTERNATIONAL LIMITED
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Amount in thousands of U.S. dollars, except share and per share data)

2.    SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (cont.)

for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2022, including interim periods within those fiscal years, with early adoption permitted. Adoption of the ASUs is on a modified retrospective basis. The Company will adopt ASU 2016-13 from January 1, 2023. The Group is in the process of evaluating the impacts the standards will have on its consolidated financial statements.

In December 2019, the FASB issued ASU No. 2019-12, Income Taxes (‘‘ASU 2019-12’’), which simplifies the accounting for income taxes by removing exceptions and simplifies the accounting for income taxes regarding franchise tax, good will, separate financial statements, enacted change in tax laws or rates and employee stock ownership plans. ASU 2019-12 will be effective for the Group for annual reporting periods beginning January 1, 2022 and interim periods within fiscal years beginning January 1, 2023. The Company in the process of evaluating the impacts the standards will have on its consolidated financial statements.

Other accounting standards that have been issued by FASB that do not require adoption until a future date are not expected to have a material impact on the consolidated financial statements upon adoption. The Company does not discuss recent pronouncements that are not anticipated to have an impact on or are unrelated to its consolidated financial condition, results of operations, cash flows or disclosures.

3.    ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE, NET

Accounts receivable consisted of the following:

     

As of

   

December 31,
2020

 

June 30,
2021

       

(Unaudited)

Accounts receivable

 

$

24,437

 

 

$

21,047

 

Allowance for doubtful accounts

 

 

(75

)

 

 

(158

)

Accounts receivable, net

 

$

24,362

 

 

$

20,889

 

The movement of allowance of doubtful accounts is as follows:

     

As of

   

December 31,
2020

 

June 30,
2021

       

(Unaudited)

Balance at beginning of the periods presented

 

$

22

 

$

75

Addition in bad debt allowance

 

 

49

 

 

83

Foreign currency translation adjustment

 

 

4

 

 

Balance at end of the periods presented

 

$

75

 

$

158

The Group recorded bad debt expense of $49 and $83 for the six months ended June 30, 2020 and 2021, respectively. As of the date of this report, approximately 77% of the Group’s net accounts receivable balance at June 30, 2021 has been subsequently collected and the remaining balance is expected to be collectible and covered by insurance.

F-44

Table of Contents

PLANET IMAGE INTERNATIONAL LIMITED
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Amount in thousands of U.S. dollars, except share and per share data)

4.    INVENTORIES, NET

Inventories consisted of the following:

     

As of

   

December 31,
2020

 

June 30,
2021

       

(Unaudited)

Raw materials

 

$

6,751

 

 

$

4,767

 

Work in progress

 

 

2,903

 

 

 

2,817

 

Finished goods

 

 

20,877

 

 

 

21,089

 

Inventories, gross

 

 

30,531

 

 

 

28,673

 

Impairment provision

 

 

(1,336

)

 

 

(1,695

)

Inventories, net

 

$

29,195

 

 

$

26,978

 

The balances of impairment provision for inventories decreased by $840 from $1,932 to $1,092 for the six months ended June 30, 2020, and increased by $359 from $1,336 to $1,695 for the six months ended June 30, 2021.

5.    PREPAID EXPENSES AND OTHER CURRENT ASSETS

Prepaid expenses and other current assets consisted of the following:

     

As of

   

December 31,
2020

 

June 30,
2021

       

(Unaudited)

Export input VAT receivables(a)

 

$

2,025

 

$

1,908

Insurance receivables on written-off accounts receivables(b)

 

 

353

 

 

100

Employee receivables and business advances(c)

 

 

242

 

 

404

Security deposits

 

 

209

 

 

220

Others(d)

 

 

516

 

 

278

Total

 

$

3,345

 

$

2,910

____________

(a)      Export input VAT receivables mainly represent the refundable input VAT the Group has paid for the production of the products in PRC when declaring goods for export.

(b)      Insurance receivables on written-off accounts receivables mainly represent insurance claim receivables due from insurance companies. As of the date of this report, the insurance receivables balance was in the progress of claim and would be collected in a foreseeable future.

(c)      Employee receivables and business advances include interest-free loans to employees and advances made to employees for business purposes.

(d)      Others mainly include prepaid miscellaneous service fee and prepaid rental fee.

F-45

Table of Contents

PLANET IMAGE INTERNATIONAL LIMITED
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Amount in thousands of U.S. dollars, except share and per share data)

6.    PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT, NET

Property, plant and equipment consisted of the following:

     

As of

   

December 31, 2020

 

June 30,
2021

       

(Unaudited)

Buildings

 

$

6,015

 

 

$

6,249

 

Machinery and equipment

 

 

3,979

 

 

 

4,786

 

Office equipment, furniture and fixtures

 

 

1,431

 

 

 

1,526

 

Automobiles

 

 

412

 

 

 

423

 

Leasehold improvements

 

 

124

 

 

 

125

 

Construction in progress

 

 

91

 

 

 

6

 

Total

 

 

12,052

 

 

 

13,115

 

Less: accumulated depreciation

 

 

(6,067

)

 

 

(6,695

)

Property and equipment, net

 

$

5,985

 

 

$

6,420

 

Depreciation expense was $516 and $714 for the six months ended June 30, 2020 and 2021, respectively.

7.    INTANGIBLE ASSET, NET

Intangible asset, net consisted of the following:

     

As of

   

December 31, 2020

 

June 30,
2021

       

(Unaudited)

Land use right

 

$

3,779

 

 

$

3,820

 

Less: accumulated amortization

 

 

(860

)

 

 

(913

)

Intangible asset, net

 

$

2,919

 

 

$

2,907

 

Amortization expense was $40 and $44 for the six months ended June 30, 2020 and 2021, and expected to remain the same for the remaining of the amortization period.

8.    ACCRUED EXPENSES AND OTHER CURRENT LIABILITIES

As of December 31, 2020 and June 30, 2021, accrued expenses and other current liabilities consisted of the following:

     

As of

   

December 31, 2020

 

June 30,
2021

       

(Unaudited)

Accrued payroll and employee benefits

 

$

4,044

 

$

1,878

Accrued expenses(a)

 

 

2,526

 

 

3,123

Advance from customers(b)

 

 

810

 

 

378

Others

 

 

542

 

 

704

Total

 

$

7,922

 

$

6,083

____________

(a)      Accrued expenses mainly represent accrued freight charges and other accrued expensed related to the business operation.

(b)      Advance from customers mainly represent the advance received from customers for the finished goods purchases. The change in contract liabilities primarily represents the cash received, less amounts recognized as revenues during the period.

F-46

Table of Contents

PLANET IMAGE INTERNATIONAL LIMITED
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Amount in thousands of U.S. dollars, except share and per share data)

9.    SHORT-TERM BORROWINGS

Short-term borrowings represent amounts due to various banks and other companies normally maturing within one year. The principal of the borrowings is due at maturity. Accrued interest is due either monthly or quarterly. The bank borrowings were for working capital and capital expenditure purposes. The balance of short-term borrowings consisted of the following:

     

As of

   

December 31, 2020

 

June 30,
2021

       

(Unaudited)

Short-term borrowings

 

 

   

 

 

Bank of China Xinyu Branch(a)

 

$

10,627

 

$

10,744

Xinyu Rural Commercial Bank Gaoxin Branch(b)

 

 

11,467

 

 

11,595

Export-Import Bank of China Jiangxi Branch(c)

 

 

7,033

 

 

7,112

Agricultural Bank of China Xinyu Branch(d)

 

 

 

 

4,638

Total

 

$

29,127

 

$

34,089

____________

(a)      For the year ended December 31, 2020, the Group entered into five bank loan agreements with Bank of China Xinyu Branch in the total amount of US$10,627 with one-year maturity and an annual interest rate of 4.35%. These borrowings were due from June 2021 to November 2021. In June, 2021, one of the five bank loans in the amount of $1,469 (RMB9,500) was due and fully repaid. On June 29, 2021, the Group entered into another bank loan agreements with Bank of China Xinyu Branch in the amount of $1,469 (RMB9,500) with one-year maturity and an annual interest rate of 4.35% under the same credit facility. Four of these borrowings were due and was settled subsequently. The bank loans were either guaranteed by third-party individual and related parties. (See Note 15).

(b)      For the year ended December 31, 2020, the Group entered into another two bank loan agreements with Xinyu Rural Commercial Bank Gaoxin Branch in the total amount of US$11,467 (RMB75,000) with one-year maturity and an annual interest rate of 5.28%. These borrowings were due from November 2021 to December 2021. Bank loans from Xinyu Rural Commercial Bank Gaoxin Branch were guaranteed by a third-party company.

(c)      For the year ended December 31, 2020 and the six months ended June 30, 2021, the Group had a bank loan in the amount of $7,033 (RMB46,000) and $7,112 (RMB46,000), respectively, from Export-Import Bank of China Jiangxi Branch with one year term and an annual interest rate of 3.40%. This loan was repaid in advance and renewed in full in September 2021. The loan balances as of December 31, 2020 and June 30, 2021 were guaranteed by Xinyu High-Tech Investment Co., Ltd, a related party of the Group.

(d)      The Group entered into a bank loan with Agricultural Bank of China Xinyu Branch in January 2021 for one year with annual interest rate of 5.45% for the loan amount of $4,638 (RMB30,000) and fully paid on May 10, 2021. The Group re-entered into a new loan in the amount of $4,638 (RMB30,000) for one year with an annual interest rate of 5.00%. These loans were guaranteed by related-party individuals. (Related-party guarantees see Note 15).

Interest expenses were $889 and $979 for the six months ended June 30, 2020 and 2021, respectively. The weighted average interest rates of short-term loans outstanding were 4.12% and 4.15% per annum for the six months ended June 30, 2020 and 2021, respectively.

As of June 30, 2021, the Group had unutilized lines of credit aggregating US$660 for short-term financing. To utilize these unused lines of credit, the Group is required to obtain consent of the lenders and be in compliance with financial covenants, such as requirement for certain financial ratios and use the funds according to the agreed purpose, etc. The Group has been in compliance with these financial covenants up to the date of this report.

10.    LEASES

Effective on January 1, 2019, the Company adopted Topic 842. At the inception of a contract, the Group determines if the arrangement is, or contains, a lease. ROU assets represent the Group’s right to use an underlying asset for the lease term and lease liabilities represent its obligation to make lease payments arising from the lease. Operating lease ROU assets and liabilities are recognized at commencement date based on the present value of lease payments over the lease term. Rent expense is recognized on a straight-line basis over the lease term.

F-47

Table of Contents

PLANET IMAGE INTERNATIONAL LIMITED
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Amount in thousands of U.S. dollars, except share and per share data)

10.    LEASES (cont.)

Supplemental balance sheet information related to operating lease was as follows:

     

As of

   

December 31, 2020

 

June 30,
2021

       

(Unaudited)

Right-of-use assets

 

$

4,625

 

$

4,129

   

 

   

 

 

Operating lease liabilities – current

 

$

1,330

 

$

1,322

Operating lease liabilities – non-current

 

 

3,507

 

 

3,043

Total operating lease liabilities

 

$

4,837

 

$

4,365

The weighted average remaining lease terms and discount rates for the operating lease as of June 30, 2021 were as follows:

 

Remaining lease term and discount rate:

   

 

Weighted average remaining lease term (years)

 

4.60

 

Weighted average discount rate

 

4.80

%

During the six months ended June 30, 2020 and 2021, the Group incurred total operating lease expenses of $708 and $716, respectively.

The following is a schedule of future minimum payments under our operating leases as of June 30, 2021:

 

Years ended December 31,

 

Amounts

Succeeding period in the year ended December 31, 2021

 

$

686

 

2022

 

 

1,272

 

2023

 

 

1,155

 

2024

 

 

969

 

Thereafter

 

 

567

 

Total lease payments

 

 

4,649

 

Less: imputed interest

 

 

(420

)

Total operating lease liabilities, net of interest

 

$

4,229

 

11.    TAXATION

Cayman Islands and British Virgin Islands (“BVI”)

The Company is incorporated in the Cayman Islands and several of its wholly-own subsidiaries are incorporated in BVI. Under the current laws of the Cayman Islands and the BVI, these entities are not subject to income or capital gains taxes. In addition, dividend payments are not subject to withholdings tax in the Cayman Islands and the BVI.

Hong Kong

According to Tax (Amendment) (No. 3) Ordinance 2018 published by Hong Kong government, effective April 1, 2018, under the two-tiered profits tax rates regime, the profits tax rate for the first HKD2 million of assessable profits will be lowered to 8.25% (half of the rate specified in Schedule 8 to the Inland Revenue Ordinance (IRO)) for corporations. The Group was not subject to Hong Kong profit tax for any period presented as it did not have assessable profit during the periods presented.

F-48

Table of Contents

PLANET IMAGE INTERNATIONAL LIMITED
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Amount in thousands of U.S. dollars, except share and per share data)

11.    TAXATION (cont.)

United States

On December 22, 2017, the U.S. enacted the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (the “Tax Act”) which significantly changed previous U.S. tax laws, including a reduction of corporate income tax rate from 35% to 21% and a one-time transition tax on deemed repatriation of undistributed foreign earnings.

Europe

The Company’s subsidiaries, which were mainly incorporated in European Union (“EU”) countries, such as Netherland, Italy, France and etc., are subjected to enterprise income tax on the respective country’s taxable income as determined under the tax laws and accounting standards at a rate from 16.5% to 28%.

PRC

Generally, the Company’s subsidiaries that are considered PRC resident enterprises under PRC tax law, are subject to enterprise income tax on their worldwide taxable income as determined under PRC tax laws and accounting standards at a rate of 25%.

In accordance with the implementation rules of Enterprise Income Tax Laws of the PRC (the “EIT Laws”), a qualified “High and New Technology Enterprise” (“HNTE”) is eligible for a preferential tax rate of 15%. The HNTE certificate is effective for a period of three years. An entity could re-apply for the HNTE certificate when the prior certificate expires. The Company’s subsidiary, Jiangxi Yibo, is qualified as HNTE and has renewed its HNTE certificate in 2019. Therefore, Jiangxi Yibo is eligible to enjoy a preferential tax rate of 15% from 2019 to 2021 to the extent it has taxable income under the EIT Law.

For the six months ended December 31, 2020 and 2021, one of Jiangxi Yibo’s wholly-owned subsidiaries, Zhongshan Yantuo, is recognized as small low-profit enterprises. In January 2019, the State Administration of Taxation provides a preferential corporate income tax rate of 20% and an exemption ranged from 50% to 75% in the assessable taxable profits for entities qualified as small-size enterprises (the exemption range has been changed to from 50% to 87.5% for the period from January 1, 2021 to December 31, 2022). The policy is effective for the period from January 1, 2019 to December 31, 2022.

The income tax provision consisted of the following components:

     

For the six months ended June 30,

   

2020

 

2021

   

(Unaudited)

Current income tax expense

 

$

86

 

$

1,372

 

Deferred income tax expense

 

 

206

 

 

(581

)

Total income tax expense

 

$

292

 

$

792

 

A reconciliation of the Group’s PRC statutory tax rate to the effective income tax rate during the periods is as follows:

     

For the six months ended June 30,

   

2020

 

2021

   

(Unaudited)

   

Computed income tax expense with PRC statutory tax rate

 

25.00

%

 

25.00

%

Non-deductible items

 

0.12

%

 

0.04

%

Additional deduction of qualified R&D expenditures

 

(9.49

)%

 

(5.45

)%

Effect of income tax rate differences in jurisdictions other than the PRC

 

(0.12

)%

 

(0.30

)%

Effect of tax holiday and preferential tax rate

 

(1.86

)%

 

(8.61

)%

Effective income tax rate

 

13.65

%

 

10.68

%

F-49

Table of Contents

PLANET IMAGE INTERNATIONAL LIMITED
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Amount in thousands of U.S. dollars, except share and per share data)

11.    TAXATION (cont.)

As of December 31, 2020 and June 30, 2021, the significant components of the deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities were summarized below:

     

As of

   

December 31, 2020

 

June 30,
2021

       

(Unaudited)

Deferred tax assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Allowance for doubtful accounts

 

$

150

 

 

$

216

 

Net operating loss carried forward

 

 

719

 

 

 

1,331

 

Total deferred tax assets

 

 

869

 

 

 

1,547

 

Valuation allowance

 

 

(397

)

 

 

(397

)

Deferred tax assets, net of valuation allowance

 

$

472

 

 

$

1,150

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred tax liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accelerated tax depreciation and others

 

$

314

 

 

$

411

 

Total deferred tax liabilities

 

$

314

 

 

$

411

 

12.    MEZZANINIE EQUITY

On September 30, 2019, the Group issued 105,263 ordinary shares to Xinyu High-Tech Investment Co., Ltd (“Gaoxin” or the “Holder”) which were then split and re-designated to 10,526,300 Class A ordinary shares, in exchange for RMB 100,000 (approximately $14,104) investment in the Company. The ordinary shares issued to Gaoxin is subject to redemption upon the occurrence of any of the following events (referred to as a “Redemption Event”): (1) the Company fails to successfully complete its initial public offering on either Hong Kong Stock Exchange or Nasdaq Capital Market and New York Stock Exchange before March 31, 2022; (2) its initial public offering price per share is lower than or equal to 1.15 times of the share price paid by Gaoxin; or (3) the shares held by Gaoxin could not trade immediately after completion of the Group’s initial public offering or Gaoxin does not receive the shortest applicable lock-up period for its shares. Upon the occurrence of any of these Redemption Events, Gaoxin has the option to request the Company to repurchase all of these ordinary shares with the original investment price plus a 7.5% annualized return. The interest shall be accrued from the date when Gaoxin made the payment of the investment to the date when the Company completes the repurchase of all equity interests held by Gaoxin. The ordinary shares issued to Gaoxin features certain redemption rights that are considered by the Company to be outside of the Company’s control and subject to the occurrence of uncertain future events.

The Company accounts for these redeemable ordinary shares in accordance with ASC 480 “Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity.” Ordinary shares subject to conditional redemption rights that are either within the control of the holder or subject to redemption upon the occurrence of uncertain events not solely within the Company’s control is classified as mezzanine equity.

The Company evaluated the likelihood of these redeemable ordinary shares becoming redeemable at each reporting date. If it is probable that redeemable ordinary shares will be redeemed, the Company recognizes changes in redemption value immediately as they occur and will adjust the carrying value of the instrument to equal the redemption value at the end of each reporting period. Accordingly, if the ordinary shares are not currently redeemable and it is not probable that the ordinary shares will become redeemable, subsequent adjustment of the amount presented in mezzanine equity is unnecessary. As of December 31, 2020 and June 30, 2021, the Group assessed that it is not probably that these ordinary shares will become redeemable as the Redemption Events are not estimated to occur. In the event of the process of initial public offering going beyond the management expectation which would trigger the first Redemption Event, management plans to enter an agreement with Gaoxin for an extension of the date specified in the first Redemption Event when approaching the deadline. The Company is confident that it is very likely to reach such an agreement with Gaoxin upon the filing of the prospectus with the U.S. SEC. Therefore, no adjustment was made to the carrying amount of the mezzanine equity since the initial recognition.

F-50

Table of Contents

PLANET IMAGE INTERNATIONAL LIMITED
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Amount in thousands of U.S. dollars, except share and per share data)

13. EQUITY

Ordinary shares

On August 5, 2019, the Company authorized share capital was 38,000,000 ordinary shares with a par value of HK$0.01 each.

On August 5, 2019, the Company issued 1 ordinary share to Vistra (Cayman) Limited, who transferred the share to Aster Excellent Limited on the same day.

On August 5, 2019, the Company issued 84,209 ordinary shares to Aster Excellent and 15,790 ordinary shares to Eagle Heart Limited.

On September 2, 2019, Eagle Heart Limited transferred 600 ordinary shares to Aster Excellent Limited.

On September 25, 2019, the Company issued 267,821 ordinary shares to Aster Excellent Limited and 47,969 ordinary shares to Eagle Heart Limited.

On September 26, 2019, the Company issued 5,263 ordinary shares to Cool Hero Limited.

On September 30, 2019, the Company issued 105,263 ordinary shares to Juneng Investment (Hong Kong) Limited, who received the ordinary shares on behalf of Gaoxin.

On October 20, 2021, the Company’s authorized and issued shares of par value HK$0.01 each was subdivided into 100 shares of par value HK$0.0001 each, and following the Subdivision, the authorized share capital was HK$380,000 divided into 3,800,000,000 ordinary shares with a par value of HK$0.0001 each, and the issued share capital was HK$5,263.16 divided into 52,631,600 ordinary shares with a par value of HK$0.0001 each, with the shareholder’s shareholding ratio remaining unchanged.

Immediately following the Subdivision, the Company’s issued and outstanding ordinary shares were re-designated and re-classified such that the authorized share capital was HK$380,000 divided into 3,800,000,000 shares of a nominal or par value of HK$0.0001 each, comprising of 2,000,000,000 Class A ordinary shares of a nominal or par value of HK$0.0001 each, 1,000,000,000 Class B ordinary shares of a nominal or par value of HK$0.0001 each, and 800,000,000 preference shares of a nominal or par value of HK$0.0001 each.

All of the 52,631,600 then-authorized and issued ordinary shares were re-classified and re-designated into Class A ordinary shares on a one-to-one basis, and 26,315,800 of the Class A ordinary shares, being 26,315,800 of the 35,263,100 issued and outstanding shares registered in the name of Aster Excellent Limited, were then re-classified and re-designated into an equal number of Class B ordinary shares. Holders of Class A ordinary shares and Class B ordinary shares have the same rights except for voting, transfer and conversion rights. Each Class A ordinary share is entitled to one vote, and each Class B ordinary share is entitled to ten votes. Each Class B ordinary share is convertible into one Class A ordinary share at any time by the holder thereof, while Class A ordinary shares are not convertible into Class B ordinary shares under any circumstances.

As of December 31, 2020 and June 30, 2021, the Company’s authorized and issued Class A ordinary shares were 2,000,000,000 and 26,315,800, respectively, and the Company’s authorized and issued Class B ordinary shares were 1,000,000,000 and 26,315,800, respectively, on a retrospective basis to reflect the share split, re-designation and reclassification.

Preferred shares

As of December 31, 2020 and June 30, 2021, the Company’s authorized preferred shares were 800,000,000 on a retrospective basis following the Subdivision on October 20, 2021, and no preferred share was issued. The classes or series of preferred shares including designations, powers, preferences and relative, participating, optional and other rights, if any, and the qualifications, limitations and restrictions thereof, if any, including, without limitation, the number of shares constituting each such class or series, dividend rights, conversion rights, redemption privileges, voting powers, full or limited or no voting powers, and liquidation will be fixed upon each issuance.

F-51

Table of Contents

PLANET IMAGE INTERNATIONAL LIMITED
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Amount in thousands of U.S. dollars, except share and per share data)

14.    RESTRICTED NET ASSETS

A significant portion of the Group’s operations are conducted through its PRC (excluding Hong Kong) subsidiaries, the Company’s ability to pay dividends is primarily dependent on receiving distributions of funds from our subsidiaries. Relevant PRC statutory laws and regulations permit payments of dividends by our subsidiaries only out of their retained earnings, if any, as determined in accordance with PRC accounting standards and regulations, and after it has met the PRC requirements for appropriation to statutory reserves. The Group is required to make appropriations to certain reserve funds, comprising the statutory surplus reserve and the discretionary surplus reserve, based on after-tax net income determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles of the PRC (“PRC GAAP”). Appropriations to the statutory surplus reserve are required to be at least 10% of the after-tax net income determined in accordance with PRC GAAP until the reserve is equal to 50% of the entity’s registered capital. Appropriations to the surplus reserve are made at the discretion of the Board of Directors. Paid-in capital of our subsidiaries included in the Company’s consolidated net assets are also non-distributable for dividend purposes.

As a result of these PRC laws and regulations, the Company’s PRC subsidiaries are restricted in their ability to transfer a portion of their net assets to the Company. As of December 31, 2020 and June 30, 2021, net assets restricted in the aggregate, which include paid-in capital and statutory reserve funds of the Company’s subsidiaries, that are included in the Company’s consolidated net assets were approximately $17,800.

15.    RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Related parties

The Company’s related parties with which the Group had transactions include its affiliates, any director or executive officers of the Company and his or her immediate family members, as well as any shareholders owning more than 5% of the Company’s ordinary shares.

As of December 31, 2020 and June 30, 2021, there was no balance due from and due to related parties.

For the six months ended June 30, 2020, a total amount of $748 due from its related parties were fully collected, including an amount of $37 due from one of its vice presidents, and an amount of $711 due from another vice president, which were both interests free.

The Company’s certain related parties, including its controlling shareholder and director, one of its executive officers and one shareholder owning more than 10% of the Company’s stock, provided their personal guarantees for one of its bank loans in the amount of $9,174 and $9,276 from Bank of China Xinyu Branch as of December 31, 2020 and June 30, 2021, respectively, and another bank loan in the amount of $4,638 from Agriculture Bank of China Xinyu Branch as of June 30, 2021, and an institutional guarantee for a loan from Export-Import Bank of China Jiangxi Branch in the amount of $7,033 and $7,112 as of December 31, 2020 and June 30, 2021, respectively.

16.    SEGMENT INFORMATION

An operating segment is a component of the Company that engages in business activities from which it may earn revenues and incur expenses, and is identified on the basis of the internal financial reports that are provided to and regularly reviewed by the Company’s chief operating decision maker in order to allocate resources and assess performance of the segment.

In accordance with ASC 280, Segment Reporting, operating segments are defined as components of an enterprise about which separate financial information is available that is evaluated regularly by the chief operating decision maker (“CODM”), or decision-making group, in deciding how to allocate resources and in assessing performance. The Company uses the “management approach” in determining reportable operating segments. The management approach considers the internal organization and reporting used by the Company’s chief operating decision maker for making operating decisions and assessing performance as the source for determining the

F-52

Table of Contents

PLANET IMAGE INTERNATIONAL LIMITED
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Amount in thousands of U.S. dollars, except share and per share data)

16.    SEGMENT INFORMATION (cont.)

Company’s reportable segments. The Company’s CODM has been identified as the chief executive officer (the “CEO”), who reviews consolidated results when making decisions about allocating resources and assessing performance of the Group. The Company has determined that there is only one reportable operating segment since the manufacturing and sales of products are viewed as an integrated business process and allocation of the resources and assessment of the performance are not separately evaluated by the Company’s CODM.

Revenue by sales channel

The Group’s revenue derived from different channels for the six months ended June 30, 2020 and 2021, are as below:

     

For the six months ended June 30,

   

2020

 

2021

   

(Unaudited)

Offline

 

$

42,403

 

$

55,932

Online

 

 

16,528

 

 

15,752

Total

 

$

58,931

 

$

71,684

Geographic information

The majority of the Group’s revenue for the six months ended June 30, 2020 and 2021 was generated from Europe, North America and Others. The following table sets forth the disaggregation of revenue by geographic area:

     

For the six months ended June 30,

   

2020

 

2021

   

(Unaudited)

North America

 

$

30,921

 

$

41,410

Europe

 

 

26,937

 

 

27,894

Others

 

 

1,073

 

 

2,380

Total

 

$

58,931

 

$

71,684

As of December 31, 2020 and June 30, 2021, the Group’s 95.45% and 90.45% of long-lived assets, except for several right-of-use assets of overseas leasing, are located in the PRC.

17.    COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Contingencies

In the ordinary course of business, the Group may be subject to legal proceedings regarding contractual and employment relationships and a variety of other matters. The Group records contingent liabilities resulting from such claims, when a loss is assessed to be probable and the amount of the loss is reasonably estimable.

From August 2018 to November 2018, Yorktown Industries, Inc. dba Concord Supplies and Yorktown Industries Indiana, Inc. (collectively as “Yorktown”) had purchased our products with a total value of approximately $129, which have not yet been paid. On February 5, 2019, we filed a lawsuit against Yorktown at the Superior Court of California, County of Orange (Sate Court) against Yorktown for damages (the “Yorktown Case One”). On April 15, 2019, this case was removed to the United States District Court of the Central District of California. On June 11, 2019, this case was ordered to be transferred to the United States Court of Northern District of Illinois.

In November 2018, Aster U.S. and Yorktown entered into a Supplier Agreement which Yorktown agreed to order goods from Aster U.S. The Supplier Agreement contains a provision which Aster U.S. agreed to offer Yorktown the “most favored customer status” with regard to the pricing, comparing to any other similarly situated customer.

F-53

Table of Contents

PLANET IMAGE INTERNATIONAL LIMITED
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Amount in thousands of U.S. dollars, except share and per share data)

17.    COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (cont.)

On January 3, 2019, Yorktown filed a lawsuit against Aster for damages that Aster offered lower price to third parties and therefore breached the “most favored customer clause” contained in the contract, at the Illinois Circuit Court of Cook County (State Court). (the “Yorktown Case Two”) This case was later removed to the United States Court of the Northern District of Illinois on April 9, 2019.

Subject to court order, Yorktown Case One and Yorktown Case Two were consolidated on August 22, 2019 (the “Yorktown Cases”). According to the latest progress of the Yorktown Cases, the fact discovery deadline has been extended to October 30, 2021. Aster U.S. and Yorktown shall file a joint status report confirming the completion of fact discovery and report whether they are mutually interested in scheduling a settlement conference with the State Court by November 8, 2021.

As of the date of this report, the Yorktown Cases are still in progress. Although the outcomes of these legal proceedings cannot be predicted, the Group’s legal counsel on these cases believes that Aster U.S. is likely to prevail in the Yorktown Cases due to Yorktown’ lack of merits of its claim. Therefore, the Group did not record any liability regarding Yorktown Case two. As of June 30, 2021, the Company had no other outstanding litigation.

18.    SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

Loan

From July 2021 to November 2021, the Group entered into five loan agreements with Bank of China in the amount of $2,319 (RMB15,000), $2,319 (RMB15,000), $1,546 (RMB10,000), $3,134 (RMB20,000) and $6,268 (RMB40,000), respectively, with a one-year term and an annual interest rate of 4.35% to supplement working capital.

The Group entered into a loan in the amount of $7,112 (RMB46,000) with Export-Import Bank of China Jiangxi Branch in September 2021 for one-year term with an annual interest of 3.40%, which is due in September 2022.

From November 2021 to December 2021, two outstanding loans with Xinyu Rural Commercial Bank Gaoxin Branch of $11,467 (RMB30,000) were fully repaid. On January 5, 2022, the Group entered into a loan with Xinyu Rural Commercial Bank Gaoxin Branch in the amount of $4,701 (RMB 30,000) for a one-year term with an annual interest of 5.28% to supplement working capital.

All bank loans were guaranteed by one of the executive officers and directors of the Company and another shareholder who holds more than 10% equity interest of the Company.

Share split, re-designation and reclassification

On October 20, 2021, the Company’s authorized and issued shares of par value HK$0.01 each was subdivided into 100 shares of par value HK$0.0001 each, and following the Subdivision, the authorized share capital was HK$380,000 divided into 3,800,000,000 ordinary shares with a par value of HK$0.0001 each, and the issued share capital was HK$5,263.16 divided into 52,631,600 ordinary shares with a par value of HK$0.0001 each, with the shareholder’s shareholding ratio remaining unchanged.

Immediately following the Subdivision, the Company’s issued and outstanding ordinary shares were re-designated and re-classified such that the authorized share capital was HK$380,000 divided into 3,800,000,000 shares of a nominal or par value of HK$0.0001 each, comprising of 2,000,000,000 Class A ordinary shares of a nominal or par value of HK$0.0001 each, 1,000,000,000 Class B ordinary shares of a nominal or par value of HK$0.0001 each, and 800,000,000 preference shares of a nominal or par value of HK$0.0001 each.

All of the 52,631,600 then-authorized and issued ordinary shares were re-classified and re-designated into Class A ordinary shares on a one-to-one basis, and 26,315,800 of the Class A ordinary shares, being 26,315,800 of the 35,263,100 issued and outstanding shares registered in the name of Aster Excellent Limited, were then

F-54

Table of Contents

PLANET IMAGE INTERNATIONAL LIMITED
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Amount in thousands of U.S. dollars, except share and per share data)

18.    SUBSEQUENT EVENTS (cont.)

re-classified and re-designated into an equal number of Class B ordinary shares. Holders of Class A ordinary shares and Class B ordinary shares have the same rights except for voting, transfer and conversion rights. Each Class A ordinary share is entitled to one vote, and each Class B ordinary share is entitled to ten votes. Each Class B ordinary share is convertible into one Class A ordinary share at any time by the holder thereof, while Class A ordinary shares are not convertible into Class B ordinary shares under any circumstances.

Entering into Intended Extension of Date Specified in The First Redemption Event of Redeemable Ordinary Shares

On March 9, 2022, the Group entered into an intended supplementary agreement with Gaoxin to extend the date specified in the first Redemption Event for twelve months to March 31, 2023. The Group is going through necessary governmental approval procedures to enter into a formal supplementary agreement with Gaoxin, which is expect to be completed by the end of March 2022. As of the date of this report, the Group assessed that these ordinary shares issued to Gaoxin will be unlikely to become redeemable as the Redemption Events are not estimated to occur. Accordingly, subsequent adjustment of the amount presented in mezzanine equity is unnecessary.

F-55

Table of Contents

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 6. Indemnification of Directors and Officers

Cayman Islands law does not limit the extent to which a company’s articles of association may provide indemnification of officers and directors, except to the extent any such provision may be held by the Cayman Islands courts to be contrary to the public policy, such as providing indemnification against civil fraud or the consequences of committing a crime.

Our post-offering amended and restated memorandum and articles of association that will become effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering provide that each officer or director of our company (but not auditors) shall be indemnified out of our assets against all actions, proceedings, costs, charges, expenses, losses, damages or liabilities incurred or sustained by such director or officer, other than by reason of such person’s own dishonesty or fraud, in or about the conduct of our company’s business or affairs (including as a result of any mistake of judgment) or in the execution or discharge of his or her duties, powers, authorities or discretions, including without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing, any costs, expenses, losses or liabilities incurred by such director or officer in defending (whether successfully or otherwise) any civil proceedings concerning our company or its affairs in any court whether in the Cayman Islands or elsewhere.

Under the form of indemnification agreement to be filed as Exhibit 10.1 to this registration statement, we will agree to indemnify our directors and executive officers against certain liabilities and expenses incurred by such persons in connection with claims made by reason of their being such a director or executive officer.

The form of underwriting agreement to be filed as Exhibit 1.1 to this registration statement will also provide for indemnification of us and our officers and directors.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers or persons controlling us under the foregoing provisions, we have been informed that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.

Item 7. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

During the past three years, we have issued the following securities. We believe that each of the following issuances was exempt from registration under the Securities Act in reliance on Regulation D under the Securities Act or pursuant to Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act regarding transactions not involving a public offering or in reliance on Regulation S under the Securities Act regarding sales by an issuer in offshore transactions. We believe that our issuances of options to our employees, directors, officers and consultants were exempt from registration under the Securities Act in reliance on Rule 701 under the Securities Act. No underwriters were involved in these issuances of securities.

Purchaser

 

Date of Issuance

 

Number of Securities

 

Consideration (HK$)

Ordinary Shares

           

Vistra (Cayman) Limited

 

August 5, 2019

 

1

 

HK$0.01

Aster Excellent Limited

 

August 5, 2019

 

84,209

 

HK$842.09

Eagle Heart Limited

 

August 5, 2019

 

15,790

 

HK$157.9

Aster Excellent Limited

 

September 25, 2019

 

267,821

 

HK$2,678.21

Eagle Heart Limited

 

September 25, 2019

 

47,969

 

HK$479.69

Cool Hero Limited

 

September 26, 2019

 

5,263

 

HK$52.63

Juneng Investment (Hong Kong) Limited

 

September 30, 2019

 

105,263

 

HK$1,052.63

Class A Ordinary Shares

           

Aster Excellent Limited

 

October 20, 2021

 

8,947,300

 

HK$0

Eagle Heart Limited

 

October 20, 2021

 

6,315,900

 

HK$0

Cool Hero Limited

 

October 20, 2021

 

526,300

 

HK$0

Juneng Investment (Hong Kong) Limited

 

October 20, 2021

 

10,526,300

 

HK$0

II-1

Table of Contents

Purchaser

 

Date of Issuance

 

Number of Securities

 

Consideration (HK$)

Class B Ordinary Shares

           

Aster Excellent Limited

 

October 20, 2021

 

26,315,800

 

HK$0

Note:          On October 20, 2021, our authorized and issued shares of par value HK$0.01 each was subdivided into 100 shares of par value HK$0.0001 each, and following the Subdivision, our authorized share capital was HK$380,000 divided into 3,800,000,000 ordinary shares with a par value of HK$0.0001 each, and our issued share capital was HK$5,263.16 divided into 52,631,600 ordinary shares with a par value of HK$0.0001 each, with the shareholder’s shareholding ratio remaining unchanged.

Immediately following the Subdivision, our issued and outstanding ordinary shares were re-designated and re-classified such that our authorized share capital was HK$380,000 divided into 3,800,000,000 shares of a nominal or par value of HK$0.0001 each, comprising of 2,000,000,000 Class A ordinary shares of a nominal or par value of HK$0.0001 each, 1,000,000,000 Class B ordinary shares of a nominal or par value of HK$0.0001 each, and 800,000,000 preference shares of a nominal or par value of HK$0.0001 each.

All of our 52,631,600 then-authorized and issued ordinary shares were re-classified and re-designated into Class A ordinary shares on a one-to-one basis, and 26,315,800 of the Class A ordinary shares, being 26,315,800 of the 35,263,100 issued and outstanding shares registered in the name of Aster Excellent Limited, were then re-classified and re-designated into an equal number of Class B ordinary shares.

Item 8. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

(a)    Exhibits

See Exhibits Index beginning on page II-4 of this registration statement.

(b)    Financial Statement Schedules

Schedules have been omitted because the information required to be set forth therein is not applicable or is shown in the Consolidated Financial Statements or the Notes thereto.

Item 9. Undertakings

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriter at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement, certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriter to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the provisions described in Item 6, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable.

In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:

(1)    For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

(2)    For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

II-2

Table of Contents

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to file a post-effective amendment to the registration statement to include any financial statements required by Item 8.A of Form 20-F at the start of any delayed offering or throughout a continuous offering.

For the purpose of determining liability of the registrant under the Securities Act of 1933 to any purchaser in the initial distribution of the securities, the undersigned registrant undertakes that in a primary offering of securities of the undersigned registrant pursuant to this registration statement, regardless of the underwriting method used to sell the securities to the purchaser, if the securities are offered or sold to such purchaser by means of any of the following communications, the undersigned registrant will be a seller to the purchaser and will be considered to offer or sell such securities to such purchaser:

(1)    Any free writing prospectus relating to the offering prepared by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant or used or referred to by the undersigned registrant;

(2)    The portion of any other free writing prospectus relating to the offering containing material information about the undersigned registrant or its securities provided by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant; and

(3)    Any other communication that is an offer in the offering made by the undersigned registrant to the purchaser.

II-3

Table of Contents

EXHIBITS INDEX

Exhibit No.

 

Description of Exhibit

1.1

 

Form of Underwriting Agreement

3.1

 

Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association of the Registrant, as currently
in effect

4.1

 

Registrant’s Specimen Certificate for Ordinary Shares

4.2

 

Form of Underwriter’s Warrant

5.1

 

Opinion of Conyers Dill & Pearman regarding the validity of the ordinary shares being registered

8.1

 

Opinion of JunHe LLP regarding certain PRC tax matters (included in Exhibit 99.2)

8.2

 

Form of Opinion of Conyers Dill & Pearman regarding certain Cayman islands tax matters

10.1

 

Form of Indemnification Agreement between the Registrant and each of its directors and executive officers

10.2

 

Form of Employment Agreement between the Registrant and each of its executive officers

10.3

 

English translation of Form of Procurement Agreement between Jiangxi Yibo and its suppliers

10.4

 

English translation of Form of Sales Order between the Registrant’s Offshore Subsidiaries and its customers

10.5

 

Form of Rebate Agreement between Aster US and its customers

10.6

 

Executed Copy and English translation of Loan Agreement between Jiangxi Yibo and the Agricultural Bank of China dated May 12, 2021

10.7

 

Executed Copy and English translation of Loan Agreement between Jiangxi Yibo and the Export Import Bank of China, dated September 10, 2020

10.8

 

Executed Copy and English translation of Line of Credit Agreement between Jiangxi Yibo and Bank of China, dated June 7, 2020

10.9

 

Executed Copy and English translation of Loan Agreement between Jiangxi Yibo and Jiangxi Rural Commercial Bank, dated December 6, 2018

10.10

 

Executed Copy and English translation of Loan Agreement between Jiangxi Yibo and Jiangxi Rural Commercial Bank, dated December 21, 2018

10.11

 

Executed Copy and English translation of Procurement Agreement with Hubei Dinglong Holdings Co., Ltd., dated January 1, 2021

21.1

 

Principal Subsidiaries of the Registrant

23.1

 

Consent of Friedman LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm

23.2

 

Consent of Conyers Dill & Pearman (included in Exhibit 5.1)

23.3

 

Consent of JunHe LLP (included in Exhibit 99.2)

24.1

 

Powers of Attorney (included on signature page)

99.1

 

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics of the Registrant

99.2

 

Opinion of JunHe LLP regarding certain PRC law matters

99.3

 

Consent of China Insights Consultancy

99.4

 

Consent of Yu Xiang

99.5

 

Request for Waiver and Representation under Item 8.A.4 of Form 20-F

107

 

Calculation of Filing Fee Table

II-4

Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, the registrant certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form F-1 and has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the city of Xinyu, People’s Republic of China, on March 16, 2022.

 

Planet Image International Limited

         
   

By:

 

/s/ Shaofang Weng

       

Name: Shaofang Weng

       

Title: Chief Executive Officer

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints each of Mr. Weidong Gu and Mr. Shaofang Weng as attorneys-in-fact with full power of substitution for him or her in any and all capacities to do any and all acts and all things and to execute any and all instruments which said attorney and agent may deem necessary or desirable to enable the registrant to comply with the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act, and any rules, regulations and requirements of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission thereunder, in connection with the registration under the Securities Act of ordinary shares of the registrant, or the Shares, including, without limitation, the power and authority to sign the name of each of the undersigned in the capacities indicated below to the Registration Statement on Form F-1, or the Registration Statement, to be filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission with respect to such Shares, to any and all amendments or supplements to such Registration Statement, whether such amendments or supplements are filed before or after the effective date of such Registration Statement, to any related Registration Statement filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, and to any and all instruments or documents filed as part of or in connection with such Registration Statement or any and all amendments thereto, whether such amendments are filed before or after the effective date of such Registration Statement; and each of the undersigned hereby ratifies and confirms all that such attorney and agent shall do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on March 16, 2022.

Signature

 

Title

/s/ Shaofang Weng

 

Chief Executive Officer

Name: Shaofang Weng

 

(principal executive officer)

/s/ Quanmao Zhou

 

Chief Financial Officer

Name: Quanmao Zhou

 

(principal financial and accounting officer)

/s/ Weidong Gu

 

Director and Chairman of the Board of Directors

Name: Weidong Gu

   

/s/ Fenglei Jiang

 

Independent Director

Name: Fenglei Jiang

   

/s/ Xinwei Xie

 

Independent Director

Name: Xinwei Xie

   

II-5

Table of Contents

SIGNATURE OF AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE IN THE UNITED STATES

Pursuant to the Securities Act of 1933, the undersigned, the duly authorized representative in the United States of Planet Image International Limited, has signed this registration statement or amendment thereto in Riverside, California on March 16, 2022.

 

Authorized U.S. Representative

   

By:

 

/s/ Yan Tang

       

Name: Yan Tang

II-6


Dates Referenced Herein   and   Documents Incorporated by Reference

This ‘F-1’ Filing    Date    Other Filings
12/31/25
12/31/24
12/31/23
6/29/23
4/11/23
3/31/23
1/1/23
12/31/22
12/15/22
9/15/22
3/31/22
Filed on:3/16/22DRS,  DRS/A
3/9/22
3/4/22
2/15/22
1/5/22
1/1/22
12/31/21
12/28/21
12/24/21
12/16/21
12/2/21
11/14/21
11/12/21
11/8/21
11/2/21DRS/A
11/1/21
10/30/21
10/20/21
9/30/21
9/1/21
8/30/21DRS
8/20/21
8/17/21
7/19/21
7/6/21
7/5/21
7/1/21
6/30/21
6/29/21
6/28/21
6/22/21
6/10/21
6/1/21
5/11/21
5/10/21
4/29/21
4/11/21
3/24/21
1/27/21
1/6/21
1/1/21
12/31/20
12/27/20
11/29/20
10/17/20
9/10/20
8/11/20
8/6/20
7/23/20
6/30/20
6/23/20
6/7/20
5/28/20
5/20/20
5/18/20
4/21/20
4/13/20
3/9/20
3/5/20
2/28/20
2/14/20
2/10/20
2/1/20
1/31/20
1/20/20
1/15/20
1/1/20
12/31/19
12/20/19
12/15/19
12/13/19
12/1/19
10/23/19
10/14/19
9/30/19
9/26/19
9/25/19
9/17/19
9/16/19
9/2/19
9/1/19
8/26/19
8/23/19
8/22/19
8/16/19
8/15/19
8/8/19
8/5/19
8/2/19
8/1/19
7/23/19
7/18/19
6/20/19
6/18/19
6/11/19
6/10/19
4/23/19
4/15/19
4/9/19
4/3/19
4/1/19
3/24/19
3/15/19
2/5/19
1/21/19
1/11/19
1/9/19
1/3/19
1/1/19
12/31/18
12/29/18
12/27/18
10/26/18
9/25/18
5/25/18
5/7/18
4/27/18
4/1/18
2/7/18
1/10/18
12/22/17
12/1/17
11/19/17
11/4/17
11/1/17
10/17/17
8/24/17
3/31/17
3/29/17
2/24/17
11/7/16
9/3/16
8/23/16
7/15/16
7/2/16
6/23/16
6/14/16
6/9/16
5/25/16
5/1/16
3/23/16
2/6/16
11/1/15
3/30/15
2/13/15
2/3/15
1/1/15
8/31/14
7/21/14
7/4/14
4/24/14
2/19/14
12/28/13
10/25/13
7/1/13
6/29/13
4/8/13
12/28/12
11/14/12
11/9/12
6/26/12
4/5/12
2/23/12
11/1/11
10/28/11
9/1/11
7/27/11
7/8/11
3/1/11
2/25/11
1/12/11
12/1/10
10/18/10
1/9/10
8/27/09
6/22/09
4/22/09
12/15/08
11/10/08
8/5/08
1/1/08
12/6/07
8/30/07
3/16/07
8/21/06
8/8/06
10/27/05
8/28/04
4/6/04
9/1/03
4/12/03
3/7/03
11/1/02
10/28/02
6/29/02
4/28/02
4/12/01
10/31/00
7/8/00
12/25/99
4/3/99
1/29/96
1/1/95
7/5/94
7/1/94
5/12/94
12/29/93
12/25/93
12/13/93
10/31/93
2/22/93
 List all Filings 


10 Subsequent Filings that Reference this Filing

  As Of               Filer                 Filing    For·On·As Docs:Size             Issuer                      Filing Agent

 1/23/24  Planet Image International Ltd.   8-A12B                 1:16K                                    EdgarAgents LLC/FA
 1/05/24  Planet Image International Ltd.   F-1/A                  3:16M                                    EdgarAgents LLC/FA
11/28/23  Planet Image International Ltd.   F-1/A                  2:243K                                   EdgarAgents LLC/FA
10/31/23  Planet Image International Ltd.   F-1/A                  3:16M                                    EdgarAgents LLC/FA
10/17/23  Planet Image International Ltd.   F-1/A                  1:16M                                    MDM Corp Elec Fi… Inc/FA
 9/28/23  Planet Image International Ltd.   F-1/A                  5:16M                                    EdgarAgents LLC/FA
 9/08/23  Planet Image International Ltd.   F-1/A                  3:14M                                    EdgarAgents LLC/FA
 6/07/23  Planet Image International Ltd.   F-1/A                  1:13M                                    EdgarAgents LLC/FA
 5/23/23  Planet Image International Ltd.   F-1/A                  4:14M                                    EdgarAgents LLC/FA
 4/17/23  Planet Image International Ltd.   F-1/A                 13:20M                                    EdgarAgents LLC/FA
Top
Filing Submission 0001213900-22-012931   –   Alternative Formats (Word / Rich Text, HTML, Plain Text, et al.)

Copyright © 2024 Fran Finnegan & Company LLC – All Rights Reserved.
AboutPrivacyRedactionsHelp — Fri., Mar. 29, 6:42:14.3am ET